(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1974univ 



The 

Graduate 

Catalog 




The 
Graduate 
Catalog 

74-75 




GRADUATE SCHOOL 



Contents 



PLAN OF ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION 
AT COLLEGE PARK / iv 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR / v 

COLLEGE PARK OFFICERS / vi 

GRADUATE STUDIES OFFICERS / vii 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Graduate Programs at College Park / 1 
Graduate Degree Programs Offered / 3 
Admission and Registration / 4 
Student Services / 9 
Degree Requirements / 10 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS AND COURSES 

Administration, Supervision and 
Curriculum Program / 15 

Aerospace Engineering Program / 18 

Afro-American Studies Courses / 20 

Agricultural Engineering Program / 20 

Agricultural and Extension Education 
Program / 22 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 
Program / 23 

Agriculture Courses /25 

Agronomy Program / 26 

American Studies Program / 28 



Animal Science Program / 28 

Anthropology Courses / 31 

Architecture Courses / 32 

Art Program / 33 

Astronomy Program / 36 

Botany Program / 38 

Business Administration Program / 40 

Chemical Engineering Program / 48 

Chemistry Program / 51 

Civil Engineering Program / 55 

Classical Languages and Literatures Courses / 60 

Comparative Literature Program / 60 

Computer Science Program / 61 

Counseling and Personnel Services Program / 65 

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program / 68 

Dairy Science Program / 69 

Dance Courses / 69 

Early Childhood-Elementary Education 
Program / 70 

Economics Program / 73 

Electrical Engineering Program / 77 

Engineering Materials Program / 84 

Engineering Science Courses / 85 

English Language and Literature Program / 86 

Entomology Program / 88 

Fire Protection Engineering Courses / 90 



Contents 



Institute For Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Mathematics / 90 

Food, Nutrition, and Institution 
Administration Program / 90 

Food Science Program / 93 

Foundations of Education Program / 94 

French Language and Literature Program / 95 

Geography Program / 97 

Geology Courses / 101 

Germanic Language and Literature Program / 103 

Government and Politics Program / 104 

Health Education Program / 109 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program / 110 

History Program / 112 

Horticulture Program / 119 

Housing and Applied Design Courses / 120 

Human Development Education Program / 121 

Industrial Education Program / 126 

Information Systems Management Courses / 128 

Journalism Program / 129 

Library and Information Services Program / 131 

Linguistics Courses / 134 

Mathematics Program / 134 

Applied Mathematics Program / 142 

Measurement and Statistics Program / 143 

Mechanical Engineering Program / 145 

Meteorology Program / 149 

Microbiology Program / 151 



Music Program / 153 

Nuclear Engineering Program / 157 

Nutritional Sciences Program / 159 

Oriental and Hebrew Courses / 160 

Philosophy Program / 162 

Physical Education Program / 163 

Physics Program / 166 

Poultry Science Program / 173 

Psychology Program / 173 

Recreation Program / 178 

Secondary Education Program / 179 

Sociology Program / 183 

Spanish Language and Literature Program / 187 

Special Education Program / 189 

Speech and Dramatic Art Program / 192 

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program / 195 

Urban Studies Courses / 197 

Zoology Program / 198 

THE GRADUATE FACULTY / 203 

UNIVERSITY OFFICERS 

University Central Administration Officers / 232 
The Board of Regents / 232 

ACADEMIC RESOURCES MAP / 233 

CAMPUS MAP / 234 

INDEX / 237 



iii 



Plan of 

Academic 

Organization 

at 
College Park 



AGRICULTURAL 
AND LIFE SCIENCES 

College of Agriculture 

Agronomy 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural & Extension Education 

Agricultural & Resource Economics 

Animal Science 

Dairy Science 

Horticulture 

Institute of Applied Agriculture 

Poultry Science 

Veterinary Science 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Entomology 
Geology 
Microbiology 
Zoology 

ARTS AND HUMANITIES 

School of Architecture 

College of Journalism 

American Studies Program 

Art 

Classics 

Dance 

English 

French & Italian 

German and Slavic 

History 

Music 

Oriental and Hebrew Languages 

Philosophy 

Spanish and Portuguese 

Speech & Dramatic Art 

BEHAVIORAL AND 
SOCIAL SCIENCES 

College of Business & Management 

Afro-American Studies Program 

Anthropology Program 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

Bureau of Governmental Research 

Economics 

Geography 

Government & Politics 



Hearing & Speech Sciences 

Information Systems Management 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Institute for Urban Studies 

Linguistics Program 

Psychology 

Sociology 

MATHEMATICAL 

AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

AND ENGINEERING 

College of Engineering 
Aero-Space 
Chemical 
Civil 

Electrical 
Fire Protection 
Mechanical 

Center for Materials Research 

Computer Science 

Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics 

Meteorology 

Institute for Molecular Physics 

Mathematics 

Applied Mathematics Program 

Physics & Astronomy 

HUMAN AND 

COMMUNITY RESOURCES 

College of Education 

Administration, Supervision & Curriculum 

Child Study 

Counseling & Personnel Services 

Early Childhood Elementary Education 

Industrial Education 

Measurement & Statistics 

Secondary Education 

Special Education 

College of Human Ecology 

Family and Community Development 
Foods, Nutrition & Institution Administration 
Housing & Applied Design 
Textiles & Consumer Economics 

College of Library and Information Services 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
Health Education 
Physical Education 
Recreation 



Academic 
Calendar 



SPRING 1974 



SUMMER 1974 



FALL 1974 



SPRING 1975 



January 7-11 

Monday-Friday 

Registration 

January 9 
Wednesday 
Classes Begin 

March 11-15 

Monday-Friday 
Spring recess 

May 1 

Wednesday 

Last day of classes 

May 2 
Thursday 
Exam study day 

May 3-10 

Friday-Friday 

Spring semester exam 

period 

May 12 

Sunday. 3:00 P.M. 
Graduation 



May 20-21 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

First Summer Session 

May 22 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

May 27 

Monday 

Memorial Day holiday 

June 28 

Friday 

Last day of classes 

July 1-2 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

Second Summer Session 

July 3 

Wednesday 
Classes begin 

July 4 
Thursday 

Independence Day 
holiday 

August 9 

Friday 

Last day of classes 



August 26-27 
Monday-Tuesday 
Registration 
(Late registration 
proceeds 
August 28-30) 

August 28 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

September 2 

Monday 

Labor day holiday 

November 28-29 
Thursday-Friday 
Thanksgiving recess 

December 2 
Monday. 8:00 A.M. 
Thanksgiving recess 
ends 

December 11 

Wednesday 

Last day of classes 

December 12 
Thursday 
Exam study day 

December 13-20 

Friday-Friday 

Fall semester exam 

period 

December 20 
Friday, 2:00 P.M. 
Graduation 



January 13-14 
Monday-Tuesday 
Registration 
(Late registration 
proceeds 
January 15-17) 

January 15 

Wednesday 
Classes begin 

February 17 

Monday 
Independent 
study day 

March 26-28 
Wednesday-Friday 
Spring recess 

April 30 
Wednesday 
Last day of 
classes 

•.'ay 1 
Thursday 
Exam study day 

May 2-9 
Friday-Friday 
Spring semester 
exam period 

May 11 

Sunday. 2:00 P.M. 
Graduation 



College Park 
Officers 



COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS 
ADMINISTRATION OFFICERS 

Chancellor 
CHARLES E. BISHOP 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
GEORGE H. CALLCOTT 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Planning and Policy 
THOMAS B. DAY 

Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
JOHN W. DORSEY 

Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
WILLIAM L. THOMAS (Acting) 



ACTING DIVISION CHAIRMEN AT 
COLLEGE PARK 

Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences 
RICHARD F. DAVIS 

Division of Arts and Humanities 
THOMAS J. AYLWARD 

Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 
MARY F. BERRY 

Division of Human and Community Resources 
GEORGE J. FUNARO 

Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and 

Engineering 
JOSEPH M. MARCHELLO 



DEANS AT COLLEGE PARK 

Dean of the School of Architecture 
JOHN W. HILL 

Dean of the College of Agriculture 
GORDON M. CAIRNS 

Dean of the College of Business and Management 
RUDOLPH P. LAMONE 

Dean of the College of Education 
DONALD MALEY (Acting) 

Dean of the College of Engineering 
ROBERT B. BECKMANN 

Dean of the College of Human Ecology 
MARJORY BROOKS 

Dean of the College of Journalism 
RAY E. HIEBERT 

Dean of the College of Library and Information Services 
MARGARET E. CHISHOLM 

Dean of the College of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health 
MARVIN H. EYLER 

Administrative Dean for Academic Services and 

Facilities 
VACANT 

Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies 
DAVID S. SPARKS 

Administrative Dean for Summer Programs 
MELVIN N. BERNSTEIN 

Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies 
ROBERT E. SHOENBERG 



Graduate Studies 



OFFICERS AND STAFF 

DEAN FOR GRADUATE STUDIES 

David S. Sparks, A.B., Grinnell College, 1944; M.A., 
University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., 1951. 

ASSOCIATE DEAN FOR GRADUATE STUDIES 

Gilbert W. Castellan, B.S., Regis College, 1945; 
Ph.D., The Catholic University of America, 1949. 

ASSISTANT DEAN FOR GRADUATE STUDIES 

Bernard V. Khoury, B.S., Lowell Technological In- 
stitute, 1965; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972. 

DIRECTOR OF GRADUATE RECORDS 
Carl L Seidel, B.S., University of Maryland, 1963. 

ASSISTANT TO THE DEAN 
Alice M. Piper, B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1941. 

ASSISTANT TO THE DIRECTOR 

Edna M. Khalil, B.A., University of Maryland, 1951. 



GRADUATE COUNCIL 
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS 

Chancellor Charles E. Bishop 
Vice Chancellor George H. Callcott 
Dean David S. Sparks 
Dr. Gilbert W. Castellan 

APPOINTED MEMBERS 

Dr. Marjory Brooks, College of Human 

Ecology 1 973 

Dr. John O. Corliss, Department of Zoology. . . .1975 

Dr. David L. Horton, Department of 

Psychology 1 974 

Dr. Thomas J. Aylward, Division of Arts 
and Humanities 1973 

ELECTED MEMBERS 

Dr. Carl Bode, Department of English 1 976 

Dr. Andrew G. DeRocco, Institute for 

Molecular Physics 1976 

Dr. Conley H. Dillon, Department of 
Government and Politics 1973 

Dr. Marvin H. Eyler, College of Physical 

Education, Recreation and Health 1973 

Dr. Robert G. Glasser, Department of 
Physics and the Computer Science Center. . .1974 

Dr. Donald C. Gordon, Department of History. . .1975 

Dr. Raymond L. King, Department of 
Dairy Science 1 973 

Dr. Howard J. Laster, Department of Physics. . .1973 

Dr. Martin P. Reiser, Department of 
Electrical Engineering 1975 

Dr. Charles W. Reynolds, Department of 
Horticulture 1974 

Dr. Henry H. Walbesser, College of Education. .1975 

Dr. Howard W. Wright, Department of 
Business Administration 1976 




EXCAVATION OF AN ANCIENT POMPEIIAN MARKET GARDEN VINEYARD 
Department ot History 



General 
Information 



HISTORY 

The Graduate School was established in 1919 for 
the purpose of developing and administering programs 
of advanced study and research for graduate students 
throughout the University. At that time the Graduate 
School was placed under the jurisdiction of a Graduate 
Council acting for the Graduate Faculty with a Gradu- 
ate Dean who chaired both bodies and served as the 
administrative officer of the Graduate School. 

In 1956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a formal con- 
stitution to provide "a means for the Graduate Faculty 
to discharge its functions with respect to educational 
policies and procedures of the Graduate School." That 
constitution, as amended in 1968, continues to gov- 
ern the policies and procedures of the Graduate 
School on the College Park Campus. The names of 
the current members of the Graduate Faculty, Gradu- 
ate Council, and staff of the Graduate School will be 
found in appropriate places elsewhere in this catalog. 

OBJECTIVES 

The common goal of every graduate program, 
whether in the arts, the sciences, the humanities, or 
the professions, is to provide opportunities for inten- 
sive and individual study under outstanding members 
of the faculty. The Graduate School is not simply an 
extension or continuation of the Colleges, Schools, or 
Divisions, but is designed to prepare those who will 
dedicate themselves to individual inquiry and service. 
To achieve this goal it promotes an atmosphere of re- 
search and scholarship at the highest levels for both 
students and faculty, and it particularly stimulates the 
harmonious relationship between the two which leads 
to the advancement and transmission of knowledge. 

ORGANIZATION 

The Graduate Faculty, working through the As- 
sembly and the Graduate Council, establishes policies 
governing admission to graduate study and minimum 
requirements to be met by all students seeking ad- 
vanced degrees in the more than sixty graduate pro- 
grams leading to degrees awarded by the Graduate 
School on the College Park Campus. The faculties of 
the individual academic departments or interdisciplin- 
ary programs frequently establish additional require- 
ments for admission to graduate study or for individual 



degree programs above the minima established by the 
Graduate School. 

The Graduate Faculty Assembly consists of all full 
and associate members of the Graduate Faculty whose 
participation in graduate instruction and research dis- 
plays a capacity for individual research or creative 
and scholarly work at the highest levels. 

The Graduate Council consists of members of the 
Graduate Faculty elected by the Assembly, as well as 
appointed and ex officio members. It is charged with 
the formulation of the policies and procedures for 
the Graduate School at College Park including admis- 
sion standards, the review of individual student pro- 
grams, the review of all new programs and courses 
submitted by members of the Graduate Faculty, gradu- 
ate student theses and dissertations, and the periodic 
review of all graduate degree programs. It meets ap- 
proximately eight times a year to conduct its regular 
business and may be called into special session as 
the need arises. 

In its work the Graduate Council is aided and ad- 
vised by nine standing committees and two ad hoc 
committees. Included are committees on: Publications; 
Language Requirements; Programs and Standards; Fel- 
lowships; Student Welfare; Research; Procedures and 
Elections; Graduate Faculty; Admissions: and Five 
Year Reviews of Graduate Programs. Membership on 
these Committees is limited to members of the Gradu- 
ate Faculty and graduate students. Members are ap- 
pointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies. Faculty 
members serve five year terms and graduate students 
serve one year terms. The latter are normally renewed 
for those students desiring longer terms who remain 
members of the graduate student body. 

ENROLLMENT 

Coming from all of the United States and from 58 
foreign nations, more than 7500 graduate students en- 
rolled in the 1972 Fall Semester. More than half of 
these were full-time students. During the 1972-1973 
academic year, 352 Doctoral Degrees and 1,331 Mas- 
ter's Degrees were awarded. 

LOCATION 

Located on 1300 acres in Prince Georges County, 
eight miles from the National Capitol Building in 
Washington, D.C., and thirty miles from Baltimore, the 



2 / graduate school 



College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the 
greatest concentrations of research facilities and in- 
tellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Li- 
braries and laboratories serving virtually every aca- 
demic discipline are within easy commuting distance. 
There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, 
information, technical skills, and scholars between the 
University and these centers. The libraries and facili- 
ties of many of these centers are open to qualified 
graduate students at the University. The resources of 
many more are available by special arrangement. 



LIBRARIES 

The University library system includes major re- 
search libraries on both the College Park and Balti- 
more Campuses. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the graduate 
library of the College Park Campus, containing refer- 
ence works, periodicals, circulating books, and other 
materials in all fields of research and instruction. 
Other libraries include the Engineering and Physical 
Sciences Library, the Architecture Library, and the 
Chemistry Library. A new Undergraduate Library 
opened in 1972. 

The libraries on the College Park Campus include 
approximately 1,100,000 volumes and 14,000 subscrip- 
tions to periodicals and newspapers, as well as many 
uncatalogued government documents, phonorecords, 
films and filmstrips, etc. 

Special collections include those of Richard von 
Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics; Max 
Born in the physical sciences; Thomas I. Cook in po- 
litical science; Romeo Mansueti in the biological sci- 
ences; Katherine Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. govern- 
ment publications (for which the University is a region- 
al depository); documents of the United Nations, the 
League of Nations and other international organiza- 
tions; agricultural experiment station and extension 
service publications; maps from the U.S. Army Map 
Service; the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and 
Shipbuilding Workers of America; the Wallenstein 
collection of musical scores; and research collections 
of the American Bandmasters Association, the National 
Association of Wind and Percussion Instructors and 
the Music Educators National Conference. In addition, 
the collections include -microfilm productions of gov- 
ernment documents, rare books, early journals, and 
newspapers. 

But it is the combined resources of the Library of 
Congress, the Folger Library, Dumbarton Oaks, the 
National Archives, the Smithsonian Institution, the 
World Bank, the National Library of Medicine, the Na- 
tional Agricultural Library, and the libraries of the Fed- 
eral Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, 
Education and Welfare; Housing and Urban Develop- 
ment; and Transportation, and approximately 500 other 
specialized libraries in the area, all within a few min- 
utes drive of the College Park Campus, that make the 
University of Maryland one of the most attractive in the 
nation for scholars of all disciplines. 

SPECIAL RESEARCH RESOURCES 

Exceptional research facilities are available in al- 
most all disciplines at the University. The proximity of 
the Agricultural Research Center and the Plant Indus- 



try Station of the United States Department of Agricul- 
ture has stimulated the development of both laborator- 
ies and opportunities for field research in the agri- 
cultural and animal sciences. Opportunities are also 
available for collaborative graduate study programs 
with other major government laboratories, such as the 
National Bureau of Standards and the Naval Research 
Laboratory. 

The long-standing interest of the State of Mary- 
land in the commercial and recreational resources of 
the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the development 
of outstanding research facilities for the study of 
marine biology at Solomons Island, Md. 

Work in the behavioral sciences, particularly in 
learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for fully 
automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sci- 
ences include a 140 MeV cyclotron; two small Van de 
Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, in- 
cluding a PDP 11/45, a Univac 1106, and a Univac 1108 
which is complemented by remote access units on a 
time-sharing basis; (the Univac 1106 and the 1108 each 
have 262 K of memory); a 10 KW training nuclear re- 
actor; a full scale low velocity wind tunnel; several 
small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; specialized fa- 
cilities in both the Institute for Molecular Physics and 
the Center for Materials Research; a psychopharma- 
cology laboratory; shock tubes; a quiescent plasma de- 
vice (Q machine) for plasma research; and rotating 
tanks for laboratory studies of meteorological phe- 
nomena. The University also owns and operates the 
world's longest radio telescope at Clark Lake, Cali- 
fornia. 



SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FOR ARTISTS 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts 
at College Park centers in the Tawes Fine Arts Build- 
ing and is greatly stimulated by the close interaction 
that has developed between the students and faculty 
of the University and the artists and scholars at the 
National Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips 
Gallery, the Museum of Modern Art, the Smithsonian 
Institution, as well as the musicians of the National 
Symphony Orchestra and smaller musical groups. The 
completion of the Kennedy Center for the Performing 
Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) has 
further enhanced the climate for creative artists at- 
tending the University. 

Outstanding work on Campus in theater, dance, 
radio, and television is aided by the proximity of the 
Campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the 
Morris Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater 
groups in the Washington and Baltimore area. There 
is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and tal- 
ent between students and faculty at the University and 
both educational and commercial radio and television 
media as a consequence of the large professional 
staffs which are maintained in the Washington area. 

CONSORTIA 

The University of Maryland is a member of a num- 
ber of national and local consortia concerned with 
advanced education and research. They offer a variety 
of opportunities for senior scholar and graduate stu- 
dent research. 



graduate school / 3 



OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, 
INC. (ORAU) 

Oak Ridge Associated Universities, Inc., is a non- 
profit educational and research corporation formed in 
order to broaden the opportunities for member insti- 
tutions collectively to participate in many fields of edu- 
cation and research in the natural sciences related to 
nuclear energy. Educational programs range from short 
term courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU fa- 
cilities and staff to fellowship programs administered 
by ORAU for the Atomic Energy Commission. 

UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC 
RESEARCH (UCAR) 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research 
(NCAR), in Boulder, Colorado, was created in 1960 to 
serve as a focal point for a vigorous and expanding 
national research effort in the atmospheric sciences. 
NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the Na- 
tional Science Foundation by the University Corpora- 
tion for Atmospheric Research (UCAR), made up of 
27 U.S. universities with graduate programs in the 
atmospheric sciences or related fields. The scientific 
staff includes meteorologists, astronomers, chemists, 
physicists, mathematicians, and representatives of 
other disciplines. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (URA) 

Universities Research Association, a group of 50 
universities engaged in high energy research, is the 
sponsoring organization for the National Accelerator 
Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Atomic Energy Com- 
mission. The accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, 
is the world's largest proton synchrotron. 

INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL 
(EDUCOM) 

This Council provides a forum for the appraisal of 
the current state of the art in communications science 
and technology and their relation to the planning and 
programs of colleges and universities. The council par- 
ticularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the area 
of communications science. 

CHESAPEAKE BAY CENTER FOR 
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (CBES) 

This 900-acre waterfront research center is dedi- 
cated to preserving and enhancing the quality of man's 
environment through programs of ecological study 
and education. Located on the western shore of the 
Chesapeake Bay, just south of Annapolis, it presents 
a wide selection of local ecosystems. Scientific pro- 
grams of the Center, a major component of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, are guided by the consortium in 
which the University of Maryland and The Johns Hop- 
kins University participate. The unique ecological en- 
vironment provided by the Center furnishes an attrac- 
tive site for graduate student research programs. 

UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH 
ASSOCIATION (USRA) 

The USRA was designed to promote cooperation 
between universities, research organizations, and the 
government in the development of space science and 
technology, and in the operation of laboratories and 
facilities for research, development and education in 
these fields. 



INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM FOR 
POLITICAL SCIENCE RESEARCH 

The University of Maryland is a member of the Inter- 
University Consortium for Political Science Research. 
One purpose of the Consortium is to facilitate collec- 
tion and distribution of useful data for social science 
research. The data includes survey data from the Uni- 
versity of Michigan Survey Research Center and from 
studies conducted by other organizations or by in- 
dividuals, census data for the United States, election 
data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision results, and 
biographical data. 

CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH CONSORTIUM, INC. 

The University of Maryland participates in this wide 
scale environmental research program with The Johns 
Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Sci- 
ence, and the Smithsonian Institution. The Consortium 
coordinates and integrates research on the Chesa- 
peake Bay region and is compiling a vast amount of 
scientific data to assist in the management and control 
of the area. 

GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Programs Degrees Offered 

Administration, Supervision and 

Curriculum *■ 6 MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Aerospace Engineering ' MS, PhD 

Agricultural Engineering MS, PhD 

Agricultural and Extension 

Education 4 MS, AGS, PhD 

Agricultural and Resource Economics MS, PhD 

Agronomy MS, PhD 

American Studies MA, PhD 

Animal Science MS, PhD 

Art MFA, MA, PhD 

Astronomy - MS, PhD 

Botany MS, PhD 

Business Administration ,; MBA, DBA 

Chemical Engineering MS, PhD 

Chemistry MS, PhD 

Civil Engineering MS, PhD 

Comparative Literature MA, PhD 

Computer Science :! MS, PhD 

Counseling and Personnel 

Services J - •"■ MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Criminal Justice and Criminology ' MA 

Dairy Science MS, PhD 

Early Childhood-Elementary 

Education 4 - * MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Economics ' MA, PhD 

Electrical Engineering MS, PhD 

Engineering Materials MS, PhD 

English Language and Literature MA, PhD 

Entomology MS, PhD 

Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration :i . . MS 

Food Science MS, PhD 

Foundations of 

Education *. ■> MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

French Language and Literature ' MA, PhD 

Geography ' MA, PhD 

Germanic Language and Literature MA, PhD 

Government and Politics ' MA, PhD 

Hearing and Speech Sciences MA, PhD 

Health Education MA, EdD, PhD 

History » MA, PhD 



4 / graduate school 



PhD 

PhD 
.MS 
PhD 
.MA 
PhD 
PhD 
PhD 



Horticulture MS, 

Human Development 

Education ■*• •"■ MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, 

Human Ecology :) 

Industrial Education *■ " MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, 

Journalism A 

Library and Information Services :; MLS, 

Mathematics MA, 

Mathematics, Applied MA, 

Measurement and 

Statistics 4 - "' MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Mechanical Engineering ' MS, PhD 

Meteorology MS, PhD 

Microbiology > MS, PhD 

Nuclear Engineering MS, PhD 

Music J MM, DMA, PhD 

Nutritional Sciences MS, PhD 

Philosophy > MA, PhD 

Physical Education MA, EdD, PhD 

Physics - MS, PhD 

Poultry Science MS, PhD 

Psychology 1 MA, MS, PhD 

Recreation MA, EdD, PhD 

Secondary Education *■ ■• MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Sociology ' MA, PhD 

Spanish and Portuguese Languages 

and Literature MA, PhD 

Special Education *• 3 MEd, MA, AGS, EdD, PhD 

Speech and Dramatic Art MA 

Textiles and Consumer Economics :! MS 

Zoology » MS, PhD 

GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS: 

Write to the Graduate Record Examinations, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, Princeton, N.J. 08540. 

1 Both Aptitude and Advanced tests required. 

2 Advanced test only required. 
:1 Aptitude test only required. 

4 Miller's Analogies Test required at the doctoral level. 
Write to the Counseling Center, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Md. 20742. 

■"'The Education Test Battery: A composite examination 
which includes the Miller's Analogies is required for all 
individuals who have been admitted in the field of edu- 
cation. Individuals will be notified when they are to 
take this test battery. 

8 The Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business 
is required. Write to the Educational Testing Service, 
Box 966, Princeton, N.J. 08540. 

LETTERS OF EVALUATION: 

Applicants are advised that faculty admissions com- 
mittees normally require two or three letters of evalua- 
tion by individuals familiar with their qualifications for 
successful graduate study. See the application forms 
for the number of such letters required. Letters of 
evaluation should be sent directly to the program to 
which the applicant seeks admission. 

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE 
SCHOOL 

GENERAL 

Admission to graduate study at the College Park 
Campus is the responsibility of the Dean for Graduate 
Studies. In making decisions upon the admissibility of 



applicants, the Dean and his staff regularly seek the 
advice of the chairmen of the academic departments 
and graduate faculty admissions committees. In the 
case of foreign student applicants, the University's 
Director of International Education Services and For- 
eign Student Affairs is also consulted. 

Applicants for admission to graduate study regularly 
exceed the number of students who can be accom- 
modated. As a consequence every application is care- 
fully reviewed and the number of students admitted 
to each program is balanced against the faculty and 
facilities available. As a further consequence, stand- 
ards for admission vary among different programs and, 
at times, in the same program. 

There are, however, minimum standards which apply 
to all applicants regardless of program or time. They 
have been established on the basis of long experience 
with those who have succeeded, as well as with those 
who have failed, in graduate study. They are similar 
to those standards governing admission to nearly all 
major graduate schools. The purpose of these stand- 
ards is, quite simply, to distinguish between those in- 
dividuals who have a reasonable expectation of suc- 
cessfully completing a graduate program and those 
individuals who would be better advised to devote 
their time and energies to other endeavors. 

MINIMUM STANDARDS 

The minimum standard for admission to The Gradu- 
ate School is a "B" average, 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, in an 
undergraduate program of study which led to the 
award of a Bachelor's Degree from a college or uni- 
versity accredited by a regional accrediting associa- 
tion. In addition, the student's undergraduate program 
must reflect successful completion of the prerequisites 
for graduate study in the chosen field. Normally the 
"A" grades that contribute to the required "B" aver- 
age will have been earned in the subject, or a closely 
allied one, which the student wishes to pursue in The 
Graduate School. A very few students, who fail to 
meet these minimum standards, may be admitted to 
graduate study as provisional students on the basis of 
outstanding performance on one or more of the gradu- 
ate study aptitude tests, or on the basis of letters of 
recommendation from competent judges of their per- 
formance as students or in a professional capacity. 

Standards for admission to a doctoral program are 
invariably higher than those for admission to a Mas- 
ter's Program. 

EVIDENCE OF ACADEMIC POTENTIAL 

For evidence of academic potential the Graduate 
Faculty relies heavily upon prior academic perform- 
ance reflected on transcripts of previous study. Addi- 
tional evidence of academic potential may take one 
or all of the following forms: 

GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS (GRE) 

Although many graduate programs do not require 
the GRE, most will use such test scores as an addi- 
tional measurement of an applicant's qualifications. 
The GRE may be taken in either or both of two forms, 
1) The Aptitude Test and 2) The Advanced Test. Ap- 
plicants can take this test in their senior year or when 
filing for admission. For details, applicants should 



graduate school / 5 



write directly to Graduate Record Examinations, Edu- 
cational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New 
Jersey 08540. 

THE ADMISSIONS TEST FOR GRADUATE STUDY 
IN BUSINESS (ATGSB) 

Details about this test, required when applying to 
a program in Business Administration, can be obtained 
by writing to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. 
Box 966, Princeton, N.J. 08540. 

THE MILLER'S ANALOGIES TEST (M.A.T.) 

Details about the graduate form of this test can 
be obtained by writing to the Director, Counseling 
Center, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 
20742. 

THE EDUCATION TEST BATTERY 

Applicants for admission to programs in education 
will be notified when they are to take this test battery. 

LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION 

All programs require three letters of recommenda- 
tion for admission of all applicants at both the Master's 
and the Doctoral level, except the following programs 
which require three letters only for admission to the 
Doctoral program: Agricultural and Extension Educa- 
tion, American Studies, Business Administration, Civil 
Engineering, Education (all programs), Music, Spanish 
and Portuguese. Physical Education requires five let- 
ters at the doctoral level only. Applicants should in- 
struct their references to send all letter of recommen- 
dation directly to the program in which they desire 
entrance. 

Some programs require other evidence of gradu- 
ate potential such as portfolios and samples of creative 
work, completion of specialized examinations or per- 
sonal interviews. 

CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION 

Applicants may be offered admission to The Gradu- 
ate School in any of the following three categories: 

FULL GRADUATE STATUS 

For admission in this category an applicant must 
have received a baccalaureate degree from an in- 
stitution accredited by a regional accrediting associa- 
tion and be otherwise fully qualified in every respect. 

PROVISIONAL GRADUATE STATUS 

This designation may be used when (1) the previous 
academic record at a regionally accredited institution 
is borderline or when there is a lack of adequate pre- 
requisite course work in the chosen field; (2) when the 
applicant has majored in another area with a creditable 
record but there is some doubt about his ability to 
pursue the program in question or (3) when the stu- 
dent has not yet completed his baccalaureate and so 
is not able to furnish a final transcript indicating the 
completion of all requirements and the award of the 
degree. A program to correct any deficiencies will be 
outlined by the department and the student is ex- 



pected to become fully qualified within a specified time 
limit. When all conditions have been met, the depart- 
ment may recommend admission of the student to 
"full status." Students who are unable to qualify for 
full admission under the conditions specified may have 
their admissions terminated. 

NON-DEGREE GRADUATE STATUS 

Applicants who qualify for full graduate status, but 
who are not applicants for' a degree at the University 
of Maryland, may be admitted in a non-degree status 
for a limited time. The individual who already has an 
advanced degree and who wants to pursue a limited 
course program to gain more background in his origi- 
nal area or in another area of specialization would be 
included in this category. 

Such a person is admitted on a "course-work-only" 
basis. Other examples: (1) a student in Education with 
an M.A. or M.Ed, who wants to work toward the Ad- 
vanced Graduate Specialist Certificate (AGS); (2) the 
visitor/transfer student who is in good standing as a 
graduate student at another institution (See also 
Visitor/Transfer Student Application) and (3) the stu- 
dent who wishes to attend an approved National Sci- 
ence Foundation Institute but does not want to apply 
for regular admission (See also Applications for Na- 
tional Science Foundation Institutes). 

Non-Degree Graduate Status is not intended to be 
used as a qualitying program for lull degree status. 
While consideration may be given at a later date to 
the application of credits earned toward a degree pro- 
gram while in this status, there is no assurance that 
such requests will be granted. If granted, however, no 
more than six semester hours of credit may be trans- 
ferred to a degree program. 

"Course-work-only" and AGS Certificate students are 
admitted for a period of five years. Other non-degree 
students are admitted for the shorter periods speci- 
fied in their offers of admission. 

SPECIAL STUDENT STATUS— UNDERGRADUATE 

This is an undergraduate classification and may be 
assigned by the Director, Admissions and Registrations 
(Undergraduate Division) to those applicants who have 
received the baccalaureate or other advanced degrees 
from an institution accredited by a regional accredit- 
ing association, but who do not desire or who do 
not qualify for graduate admission. Some graduate de- 
gree programs, notably those in the College of Edu- 
cation, have developed qualifying courses of study 
for those applicants who fall slightly below minimum 
standards for provisional admission. Successful com- 
pletion of such program normally provides the basis 
for recommendation for admission to The Graduate 
School. 

The student is warned, however, that no credit earned 
while in a Special Student Status may be applied at 
a later date to a degree program. 

Special students may enroll for courses through the 
500 numbered series for which they possess the neces- 
sary prerequisites. Permission from the deans of the 
various schools and colleges of the University is often 
needed to enroll as a Special Student. Courses num- 
bered 600 or above are restricted to admitted graduate 
students only. 



6 / graduate school 



NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION INSTITUTES 

During summer sessions and the regular academic 
year, special training programs or institutes funded by 
NSF are offered for the benefit of teachers and other 
groups with specialized short-term objectives. 

Ordinarily these institutes involve only courses in 
the 400 series and below; hence admission as a special 
student, undergraduate, is all that is required. If the 
institute requires courses in the 600 series or higher, 
admission to The Graduate School is required. This 
admission is ordinarily on an "NSF-lnstitute only" 
basis. 



ADMISSION TIME LIMITS 

For master's and non-degree students, the admis- 
sion terminates five years from the entrance date un- 
less a shorter period is specified in the offer of ad- 
mission; e.g. visitor/transfer students, NSF Institute 
students and some "course-work-only" students. 

A doctoral student must be admitted to candidacy 
within five years after entrance, and must complete 
all remaining requirements within four years after 
admission to candidacy. The admission to the doctoral 
program terminates if these conditions are not met. 

CHANGE OF OBJECTIVE, TERMINATION 
OF ADMISSION 

Students are admitted only to a specified program, 
and within that program only for the specified objec- 
tive; e.g., course work only, master's degree, doctoral 
degree. If the student wishes to change either the pro- 
gram or the objective within that program, he must 
submit a new application for admission. Admission in 
the new status is not granted automatically. Admission 
in the new status terminates the admission for the 
original objective. 

The student's admission also terminates when the 
original objective has been attained; for example, the 
admission terminates when a student who is admitted 
for the master's degree completes the requirements 
for that degree. If the student wishes to continue for 
the doctorate, a new application for admission to the 
doctoral program must be submitted; admission to the 
doctoral program is not automatic but is subject to 
the same review process applied to others seeking 
admission to that program. 

A student can be admitted to only one graduate 
program at any one time. Application for and accept- 
ance of an offer of admission in a second graduate 
program automatically terminates the student's admis- 
sion to the first program. 

The student's admission also terminates when time 
limits have been exceeded or when other conditions 
for the continuation of the admission have not been 
met. 

The admission of all students, both degree and non- 
degree, is continued at the discretion of the major pro- 
fessor, the department or program director, and Dean 
for Graduate Studies. Students must maintain an aver- 
age grade of "B" or better in all graduate courses 
taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional depart- 
mental and Graduate School program requirements. 



APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION 

HOW TO APPLY 

Initial correspondence concerning application for 
admission to The Graduate School should be ad- 
dressed to: 

The Graduate School, 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Md. 20742 

An application fee of $15.00 must accompany the 
application for admission. This fee is not refundable 
under any circumstances. Payment must be made by 
check or money order payable to the University of 
Maryland. Do not send cash or stamps. 

SUBMISSION OF TRANSCRIPTS 

Two copies of the application for admission and 
two official copies of transcripts from each college or 
university attended must be received at The Graduate 
School by May 1 for the Summer and Fall Semesters 
and by November 1 for the Spring Semester. In some 
departments the available openings are filled well in 
advance of these deadlines so that earlier application 
is often desirable. Applicants who require financial 
support and want to be among those first considered 
must submit their applications by February 1 for the 
Fall Semester. A foreign student applicant should apply 
at least seven months prior to the semester in which 
the student plans to begin his studies. 

Applicants for admission should instruct their in- 
stitutions to send their transcripts directly to The 
Graduate School and not to the Registrar's Office or 
graduate study. Applicants who have attended any 
branch of the University of Maryland must also request 
the Registrar of the University of Maryland at that 
campus to send two copies of their transcript to The 
Graduate School, College Park Campus. All transcripts 
must be received at The Graduate School on or before 
the deadlines specified above. The applicant is solely 
responsible for seeing that all the materials have been 
submitted by the appropriate deadline date. No follow- 
up procedures are undertaken by The Graduate School 
in this respect. 

APPLICATION IN THE SENIOR YEAR 

Seniors in their final semester of work toward a 
Bachelor's Degree may be offered provisional admis- 
sion pending the filing of a supplementary transcript 
recording the satisfactory completion of the remain- 
ing course work and the award of the degree. Appli- 
cants engaged in graduate study at another institution 
are also subject to this policy. A student faces can- 
cellation of his admission if a complete official record 
of all previous work is not received within three 
months following the completion of such study and the 
award of the degree. 

VISITOR/TRANSFER STUDENT APPLICATIONS 

A graduate student matriculated in another gradu- 
ate school, who wishes to enroll for a single summer 
session or a single semester in The Graduate School 
of the University of Maryland, and who intends there- 
after to return to the graduate school in which he is 



graduate school / 7 



matriculated, may be admitted in a Non-Degree Grad- 
uate Status as a visiting student. 

To enroll as a visitor, the student must have been 
officially admitted to another recognized graduate 
school and must be in good standing. Full transcripts 
of credits need not be submitted, but he must apply 
for admission to The Graduate School of the University 
of Maryland, and pay the application fee. In lieu of 
transcripts, he must have his graduate dean certify, 
in writing, to The Graduate School that he is in good 
standing and that the credits will be accepted toward 
his graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified, ad- 
mission will be offered for one semester only. 

APPLICATIONS FOR NATIONAL SCIENCE 
FOUNDATION INSTITUTES 

Application for admission to an NSF Institute should 
be made directly to the director of the NSF Institute. 
If admission to The Graduate School is required, the 
director will apply the same criteria and standards re- 
quired for admission on a regular basis in selecting 
qualified participants and recommending their ad- 
mission to The Graduate School. Admission to a non- 
degree "NSF Institute only" status carries with it no 
implication that the individual will be automatically 
considered for admission in any other status at a later 
date. The "NSF only" status terminates upon com- 
pletion of the NSF Institute in which the student was 
enrolled. A new application must be submitted for 
subsequent programs of a similar nature. 

Students already admitted to a regular graduate pro- 
gram may also qualify for participation in an NSF 
Institute. 

FOREIGN STUDENT APPLICATIONS 

No foreign student seeking admission to the 
University ot Maryland should plan to leave his 
country before obtaining an official offer of ad- 
mission from the Director of Graduate Records 
of The Graduate School. 

Academic Credentials 

The complete application and official academic cre- 
dentials — beginning with secondary school records — 
should be received by the Graduate Admissions Office 
at least seven months prior to the semester in which 
he plans to begin his studies. Applications may be re- 
jected prior to this deadline when foreign student 
quotas have been exceeded. 

English Proficiency 

In addition to meeting academic requirements, the 
foreign student applicant must demonstrate proficiency 
in English by taking the Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL). Because TOEFL is given only four 
times a year throughout various parts of the world, it 
is necessary for the applicant to make arrangements 
with the Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Prince- 
ton, N.J. 08540, to take the test as soon as he con- 
templates study at the University of Maryland. When 
the applicant is ready to begin his studies, he will be 
expected to read, speak, and write English fluently, to 
understand lectures and to take pertinent notes. 

Financial Resources 

A statement regarding the applicant's financial status 
is required by the Office of International Education 



Services and Foreign Student Affairs. Approximately 
S350.00 a month, or $4200.00 a year, is required for 
educational and living expenses of two academic se- 
mesters and a summer session. 

A foreign student applicant must be prepared, in 
most cases, to meet his financial obligations from his 
own resources or from those provided by a sponsor 
for at least the first year of study, and perhaps beyond. 

Immigration Documents 

It is necessary for students eligible for admission to 
secure from the University's Director of International 
Education Services and Foreign Student Affairs, the 
immigration form required for obtaining the appropri- 
ate visa. Students already studying in the United 
States who wish to transfer to the University of Mary- 
land must also secure proper immigration docu- 
ments to request the Immigration and Naturalization 
Service to grant permission for transfer. 

Reporting Upon Arrival 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the 
Office of International Education Services and Foreign 
Student Affairs as soon as possible after arriving at 
the University. This office will be able to assist not only 
with various problems regarding immigration, housing, 
and fees, but also with more general problems of orien- 
tation to University and community life. 

Questions concerning criteria and requirements for 
foreign applicants should be addressed to the Director. 
International Education Services and Foreign Student 
Affairs, University of Maryland. College Park, Md. 
20742. 

RECORDS MAINTENANCE AND DISPOSITION 

All records, including academic records from other 
institutions, become part of the official file and can 
neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. A 
student should obtain an additional copy of his official 
credentials to keep in his possession for advisory pur- 
poses and for other personal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data 
of the applicants who do not register for courses at 
the time for which they have been admitted or whose 
application has been disapproved or who do not re- 
spond to the departmental requests for additional in- 
formation or whose application is not complete with 
respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results 
are retained for one year only. 

OFFER OF ADMISSION 

A written offer of admission is made to an applicant 
who meets all admission requirements. The offer speci- 
fies the date of entrance which will normally coincide 
with the date requested in the application. The offer 
of admission must be accepted or declined by the 
date specified in the offer. If The Graduate School is 
not notified by the date specified, the offer of admis- 
sion lapses and the space is reassigned to another ap- 
plicant. An individual whose offer of admission has 
lapsed must submit a new application and fee, if he 
wants to be reconsidered for admission at a later date. 

The offer of admission is a permit-to-register for 
courses, and must be presented by the student at the 
time of his first registration. Permanent identification 
as a graduate student, to be used thereafter, will be is- 
sued at the time of first registration. 



8 / graduate school 



GRADUATE WORK BY SENIORS AT THE 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A senior at the University of Maryland who is within 
seven credit hours of completing the requirements for 
an undergraduate degree may, with the approval of 
his undergraduate dean (or equivalent academic offi- 
cer), the head of the department concerned and The 
Graduate School, register in the undergraduate col- 
lege for graduate courses, which may later be counted 
for graduate credit toward an advanced degree at the 
University if he has been approved for admission to 
The Graduate School. The total of undergraduate and 
graduate courses must not exceed 15 credits for the 
semester. Excess credits in the senior year cannot be 
used for graduate credit unless proper pre-arrange- 
ment is made. Seniors who wish to register for gradu- 
ate credit should inquire at The Graduate School about 
procedure. 

REGISTRATION 

COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM 

Courses are designated as follows: 

000-099 Non-credit courses. 

100-199 Primarily freshman courses. 

200-299 Primarily sophomore courses. 

300 - 399 Junior and senior courses not acceptable for 

credit toward graduate degrees. 
400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for 

credit toward some graduate degrees. 
500-599 Professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, 

Medicine) and post-baccalaureate courses 

not for graduate degree credit. 
600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 
799 Master's thesis credit. 

899 Doctoral dissertation credit. 

The first character of the numeric position deter- 
mines the level of the course and the last two digits 
are used for course identification. Courses ending 
with an 8 or 9 (third position) are courses that are 
repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must 
end in through 7. 

Graduate credit will not be given unless the student 
has been admitted to The Graduate School. 

REGISTRATION PROCEDURE 

A Schedule of Classes listing courses, hours, class 
locations, and preregistration and registration proce- 
dures is available before the beginning of each se- 
mester. Copies may be requested from the Office of 
Admissions and Registrations, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Md. 20742. 

The student's registration should reflect his involve- 
ment in graduate studies. To reflect more accurately 
the level of effort, a system of graduate units has been 
devised. The number of units per credit hour varies 
with the level of difficulty of the courses in the fol- 
lowing way: 

Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit 
hour. 

Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit 
hour. 

Research courses: 799 and 899 carry 12 units/credit 
hour. 



A full-time student should be registered for 48 or 
more units in each semester. A graduate assistant is 
regarded as a full-time student if he registers for 24 
or more units in each semester. 

A student who is working full time on thesis or dis- 
sertation research must register for at least 4 credit 
hours of research (799 or 899) (=48 units) in each se- 
mester. This applies even if the minimum requirement 
of 6 hours of 799 or 12 hours of 899 has been com- 
pleted. 

Advisement 

It is the responsibility of the student before pre- 
registration or registration to seek advice from the de- 
partment or program in which he is admitted to as- 
sure that his selection of courses will fulfill the depart- 
ment or program requirements. 

Late Registration 

Students failing to register for courses on the dates 
announced for the purpose can register for courses 
only with the consent of their advisers, The Graduate 
School and the Registrar. A fee of $20.00 is charged 
for late registration. 

Pass/Fail 

Graduate students are not permitted to enroll for 
courses on a pass/fail basis. 

GRADUATE FEES * 

Application Fee 

This fee is not refundable $15.00 

Tuition Per Credit Hour: 

Resident Student $47.00 

Non-Resident Student $68.00 

Students admitted to The Graduate School must 
pay graduate tuition fees whether or not the credit 
will be used to satisfy program requirements. A gradu- 
ate student who wishes to audit a course must pay the 
usual graduate tuition. 

Continuous Registration Fee $10.00 

Registration Fee $ 5.00 

Recreation Fee (Summer School Only) $ 4.00 

Vehicle Registration Fee $12.00 

Graduation Fee, Master's Degree $15.00 

Graduation Fee, Doctor's Degree $60.00 

Health Fee (per semester) $ 5.00 



* Subject to change 

RESIDENCY POLICY 

The Office of the Director of Graduate Records is 
responsible for graduate residence classifications. In 
general, to become a resident for fee-paying purposes, 
an individual must reside in the State of Maryland as 
a civilian adult for at least six consecutive months not 
enrolled full-time in any school or college, or must 
furnish proof of ownership and occupancy of a home 
in the State of Maryland for six consecutive months. 

Procedures are available for reviewing residence 
status. Graduate students seeking to appeal the de- 
cision concerning their residence status should con- 
tact the Office of the Director of Graduate Records. 

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT 

All graduate students who are making any demands 
on University academic resources, e.g., using libraries, 
laboratories, offices, computer facilities, consulting 



graduate school / 9 



with adviser, taking any examination, etc., are required 
to register in every term (including both summer ses- 
sions) for the number of credit hours which reflects 
their involvement in that particular term, but in no 
case for less than one credit hour. 

Students who are making no demands upon Univer- 
sity resources need not register unless they have been 
admitted to candidacy for the doctoral degree. 

CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION (DOCTORAL 
CANDIDATES ONLY) 

After admission to candidacy for a doctoral degree 
every doctoral student must register in every semester 
until graduation. This requirement can be fulfilled in 
whichever of the following ways is appropriate to the 
individual case: 

1. Students who are making demands on the Uni- 
versity resources satisfy the Continuous Regis- 
tration requirement by fulfilling, in every semester 
and summer term, the registration requirement 
described in the preceding section. 

2. Students who are making no demands on Uni- 
versity resources during the semester in ques- 
tion fall into two classes: 

(a) Students who have not yet registered for 12 
credit hours of dissertation research (899) 
must fulfill the Continuous Registration re- 
quirement by registering for at least one 
credit hour of 899 in every semester. Stu- 
dents residing outside of the State of Mary- 
land or the District of Columbia may request 
that the Graduate School perform the actual 
registration for them. The request, along with 
the appropriate tuition and fees should be 
received in the Graduate School before the 
end of the regular registration period for that 
semester. Requests received after the reg- 
ular registration period and prior to the end 
of the eighth week of classes may be pro- 
cessed but are assessed a $20 late fee. 

(b) Students who have already registered for the 
required minimum 12 credit hours of 899 ful- 
fill the Continuous Registration requirement 
by paying the $10 Continuous Registration 
fee in each semester until graduation. The 
$10 fee must be submitted, either in person 
or by mail, directly to the Graduate School 
before the end of the eighth week of classes 
during the fall and spring semesters. 

Failure to comply with the requirement for main- 
taining Continuous Registration will be taken as evi- 
dence that the student has terminated his doctoral 
program and his admission in the Graduate School 
will be cancelled. A new application for admission, 
with the consequent re-evaluation of the student's 
record, will be required of a student wishing to resume 
a graduate program terminated in this way. 

GRADES 

The following symbols are used for grades: "A", 
"B", and "C" — Passing, "D" and "F" — Failure, and 
"I" — Incomplete. 

Since graduate students must maintain an overall 
"B" average, every credit hour of "C" in course work 
must be balanced by a credit hour of "A". A grade of 



"A" in thesis research will not balance a grade of "C" 
in a course, nor will an "A" in transfer credit balance 
a "C" in a course taken at the University of Maryland. 
A course in which a grade of less than "B" is received 
may be repeated. The grade on the repeated course 
whether it is higher or lower than the original grade 
replaces the original grade. Courses in the degree pro- 
gram which are completed with a "D" or "F" must be 
repeated. 

All incomplete grades must be removed before the 
degree is conferred. A course with an incomplete 
grade should not be repeated; the incomplete should 
be removed in all cases. Incompletes received for 
master's or doctoral research credits will be removed 
when the applicable research has been certified by the 
appropriate oral examination committee. 

COMMENCEMENT 

Application for the diploma must be filed with the 
Office of Admissions and Registrations within the first 
three weeks of the semester in which the candidate 
expects to obtain a degree except during summer ses- 
sion. During the summer session, the application must 
be filed during the first week of classes. 

If, for any reason, a student does not graduate at 
the end of the semester in which he applies for the 
diploma he must re-apply for it in the semester in 
which he expects to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at 
commencement exercises. Those who so desire may 
purchase or rent caps and gowns at the Student 
Supply Store. Orders must be filed eight weeks be- 
fore the date of commencement but may be cancelled 
later if the student finds himself unable to complete 
his work for the degree. 

STUDENT SERVICES 

HOUSING 

The University of Maryland is not able to provide 
accommodations on the Campus for all graduate stu- 
dents although there is a limited number of apart- 
ments available to married graduate teaching and re- 
search assistants, and to a very few other married 
graduate students. Housing for graduate students at- 
tending Summer School is generally available. For 
Summer School housing only, students should apply 
to the Housing Office, North Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

An active file of off-Campus rooms and houses is 
available on a self-service basis to all persons. It is 
located in the Off-Campus Housing Office, Room 
1211G, Student Union Building, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Md. 20742. Rooms rent from approxi- 
mately $50 to $70 per month depending on the accom- 
modations offered. There are many apartment com- 
plexes at varying rentals in the area. It is advisable 
to arrive at the University as far in advance of registra- 
tion as possible to choose from among the more de- 
sirable locations. 

The University is committed to a policy of non- 
discrimination in housing for students and faculty and 
does not accept any listings of off-campus housing un- 
less the owner agrees that he will not employ race, 
national origin, sex or religion as criteria for renting 
his facilities to students or faculty of the University. 



10 / graduate school 



HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

The University maintains approximately 475 garden- 
type apartments at locations within walking distance 
of the campus at College Park. Although intended 
primarily as housing for full-time married graduate stu- 
dents, a limited number of efficiency apartments are 
available for assignment to full-time graduate students 
who are not married. Priority is given to teaching and 
research assistants. All apartments are equipped with 
an electric refrigerator and a gas range, but otherwise 
are unfurnished. 

To be eligible for this housing, applicants and as- 
signed residents must enroll each semester as full- 
time students. Inquiries about availability should be 
made three to six months in advance of date of need. 
For information, contact University of Maryland Apart- 
ments, Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, 
Md. 20783, telephone (301) 422-7445. 

INFIRMARY SERVICES 

Full-time graduate students enrolled for courses on 
the College Park Campus will have available the same 
infirmary services as are available to full-time under- 
graduate students. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Many departments are able to provide financial as- 
sistance in the form of teaching or research assistant- 
ships and fellowships to graduate students accepted 
into the department's program. Inquiries concerning 
the availability of such assistance should be directed 
to the department to which the applicant expects to 
be admitted or to the Fellowship and Grants Office of 
the Graduate School. All applicants for fellowships 
must be admitted to The Graduate School on a full- 
time basis to be eligible. 

Fellowships 

The Maryland Fellowship Program, established by 
the State Legislature and administered by The Gradu- 
ate School, provides a limited number of fellowships 
to qualified applicants who agree to teach in a public 
institution of higher learning in the State of Maryland 
for a period of three years if a suitable position is 
offered after receiving either the Doctor of Philosophy 
or the Doctor of Education Degrees. The stipend is 
$2500 for the academic year with remission of tuition 
and fees. 

Graduate Fellowships 

These fellowships are awarded on a competitive 
basis by The Graduate School. The stipend is $1000 
for the academic year, with remission of tuition and 
fees except for the Graduation Fee. 

Assistantships 

Teaching and research assistantships are also avail- 
able to qualified graduate students. In addition to re- 
mission of tuition, these carry ten-month stipends 
ranging from $2900 to $3800. The basic twelve-month 
stipend level is $3600. In certain departments research 
assistantships with roughly comparable stipends are 
available. Applications for assistantships should be 
made directly to the department in which the ap- 
plicant will study. 



A substantial number of Resident Graduate Assist- 
antships in the undergraduate residence halls are avail- 
able. The stipend is $2900 per year, plus remission of 
tuition fees in exchange for half-time work as Resi- 
dence Halls Staff members. These Resident Assistant- 
ships are open to both men and women. Applications 
for a Residence Graduate Assistantship should be 
made to the Director of Housing, University of Mary- 
land, College Park, Md. 20742. 

Offers of assistantships are made contingent upon 
acceptance as a graduate student by The Graduate 
School. 

Student Loans 

National Defense Education Act Loan Funds are 
available to graduate students of the University of 
Maryland. The student may request up to $2500 per 
year. However, because of limited funds, loans of 
more than $1,200 per year are rarely made. Appli- 
cations should be directed to the Director, Office of 
Student Aid, North Administration Building, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

GRADUATE SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE 
TO ALL MASTER'S DEGREES 

In addition to the following requirements special de- 
partmental or collegiate requirements may be imposed 
especially in the case of those degrees which are 
offered only in one department or college. For these 
special requirements consult the descriptions which 
appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in 
this catalog or the special publications which can be 
obtained from the department or college. 

Program 

The entire course of study undertaken for any Mas- 
ter's degree must constitute a unified, conerent pro- 
gram which is approved by the student's advisor and 
by The Graduate School. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses ac- 
ceptable for credit towards a graduate degree are re- 
quired; in certain cases six of the thirty semester hours 
must be thesis research credits. The graduate pro- 
gram must include at least 12 hours of course work 
in the major subject and at least 12 hours of course 
work at the 600 level or higher. If the student is in- 
adequately prepared for the required graduate courses, 
additional courses may be required. These courses 
may not be considered as part of his graduate pro- 
gram. 

To graduate the student must have an average grade 
of "B" over all graduate courses taken. Courses in 
the program which are completed with a "D" or "F" 
must be repeated. 

All requirements for the Master's degree must be 
completed within a five year period. A minimum resi- 
dence of one year of full-time study at this University 
(or its equivalent) is required. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate course 
work taken at other regionally accredited institutions 
prior to matriculation in The Graduate School may be 
applied toward the master's degree. The courses must 
have been taken within the five year limit for complet- 



graduate school / 11 



ing the Master's degree; the department or program 
must agree that the specific courses are appropriate 
to and acceptable in the student's program; a grade 
of "B" or better must have been earned in such 
courses. (A grade of "A" in transfer work will not bal- 
ance a "C" in work taken in the program here.) The 
request for transfer of credit shall be submitted to 
The Graduate School for approval at the earliest pos- 
sible time. The candidate is subject to final examina- 
tion by this institution in all work offered for the de- 
gree. 

No credit transfer will be allowed for any courses 
which have been used in fulfillment of the require- 
ments of any other degree. No credit will be granted 
for correspondence courses or for "credit by exami- 
nation" courses. 

The requirements for the degrees of Master of Arts, 
Master of Science and Master of Education are given 
immediately below. The particular requirements for 
the degrees of Master of Business Administration, Mas- 
ter of Library Science, and Master of Music are given 
under the corresponding program descriptions. 

GRADUATE SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF ARTS AND 
MASTER OF SCIENCE 

THESIS OPTION 

Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours 
of thesis research credit (799) is required for the de- 
grees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 
24 hours required in graduate courses, not less than 
12 must be earned in the major subject. Not less than 
one-half of the total required course credits for the 
degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be selected from 
courses numbered 600 or above. 

Final Examination 

The final oral examination on the thesis is conducted 
by a committee appointed by the Dean for Graduate 
Studies. The student's advisor is the chairman of the 
committee. The other members of the committee are 
persons who are familiar with the student's program 
of studies. The chairman and the candidate are in- 
formed of the membership of the examining committee 
by the Dean. The chairman of the committee then se- 
lects the exact time and place for the examination and 
notifies the other members of the committee and the 
candidate. The examination may be conducted when- 
ever the student has completed his thesis to the satis- 
faction of his advisor, providing he has completed all 
other requirements for the degree and has a "B" aver- 
age on all his graduate work. The period for the oral 
examination is usually about one hour, but the time 
should be long enough to insure an adequate examin- 
ation. The report of the committee must be submitted 
to the Dean as soon as possible after the examination, 
in any event not later than the appropriate date listed 
in the "Important Dates for Advisors and Students" if 
the student is to graduate in that semester. 

The examining committee also approves the thesis, 
and it is the candidate's obligation to see that each 
member of the committee has at least seven days in 
which to examine a copy of the thesis prior to the 
date of the examination. In addition to the oral exami- 
nation, a comprehensive written examination may be 



required at the option of the major department or pro- 
gram committee. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of 
Science degrees without thesis vary slightly among 
departments and programs in which this option is 
available. Standards for admission are, however, ident- 
ical with those for admission to any other Master's pro- 
gram. The quality of the work expected of the student 
is also identical to that expected in the thesis pro- 
grams. 

The general requirements for those on the non- 
thesis program are: a minimum of 30 semester credit 
hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a 
minimum average grade of "B" in all course work 
taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in 
courses numbered 600 or above: the submission of 
one or more scholarly papers: and passing a written 
comprehensive final examination. 

A student following a non-thesis Master's program 
will be expected to meet the same deadlines for ap- 
plication for a diploma and for final examination re- 
ports established for all other degree programs. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Mas- 
ter of Education (M.Ed.) degree with the following re- 
quirements: 

1. A minimum of 30 semester hours in course- 
work with a grade average of B. All courses with D's 
and F's must be repeated. Grades for courses not a 
part of the program but taken in graduate status will 
be computed in the average and are subject to the 
policy on D's and F's. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 
600-800 with the remainder at least in the 400 series. 
Some departments require courses in departments 
outside of those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at 
the end of coursework. A part of the examination may 
be oral. 

4. EDMS 646 or EDMU 690 and one seminar paper; 
or two seminar papers. 

5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. 

6. Test battery. 

For further details, see "Statement of Policies and 
Procedures: Master's Degrees in Education," issued 
by the College of Education, and descriptions of de- 
partmental programs. 

ADVANCED GRADUATE SPECIALIST PROGRAM 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is de- 
signed to promote high professional competence in an 
area of specialization. The candidate must be able to 
show that he can operate as an effective counselor, 
administrator, teacher, or skilled person in his major 
field of professional endeavor. The program is offered 
through most of the departments in the College of 
Education. The applicant must be admissible to The 
Graduate School but the certificate is awarded by the 
College of Education. 

Requirements are as follows: 

1. Admission based on a master's degree or its 



12 / graduate school 



equivalent in course hours earned either at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland or at another institution accredited 
by a regional accrediting association. Applicant to be 
admitted in non-degree status in The Graduate School. 

2. Program developed with advisor and filed with 
Graduate Studies office in Education. 

3. Test battery required of all Education graduate 
students. 

4. Coursework totaling not more than 30 hours 
(grades of B or A) from an institution accredited for 
graduate work, may be transferred. 

5. Minimum of 60 semester hours of graduate work 
with not less than 30 from the University of Maryland. 

6. Half of the coursework from other institutions or 
this University to be in courses comparable to the 
600-800 series. 

7. May be required to take a substantial portion of 
work in departments other than in Education. 

8. B average with no D's or F's on the record. 

9. A written examination of not less than six hours 
in length. 

10. Registration in some kind of field study, field 
experience, apprenticeship or internship. 

For further details see "Statement of Policies and 
Procedures: Advanced Graduate Specialist Program in 
Education," issued by the College of Education and 
descriptions of departmental programs. 

GRADUATE SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE 
TO ALL DOCTORAL DEGREES 

In addition to the following requirements special 
departmental or collegiate requirements may be im- 
posed especially in the case of those degrees which 
are offered only in one department or college. For 
these special requirements consult the descriptions 
which appear under the departmental or collegiate 
listing in this catalog or the special publications which 
can be obtained from the department or college. 

Program 

The number of credit hours required in the program 
varies with the degree in question. 

Residence 

The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate 
study and research is the minimum required. Of the 
three years the equivalent of at least one year must be 
spent at the University of Maryland. On a part-time 
basis the time needed will be increased correspond- 
ingly. All work at other institutions offered in partial 
fulfillment of the requirements for any doctoral degree 
must be submitted with the recommendation of the 
department or program concerned to the Graduate 
School for approval at the time of application for ad- 
mission to candidacy. Official transcripts of the work 
must be on file in the Graduate School. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations or such other substantial 
tests as the departments may elect are frequently pre- 
requisite for admission to candidacy. A student must 
be admitted to candidacy within five years after ad- 
mission to the doctoral program. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the 
doctorate at least one academic year before the date 
on which the degree will be. conferred. 



Applications for admission to candidacy for the doc- 
torate are made in duplicate by the student and sub- 
mitted to his major department for further action and 
transmission to The Graduate School. Application 
forms may be obtained at the office of The Graduate 
School. 

The student must complete all of his program for 
the degree, including the thesis and final examination, 
during a four-year period after admission to candidacy. 
Extensions of time are granted only under the most 
unusual circumstances. Failure to complete all require- 
ments within the time allotted requires another applica- 
tion for admission to candidacy with the usual prelimi- 
nary examination, or other prerequisites as determined 
by the department or program committee. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit his 
application for admission to candidacy when all the 
requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all 
candidates for a doctoral degree. The topic of the dis- 
sertation must be approved by the department or pro- 
gram committee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candi- 
dates for any doctoral degree must register for the 
prescribed number of semester hours of doctoral re- 
search, numbered 899, at the University of Maryland. 

Final Examination 

The final oral examination is conducted by a Com- 
mittee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the 
Dean for Graduate Studies. The Examining Com- 
mittee for the final doctoral oral examination con- 
sists of at least five voting members who hold the doc- 
toral degree or its equivalent, at least one of whom is 
external to the department or program in which the 
student is specializing. A minimum of three members 
must be members of the Graduate Faculty of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. 

One member of the Examining Committee is desig- 
nated by the Dean as the Representative of the Dean 
for Graduate Studies. 

In addition to having the normal responsibility of an 
examiner, the Dean's Representative has the responsi- 
bility of seeing that the examination is conducted in 
proper form. Any disagreement as to the conduct of 
the examination is referred to the Dean's Representa- 
tive for decision. 

One or more members of the Committee may be 
persons from other institutions who are distinguished 
scholars in the field of the dissertation. 

Nominations for membership on the Committee are 
submitted by the student's major professor on the form 
certifying that the dissertation has been completed 
and is ready for distribution to the Committee. Com- 
plete copies of the dissertation must be distributed 
to the Committee at least ten days before the exami- 
nation. The time and place of the examination are 
established by the major professor who serves as 
Chairman of the Committee. 

All final oral examinations are open to all members 
of the Graduate Faculty. After the examination the 
committee deliberates and votes in private. Two or 
more negative votes constitute a failure. 

The candidate may only present himself for the final 
oral examination twice. 



graduate school / 13 



Particular Requirements 

The particular requirements for the Doctor of Phi- 
losophy and Doctor of Education degrees are given 
immediately below. The particular requirements for the 
degrees, Doctor of Business Administration, and Doc- 
tor of Musical Arts are given under the corresponding 
program descriptions. 

GRADUATE SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only 
upon sufficient evidence of high attainment in scholar- 
ship and the ability to engage in independent research. 
it is not awarded for the completion of Co.urse and 
seminar requirements no matter how successfully com- 
pleted. 

Residence 
See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Foreign Language Requirement 

The Graduate School no longer has a language re- 
quirement for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. How- 
ever, a number of departments have retained a foreign 
language requirement. The student should inquire in 
the department regarding this requirement. The stu- 
dent must satisfy the departmental or program require- 
ment before he can be admitted to candidacy for the 
doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement for a 
specific number of course credits in either a major or 
a minor subject. It is the policy of The Graduate School 



to encourage the development of individual programs 
for each student who seeks the Ph.D. To that end the 
academic departments and interdisciplinary pro- 
grams have been directed to determine major and 
minor requirements, levels or sequences of required 
courses, and similar requirements for submission to the 
Graduate Council for approval. 

Admission To Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 
Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be dem- 
onstrated by an original dissertation on a topic ap- 
proved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candi- 
dates for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree must regis- 
ter for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral re- 
search, numbered 899, at the University of Maryland. 

Final Examination 
See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) 
degree are for the most part the same as those for 
the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Education depart- 
ments in The Graduate School. The only difference lies 
in the amount of credit for the Ed.D. project (6-9 hours) 
as compared to that required for the Ph.D. dissertation 
(12-16 hours). For details see "Statement of Policy and 
Procedures: Doctoral Degrees in Education," issued 
by the College of Education as well as requirements 
for the Ph.D, see above, and departmental regulations. 



14 / graduate school 




SKETCHING TO SCALE 



Graduate 
Programs 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS AND 
COURSES 

Brief descriptions of the graduate programs offered 
on the College Park Campus are given below. Many 
programs have brochures available with complete de- 
scriptions of any special admissions requirements and 
detailed program requirements for degrees. Requests 
should be directed to: 

Director of Graduate Studies (program name) 

Department of 

University of Maryland 

College Park, Maryland 20742 

ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION 
AND CURRICULUM PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Stephens 

Professors: J. Anderson, V. Anderson, Berman, Car- 
bone, Dudley, James, McClure, Newell, Van Zwoll, 
Wedberg, Wiggin 

Associate Professors: Goldman, Kelsey, McLoone, 1 
Perrin 

Assistant Professors: Bennett, Hempstead, Statom 

' joint appointment with Economics 

The Department of Administration, Supervision, and 
Curriculum offers programs of study for the MA, MEd, 
EdD, and PhD degrees as well as for the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist certificate. Areas of specialization 
include: administration, supervision, curriculum, high- 
er education, and educational technology. Programs 
in all areas are individually designed for public or 
private elementary and secondary school specialists, 
personnel in higher education institutions or education 
agencies. 

The department prefers that candidates have prepa- 
ration and experience in teaching. 

Admission at the doctoral level is based upon an 
academic average of 3.5 at the Master's level, perform- 
ance at the 50th percentile or better on the Miller 
Analogies test battery and an undergraduate average 
of 3.0. Selective screening of qualified applicants at the 
Master's, AGS, and Doctoral levels is necessary in 
terms of limiting enrollment to the available faculty re- 
sources of the department. 

The department requires at least one year of resi- 
dence for a doctoral degree. A field internship is in- 
creasingly suggested for most candidates. This intern- 



ship is done under faculty supervision in schools, col- 
leges or agencies, in roles that are consistent with the 
candidate's program emphasis. 

The department has developed close working re- 
lationships with area schools, community colleges and 
education agencies so that they may serve as re- 
sources for the academic offerings on campus. Pro- 
cedures have been established which facilitate the 
use of these agencies for research and field experi- 
ences. 

The Educational Technology Center in the College 
of Education is used extensively by students in the de- 
partment, particularly those in curriculum. 

EDAD 44Q. AUDIOVISUAL EDUCATION (3) 
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning pro- 
jection apparatus, its cost and operation; slides, 
filmstrips and films, physical principles underlying 
projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; 
pictures, models and graphic materials; integration 
of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recom- 
mended for all education students. 

EDAD 441. GRAPHIC MATERIALS FOR 

INSTRUCTION (3) 
Prerequisite, EDUC 440 or consent of instructor. A 
laboratory course which combines graphic and pho- 
tographic processes for education and training pur- 
poses. Techniques include lettering, coloring, trans- 
parencies, illustrations, converting, duplicating trans- 
parent and opaque media. Emphasis is placed on 
appropriate media selection for target audiences. 
Heavy student project orientation. 

EDAD 442. INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA SERVICES (3) 
Prerequisites, teaching experience and EDUC 440, or 
equivalent. Procedures for coordinating instructional 
media programs; instructional materials acquisition, 
storage, scheduling, distribution, production, evalua- 
tion and other service responsibilities; instructional 
materials center staff coordination of research, cur- 
riculum improvement and faculty, development pro- 
grams. 

EDAD 443. INSTRUCTIONAL TELEVISION 

UTILIZATION (3) 
Combining televised lessons, on-campus seminars 
and related workbook assignments, this course foc- 
uses upon planning for the various uses of instruc- 
tional television with students. State, local school 
unit, school, and classroom uses will be illustrated 
through film and studio production. The aspects of 
producing ITV programs developed through the tele- 



15 



16 / graduate school 



vision lessons and "Hands-On" assignments of the 
seminars. 

EDAD 444. PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION (3) 
Analysis of programmed instruction techniques; se- 
lection, utilization and evaluation of existing pro- 
grams and teaching machines; developing learning 
objectives; writing and validating programs. 

EDAD 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION (1-4) 
Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in educa- 
tion at the University of Maryland plus such other 
prerequisites as may be set by the major area in 
which the experience is to be taken. Planned field 
experience may be provided for selected students 
who have had teaching experience and whose ap- 
plication for such field experience has been ap- 
proved by the education faculty. Field experience is 
offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor 
students. Note: The total number of credits which a 
student may earn in EDAD 489, 888, and 889 is lim- 
ited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDAD 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only to 
mature students who have definite plans for individ- 
ual study of approved problems. 

EDAD 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, INSTITUTES 

(1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education 
(or developed cooperatively with other colleges and 
universities) and not otherwise covered in the pres- 
ent course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-test- 
ing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy labora- 
tories, and special education centers; institutes de- 
veloped around specific topics or problems and in- 
tended for designated groups such as school super- 
intendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDAD 602. THE JUNIOR COLLEGE (3) 

EDAD 603. PROBLEMS IN HIGHER EDUCATION (3) 

EDAD 605. ADMINISTRATIVE FOUNDATIONS (3) 
EDAD 605 is presented as the first of the four courses 
for students majoring in the field of educational ad- 
ministration, supervision, and curriculum develop- 
ment. It attempts to structure a theoretical and re- 
search base for the study and practice of admin- 
istration in the field of education by introducing the 
student to selected contributors to administration, 
and by indicating the multidisciplinary nature of ad- 
ministrative study as it relates to purpose-determina- 
tion, policy-definition, and task-accomplishment. 

EDAD 606. ADMINISTRATIVE BEHAVIOR AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT (3) 

A critical analysis of organizational management (in- 
formal and formal dimensions), an assessment of the 
contributions from other fields (traditional and 
emerging) to the study of administrative behavior 
and the governance of organizations, and an an- 



alysis and assessment of the administrator's moti- 
vations, perceptions, and sensitivity as determinants 
of behavior constitute the major units of study for 
EDAD 606. The theoretical and research bases for 
these areas and such related concepts as status, 
role, systems, interpersonal relations, and sensitivity 
training are examined. 

EDAD 607. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSES (3) 
EDAD 607 is designed to develop competence with 
respect to selected administrative process areas. It 
examines efforts to develop theories and models in 
these areas and analyzes research studies and their 
implications for administrative practice. In addition 
it seeks to develop skill in selected process areas 
through such techniques as simulation, role-playing, 
case analysis, and computer-assistad instruction. 

EDAD 608. ADMINISTRATIVE RELATIONSHIPS (3) 
EDAD 608 is structured to provide the student of 
educational administration with an understanding of 
the various groups and subgroups to which an ad- 
ministrator relates and to the significance of these 
relationships for leadership behavior. It provides an 
opportunity to examine and analyze significant princi- 
ples, concepts, and issues in the areas of person- 
nel administration, public relations, community, state, 
and federal agencies. The human relations skills es- 
sential to effective leadership in these areas con- 
stitute the other dimension of this course. 

EDAD 611. THE ORGANIZATION AND 
ADMINISTRATION OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The work of the 
secondary school principal. Includes topics such as 
personnel problems, school-community relation- 
ships, student activities, schedule making, and in- 
ternal financial accounting. 

EDAD 612. SCHOOL FINANCE AND BUSINESS 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

An introduction to principles and practices in the ad- 
ministration of the public school finance activity. 
Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function 
of finance in the educational program are consid- 
ered. 

EDAD 614. SCHOOL PLANT PLANNING (2-3) 
An orientation course in which the planning of school 
buildings is developed as educational designing with 
reference to problems of site, building facilities, and 
equipment. 

EDAD 616. PUBLIC SCHOOL SUPERVISION (3) 
The nature and functions of supervision; various sup- 
ervisory techniques and procedures; human relation- 
ship factors; and personal qualities for supervision. 

EDAD 617. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 
IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Problems in administering elementary schools and 

improving instruction. 

EDAD 625. SCHOOL PUBLIC RELATIONS (3) 
A study of the interrelationship between the com- 
munity and the school. Public opinion, propaganda, 
and the ways in which various specified agents and 
agencies within the school have a part in the school 
public relations program are explored. 



graduate school / 17 



EDAD 634. THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM (2-3) 
A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a 
whole from early childhood through adolescence, in- 
cluding a review of historical developments, an an- 
alysis of conditions affecting curriculum change, an 
examination of issues in curriculum making, and a 
consideration of current trends in curriculum design. 

EDAD 635. PRINCIPLES OF CURRICULUM 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in 
the schools; principles for the selection and organi- 
zation of the content and learning experiences; ways 
of working in classroom and school on curriculum 
improvement. 

EDAD 640. SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL 
TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, EDUC 642. Review of the literature, in- 
cluding the mass media of communications as they 
relate to the instructional process; learning theory 
implications, sociological, and economic considera- 
tions as they relate to current and future mediated 
instructional systems. 

EDAD 642. MEDIATED INSTRUCTIONAL 

SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDUC 440 and 444. Theoretical and 
pragmatic determinants in the selection of media 
systems for improving teaching-learning efficiency; 
development and evaluation of teaching-learning 
units for large-group, small-group, and self-instruc- 
tional presentation; integration of print and non- 
print media with team teaching techniques. Review 
of related research. 

EDAD 644. PRACTICUM IN INSTRUCTIONAL 

SYSTEMS (2-6) 

Prerequisite, EDUC 642. Design and application of 
an experimental instructional system to a problem in 
curriculum, learning, or research. Each student will 
work with school or college instructors in the devel- 
opment, use, and evaluation of an instructional 
media system to solve a specific instructional prob- 
lem in the field. 

EDAD 679. SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL 
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION (2-4) 

Prerequisite, at least four hours in educational ad- 
ministration and supervision or consent of instructor. 
A student may register for two hours and may take 
the seminar a second time for an additional two 
hours. 

EDAD 718. SCHOOL SURVEYS (2-6) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Includes study of 
school surveys with emphasis on problems of school 
organization and administration, finance and school 
plant planning; field work in school surveys is re- 
quired. 

EDAD 721. ADVANCED SCHOOL PLANT 

PLANNING (2) 

EDAD 614 is a prerequisite to this course. However, 
students with necessary background may be ad- 
mitted without completion of EDAD 614. Emphasis is 
given to analysis of the educational program and 
planning of physical facilities- to accommodate that 
program. 



EDAD 723. PRACTICUM IN PERSONNEL 

RELATIONSHIPS (2-6) 

Prerequisite, Master's Degree or consent of instruc- 
tor. Prerequisite may be waived with advisor's ap- 
proval. Enrollment limited. Designed to help teach- 
ers, school administrators, and other school staff 
members to learn to function more effectively in 
developing educational policy in group situations. 
Each student in the course is required to be working 
concurrently in the field wjth a group of school staff 
members or citizens on actual school problems. 

EDAD 726. CHILD ACCOUNTING (2) 
An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the 
school system, including an examination of the 
marking system. 

EDAD 727. PUBLIC SCHOOL PERSONNEL 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

A comparison of practices with principles governing 
the satisfaction of school personnel needs, including 
a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, re- 
wards, and other benefits. 

EDAD 750. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

OF TEACHER EDUCATION (3) 
Teacher education today — current patterns and sig- 
nificant emerging changes, particularly those involv- 
ing teachers and schools. Deals with selection, cur- 
riculum, research, accreditation, and institution- 
school relationships. 

EDAD 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to 
pursue special research problems under the direc- 
tion of their advisors may register for credit under 
this number. 

EDAD 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours required for master's thesis. 

EDAD 802. CURRICULUM IN HIGHER EDUCATION 

(3) 
Analysis of research in curriculum and of con- 
ditions affecting curriculum change, with examina- 
tion of issues in curriculum making based upon the 
history of higher education curriculum development. 

EDAD 803. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

OF HIGHER EDUCATION (3) 

Organization and administration of higher education 
at the local, state, and federal levels; and an analysis 
of administrative relationships and functions and 
their effects in curriculum and instruction. 

EDAD 805. COLLEGE TEACHING (3) 
Various methods of college instruction analyzed in 
relation to the curriculum and psychological basis. 
These would include the case study method, the 
demonstration method, the lecture method, the reci- 
tation method, teaching machines, teaching by tele- 
vision, and other teaching aids. 

EDAD 806. SEMINAR IN PROBLEMS OF HIGHER 
EDUCATION (2) 

EDAD 837. CURRICULUM THEORY AND RESEARCH 

(2) 

EDAD 858. ADULT EDUCATION (3) 



18 / graduate school 

EDAD 859. SEMINAR IN ADULT EDUCATION (3) 

EDAD 879. SEMINAR IN TEACHER EDUCATION (3-6) 
A problem seminar in teacher education. A maxi- 
mum of six hours may be earned in this course. 

EDAD 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students whose application for an 
apprenticeship has been approved by the education 
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at 
least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an 
appropriate staff member of a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution or agency. 
The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close 
working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex- 
perience, a Master's degree in Education, and at 
least six semester hours in education at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. Note: The total number of cred- 
its which a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888 and 
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDAD 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) any 
student who has been advanced to candidacy for 
the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who re- 
ceives special approval by the education faculty for 
an internship, provided that prior to taking an intern- 
ship, such student shall have completed at least 60 
semester hours of graduate work, including at least 
six semester hours in education at the University of 
Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work on a full- 
time basis for at least a semester with an appropri- 
ate staff member in a cooperating school, school 
system, or educational institution or agency. The in- 
ternship must be taken in a school situation different 
from the one where the student is regularly em- 
ployed. The intern's sponsor maintains a close 
working relationship with the intern and the other 
persons involved. Note: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888 and 889 
is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDAD 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 

(1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an Ed.D. project and 
12-18 hours required for a Ph.D. dissertation. 

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Anderson 
Professors: Coming, Melnik, Rivello, Sherwood 
Associate Professors: Donaldson, Jones, Plotkins, 

Schaeffer 
Assistant Professors: Barlow, Weisshaar 
Lecturers: Billig, Fleig, Wilson 

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a 
broad program of graduate studies leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 
The curricula for these degrees are adapted to meet 
the objectives and background of the individual stu- 
dent and are planned by the student and his advisor. 
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, 



and-Flight Dynamics are the major areas of specializa- 
tion available to graduate students. 

Applications for admission are accepted from those 
holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sci- 
ences, and mathematics. However, applicants with un- 
dergraduate degrees in fields other than Aerospace 
Engineering will be required to correct deficiencies in 
prerequisite undergraduate coursework before enroll- 
ing in graduate courses. 

Two master's degree options are available: thesis 
and non-thesis. No special departmental requirements 
are imposed beyond The Graduate School require- 
ments. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree 
beyond The Graduate School requirements include two 
semesters residence (or equivalent); three years of full- 
time graduate study (or equivalent); 48 semester hours 
of coursework beyond the B.S. including (1) not less 
than 18 hours within one departmental area of speciali- 
zation, (2) not less than 9 hours from among the other 
areas of specialization in the department, (3) not less 
than 12 hours in courses which emphasize the physical 
sciences or mathematics rather than their applications. 
The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at least 24 hours 
of which no more than 6 are less than 600 level. Writ- 
ten and oral comprehensive examinations are also re- 
quired. 

The research facilities of the department are avail- 
able to the graduate student. The aerodynamic facili- 
ties include two subsonic, two supersonic, and a hy- 
personic wind tunnel. Facilities are also available for 
static and vibration testing of structures. An assort- 
ment of computers including an IBM 7094, two 1401 's, 
and a Univac 1108 complemented by remote access 
units on a time-sharing basis are available. Under spe- 
cial circumstances thesis research may be accomp- 
lished in off-campus research facilities. 

ENAE 401. AEROSPACE LABORATORY II (2) 

One lecture and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites, ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites, ENAE 
352 and ENAE 471. Required of seniors in aerospace 
engineering. Application of fundamental measure- 
ment techniques to experiments in aerospace engi- 
neering. Structural, aerodynamic, and propulsion 
tests. Correlation of theory with experimental results. 

ENAE 402. AEROSPACE LABORATORY III (1) 

One laboratory per week. Prerequisites, ENAE 305 
and ENAE 345. Corequisites, ENAE 352, ENAE 471, 
and ENAE 475. Application of fundamental measure- 
ment techniques to experiments in aerospace engi- 
neering. Structural, aerodynamic, flight simulation, 
and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with 
experimental results. 

ENAE 411. AIRCRAFT DESIGN (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisites, ENAE 345, ENAE 351 and ENAE 371. 
Design elective for seniors in aerospace engineer- 
ing. Theory, background and methods of airplane 
design, subsonic, supersonic and VSTOL. 

ENAE 412. DESIGN OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites, ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Design elective for 
seniors in aerospace engineering. Theory, back- 
ground and methods of space vehicle design for 



graduate school / 19 



manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and Martian 
landing systems. 

ENAE 445. DYNAMICS OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES 

(3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENAE 345 and 
ENAE 371. Dynamics elective for senior students in 
aerospace engineering. Stability, control and mis- 
cellaneous topics in dynamics. 

ENAE 455. AIRCRAFT VIBRATIONS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENAE 345. 
Corequisite, ENAE 352. Dynamics elective for sen- 
ior students in aerospace engineering. Vibrations 
and other dynamic problems occurring in aerospace 
structures. Study topics include free and forced vi- 
brations of single and multiple degree of freedom 
systems, and of continuous systems. 

ENAE 457. FLIGHT STRUCTURES III (3) 
Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, ENAE 352 or 
equivalent. Elective for seniors in aerospace engi- 
neering. An advanced undergraduate course dealing 
with the theory and analysis of the structures of flight 
vehicles. Topics will include, stresses due to shear, 
indeterminate structures, matrix methods, plate 
theory, buckling and failure of plates. 

ENAE 461. FLIGHT PROPULSION I (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites, ENME 216 and ENAE 471. Required of seniors 
in aerospace engineering. Operating principles of 
piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket en- 
gines. Thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine 
performance. Aeroihermochemistry of combustion, 
fuels, and propellants. 

ENAE 462. FLIGHT PROPULSION II (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site, ENAE 461. Elective for seniors in aerospace 
engineering. Extension of material in ENAE 461. Ad- 
vanced and current topics in flight propulsion. 

ENAE 471. AERODYNAMICS II (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENAE 371 
and ENME 216. Required of seniors in aerospace 
engineering. Elements of compressible flow with ap- 
plications to aerospace engineering problems. 

ENAE 472. AERODYNAMICS III (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENAE 371. 
Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering. 
Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid. 

ENAE 473. AERODYNAMICS OF HIGH SPEED 

FLIGHT (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENAE 372 or 
equivalent. Elective course for seniors in aerospace 
engineering. An advanced course dealing with aero- 
dynamic problems of flight at supersonic and hyper- 
sonic velocities. Topics will include unified hyper- 
sonic and supersonic small disturbance theories, 
real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass 
transfer with applications to hypersonic flight and 
re-entry. 

ENAE 475. VISCOUS FLOW AND AERODYNAMIC 

HEATING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENAE 371, 
ENAE 472, and ENME 216. Required course for aero- 



space seniors. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow. 
Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer 
equations: laminar, transitional and turbulent in- 
compressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary 
layers and convective heat transfer. Conduction 
through solids. Introduction to radiative heat trans- 
fer. 

ENAE 488. TOPICS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 

(1-4) 
Technical elective taken with the permission of the 
student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and con- 
ference courses designed to extend the student's 
understanding of aerospace engineering. Current 
topics are emphasized. 

ENAE 499. ELECTIVE RESEARCH (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of three credits. 
Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering with 
permission of the student's advisor and the in- 
structor. Original research projects terminating in a 
written report. 

ENAE 651. ADVANCED FLIGHT STRUCTURES (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 246 and ENAE 351, 352 or per- 
mission of the instructor. Advanced topics in struc- 
tural theory with applications to flight vehicle struc- 
tures. Energy and matrix methods, plate theory, in- 
stability and failure of columns, plates, and stiffened 
panels: introduction to shell theory. 

ENAE 652. ADVANCED FLIGHT STRUCTURES (3) 
See ENAE 651. above. 

ENAE 655. STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND 

AEROELASTICITY (3) 

Prerequisites. MATH 246 and ENAE 352. Generalized 
coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Vibrations of 
simple systems. Dynamics of elastically connected 
masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes and 
principal oscillations. Matrix methods of structural 
response. Transient stresses in an elastic structures. 
Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two 
dimensional oscillating airfoil. Flutter problems. Ran- 
dom vibrations. 

ENAE 656. STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND 
AEROELASTICITY (3) 
See ENAE 655. above. 

ENAE 661. ADVANCED PROPULSION (3) 

Prerequisites. ENAE 461, 462. Special problems of 
thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants: jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion 
and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 662. ADVANCED PROPULSION (3) 
See ENAE 661. above. 

ENAE 671. AERODYNAMICS OF INCOMPRESSIBLE 

FLUIDS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 463, or permission of instructor. 
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrota- 
tional motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil 
theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. 
Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 672. AERODYNAMICS OF INCOMPRESSIBLE 
FLUIDS (3) 
See ENAE 671. above. 



20 / graduate school 



ENAE 673. AERODYNAMICS OF COMPRESSIBLE 

FLUIDS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENAE 471 or permission of instructor. 
One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. 
Shock waves. Two-dimensional linearized theory of 
compressible flow. Two-dimensional transonic and 
hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional 
isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three-dimension- 
al potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetri- 
cal potential flow. One-dimensional flow with fric- 
tion and heat addition. 

ENAE 674. AERODYNAMICS OF COMPRESSIBLE 
FLUIDS (3) 

See ENAE 673, above. 

ENAE 675. AERODYNAMICS OF VISCOUS 

FLUIDS (3) 
Derivation of Navier-Stokes equations, some exact 
solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow- 
similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, 
analytic approximatfons, numerical methods, stabil- 
ity and transition of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow- 
isotropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mix- 
ing flows. (This course is equivalent to ENME 644). 

ENAE 676. AERODYNAMICS OF VISCOUS 
FLUIDS (3) 

See ENAE 675, above. (This course is equivalent to 

ENME 645). 

ENAE 688. SEMINAR (1-16) 

ENAE 756. ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS I 

(3) 

Advanced topics in structural dynamics analysis: dy- 
namic properties of materials, impact and contact 
phenomena, wave propagation, numerical methods 
for complex structural systems, analysis for wind and 
blast loads, penetration loads, and earthquake, non- 
linear systems, random vibrations and structural fail- 
ure from random loads. (This course is equivalent to 
ENME 760). 

ENAE 757. ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS II 
(3) 

See ENAE 756, above. (This course is equivalent to 

ENME 761). 

ENAE 776. HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS 
ASSOCIATED WITH HIGH VELOCITY FLIGHT (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Heat conduc- 
tion in solids and thermal radiation of solids and 
gases. Analytic solutions to simple problems and 
numerical methods for solving complicated prob- 
lems. Convective heating associated with laminar 
and turbulent boundary-layer flow. Heat transfer 
equations are derived for the plate case and for se- 
lected body shapes such as cones and hemispheres. 
Real gas effects on convective heating are examined. 

ENAE 777. HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS 
ASSOCIATED WITH HIGH VELOCITY FLIGHT (3) 
See ENAE 776, above. 

ENAE 788. SELECTED TOPICS IN AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING (3) 

ENAE 789. SELECTED TOPICS IN AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING (3) 



ENAE 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENAE 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 



AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES 
COURSES 

AASP 400. DIRECTED READINGS IN AFRO- 
AMERICAN STUDIES (3) 

The readings will be directed by the Director of Afro- 
American studies. Topics to be covered will be 
chosen by the Director to meet the needs and in- 
terests of individual students. 

AASP 401. SEMINAR IN AFRO-AMERICAN 

STUDIES (3) 
The theory and concepts of the social and behavioral 
sciences as they relate to Afro-American studies. 
Required for the certificate in Afro-American studies. 
Prerequisites: at least 15 hours of Afro-American 
studies, related courses or permission of the Direc- 
tor. 

AASP 403. THE DEVELOPMENT OF A BLACK 

AESTHETIC (3) 

An analysis of selected areas of black creative ex- 
pression in the arts for the purpose of understanding 
the informing principles of style, techniques, and cul- 
tural expression which make up a Black Aesthetic. 
Prerequisite: Completion of ENGL 443 or AASP 302 
or consent of instructor. 

AASP 411. NINETEENTH CENTURY BLACK 

RESISTANCE MOVEMENTS (3) 
A comparative description of the black resistance 
movements in Africa and America during the Nine- 
teenth Century: analysis of their relationship, similar- 
ities and dissimilarities as well as their impact on 
Twentieth Century black nationalism. 

AASP 428. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
A multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary education- 
al experience concerned with questions relevant to 
the development of black people everywhere. De- 
velopment implies political, economic, social, and 
cultural change, among other things. Consequently, 
a number of topics may be examined and studied. 

AASP 429. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK 

CULTURE (3) 

An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black art- 
ists around the world. Emphasis is placed upon con- 
tributions of the black man in Africa, the Caribbean 
and the United States to the literary arts, the musical 
arts, the performing arts, and the visual arts. Course 
content will be established in terms of those ideas 
and concepts which reflect the cultural climate of 
the era in which they were produced. Attention to in- 
dividual compositions and works of art through lec- 
tures, concepts, field trips, and audio-visual devices. 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Harris 
Professors: Green, Winn 



graduate school / 21 



Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton, Hummel, Merkel 
Assistant Professor: Rebuck 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers 
a graduate program of study with specialization in 
either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading 
to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy. The program of study is planned on a 
personal basis and is oriented towards the intellectual 
and professional objectives of the student. 

Courses and research problems place emphasis on 
the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, 
processing and marketing of terrestrial and aquatic 
food and fiber products, with concern for the conserva- 
tion of land and water resources and the utilization 
and/or disposal of by-products associated with biologi- 
cal systems in order to maintain and enhance the 
quality of our environment while contributing to efficient 
production of food and fiber to meet increasing popu- 
lation demands. 

Only the thesis option is available for the M.S. de- 
gree. The department has no language requirement for 
either the M.S. or Ph.D. degree. 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the de- 
partment, the facilities of the Agricultural Experiment 
Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College 
of Engineering are available. The new University of 
Maryland Center for Environmental and Estuarine 
Studies will enhance the aquacultural phase of the 
department's graduate program. 

AGEN 401. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION 

EQUIPMENT (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 100. Principles of opera- 
tion and functions of power and machinery units as 
related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating 
units; and control mechanisms. Principles of internal 
combustion engines and power unit components. 

AGEN 402. AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS HANDLING 

AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite, AGEN 100. Characteristics of 
construction materials and details of agricultural 
structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical cir- 
cuits, and electrical controls. Materials handling and 
environmental requirements of farm products and 
animals. 

AGEN 421. POWER SYSTEMS (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one two hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisites, ENME 216, ENEE 
300 and ENME 340. Analysis of energy conversion 
devices including internal combustion engines, elec- 
trical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power 
transmission and coordination of power sources with 
methods of power transmission. (Harris) 

AGEN 422. SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week, prereq- 
uisite, ENME 342. Applications of engineering and 
soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation 
and watershed management. Principles of agricul- 
tural hydrology and design of water control and con- 
veyance systems. (Rebuck) 



AGEN 424. FUNCTIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
DESIGN OF AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures and one 2-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisites, AGEN 324. An ana- 
lytical approach to the design and planning of func- 
tional and environmental requirements of plants and 
animals in semi- or completely enclosed structures. 

(Merkel) 

AGEN 433. ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi- 
sites, MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Proper- 
ties, distribution and circulation of water from the 
sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement 
overland, in channels and through the soil profile. 
Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered. 

(Rebuck) 

AGEN 435. AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING (3) 
Spring semester. Prerequisite, consent of depart- 
ment. A study of the engineering aspects of develop- 
ment, utilization and conservation of aquatic sys- 
tems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing 
aquatic animals or plants as related to other facets 
of water resources management. (Wheaton) 

AGEN 489. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICUL- 
TURAL ENGINEERING (1-3) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. Student will 
select an engineering problem and prepare a tech- 
nical report. The problem may include design, ex- 
perimentation, and/or data analysis. 

AGEN 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FARM 

MECHANICS (1-3) 
Prerequisite, approval of department. Not accept- 
able for majors in agricultural engineering. Prob- 
lems assigned in proportion to credit. 

AGEN 601. INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. Analysis of in- 
strumentation requirements for research and op- 
erational agricultural or biological systems. (Winn) 

AGEN 602. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF 

BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, differential equations. A study of the 
significance and the utilization of the mechanical 
properties of biological materials under various con- 
ditions of loading. Emphasis on particle motion; re- 
lationships between stress and strain, force, velocity 
and acceleration; principles of work and energy, and 
theories of failure. 

AGEN 603. BIOLOGICAL PROCESS 

ENGINEERING (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, differential equations. 
Interrelationships of physical properties as functions 
of moisture and temperature gradients in agricultur- 
al and aquacultural materials. (Cowan) 

AGEN 605. LAND AND WATER RESOURCE 

DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, AGEN 422 or approval 
of department. A comprehensive study of engineer- 
ing aspects of orderly development for land and 
water resources. Emphasis will be placed on project 
formulation, data acquisition, project analysis and 
engineering economy. (Rebuck) 



22 / graduate school 

AGEN 688. ADVANCED TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL 

ENGINEERING (1-4) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Advanced topics 
of current interest in the various areas of agricultur- 
al engineering. Maximum eight credits. 

AGEN 698. SEMINAR (1) 
First and second semesters. 

AGEN 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 
AND AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING (1-6) 

First and second semester and summer school. Work 
assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 

AGEN 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

AGEN 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION 
EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Acting Chairman: Poffenberger 
Professors: Longest, Ryden 
Associate Professors: Nelson, Smith 

As a multidisciplinary department of several educa- 
tional and social science specialties, the Department 
of Agricultural and Extension Education services the 
academic and continuing education needs and inter- 
ests of the Cooperative Extension Service, teachers of 
agriculture and professionals involved in community 
development. 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
gree and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate 
may be obtained in options in Agricultural Education, 
Extension and Continuing Education, and Community 
Development. Specialization options in Agricultural 
Education include teacher education, research, and 
administration and supervision. Specialization options 
under Extension and Continuing Education include 
personnel development, program development, admin- 
istration and supervision, and continuing education. 
The multidisciplinary Community Development pro- 
gram specialties include various social science dis- 
ciplines with research, teaching, and extension func- 
tions; human and organizational planning and develop- 
ment; and public affairs education an optional em- 
phasis. 

In the Master of Science degree programs both 
thesis and non-thesis options are available. Applicants 
for the Master of Science program must present tran- 
scripts for evaluation. 

As a continuing education option the department 
offers the A. G. S. program leading to the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Certificate. It requires 30 credits 
beyond the Master's degree. 

No specific number of credits is required for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each student's program 
is planned by his committee according to his previous 
education and experience, special interests and needs, 
and professional plans. No foreign language require- 
ment exists but is optional and encouraged for those 
interested in international development areas. Stu- 
dents are usually encouraged to develop additional re- 
search techniques through specific courses and par- 
ticipation in department research programs. Two con- 
secutive semesters of full-time resident study are re- 



quired. Applicants should present results of the Gradu- 
ate Education Test Battery (Miller Analogies, Coopera- 
tive English, and SCAT quantitative tests) with their 
applications for admission. 

For other requirements and guidelines concerning 
the above programs, contact the Department of Agri- 
cultural and Extension Education. 

RLED 422. EXTENSION EDUCATION (3) 
Studies the many facets of the cooperative extension 
service: philosophy, objectives, policies, organiza- 
tion, legislation, and methods used. Emphasis will 
be placed on the Cooperative Extension Service as 
an educational agency. 

RLED 423. EXTENSION COMMUNICATIONS (3) 
Deals with the scope and purpose of communication 
factors involved in the process and how it affects 
human behavior. This behavioral approach to com- 
munication directs its emphasis toward interperson- 
al communication, social systems, the mass media, 
and other related fields, with special attention to ex- 
tension. 

RLED 426. DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF 

EXTENSION YOUTH PROGRAMS (3) 

Designed for present and prospective state leaders 
of extension youth programs — program development, 
principles of program management, leadership de- 
velopment and counseling; science, career selection 
and citizenship in youth programs, field experience 
in working with low income families' youth, urban 
work. 

RLED 464. RURAL LIFE IN MODERN SOCIETY (3) 
Examination of the many aspects of rural life that 
affect and are affected by changes in technical, na- 
tural and human resources. Emphasis is placed on 
the role which diverse organizations, agencies and 
institutions play in the education and adjustment of 
rural people to the demands of modern society. 

RLED 466. RURAL POVERTY IN AN AFFLUENT 

SOCIETY (3) 
Topics examined include conditions under which 
people in poverty exist, factors giving rise to such 
conditions, problems faced by the rural poor, and 
the kinds of assistance they need to rise out of pov- 
erty. Topics and issues are examined in the context 
of rural-urban interrelationships and their effects on 
rural poverty. Special attention is given to past and 
present programs designed to alleviate poverty and 
to considerations and recommendations for future 
action. 

RLED 487. CONSERVATION OF NATURAL 

RESOURCES (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's na- 
tural resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, for- 
ests, and minerals — natural resources problems and 
practices. Extensive field study. Concentration 
on subject matter. Taken concurrently with RLED 
497 in summer session. 

RLED 488. CRITIQUE IN RURAL EDUCATION (1) 
Current problems and trends in rural education. 

RLED 489. CRITIQUE IN RURAL EDUCATION (1) 
Current problems and trends in rural education. 



graduate school / 23 



RLED 497. CONSERVATION OF NATURAL 

RESOURCES (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's 
natural resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, 
forests, and minerals — natural resources problems 
and practices. Extensive field study. Methods of 
teaching conservation included. Taken concurrent- 
ly with RLED 487 in summer session. 

RLED 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS (1-3) 
Prerequisite, staff approval. 

RLED 606. PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUA- 
TION IN AGRICULTURAL. EDUCATION (2-3) 
Analysis of community agricultural education needs, 
selection and organization of course content, criteria 
and procedures for evaluating programs. 

RLED 626. PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT IN EXTEN- 
SION EDUCATION (3) 

Concepts in program planning and development. A 
conceptual approach to a tested framework for pro- 
gramming. Study and analysis of program design 
and implementation in the Cooperative Extension 
Service. 

RLED 628. SEMINAR IN PROGRAM PLANNING (1-5) 
The student assists in the development of an edu- 
cational program in an institutional or community 
setting. He also develops an individualized unit of 
study applicable to the program. Seminar sessions 
are based on the actual problems of diagnosing 
needs, planning, conducting, and evaluating pro- 
grams. 

RLED 642. CONTINUING EDUCATION IN 

EXTENSION (3) 
Studies of the process through which adults have 
and use opportunities to learn systematically under 
the guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A va- 
riety of program areas will be reviewed giving the 
student an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate 
learning activities for adults. 

RLED 661. RURAL COMMUNITY ANALYSIS (3) 
First semester. Analysis of structure and function of 
rural society and application of social understand- 
ings to educational processes. 

RLED 663. DEVELOPING RURAL LEADERSHIP (2-3) 
First semester. Theories of leadership are empha- 
sized. Techniques of identifying formal and informal 
leaders and the development of rural lay leaders. 

RLED 689. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RURAL 
EDUCATION (2) 

RLED 691. RESEARCH METHODS IN RURAL 

EDUCATION (2-3) 
First semester. The scientific method, problem iden- 
tification, survey of research literature, preparing re- 
search plans, design of studies, experimentation, an- 
alysis of data and thesis writing. 

RLED 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS (1-3) 
Prerequisite, approval of staff. 

RLED 707. SUPERVISION OF STUDENT TEACH- 
ING (1) 
Summer session. Identification of experiences and 
activities in an effective student teaching program, 



responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, 
and evaluation of student teaching. 

RLED 789. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RURAL 
EDUCATION (2) 

RLED 798. SEMINAR IN RURAL EDUCATION (1) 
Second semester. Problems in the organization, ad- 
ministration, and supervision of the several agencies 
of rural education. Investigation, papers, and reports. 

RLED 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
RLED 882. AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE 
INSTRUCTION (1) 



RLED 899. 
(1-8) 



DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 



AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE 
ECONOMICS PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Curtis 

Professors: Beal, Bender, Foster, Ishee, Lessley, 

Moore, Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens, Tuthill, 

Wysong 
Associate Professors: Bell (visiting), Bender, Cain, 

Hardie, Holmes, Lawrence, Via 
Assistant Professors: Holmes, Lawrence, Marasco, 

Nash (visiting) 

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics offers graduate programs of study leading to 
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Phi- 
losphy. Both thesis and non-thesis options are avail- 
able for the Master of Science degree. Publications 
containing the detailed requirements for each degree 
are available from the department. 

Students may pursue major work in production eco- 
nomics, foreign economic development, international 
trade, agricultural marketing, resource development 
economics, resource management, public policy, and 
fisheries economics. The various programs offer re- 
search and 'or internship experiences designed to 
give competency in making observations from the real 
world, coursework to familiarize the student with tra- 
ditional subject matter as well as the frontiers of 
knowledge, and seminar and discussion opportunities 
to enable the student to sharpen his ability to express 
his thoughts. 

AREC 404. PRICES OF AGRICULTURAL 

PRODUCTS (3) 
An introduction to agricultural price behavior. Em- 
phasis is placed on the use of price information in 
the decision-making process, the relation of supply 
and demand in determining agricultural prices, and 
the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and 
stages of processing in the marketing system. The 
course includes elementary methods of price an- 
alysis, the concept of parity and the role of price 
support programs in agricultural decisions 

(Marasco) 

AREC 406. FARM MANAGEMENT (3) 

The organization and operation of the farm business 
to obtain an income consistent with family resources 
and objectives. Principles of production economics 
and other related fields are applied to the individual 
farm business. Laboratory period will be largely de- 



24 / graduate school 



voted to field trips and other practical exercises. 

(Lessley) 

AREC 407. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE 

FARM BUSINESS (3) 
Application of economic principles to develop cri- 
teria for a sound farm business, including credit 
source and use, preparing and filing income tax re- 
turns, methods of appraising farm properties, the 
summary and analysis of farm records, leading to ef- 
fective control and profitable operation of the farm 
business. (Wysong) 

AREC 414. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (3) 
The different forms of businesses are investigated. 
Management functions, business indicators, meas- 
ures of performance, and operational analysis are 
examined. Case studies are used to show applica- 
tions of management techniques. (Lessley) 

AREC 416. MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF AGRI- 
BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (3) 
Prerequisite, AREC 414 or permission of instructor. 
Principles, functions, institutions and channels of 
marketing viewed from the perspective of a man- 
ager of an agricultural business enterprise. The 
managerial framework for analyzing the entire mar- 
keting program of a firm is developed and utilized. 

(Cain) 

AREC 427. AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY MARKETS 

—AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3) 

Problems, institutions and functions within marketing 
systems for poultry and eggs, dairy, grain, horticul- 
tural, livestock, tobacco and forestry products. Prac- 
tical applications of elementary economic theory in 
a framework for analysis of market problems. (Via) 

AREC 432. AGRICULTURAL POLICY AND 

PROGRAMS (3) 
A study of public policies and programs related to 
the problems of agriculture. Description analysis and 
appraisal of current policies and programs will be 
emphasized. (Beal) 

AREC 444. WORLD AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION 

AND TRADE (3) 
World production, consumption, and trade patterns 
for agricultural products. International trade theory 
applied to agricultural products. National influences 
on international agricultural trade. 

AREC 445. FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIES 

(3) 
Analysis of the agricultural economy of selected 
areas of the world. The interrelationships among in- 
stitutions and values, such as government and re- 
ligion, and the economics of agricultural organiza- 
tion and production. (Holmes) 

AREC 452. ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 

Economic, political, and institutional factors which 
influence the use of land resources. Application of 
elementary economic principles in understanding 
social conduct concerning the development and use 
of natural and man-made resources. (Tuthill) 

AREC 453. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF NATURAL 
RESOURCES (3) 
Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory 



and methodology of the allocation of natural re- 
sources among alternative uses. Optimum state of 
conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard 
and cost-benefit analysis. (Marasco) 

AREC 484. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS IN 

AGRICULTURE (3) 

An introduction to the application of econometric 
techniques to agricultural problems with emphasis 
on the assumptions and computational techniques 
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test hypo- 
theses, and make predictions with the use of single 
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear re- 
gression models, internal least squares, discriminant 
analysis and factor analysis. (Ishee) 

AREC 485. APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL 
PROGRAMMING IN AGRICULTURE, BUSINESS, 
AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3) 

This course is designed to train students in the ap- 
plication of mathematical programming (especially 
linear programming) to solve a wide variety of prob- 
lems in agriculture, business and economics. The 
primary emphasis is on setting up problems and in- 
terpreting results. The computational facilities of the 
computer science center are used extensively. 

(Bender) 

AREC 495. HONORS READING COURSE IN 
AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS I (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory 
from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a basic un- 
derstanding of the development of economic and po- 
litical thought as a foundation for understanding our 
present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequi- 
site, acceptance in the honors program of the de- 
partment of agricultural economics. 

AREC 496. HONORS READING COURSE IN 
AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS II (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory 
from 1850 to the present. This course continues the 
development of a basic understanding of economic 
and political thought begun in AREC 495. This un- 
derstanding on the part of the student is further de- 
veloped and broadened in this semester by the 
examination of modern problems in agricultural eco- 
nomics in the light of the material read and dis- 
cussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: 
successful completion of AREC 495 and registration 
in the honors program of the department of Agricul- 
tural Economics. 

AREC 639. INTERNSHIP IN RESOURCE MANAGE- 
MENT (2-4) 

Prerequisite, permission of major advisor and de- 
partment chairman. Open only to graduate students 
in the AREC resource management curriculum. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of four credit hours. 

AREC 689. SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL 

AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS (3) 

Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend 
on the persons available for teaching unique and 
specialized phases of agricultural economics. The 
course will be taught by the staff or visiting agricul- 
tural economists who may be secured on lecture- 
ship or visiting professor basis. 



graduate school / 25 



AREC 698. SEMINAR (1) 
Students will participate through study of problems 
in the field, reporting to seminar members and de- 
fending positions adopted. Outstanding leaders in 
the field will present ideas for analysis and discus- 
sion among class members. Students involved in 
original research will present progress reports. Class 
discussion will provide opportunity for constructive 
criticism and guidance. (Curtis) 

AREC 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 

AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS (1-2) 

Intensive study and analysis of specific problems in 
the field of agricultural economics, which provide in- 
formation in depth in areas of special interest to 
the student. 

AREC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
AREC 804. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND 
DEMAND ANALYSIS (3) 
An advanced study in the theory of: (1) the individual 
consumer, (2) household behavior, and (3) aggregate 
demand. The concepts of price and cross elasticities 
of demand, income elasticity of demand, and elas- 
ticity of substitution will be examined in detail. The 
use of demand theory in the analysis of welfare prob- 
lems, market equilibrium (with special emphasis on 
trade) and the problem of insufficient and excessive 
aggregate demand will be discussed. (Marasco) 

AREC 806. ECONOMICS OF AGRICULTURAL 

PRODUCTION (3) 
Study of the more complex problems involved in 
the long-range adjustments, organization and op- 
eration of farm resources, including the impact of 
new technology and methods. Applications of the 
theory of the firm, linear programming, activity an- 
alysis and input-output analysis. (Hardie) 

AREC 814. ADVANCED AGRI-BUSINESS 

MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 403. AREC 414, or permission of 
instructor. The application of advanced theories of 
management to agricultural business situations with- 
in the context of practical economic analysis. Rele- 
vant analytical techniques are utilized in a variety of 
problems and case study situations. (Cain) 

AREC 824. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL MARKET- 
ING (3) 
Advanced study of the complex theoretical, institu- 
tional and legal factors governing both domestic and 
foreign agricultural trade, with particular attention 
given to policies and practices affecting cost and 
price. (Moore) 

AREC 832. AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND INCOME 

POLICY (3) 
The evolution of agricultural policy in the United 
States, emphasizing the origin and development of 
governmental programs, and their effects upon agri- 
cultural production, prices and income. (Beal) 

AREC 844. ADVANCED THEORY AND PRACTICE OF 
INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL TRADE (3) 
Advanced theory, policies, and practices in inter- 
national trade in agricultural products. Includes 
principal theories of trade and finance, agricultural 
trade policies of various countries, and the mechan- 
ics of trade. (Moore) 



AREC 845. AGRICULTURE IN WORLD ECONOMIC 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Theories and concepts of what makes economic de- 
velopment happen. Approaches and programs for 
stimulating the transformation from a primitive agri- 
cultural economy to an economy of rapidly develop- 
ing commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis of 
selected agricultural development programs in Asia, 
Africa and Latin America. (Foster) 

AREC 852. ADVANCED RESOURCE ECONOMICS (3) 
Assessment and evaluation of our natural, capital, 
and human resources; the use of economic theory 
and various techniques to guide the allocation of 
these resources within a comprehensive framework; 
and the institutional arrangements for using these 
resources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequi- 
site. (Holmes) 

AREC 883. AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECO- 
NOMICS RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (3) 
Emphasis is given to philosophy and basic objec- 
tives of research in the field of agricultural econom- 
ics. The course is designed to help students define a 
research problem and work out logical procedures 
for executing research in the social sciences. Atten- 
tion is given to the techniques and tools available to 
agricultural economists. Research documents in the 
field will be appraised from the standpoint of pro- 
cedures and evaluation of the research. 

AREC 899. 
(1-8) 



DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 



AGRICULTURE COURSES 

AGRI 401. AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, MATH 115 or equivalent. Probability, 
measures of central tendency and dispersion, fre- 
quency distributions, tests of statistical hypotheses, 
regression analysis, multiway analysis with emphasis 
on the use of statistical methods in agricultural re- 
search. 

AGRI 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURE (1-3) 
Credit according to time scheduled and organization 
of the course. A lecture series organized to study in 
depth a selected phase of agriculture not normally 
associated with one of the existing programs. 

AGRI 601. DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, AGRI 602 or its equivalent. The appli- 
cation of the principles of experimental design in- 
cluding basic and advanced designs, confounding, 
fractional replication and relative efficiencies. 

AGRI 602. ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL 

BIOMETRICS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, AGRI 401 or equivalent. Analysis of 
variance to include factorials and split-plot design, 
analysis of covariance, multiple and curvilinear re- 
gression, enumeration data, non-parametric proce- 
dures and sample survey methods. 

AGRI 604. STATISTICAL METHODS IN BIOLOGICAL 
ASSAY (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRI 602 or its equivalent. The course 



26 / graduate school 



is intended to provide the graduate student with a 
working knowledge of statistical methods used in 
elude direct assays, quantitative dose-response 
relationships, parallel lines assays, assays based on 
quantal response, transformations and designs used 
in bioassay, and fine particle statistics. 

AGRI 607. APPLICATION OF LEAST SQUARES 

METHODS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, AGRI 602 or 
equivalent. Application of the method of least 
squares to the analysis of experimental data. Princi- 
ples of the least squares method, basic matrix al- 
gebra, and the application of the least squares meth- 
od of one-way and multi-way analysis of variants, 
analysis of covariants, and various component an- 
alysis will be considered. Emphasis given to the use 
use of least squares procedures for the analysis of 
data with unequal subclass numbers. 

AGRI 702. EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES IN THE 

AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization 
of research projects and presentation of experiment- 
al results in the field of agricultural science. Topics 
included will be: sources of research financing, pro- 
ject outline preparation, formal progress reports, 
public and industrial supported research programs, 
and popular presentation of research data. 



AGRONOMY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Miller 
Professors: Axley, Clark, Decker, Foss, Strickling 
Associate Professors: Aycock, Bandel, Caldwell (visit- 
ing), Fanning, Foss, Parochetti, Schillinger 
Assistant Professors: Burt, Hall, Mulchi, Shannon 

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate 
courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The student may 
pursue major work in the crops division or in the soils 
division of the department. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the 
Master of Science degree. Departmental regulations 
have been assembled for the guidance of candidates 
for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are 
available from the Department of Agronomy. 

Ample laboratory and greenhouse facilities for grad- 
uate work are available on the campus. The Plant Re- 
search Farm, the Forage Research Farm, and the To- 
bacco Experiment Farm offer nearby research facili- 
ties. Many projects of the department are conducted 
in cooperation with the Agricultural Research Service 
of the United States Department of Agriculture with 
headquarters located three miles from the campus. 

AGRO 403. CROP BREEDING (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246. Principles and 
methods of breeding annual self and cross-polli- 
nated plant and perennial forage species. 

(Schillinger) 

AGRO 404. TOBACCO PRODUCTION (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of the history, 
adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of 
various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on 
problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical 



and chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Hoyert) 

AGRO 405. TURF MANAGEMENT (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of principles and 
practices of managing turf for lawns, golf courses, 
athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields and highways 
for commercial sod production. (Hall) 

AGRO 406. FORAGE CROP PRODUCTION (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent 
enrollment therein. Study of the production and man- 
agement of grasses and legumes for quality hay, 
silage, and pasture. (Decker) 

AGRO 407. CEREAL CROP PRODUCTION (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent en- 
rollment therein. Study of the principles and prac- 
tices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean 
production. (Shannon) 

AGRO 411. SOIL FERTILITY PRINCIPLES (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202. A study of the chemical, 
physical, and biological characteristics of soils that 
are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of 
physical, chemical, or biological nature and their 
correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rota- 
tions are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling) 

AGRO 412 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. 
A study of the manufacturing of commercial fertiliz- 
ers and their use in soils for efficient crop produc- 
tion. (Axley) 

AGRO 413. SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, 
methods of soil erosion control, and the effect of 
conservation practices on soil-moisture supply. Spe- 
cial emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil and 
water conservation. The laboratory period will be 
largely devoted to field trips. (Foss) 

AGRO 414. SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND 

GEOGRAPHY (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. 
A study of the genesis, morphology, classification 
and geographic distribution of soils. The broad 
principles governing soil formation are explained. At- 
tention is given to the influence of geographic 'ac- 
tors on the development and use of the soils in the 
United States and other parts of the world. The lab- 
oratory periods will be largely devoted to the field 
trips and to a study of soil maps of various countries. 

(Fanning) 

AGRO 415. SOIL SURVEY AND LAND USE (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. An 
introduction to soil survey interpretation as a tool in 
land use both in agricultural and urban situations. 
The implications of soil problems as delineated by 
soil surveys on land use will be considered. 

(F. Miller) 

AGRO 417. SOIL PHYSICS (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, AGRO 202 and a course in Physics, or per- 



graduate school / 27 



mission of instructor. A study of physical properties 
of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil 
productivity. (Strickling) 

AGRO 421. SOIL CHEMISTRY (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the chemical composition of soils; cation 
and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil 
conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chem- 
ical methods of soil analysis will be studied with 
emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. 

(Axley) 

AGRO 422. SOIL BIOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, AGRO 202, CHEM 104 or consent of in- 
structor. A study of biochemical processes involved 
in the formation and decomposition of organic soil 
constituents. Significance of soil-biochemical pro- 
cesses involved in plant nutrition will be considered. 

AGRO 423. SOIL-WATER POLLUTION (3) 

Prerequisite, background in biology and CHEM 104. 
Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural fertiliz- 
ers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water 
will be discussed. Their relation to the environment 
will be emphasized. 

AGRO 451. CROPPING SYSTEMS (2) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordi- 
nation of information from various courses in the de- 
velopment of balanced cropping systems, appropri- 
ate to different objectives in various areas of the 
State and Nation. (Clark) 

AGRO 452. SEED PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBU- 
TION (2) 

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of seed 
production, processing, and distribution. A study of 
seed production, processing, and distribution; Fed- 
eral and State seed control programs; seed labora- 
tory analysis; release of new varieties, and main- 
tenance of foundation seed stocks. (Newcomer) 

AGRO 453. WEED CONTROL (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite. AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the 
use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in 
the control of weeds. (Burt) 

AGRO 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRONOMY 

(1-3) 

Prerequisites AGRO 202, 406, 407 or permission of 
instructor. A detailed study, including a written re- 
port of an important problem in Agronomy. 

AGRO 601. ADVANCED CROP BREEDING (2) 

Prerequisite. AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic, cyto- 
genetic, and statistical theories underlying methods 
of plant breeding. A study of quantitative inheritance, 
herterosis, heritability, interspecific and intergeneric 
hybridization, polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, in- 
breeding and outbreeding, and other topics as re- 
lated to plant breeding. (Schillinger) 

AGRO 602. ADVANCED CROP BREEDING (2) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 601 or equivalent. Genetic, cyto- 
genetic, and statistical theories underlying methods 
of plant breeding. A study of quantitative inheritance, 



herterosis, heritability, interspecific and intergeneric 
hybridization, polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, in- 
breeding and outbreeding, and other topics as re- 
lated to plant breeding. (Aycock) 

AGRO 608. RESEARCH METHODS (2) 

Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of re- 
search viewpoint by detailed study and report on 
crop research of the Maryland Experiment Station 
or review of literature on specific phases of a prob- 
lem. 

AGRO 722. ADVANCED SOIL CHEMISTRY (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisites, AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. A 
continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil 
chemistry or minor elements necessary for plant 
growth. (Axley) 

AGRO 789. RECENT ADVANCES IN AGRONOMY 

(2-4) 
Two hours each year. Total credit four hours. Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor. A study of recent 
advances in agronomy research. 

AGRO 798. AGRONOMY SEMINAR (1) 

Total credit toward Master of Science degree, 2; 
toward Ph.D. degree, 6. Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor. 

AGRO 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

AGRO 802. BREEDING FOR RESISTANCE TO 

PLANT PESTS (3) 

Prerequisites. ENTM 252. BOTN 221. AGRO 403, or 
permission of instructor. A study of the development 
of breeding techniques for selecting and utilizing re- 
sistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and 
the effect of resistance on the interrelationships of 
host and pest. (Schillinger, Shannon) 

AGRO 804. TECHNIQUE IN FIELD CROP 

RESEARCH (2) 

Prerequisites, field plot technique, application of sta- 
tistical analysis to agronomic data, and preparation 
of the research project. 

AGRO 805. ADVANCED TOBACCO PRODUCTION (2) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A study of the 
structural adaptation and chemical response of to- 
bacco to environmental variations. Emphasis will be 
placed on the alkaloids and other unique compon- 
ents. (Hoyert) 

AGRO 806. HERBICIDE CHEMISTRY AND 

PHYSIOLOGY (2) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Two lectures a week. The import- 
ance of chemical structure in relation to biologically 
significant reactions will be emphasized in more 
than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances 
in herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of 
action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition 
and movement in the soil will also be studied. (Burt) 

AGRO 807. ADVANCED FORAGE, CROPS (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. A fundamental study of physiological 
and ecological responses of grasses and legumes to 
environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, 
soil moisture, soil temperature, humidity, length of 



28 / graduate school 



day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, 
and defoliation practices. Relationship of these fac- 
tors to life history, production, chemical and botani- 
cal composition, quality, and persistence of forages 
will be considered. (Decker) 

AGRO 821. ADVANCED METHODS OF SOIL 

INVESTIGATION (3) 
Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and permission of instruc- 
tor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical 
methods of soil investigation with emphasis on prob- 
lems involving application of physical chemistry. 

(Axley) 

AGRO 831. ADVANCED SOIL MINERALOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and permission of instruc- 
tor. A study of the structure, physical-chemical char- 
acteristics and identification methods of soil min- 
erals, particularly clay minerals, and their relation- 
ship to soil genesis and productivity. (Fanning) 

AGRO 832. ADVANCED SOIL PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and permission of instruc- 
tor. An advanced study of physical properties of 
soils. (Strickling) 

AGRO 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 



AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Beall 
Associate Professor: Lounsbury 
Assistant Professor: Mintz 



The Program in American Studies offers work lead- 
ing to the M.A. (thesis or non-thesis option) and Ph.D. 
degrees. It requires a concentration in either American 
history or literature and permits work in the support- 
ing fields of American studies, literature or history; be- 
havioral and social sciences; American art and ma- 
terial culture; American thought; Afro-American stud- 
ies; urban and environmental studies; popular culture; 
and comparative culture. 

Admission requirements include strong backgrounds 
in American studies, history, literature, the humanities. 

The Program in American Studies collaborates with 
the Smithsonian Institution's Department of American 
Studies. 

AMST 426. CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN 

AMERICA (3) 

A study of American institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the Colonial Period to the pres- 
ent. (Lounsbury) 

AMST 427. CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN 

AMERICA (3) 
A study of American institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climiate from the Colonial Period to the 
present. (Lounsbury) 

AMST 436. READINGS IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3) 
An historical survey of American values as pre- 
sented in various key writings. (Mintz) 

AMST 437. READINGS IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3) 
An historical survey of American values as pre- 
sented in various key writings. (Mintz) 



AMST 446. POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A survey of 
the historical development of the popular arts and 
modes of popular entertainment in America. (Mintz) 

AMST 447. POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA (3) 
Prerequisite, AMST 446. Intensive research in the 
sources and themes of contemporary American pop- 
ular culture. (Mintz) 

AMST 618. INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR IN 
AMERICAN STUDIES (3) (Beall, Lounsbury) 

AMST 628. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3) 

(Beall, Lounsbury, Mintz) 

AMST 629. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES (3) 

(Beall, Lounsbury, Mintz) 

AMST 638. ORIENTATION SEMINAR— MATERIAL 
ASPECTS OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639. READING COURSE IN SELECTED 
ASPECTS OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
AMST 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 

ANIMAL SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Young 
Professors: Green, Leffel 
Associate Professors: Buric, DeBarthe 
Assistant Professor: McCall 

The Department of Animal Science offers work lead- 
ing to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy. Course work and thesis problems are of- 
fered in the areas of animal breeding, nutrition, physi- 
ology, and livestock production. 

Individual programs can be oriented toward either 
basic research or the solution of problems in the ap- 
plied areas. Beef cattle, horses, sheep, swine and lab- 
oratory animals are available for graduate student 
problems. 

Departmental requirements have been formulated 
for the information and guidance of graduate students. 
Copies of these requirements are available from the 
Department of Animal Science. 

ANSC 401. FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104; 
ANSC 212 recommended. A study of the fundament- 
al role of all nutrients in the body including their 
digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- 
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of 
laboratory and farm animals and man will be con- 
sidered. (Soares) 

ANSC 402. APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 110, ANSC 401 or permission 
of instructor. A critical study of those factors which 
influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, 
swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and 
procedures used in formulation of economically ef- 
ficient rations will be presented. (Vandersall) 



graduate school / 29 



ANSC 406. ANIMAL ADAPTATIONS TO THE 

ENVIRONMENT (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, anatomy and 
physiology or concurrent registration in physiology. 
The specific anatomical and physiological modifica- 
tions employed by animals adapted to certain stress- 
ful environments will be considered. Particular em- 
phasis will be placed on the problems of tempera- 
ture regulation and water balance. Specific areas for 
consideration will include: animals in cold (including 
hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving animals and 
animals in high altitudes. (Albert) 

ANSC 407. ADVANCED DAIRY PRODUCTION (1) 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily 
designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and 
county agents. It includes a study of the newer dis- 
coveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and man- 
agement. 

ANSC 411. BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF 

SHELLFISH (4) 
Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratory periods each 
week. Field trips. Identification, biology, manage- 
ment, and culture of commercially important mol- 
luscs and Crustacea. Prerequisite, one year of biol- 
ogy or zoology. This course will examine the shell- 
fisheries of the world, but will emphasize those of 
the northwestern Atlantic Ocean and Chesapeake 
Bay. (Anderson) 

ANSC 412. INTRODUCTION TO DISEASES OF 

ANIMALS (3) 

Prerequisite. MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. This course 
gives basic instruction in the nature of disease: in- 
cluding causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, 
economic importance, public health aspects and pre- 
vention and control of the common diseases of 
sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. (Albert) 

ANSC 413. LABORATORY ANIMAL MANAGE- 
MENT (3) 
A comprehensive course in care and management 
of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on 
physiology, anatomy and special uses for the differ- 
ent species. Disease prevention and regulations for 
maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field 
trips will be required. (Marquardt) 

ANSC 414. BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF 

FISH (4) 

Prerequisite, one year of biology or zoology. Two 
lectures and two 3-hour laboratories a week. Funda- 
mentals of individual and population dynamics: 
theory and practice of sampling fish populations: 
management schemes. (Anderson) 

ANSC 416. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to 
the interrelationships of game birds and mammals 
with their environment, population dynamics and the 
principles of wildlife management. 

ANSC 422. MEATS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite. ANSC 221. A course designed to give 
the basic facts about meat as a food and the factors 
influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of 
fresh meats. It includes comparisons of characteris- 



tics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and 
evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale cuts, and 
the distribution and merchandising of the nation's 
meat supply. Laboratory periods are conducted in 
packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail out- 
lets and university meats laboratory. (Buric) 

ANSC 423. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite. ANSC 401." Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management and 
production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

(DeBarthe) 

ANSC 424. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite. ANSC 423. Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management and 
production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel) 

ANSC 426. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites. ANSC 201 or 
equivalent. ANSC 222. ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate 
credit (1-3 hours) allowed with permission of instruc- 
tor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, hered- 
ity, variation, selection, development, systems of 
breeding and pedigree study are considered. 

3-ee - 

ANSC 442. DAIRY CATTLE BREEDING (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites. ANSC 242. and ANSC 201. A special- 
ized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is 
placed on methods of evaluation and selection, sys- 
tems of breeding and breeding programs. (Douglas) 

ANSC 444. ANALYSIS OF DAIRY PRODUCTION 

SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites. AGEC 406 and ANSC 203 or 402, or 
permission of instructor. The business aspects of 
dairy farming including an evaluation of the costs 
and returns associated with each segment. The eco- 
nomic impact of pertinent management decisions is 
studied. Recent developments in animal nutrition 
and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural 
engineering, and agronomic practices are discussed 
as they apply to management of a dairy herd. 

(Buchman) 

ANSC 446. PHYSIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN 

REPRODUCTION (3) 

Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite. ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy 
and physiology of reproductive processes in wild 
and domesticated mammals. (Williams) 

ANSC 452. AVIAN PHYSIOLOGY (2) 

Alternate even years. One 3-hour laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites, a basic course in animal 
physiology. The basic physiology of the bird is dis- 
cussed, excluding the reproductive system. Special 
emphasis is given to physiological differences be- 
tween birds and other vertebrates. (Pollard) 

ANSC 462. PHYSIOLOGY OF HATCHABILITY (1) 
One 3-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, 
ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of embryonic de- 
velopment as related to principles of hatchability and 
problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery 
industry are discussed. (Shafner) 



30 / graduate school 



ANSC 464. POULTRY HYGIENE (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MICB 200 and ANSC 101. Virus, bac- 
terial and protozoan diseases, parasitic diseases, 
prevention, control and eradication. (Marquardt) 

ANSC 466. AVIAN ANATOMY (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site, ZOOL 102. Gross and microscopic structure, 
dissection and demonstration. (Marquardt) 

ANSC 467. POULTRY BREEDING AND FEEDING (1) 
Summer session only. This course is designed pri- 
marily for teachers of vocational agriculture and ex- 
tension service workers. The first half will be devoted 
to problems concerning breeding and the develop- 
ment of breeding stock. The second half will be de- 
voted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477. POULTRY PRODUCTS AND 

MARKETING (7) 

Summer session only. This course is designed pri- 
marily for teachers of vocational agriculture and 
county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the 
quality of poultry products and with hatchery man- 
agement problems, egg and poultry grading, preser- 
vation problems and market outlets for Maryland 
poultry. 

ANSC 480. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISH AND 

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT (3) 
Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal 
programs related to fish and wildlife management. 
This would include: fish stocking programs, Mary- 
land deer management program, warm water fish 
management, acid drainage problems, water quality, 
water fowl management, wild turkey management 
and regulations relative to the administration of 
these programs. 

ANSC 487. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANIMAL 

SCIENCE (1) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Summer ses- 
sion only. This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and extension 
service personnel. One primary topic to be selected 
mutually by the instructor and students will be pre- 
sented each session. 

ANSC 601. ADVANCED RUMINANT NUTRITION (2) 
One 1-hour lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Physio- 
logical, microbiological and biochemical aspects of 
the nutrition of ruminants as compared to other 
animals. (Vandersall) 

ANSC 603. MINERAL METABOLISM (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 481 
and 463. The role of minerals in metabolism of ani- 
mals and man. Topics to be covered include the role 
of minerals in energy metabolism, bone structure, 
electrolyte balance, and as catalysts. (Bull) 

ANSC 604. VITAMINS (2) 

One lecture and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites, ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Advanced study of 
the fundamental role of vitamins in nutrition includ- 
ing chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, 
storage, excretion and deficiency syndromes. A 
critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin 



function, interrelationships of vitamins with other 
substances and of certain laboratory techniques. 

(Soares) 
ANSC 610. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY (4) 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites, permission of instructor. Theory of 
electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen prep- 
aration and techniques, operation of electron pho- 
tography, interpretation of electron images, related 
instruments and techniques. (Dutta, Mohanty) 

ANSC 622. ADVANCED BREEDING (2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, ANSC 426 or 
equivalent, and biological statistics. This course 
deals with the more technical phases of heredity 
and variation, selection indices, breeding systems, 
and inheritance in farm animals. (Green) 

ANSC 641. EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN 

SURGERY I (2) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A course pre- 
senting the fundamentals of anesthesia and the art 
of experimental surgery, especially to obtain re- 
search preparations. 

ANSC 642. EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN 

SURGERY II (3) 

Prerequisites, ANSC 641, permission of instructor. 
A course emphasizing advanced surgical practices 
to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surg- 
ery and chronic vascularly isolated organ tech- 
niques. Experience with pump oxygenator systems, 
profound hypothermia, hemodialysis, infusion sys- 
tems, implantation and transplantation procedures is 
taught. 

ANSC 643. RESEARCH METHODS (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. The applica- 
tion of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical 
methods to problems in biological research. 

ANSC 660. POULTRY LITERATURE (1-4) 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written 
reports required. Methods of analysis and presenta- 
tion of scientific material are discussed. (Thomas) 

ANSC 661. PHYSIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, ANSC 212 or its equivalent. The role of 
the endocrines in reproduction is considered. Fer- 
tility, sexual maturity, egg formation, ovulation, and 
the physiology of oviposition are studied. Compara- 
tive processes in birds and mammals are discussed. 

(Shafner) 

ANSC 665. PHYSIOLOGICAL GENETICS OF 

DOMESTIC ANIMALS (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, a course in 
basic genetics and biochemistry. The underlying 
physiological basis for genetic differences in pro- 
duction traits and selected morphological traits will 
be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein poly- 
morphisms and physiological traits will be studied. 

(Pollard) 

ANSC 677. ADVANCED ANIMAL ADAPTATIONS TO 

THE ENVIRONMENT (2) 
Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites, 
ANSC 406, or permission of instructor. A detailed 



graduate school / 31 



consideration of certain anatomical and physiologi- 
cal modifications employed by mammals adapted to 
cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student will submit 
for discussion a library paper concerning a specific 
adaptation to an environmental stress. 

ANSC 690. SEMINAR IN POPULATION GENETICS 
OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS (3) 

Prerequisites, ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their 

equivalents. Current literature and research dealing 
with the principles of population genetics as they 
apply to breeding and selection programs for the 
genetic improvement of domestic animals, popula- 
tion structure, estimation of genetic parameters, cor- 
related characters, principles and methods of selec- 
tion, relationship and systems of mating. (Douglas) 

ANSC 698. SEMINAR (1) 

Students are required to prepare papers based 
upon current scientific publications relating to ani- 
mal science, or upon their research work, for pre- 
sentation before and discussion by the class: (1) re- 
cent advances: (2) nutrition: (3) physiology: (4) bio- 
chemistry. 

ANSC 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL 

SCIENCE (1-2) 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, approval of staff. Problems will be as- 
signed which relate specifically to the character of 
work the student is pursuing. 

ANSC 799. MASTERS THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 



ANSC 899. 
(1-8) 



DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 



ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES 

ANTH 401. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY- 
PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES (3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination 
of the nature of human culture and its processes, 
both historical and functional. The approach will be 
topical and theoretical rather than descriptive. 

(Anderson. Dessaint. Hoffman. Williams) 

ANTH 402. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY— WORLD 

ETHNOGRAPHY (3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 101. 102, or 221. A descriptive 
survey of the culture areas of the world through an 
examination of the ways of selected representative 
societies. (Anderson, Dessaint, Hoffman. Williams) 

ANTH 412. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF 

OCEANIA (3) 
A survey of the cultures of Polynesia. Micronesia, 
Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural- 
historical problems will be emphasized. 

(Anderson, Dessaint) 

ANTH 414. ETHNOLOGY OF AFRICA (3) 

Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native peo- 
ples and cultures of Africa and their historical re- 
lationships, with emphasis on that portion of the 
continent south of the Sahara. 

ANTH 417. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE FAR 

EAST (3) 
A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of 
China, Korea and Japan. Major anthropological ques- 



tions will be dealt with in presenting this material. 

(Dessaint) 

ANTH 423. ETHNOLOGY OF THE SOUTHWEST (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, 
economic and social institutions, religion, and my- 
thology of the Indians of the Southwest United 
States. (Anderson, Williams) 

ANTH 424. ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native people 
and cultures of North America north of Mexico and 
their historical relationships, including the effects of 
contact with European-derived populations. 

(Anderson, Hoffman, Thurman) 
ANTH 426. ETHNOLOGY OF MIDDLE AMERICA (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural back- 
ground and modern social, economic and religious 
life of Indian and Mestizo groups in Mexico and 
Central America: processes of acculturation and cur- 
rents in cultural development. (Williams) 

ANTH 431. SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF PRIMITIVE 

PEOPLES (3) 

Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative sur- 
vey of the structures of non-literate and folk so- 
cieties, covering both general principles and special 
regional developments. 

ANTH 434. RELIGION OF PRIMITIVE PEOPLES (3) 
Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the 
religious systems of primitive and folk societies, with 
emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects 
of culture. (Anderson) 

ANTH 436. PRIMITIVE TECHNOLOGY AND 

ECONOMY (3) 
A survey of technology, food economy and general 
economic processes in non-industrial societies. 

(Anderson) 

ANTH 437. POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN 

PRIMITIVE SOCIETY (3) 
A combined survey of politics in human societies 
and of important anthropological theories concern- 
ing this aspect of society. (Williams) 

ANTH 441. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD WORLD (3) 
Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the 
archaeological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, 
with emphasis on chronological and regional inter- 
relationships. (Schacht, Thurman) 

ANTH 451. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NEW WORLD (3) 
Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the arch- 
aeological materials of North and South America 
with emphasis on chronological and regional inter- 
relationships. (Schacht, Thurman) 

ANTH 461. ADVANCED PHYSICAL ANTHRO- 
POLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 261. A technical intro- 
duction to the hereditary, morphological, physiologi- 
cal, and behavioral characteristics of man and his 
primate ancestors and relatives, with emphasis on 
evolutionary processes. (Kerley, Rosen) 

ANTH 498. FIELD METHODS IN ETHNOLOGY (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording of 
ethnological data. (Summer only). 

(Dessaint, Williams) 



32 / graduate school 



ANTH 499. FIELD METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY 
(1-6) 

Field training in the techniques of archaeological 

survey and excavation. (Summer only). 

(Schacht, Thurman) 

ANTH 605. THEORY OF CULTURAL ANTHRO- 
POLOGY (3) 
History and current trends of cultural anthropologi- 
cal theory, as a basic orientation for graduate studies 
and research. (Dessiant, Hoffman, Williams) 

ANTH 621. CULTURAL ECOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An examina- 
tion of the nature of the interrelationships between 
human cultures and the natural environment in 
which they exist. (Anderson, Thurman) 

ANTH 631. EVOLUTION IN SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS 

(3) 
An inquiry into the origin and development of insti- 
tutions of kinship, marriage, and group formation in 
differing socio-cultural systems. (Williams) 

ANTH 637. POLITICAL POWER AND 

ORGANIZATION (3) 

A seminar concerning the nature of political power, 
distribution, and the way it allows different socio- 
cultural systems to solve major adaptive problems. 

(Williams) 

ANTH 641. METHOD AND THEORY IN 

ARCHAEOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. An exami- 
nation of the principles and purposes involved in the 
gathering and interpretation of archaeological data. 
(Schacht, Thurman) 

ANTH 661. HUMAN MORPHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 461 or its equivalent and permis- 
sion of the instructor. The nature and variation of 
human skeletal and somatic characters, with empha- 
sis on evolutionary developments. (Kerley, Rosen) 

ANTH 681. PROCESSES OF CULTURE CHANGE (3) 
Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, innova- 
tion, fusion, integration, and cultural evolution. 

(Hoffman, Dessaint, Williams) 

ANTH 685. PEASANT COMMUNITIES IN THE 

MODERN WORLD (3) 
Comparative analysis of peasant communities in 
Latin America, Europe, Middle East, Asia and Africa. 
(Dessaint, Williams) 

ANTH 688. CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS IN 

ANTHROPOLOGY (3) 

Detailed investigation of a current problem or re- 
search technique, the topic to be chosen in accord- 
ance with faculty interests and student needs. May 
be repeated, as content varies, for a total of not more 
than nine semester hours. 



ANTH 689. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 
ANTHROPOLOGY (1-6) 



(Staff) 



ANTH 698. ADVANCED FIELD TRAINING IN 
ANTHROPOLOGY (1-6) (Staff) 

Offered in the summer session only. 

(Dessaint, Williams) 



ANTH 699. ADVANCED FIELD TRAINING IN 
ARCHAEOLOGY (1-6) 

Offered in the summer session only. 

(Schacht, Thurman) 



ARCHITECTURE COURSES 

ARCH 413. STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS IN 

ARCHITECTURE (3) 

Theory and application of selected complex struc- 
tural systems as they relate to architectural deci- 
sions. Prerequisite, ARCH 410 or by permission of 
the instructor. Seminar, 3 hours per week. 

(Schaeffer, Lazaris) 

ARCH 420. HISTORY OF AMERICAN 

ARCHITECTURE (3) 

Survey history of American architecture from the 
17th Century to the present. Lecture, 3 hours per 
week. (Senkevitch) 

ARCH 422. LATE 18TH CENTURY PARISIAN 

ARCHITECTURE (3) 

The theoretical background, formulation, and devel- 
opment of the late Eighteenth Century architecture 
in Paris, and its relationship to contemporaneous 
British and Continental developments in architecture 
and Continental developments in architecture and 
peripheral fields. A reading knowledge of French will 
be required. Colloquium, independent research. By 
permission of the instructor. (Wiebenson) 

ARCH 424. HISTORY OF RUSSIAN ARCHITECTURE 

(3) 
Survey history of Russian architecture from the 10th 
Century to the present. Three hours per week. 

ARCH 426. READINGS IN CONTEMPORARY 

ARCHITECTURE (3) 

Prerequisite, ARCH 326. Readings and analysis of 
recent architectural criticism. Seminar, three hours 
per week. (Wiebenson) 

ARCH 427. INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN THE 

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE (3) 
Permission of the instructor. Independent research 
in architectural history. Lecture 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 450. INTRODUCTION TO URBAN PLANNING 

(3) 

Introduction to city planning theory, methodology 
and techniques, dealing with normative, urban, struc- 
tural, economic, social aspects of the city; urban 
planning as a process. Architectural majors or by 
permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 
hours per week. (Skiadaressis) 

ARCH 451. URBAN DESIGN SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisite, ARCH 350 or permission of the in- 
structor. Advanced investigation into problems of 
analysis and evaluation of the design of urban 
areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on 
physical and social considerations. Effects of public 
policies through case studies. Field observations. 

ARCH 472. ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF 

ARCHITECTURE (3) 

Introduction of economic aspects of present day 
architecture: government policy, land evaluation, and 
project financing; construction materials and labor 



graduate school / 33 



costs; cost analysis and control systems. Architec- 
ture majors, except by permission of instructor. Lec- 
ture, seminar, 3 hours per week. (Schlesinger) 

ARCH 478. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE 

(1-4) 

Directed study under individual faculty guidance with 
enrollment limited to advanced undergraduate stu- 
dents. Project proposals must receive a recommen- 
dation from the school curriculum committee and ap- 
proval of the dean of the school prior to registration. 
Public oral presentation to the faculty of a final re- 
port of project will be required at final submission 
for credit. 

ART PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Levitine 

Professors: Bunts, deLeiris, Denny, Jamieson, Lem- 
bach, Lynch, Maril 

Associate Professors: Campbell. DiFederico, Long- 
ley,' Pemberton, Rearick 

Assistant Professors: Farquhar, Isen, Niese 

1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Art offers programs of graduate 
study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts in art 
history, Master of Fine Arts in studio art and Doctor 
of Philosophy in art history. Both disciplines, rooted in 
the concept of art as a humanistic experience, share 
an essential common aim: the development of the stu- 
dent's aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and knowl- 
edge. The major in art history is committed to the ad- 
vanced study and scholarly interpretation of existing 
works of art, from the prehistoric era to the present, 
while the studio major stresses the student's direct 
participation in the creation of works of art. 

For admission to' graduate study in studio art, an 
undergraduate degree with an art major from an ac- 
credited college or university, or its equivalent, is re- 
quired. The candidate should have approximately 30 
credit hours of undergraduate work in studio courses. 
and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other hu- 
manities area courses should be part of the candi- 
date's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special 
departmental requirements must be met. A candidate 
for the Masters degree will be required to pass an oral 
comprehensive examination, present an exhibition of 
his thesis work, and an oral defense of the thesis. 

For admission to graduate study in art history, in 
addition to the approved undergraduate degree, or its 
equivalent, special departmental requirements must be 
met. Departmental requirements for the Master of Arts 
degree in Art History include ARTH 692; reading knowl- 
edge of French or German (evidenced by an examina- 
tion administered by the Art Department): a written 
comprehensive examination which tests the candidate's 
knowledge and comprehension of principal areas and 
phases of art history; a thesis which demonstrates com- 
petency in research and in original investigation by the 
candidate; and a final oral examination on -the thesis 
and the field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in 
Art History include ARTH 692; reading knowledge of 
French and German; an oral examination and an inten- 
sive research problem; a dissertation which demon- 



strates the candidate's capacity to perform independent 
research in the field of art history; and a final oral 
examination on the dissertation and the field it repre- 
sents. 

For information on work leading the degree of Mas- 
ter of Education in art education, the student is re- 
ferred to the section devoted to Secondary Education 
in this catalog. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are 
available in art. Specific information on the above 
programs should be requested from the department. 

ART EDUCATION 

ARTE 600. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ART 
EDUCATION (3) 

ARTE 601. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ART 
EDUCATION (3) 

ARTE 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ART HISTORY 

ARTH 402. CLASSICAL ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the classical 
cultures. First semester will stress Greece. 

ARTH 403. CLASSICAL ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the classical 
cultures. Second semester will stress Rome. 

ARTH 404. BRONZE AGE ART (3) 

Art of the Near East. Egypt and Aegean. 

ARTH 406. ART OF THE EAST (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting. First semester 
will stress India. 

ARTH 407. ART OF THE EAST (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting. Second semes- 
ter will stress China and Japan. 

ARTH 410. EARLY CHRISTIAN AND 

BYZANTINE ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture, painting, and mosaic of early 
Christian Rome, the Near East and the Byzantine 
Empire. 

ARTH 412. MEDIEVAL ART (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle 
Ages. First semester will stress Romanesque. 

ARTH 413. MEDIEVAL ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle 
Ages. Second semester will stress the Gothic Period. 

ARTH 416. NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINTING IN 
THE 15TH CENTURY (3) 

Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 417. NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINTING IN 
THE 16TH CENTURY (3) 

Painting in the Netherlands. France and Germany. 

ARTH 422. EARLY RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 
to 1430. 

ARTH 423. EARLY RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1430 
to 1475. 



34 / graduate school 



ARTH 424. HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 
to 1500. 

ARTH 425. HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 
to 1525. 

ARTH 430. EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major 
Southern European centers in the 17th Century. 

ARTH 431. EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major 
Northern European centers in the 17th Century. 

ARTH 434. FRENCH PAINTING (3) 

French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to 
Poussin. 

ARTH 435. FRENCH PAINTING (3) 

French painting from 1600 to 1800. From LeBrun to 
David. 

ARTH 440. 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from 
Neo-Classicism to Romanticism. 

ARTH 441. 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe. From 
Realism, to Impressionism and Symbolism. 

ARTH 445. IMPRESSIONISM AND NEO- 

IMPRESSIONISM (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 260. 261 or consent of instructor. 
History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: 
artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and in- 
fluence on 20th Century. 

ARTH 450. 20TH CENTURY ART (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 
19th Century to 1920. 

ARTH 451. 20TH CENTURY ART (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the 
present. 

ARTH 454. NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH 

CENTURY SCULPTURE (3) 
Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the pres- 
ent. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of sculp- 
ture during the 20th Century. 

ARTH 460. HISTORY OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 100. or ARTH 260 and 261. or 
consent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles 
in Europe from 1400 to 1800: contributions of major 
artists. 

ARTH 462. AFRICAN ART (3) 

First semester, the cultures west of the Niger River 
(Nigeria through Mali) from 400 B.C. to the present. 
The art is studied through its iconography and func- 
tion in the culture and the intercultural influences 
upon the artists, including a study of the societies, 
cults and ceremonies during which the art was used. 

ARTH 463. AFRICAN ART (3) 

Second semester, the cultures east and south of 
Nigeria. The art is studied through its iconography 
and function in the culture and the intercultural in- 
fluences upon the artists, including a study of the so- 



cieties, cults and ceremonies during which the art 
was used. 

ARTH 464. AFRICAN ART RESEARCH (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 462, 463 or departmental permis- 
sion. Seminar type course with concentration on par- 
ticular aspects of African art. The course is given at 
the Museum of African Art in Washington, D.C. 

ARTH 470. LATIN AMERICAN ART (3) 

Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial Periods. 

ARTH 471. LATIN AMERICAN ART (3) 
Art of the 19th and 20th Centuries. 

ARTH 476. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United 
States from the Colonial Period to about 1875. 

ARTH 477. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United 
States from about 1875 to the present. 

ARTH 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department head or instruc- 
tor. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

ARTH 498. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART HISTORY I 

(2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department 
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if con- 
tent differs. 



ARTH 499. 
(2-3) 



DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART HISTORY II 



ARTH 612. ROMANESQUE ART (2-3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th 
and 12th Centuries: regional styles; relationships be- 
tween styles of painting and sculpture; religious con- 
tent. 

ARTH 614. GOTHIC ART (3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th 
and 12th Centuries; regional styles; relationships be- 
tween styles of painting and sculpture; religious con- 
tent. 

ARTH 630. THE ART OF MANNERISM (3) 

Prerequisite, ART 423 or permission of instructor. 
Mannerism in Europe during the 16th Century; begin- 
nings in Italy; ramifications in France, Germany, 
Flanders. Spain; painting, architecture, and sculp- 
ture. 

ARTH 634. FRENCH PAINTING FROM LEBRUN TO 

GERICAULT, 1715-1815 (3) 

Development of iconography and style from the 
Baroque to Neo-Classicism and Romanticism. Trends 
and major artists. 

ARTH 656. 19TH CENTURY REALISM, 1830-1860 (3) 
Prerequisite, ART 440 or 441 or equivalent. Courbet 
and the problem of realism; precursors, David, Geri- 
cault, Landscape Schools; Manet; artistic and social 
theories; realism outside France. 

ARTH 662. 20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART (3) 
Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed 
examination of the art of an individual country in the 
12th Century: France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Eng- 
land. 



graduate school / 35 



ARTH 676. 20TH CENTURY AMERICAN ART (3) 
Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent. The 
"Eight," "the Armory Show," American Abstraction, 
Romantic-Realism, New Deal art projects, American 
Surrealism and Expressionism. 

ARTH 692. METHODS OF ART HISTORY (3) 

Methods of research and criticism applied to typical 
art-historical problems; bibliography and other re- 
search tools. May be taken for credit one or two 
semesters. 

ARTH 694. MUSEUM TRAINING PROGRAM (3) 

ARTH 695. MUSEUM TRAINING PROGRAM (3) 

ARTH 698. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN ART 

HISTORY (3) 

For advanced graduate students, by permission of 
head of department. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 

ARTH 699. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department head or instruc- 
tor. 

ARTH 702. SEMINAR IN CLASSICAL ART (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 402, 403 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

ARTH 712. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL ART (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 412, 413 or permission of in- 
structor 

ARTH 728. SEMINAR TOPICS IN ITALIAN 

RENAISSANCE ART (3) 
Problems selected from significant themes in the 
field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture, 
1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ARTH 736. SEMINAR IN 18TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
ART (3) 

ARTH 740. SEMINAR IN ROMANTICISM (3) 

Problems derived from the development of Romantic 
Art during the 18th and 19th Centuries. 

ARTH 743. SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
ART (3) 

Problems derived from the period starting with David 

and ending with Cezanne. 

ARTH 760. SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY ART (3) 

ARTH 770. SEMINAR IN LATIN-AMERICAN ART (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. 

ARTH 772. SEMINAR IN MODERN MEXICAN ART (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. 
Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 20th Cen- 
turies; Mexicanismo; the "Mural Renaissance"; arch- 
itectural regionalism. 

ARTH 774. SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY AMERICAN 
ART (3) 

Problems in architecture and painting from the end 

of the Colonial Period until 1860. 

ARTH 780. SEMINAR— PROBLEMS IN 
ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY AND CRITICISM (3) 



ARTH 784. SEMINAR IN LITERARY SOURCES OF 
ART HISTORY (3) 

Art historical sources from Pliny to Malraux. 

ARTH 798. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN ART 
HISTORY (3) 

ARTH 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ARTH 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 

(1-8) 

ART STUDIO 

ARTS 404. EXPERIMENTS IN VISUAL PROCESSES 

(3) 
Six hours per week. Prerequisites, either ARTS 220, 
330 or 340. Investigation and execution of process 
oriented art. Group and individual experimental pro- 
jects. 

ARTS 410. DRAWING IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 310. Ad- 
vanced drawing with emphasis on human figure, its 
structure and organic likeness to forms in nature. 
Compositional problems deriving from this relation- 
ship are also stressed. 

ARTS 420. PAINTING IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 324. Creative 
painting. Emphasis on personal direction and self- 
criticism. Group seminars. 

ARTS 430. SCULPTURE IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 335. Prob- 
lems and techniques of newer concepts, utilizing 
various materials, such as plastics and metals. Tech- 
nical aspects of welding stressed. 

ARTS 440. PRINTMAKING III (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 344. 
Contemporary experimental techniques of one print 
medium with group discussions. 

ARTS 441. PRINTMAKING IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 440. Con- 
tinuation of ARTS 440. 

ARTS 489. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN STUDIO ART (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six hours. 

ARTS 498. DIRECTED STUDIES IN STUDIO ART (2-3) 
For advanced students, by permission of department 
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if con- 
tent differs. 

ARTS 610. DRAWING (3; 

Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. 
Wide variety of media. 

ARTS 614. DRAWING (3) 

Traditional materials and methods including Oriental, 
Sumi ink drawing and techniques of classical Euro- 
pean masters. 

ARTS 616. DRAWING (3) 

Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and 
preparation of large scale mural compositions. 

ARTS 620. PAINTING (3) 

ARTS 624. PAINTING (3) 



36 / graduate school 



ARTS 626. PAINTING (3) 

ARTS 627. PAINTING (3) 

ARTS 630. EXPERIMENTATION IN SCULPTURE (3) 

ARTS 634. EXPERIMENTATION IN SCULPTURE (3) 

ARTS 636. MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES IN 

SCULPTURE (3) 

For advanced students, methods of armature build- 
ing and the use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, 
and plastic materials. 

ARTS 637. SCULPTURE-CASTING AND FOUNDRY 

(3) 
The traditional methods of plaster casting and the 
complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, sand- 
casting and newer methods, such as cold metal 
process. 

ARTS 640. PRINTMAKING (3) 
Advanced problems. Relief process. 

ARTS 644. PRINTMAKING (3) 

Advanced problems. Intaglio process. 

ARTS 646. PRINTMAKING (3) 

Advanced problems. Lithographic process. 

ARTS 647. SEMINAR IN PRINTMAKING (3) 

ARTS 689. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN STUDIO ART (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six hours. 

ARTS 690. DRAWING AND PAINTING (3) 

Preparation and execution of a wall decoration. 

ARTS 698. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN 

STUDIO ART (3) 

For advanced graduate students by permission of 
head of department. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 

ARTS 798. DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN 
STUDIO ART (3) 

ARTS 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ASTRONOMY PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Kerr 

Professors: Brandt (part-time), Erickson, Kundu, Opik, 
Westerhout 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Bell, Harrington, Mat- 
thews, Rose, Smith, Wentzel, Zipoy, Zuckerman 

Assistant Professor: Simonson 

The Astronomy Program, adminstratively part of the 
Department of Physics and Astronomy, offers programs 
of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in 
Astronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and 
non-thesis options. Areas of specialization include: 
galactic structure, interstellar medium, extragalactic 
astronomy, stellar atmospheres, stellar evolution, solar 
physics, solar system, celectial mechanics, astronomi- 
cal instrumentation. 

Students are expected to demonstrate competence 
in the following subjects prior to admission to graduate 
work: general physics, heat, intermediate mechanics, 
optics, electricity and magnetism, modern physics, dif- 



ferential and integral calculus, and advanced calculus. 
A student may be admitted without one of these 
courses, but he should plan to make up the deficiency 
as soon as possible, either by including such a course 
as a part of his graduate program or by independent 
study. 

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy 
is required. However, an entering student should have 
a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy 
such as is obtainable from one of the many elemen- 
tary textbooks. A more advanced knowledge of as- 
tronomy will of course enable a student to progress 
more rapidly during the first year of graduate work. 

Normally, a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced 
Test in Physics is required before an applicant's ad- 
mission to The Graduate School will be considered. In 
special cases, the Graduate Entrance Committee may 
waive this requirement, and set other conditions as a 
requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either before 
admission or during the first year at Maryland. 

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy 
is offered including galactic astronomy, astrophysics, 
solar system astronomy, observational astronomy, ce- 
lestial mechanics, solar physics, study of the inter- 
stellar medium and extra-galactic astronomy. The fac- 
ulty has expertise in every major branch of astronomy. 
The research program is centered around two major 
areas of interest. The first one is the study of our 
galaxy: its large-scale spiral structure, detailed struc- 
ture and theory of interstellar gas clouds, the theory of 
the interaction between cosmic rays and the gas, and 
the distribution of different types of stars. The second 
is the study of stellar atmospheres and interiors, in- 
cluding also the solar atmosphere, stellar evolution, 
and planetary nebulae. Research is also done on the 
physics of the solar system. 

Qualification for the Ph.D. program (which is decided 
in the middle or at the end of the second year) re- 
quires a written examination on basic astronomy at the 
end of the first year and an extensive research project 
during the second year. Overall performance in the 
exam, course work and research determines admission 
to the Ph.D. program. 

All candidates must take the courses ASTR 400, 401 
and 410, 411 (this requirement may be waived if the 
student has previous experience). All full-time students 
are expected to attend an average of two colloquia 
and/or seminars each week by registering for ASTR 
698. Candidates for the Ph.D. should expect to take at 
least four 3-credit Astronomy courses at the 600 and 
700 level, exclusive of seminars and research projects. 
Normally all Ph.D. candidates take at least 12 credits 
of advanced physics courses. Especially recommended 
are PHYS 601, 604, and 622. 

Many other courses of direct interest to astronomy 
students are available in Physics, Mathematics, Me- 
teorology, Electrical Engineering, and Chemistry. The 
student is urged to obtain as wide a background as 
possible outside his field of specialization. 

For more information, especially for physics courses 
related to astronomy, see the section on Physics. A 
brochure, entitled "Graduate Study in Astronomy," de- 
scribing the requirements, the courses and the re- 
search program in detail is available from the depart- 
ment. All correspondence, including that concerning 
admission to the Astronomy Program, should be ad- 



graduate school / 37 



dressed to: Astronomy Program, University of Mary- 
land, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

ASTR 400. INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Pre- or corequisite, PHYS 
422 or consent of instructor. Spectroscopy, structure 
of the atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Ob- 
servational data and curves of growth. Chemical 
composition. 

ASTR 401. INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS II 

(3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ASTR 400. A 
brief survey of stellar structure and evolution, and of 
the physics of low-density gasses, such as the inter- 
stellar medium and the solar atmosphere. Emphasis 
is placed on a good understanding of a few theo- 
retical concepts that have wide astrophysical appli- 
cations. 

ASTR 410. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY (3) 
Prerequisites, working knowledge of calculus, phys- 
ics through PHYS 284, or 263, and 3 credits of as- 
tronomy. An introduction to current methods of ob- 
taining astronomical information including radio, in- 
frared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray astronomy. The 
laboratory work will involve photographic-and photo- 
electric observations with the department's optical 
telescope and 21-cm line spectroscopy, flux meas- 
urements and interferometry with the department's 
radio telescopes. 

ASTR 411. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY (3) 
Prerequisites, ASTR 410, working knowledge of cal- 
culus, physics through PHYS 284, or 263, and 3 cred- 
its of astronomy. An introduction to current methods 
of obtaining astronomical information including ra- 
dio, infrared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray astron- 
omy. The laboratory work will involve photographic 
and photoelectric observations with the department's 
optical telescope and 21-cm line spectroscopy, flux 
measurements and interferometry with the depart- 
ment's radio telescopes. Observatory work in in- 
dividual projects. Every semester. 

ASTR 420. INTRODUCTION TO GALACTIC 

RESEARCH (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, MATH 141 and 
at least 12 credits of introductory physics and astron- 
omy courses. Stellar motions, methods of galactic 
research, study of our own and nearby galaxies, 
clusters of stars. 

ASTR 450. CELESTIAL MECHANICS (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or 
consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit 
theory, equations of motion. 

ASTR 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ASTRONOMY 

(1-6) 

Prerequisite, major in physics or astronomy and/or 
consent of advisor. Research or special study. Cred- 
it according to work done. 

ASTR 600. STELLAR ATMOSPHERES (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ASTR 400, 
401, PHYS 422 or consent of the instructor. Obser- 
vational methods, line formation, curve of growth, 
equation of transfer, stars with large envelopes, vari- 
able stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars. 



ASTR 605. STELLAR INTERIORS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, MATH 414 
and PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. A study of 
stellar structure and evolution. This course will con- 
sider the question of energy transfer and generation 
in the interior of a star, the structure of stars, includ- 
ing problems of turbulence, determination of chemi- 
cal composition, non-homogeneous stars, evolution 
of both young and old stars, pulsating stars, novae. 

ASTR 620. GALACTIC RESEARCH (3) 

Prerequisites, ASTR 420, 410, 411, or consent of the 
instructor. Current methods of research into galactic 
structure, kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynami- 
cal theory. Optical and radio observational methods 
and current results. Review of presently-determined 
distribution and kinematics of the major constituents 
of the galaxy. Evolution of the galaxy. 

ASTR 625. DYNAMICS OF STELLAR SYSTEMS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 601 or 
ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolution of 
dynamical systems encountered in astronomy. Stellar 
encounters viewed as a two-body problem, statistical 
treatment of encounters, study of dynamical prob- 
lems in connection with star clusters, ellipsoidal gal- 
axies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity stars. 

ASTR 630. PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 422. A 
survey of the problems of interplanetary space, the 
solar wind, comets and meteors, planetary structure 
and atmospheres, motions of particles in the Earth's 
magnetic field. 

ASTR 660. PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR ENVELOPE (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, PHYS 422, 
ASTR 400 or consent of instructor. A detailed study 
of the solar atmosphere. Physics of solar phenom- 
ena, such as solar flares, structure of the corona, etc. 

ASTR 670. INTERSTELLAR MATTER (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, previous or 
concurrent enrollment in PHYS 622, ASTR 400 or 
420, or consent of instructor. A study of the physical 
properties of interstellar gas and dust. This course 
will include diffuse nebulae, regions of ionized hydro- 
gen, regions of neutral hydrogen, the problems of 
interstellar dust and perhaps planetary nebulae, 
molecules. 

ASTR 688. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN 

ASTRONOMY (1-6) 

Credit according to work done each semester. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. These courses will 
be given by specialists in various fields of modern 
astronomy, partly staff members, partly visiting pro- 
fessors of part-time lecturers. They will cover sub- 
jects such as: cosmology, discrete radio sources, 
magnetohydrodynamics in astronomy, the H.R. dia- 
gram, stellar evolution, external galaxies, galactic 
structure, chemistry of the interstellar medium, ad- 
vanced celestial mechanics, astrometry, radio phys- 
ics of the sun, etc. 

ASTR 698. SEMINAR (1) 

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy 
are held each semester, with the contents varied 
each year. One credit for each semester. There are 
weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the 



38 / graduate school 



Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually 
on topics related to their own work. 

ASTR 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED 

ASTRONOMY (1-6) 

ASTR 788. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN 

ASTRONOMY (1-6) 

ASTR 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ASTR 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 

BOTANY PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Sisler 

Professors: Corbett, Galloway, Gauch, Kantzes, Klar- 

man, Krusberg, Lockard,' D. Morgan, Patterson, 

Stern 
Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis, Karlander, Rapp- 

leye 
Assistant Professors: Barnett, Motta, Reveal, Smith, 

Stevenson, Van Valkenburg 
Research Professor: Sorokin 

1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doc- 
tor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems are 
developed on a personal basis arranged according to 
the intellectual and professional needs of the student. 
Course programs are flexible and are designed under 
close supervision by the student's adviser. The objec- 
tive of the program is to equip the student with a back- 
ground and techniques for a career in plant science in 
academic, governmental, industrial or private labora- 
tories. 

The areas of specialization are Anatomy and Mor- 
phology, Plant Biochemistry, Biophysics, Plant Ecology, 
Physiology of Fungi, Genetics and Molecular Biology, 
Marine Biology, Mycology, Plant Nematology, Plant 
Pathology, Phycology, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy, 
and Plant Virology. 

There are no special admission requirements. How- 
ever, a high degree of intellectual excellence is of 
greater consequence than completion of a particular 
curriculum at the undergraduate level. 

The degree requirements are flexible. However, they 
involve demonstration of competence in the broad field 
of Botany, as well as completion of courses in other 
disciplines which are supportive of modern compet- 
ence in this field. 

The department has laboratories equipped to investi- 
gate most phases of botanical and molecular biological 
research. Field and greenhouse facilities are available 
for research requiring plant culture. Special laboratory 
rooms have been developed for research employing 
radioactive isotopes. Major pieces of equipment in- 
clude a transmission electron microscope, ultracentri- 
fuges. X-ray equipment, low-speed centrifuges, micro- 
tomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectro- 
photometer, recording spectrophotometers, research 
bers, Herbarium, departmental reference room, en- 
zyme preparation rooms, dark rooms, cojd rooms, 
special culture apparatus for algae, fungi, and higher 



plants, spectrophotometers, and respirometers are 
among the many special pieces of equipment and 
facilities that are available for research. 

BOTN 401. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF 

BOTANY (1) 

Prerequisites, 20 semester credit hours in biological 
sciences including BOTN 100 or equivalent. Discus- 
sion of the development of ideas and knowledge 
about plants, leading to a survey of contemporary 
work in botanical science. 

BOTN 402. PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE (3) 

BOTN 405. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY (3) 
Two 2-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 212 or equivalent. An advanced study of the 
principles of systematic botany. Laboratory practice 
with difficult plant families including grasses, sedges, 
legumes, and composites. Field trips arranged. 

BOTN 407. TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY (2) 
Summer session. Four 2-hour laboratory demonstra- 
tion periods per week, for 8 weeks. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study of the biological 
principles of common plants, and demonstrations, 
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in 
primary and secondary schools. 

BOTN 411. PLANT ANATOMY (3) 

Summer or University College. Lectures and labs to 
be arranged. The origin and development of the or- 
gans and the tissue systems in the vascular plants. 

BOTN 413. PLANT GEOGRAPHY (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study of 
plant distribution throughout the world and the fac- 
tors generally associated with such distribution. 

BOTN 414. PLANT GENETICS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. The basic 
principles of plant genetics are presen'ed; the me- 
chanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in 
relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics 
of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and 
induced mutations, gene action, genetic maps, the 
fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation 
to methods of plant breeding are the topics con- 
sidered. 

BOTN 415. PLANTS AND MANKIND (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A survey of 
the plants which are utilized by man, the diversity of 
such utilization, and their historic and economic sig- 
nificance. 

BOTN 416. PRINCIPLES OF PLANT ANATOMY (4) 
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per 
week. The origin and development of cells, tissues, 
and tissue systems of vascular plants with special 
emphasis on seed-bearing plants. Particular stress is 
given to the comparative, systematic, and evolution- 
ary study of the structural components of the plants. 
Prerequisite, general botany. 

BOTN 417. FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY (2) 
Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or general 
biology. Four 2-hour laboratory periods a week for 
8 weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs, and 
herbs, emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. 
Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. 



graduate school / 39 



Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each stu- 
dent will make an individual collection. 

BOTN 422. RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT 

PATHOLOGY (2) 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 
221 or equivalent. Advanced training in the basic re- 
search techniques and methods of plant pathology. 

BOTN 424. DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT 

DISEASES (3) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 221. Three lectures per week. A 
study of various plant diseases grouped according 
to the manner in which the host plants are affected. 
Emphasis will be placed on recognition of symptoms 
of the various types of diseases and on methods of 
transmission and control of the pathogens involved. 

BOTN 426. MYCOLOGY (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per 
week. An introductory study of the morphology, 
classification, life histories, and economics of the 
fungi. 

BOTN 427. FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY (1) 
Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite, BOTN 221, or equivalent. The 
techniques of pesticide evaluation and the identifica- 
tion and control of diseases of Maryland crops are 
discussed. Offered in alternate years or more fre- 
quently with demand. 

BOTN 441. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (4) 

Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisites, BOTN 100 and general chem- 
istry. Organic chemistry strongly recommended. A 
survey of the general physiological activities of 
plants. 

BOTN 462. PLANT ECOLOGY (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100. Two lectures per week. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by environment- 
al factors with special emphasis on the sturcture and 
composition of natural plant communities, both ter- 
restrial and aquatic. 

BOTN 463. ECOLOGY OF MARSH AND DUNE 

VEGETATION (2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. An 
examination of the biology of higher plants in dune 
and marsh ecosystems. 

BOTN 464. PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY (1) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concur- 
rent enrollment therein. One 3-hour laboratory peri- 
od a week. The application of field and experimental 
methods to the qualitative and quantitative study of 
vegetation and environmental factors. 

BOTN 475. ALGAL SYSTEMATICS (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. An intensive study of algal 
structures, morphology, classification and nomencla- 
ture including preparation, preservation and identi- 
fication procedures. 

BOTN 477. MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY (4) 
Summer session. Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or general 
biology plus organic chemistry or the consent of the 
instructor. Five 1-hour lectures and three 3-hour lab- 
oratories each week for six weeks. An introduction to 



taxonomic, physiological and biochemical charact- 
eristics of marine plants which are basic to their 
role in the ecology of the oceans and estuaries. 

BOTN 497. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE 

RESEARCH (1-3) 
Summer session. Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or general 
biology plus organic chemistry or consent of instruc- 
tor. Recommended concurrent or previous enroll- 
ment in BOTN 477, Marine Plant Biology. An ex- 
perimental approach to problems in marine research 
dealing primarily with phytoplankton. the larger al- 
gae, and marine spermatophytes. Emphasis will be 
placed on their physiological and biochemical activi- 
ties. 

BOTN 612. PLANT MORPHOLOGY (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 212, BOTN 416, or equivalent. 
A comparative study of the morphology of the flower- 
ing plants, with special reference to the phylogeny 
and development of floral organs. 

BOTN 615. PLANT CYTOGENETICS (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Introductory Genetics. An advanced study 
of the current status of plant genetics, particularly 
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome 
changes in corn and other favorable materials. 

BOTN 616. NUCLEIC ACIDS AND MOLECULAR 

GENETICS (2) 

Prerequisites, biochemistry (CHEM 661) and cyto- 
genetics (BOTN 615) or equivalent, or consent of in- 
structor. One session of two hours per week. An ad- 
vanced treatment of the biochemistry of nucleic 
acids and molecular genetics for qualified graduate 
students. Lectures and assigned reports on recent 
progress in the chemistry of inheritance. 

BOTN 621. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI (2) 

Prerequisites, organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or 
equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study 
of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, 
biochemical transformation, fungal products and 
mechanism of fungicidal action. 

BOTN 623. PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI LABORATORY 

(D 

One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. Appli- 
cation of equipment and techniques in the study of 
fungal physiology. 

BOTN 625. PHYSIOLOGY OF PATHOGENS AND 

HOST-PATHOGEN RELATIONSHIPS (3) 

Three lecture periods a week. A study of enzymes, 
toxins, and other factors involved in pathogenicity 
and the relationship of host-pathogen interaction to 
disease development. 

BOTN 632. PLANT VIROLOGY (2) 
Two lectures per week on the biological, biochemi- 
cal, and biophysical aspects of viruses and virus 
diseases of plants. Prerequisites, Bachelor's degree 
or equivalent in any biological science and permis- 
sion of instructor. 

BOTN 634. PLANT VIROLOGY LABORATORY (2) 
Two laboratories per week on the application and 
techniques for studying the biological, biochemical 



40 / graduate school 



and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequi- 
sites, Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biologi- 
cal science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registra- 
tion therein, and permission of the instructor. 

BOTN 636. PLANT NEMATOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 221 or permission of instructor. 
The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their mor- 
phology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, physiology, 
ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Recent 
advances in this field will be emphasized. 

BOTN 641. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (2) 
Prerequisites, BOTN 441 or equivalent, and organic 
chemistry. A presentation of the metabolic processes 
occurring in plants, including the roles of the es- 
sential elements in these processes with special 
emphasis on recent literature. 

BOTN 642. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 641 or CHEM 461 and 462. A 
treatment of those aspects of biochemistry especial- 
ly pertinent to plant-respiration, photosynthesis, and 
organic transformations. 

BOTN 644. PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY 

(2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 642 or concurrent registration 
therein. Use of apparatus and application of tech- 
niques in the study of the chemistry of plants and 
plant materials. One scheduled 3-hour laboratory 
period per week, plus one 1-hour laboratory to be 
arranged. 

BOTN 645. GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (2) 

Prerequisite, 12 semester hours of plant science. A 
study of current developments in the mathematical 
treatment of growth and the effects of radiation, plant 
hormones, photoperiodism, and internal biochemical 
balance during the development of the plant. 

BOTN 652. PLANT BIOPHYSICS (2) 

Prerequisites, BOTN 641 and at least one year in 
physics. An advanced course dealing with the opera- 
tion of physical phenomena in plant life processes. 

BOTN 654. PLANT BIOPHYSICS LABORATORY (2) 
Plant biophysics laboratory, Prerequisite, BOTN 652 
or concurrent registration therein. A quantitative and 
qualitative study of plant systems by physical and 
physiochemical methods and instruments. One 
scheduled 3-hour laboratory period per week, plus 
one 1-hour laboratory period to be arranged. 

BOTN 661. ADVANCED PLANT ECOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, a working knowledge of elementary 
genetics and calculus, or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, 
and quantitative aspects of the analysis of natural 
communities. Special emphasis will be given to re- 
cent theoretical developments. 

BOTN 672. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 642, the equivalent in allied 
fields, or permission of the instructor. A study of the 
physiology and comparative biochemistry of the al- 
gae. Laboratory techniques and recent advances in 
algal nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth will be re- 
viewed. 



BOTN 674. PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE LABORATORY 

(1) 

One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, previ- 
ous or concurrent enrollment in BOTN 672, and per- 
mission of instructor. Special laboratory techniques 
involved in the study of algal nutrition. 

BOTN 698. SEMINAR IN BOTANY (1) 

First and second semesters, Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. Discussion of special topics and 
current literature in all phases of botany. 

BOTN 699.. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BOTANY (1-3) 
a. physiology, b. ecology, c. pathology, d. mycology, 
e. nematology, f. cytology, g. cytogenetics, h. mor- 
phology, i. anatomy, j. taxonomy. First and second 
semesters. Credit according to time scheduled and 
organization of course. Maximum credit toward an 
advanced degree for the individual student at the 
discretion of the Department. This course may be or- 
ganized as a lecture series on a specialized ad- 
vanced topic or may consist partly, or entirely, of 
experimental procedures. It may be taught by visit- 
ing lecturers, or by resident staff members. 

BOTN 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

BOTN 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Dean: Lamone 

Professors: H. Anderson, Carroll, Dawson, Fisher, 
Greer, Hille. Locke, Levine, Taff, Wright 

Associate Professors: Ashmen, Fromovitz, Gannon, 
Haslem, Hynes, Leete, Loeb, Nash, Nickels, Olson, 
Paine, Spivey, Thieblot, Widhelm 

Assistant Professors: R. Anderson, Corwin, Falthzik, 
Handorf, Hargrove, Jolson, Kuehl, May, Poist 

The College of Business and Management offers 
graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of 
Business Administration and Doctor of Business Ad- 
ministration. Areas of specialization include: account- 
ing, finance, marketing, personnel and industrial re- 
lations, management and organization theory, trans- 
portation, management science and statistics. 

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The Master of Business Administration (MBA) pro- 
gram is designed to prepare students for administra- 
tive or managerial positions of responsibility in indus- 
try, commerce, or government. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of analytical ability and reasoned 
judgment in decision making. 

Qualified individuals with undergraduate specialties 
in engineering, science, arts, humanities, and other 
fields are accepted as well as those who specialized 
in undergraduate business administration. However, all 
students are required to complete or have completed 
certain basic courses in business and economics with 
a "B" average. These preparatory courses are: princi- 



graduate school / 41 



pies of economics (6 hours), principles of accounting 
(6 hours), business law (3 hours), statistics (3 hours), 
marketing (3 hours), management and organization 
theory (3 hours), and business finance (3 hours). Stu- 
dents must also complete or have completed mathe- 
matics through elementary differential and integral cal- 
culus. 

If any candidate has not completed the above basic 
courses when entering the program, he must do so as 
early as possible in his graduate work. They do not 
count towards the 30 semester hours which must be 
completed in courses numbered 600 or above for the 
MBA. 

The MBA program is offered only during the day and 
is conducted on the campus. No thesis is required. The 
Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business must 
be taken before applying for admission to the program. 

Of the 30 hours required in graduate courses num- 
bered 600 or above, 12 will be taken in a mandatory 
core, at least 6 and not more than 12 will be taken in 
a major subject, and the balance will be electives. 

The mandatory core embraces areas of business de- 
cisions central to the firm's operation. It covers rele- 
vant analytical methods and quantitative techniques, 
behavioral factors which affect the managerial task, 
and the economic, social, and regulatory environment 
in which the firm operates. 

The major subject may be chosen from any of the 
fields of special interest included among the following 
five concentrations: financial administration (account- 
ing or finance), human behavior in business (organi- 
zation theory or personnel, or industrial relations), mar- 
keting-logistics (marketing, transportation, or logistics), 
management science-statistics (either one), and gen- 
eral management. 

Electives must be taken outside the major and must 
form a coherent group, as approved by the student's 
advisor. 

DOCTOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The Doctor of Business Administration (DBA) pro- 
gram is designed for those planning careers in re- 
search, service, and university-level teaching as well 
in professional management and government. Students 
with masters- level or undergraduate concentrations in 
areas other than business administration may also be 
admitted to the program. No foreign language is re- 
quired. The DBA program is offered only during the 
day. The Admission Test for Graduate Study in Busi- 
ness is required. 

The DBA program requires a minimum of 60 or 72 
semester hours (depending on individual student back- 
ground). A major area is chosen, but competence must 
be developed in all of the five concentrations noted 
above in the MBA program, and must be demonstrated 
by passing written examinations in each. Following the 
written examinations, each candidate must pass an 
oral examination given by a committee of the depart- 
mental graduate faculty. 

The dissertation must exhibit competence in analy- 
sis, interpretation, and presentation of research find- 
ings, and should be a major contribution to the litera- 
ture of the field. 



BSAD 401. INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Students enrolled in the Department of Business Ad- 
ministration curricula will register for IFSM 436. For 
detailed information on prerequisites and descrip- 
tions of the course, refer to IFSM 436. The credits 
earned in IFSM 436 may be included in the total 
credits earned in the area of concentration in busi- 
ness administration. 

BSAD 420. 421. UNDERGRADUATE ACCOUNTING 

SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing as an accounting major 
or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper 
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of out- 
standing current non-text literature, current problems 
and case studies in accounting. 

BSAD 422. AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 311. A study of the principles and 
problems of auditing and application of accounting 
principles to the preparation of audit working papers 
and reports. 

BSAD 423. APPRENTICESHIP IN ACCOUNTING (0) 
Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in ac- 
counting and the consent of the accounting staff. A 
period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally 
known firms of certified public accountants from 
about January 15 to February 15. 

BSAD 424. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 311. Advanced accounting theory 
to specialized problems in partnerships, ventures, 
consignments, installment sales, insurance, state- 
ment of affairs, receiver's accounts, realization and 
liquidation reports, and consolidation of parent and 
subsidiary accounts. 

BSAD 425. CPA PROBLEMS (3) 

Prerequisite. BSAD 311, or consent of instructor, a 
study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. exam- 
inations by means of the preparation of solutions to, 
and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. prob- 
lems covering the various accounting fields. 

BSAD 426. ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING (2) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 321. A continuation of basic cost 
accounting with special emphasis on process costs, 
standard costs, joint costs, and by-product cost. 

BSAD 427. ADVANCED AUDITING THEORY AND 
PRACTICE (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 422. Advanced auditing theory 

and practice and report writing. 

BSAD 430. LINEAR STATISTICAL MODELS IN 

BUSINESS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 231 or consent of instructor. 
Model building involving an intensive study of the 
general linear stochastic model and the applications 
of this model to business problems. The model is 
derived in matrix form and this form is used to 
analyze both the regression and ANOVA formula- 
tions of the general linear model. 

BSAD 431. DESIGN OF STATISTICAL EXPERIMENTS 

IN BUSINESS (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. Surveys 
ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimental 
design concepts. Non-parametric tests and correla- 



42 / graduate school 



tion are emphasized. Applications of these tech- 
niques to business problems in primarily the mar- 
keting and behavioral sciences are stressed. 

BSAD 432. SAMPLE SURVEY DESIGN FOR 

BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. Design of 
probability samples. Simple random sampling, strati- 
fied random sampling, systematic sampling, and 
cluster sampling designs are developed and com- 
pared for efficiency under varying assumptions about 
the population sampled. Advanced designs such as 
multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling 
are surveyed. Implementing these techniques in esti- 
mating parameters of business models is stressed. 

BSAD 433. STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY IN 

BUSINESS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 231 or consent of the instructor. 
Bayesian approach to the use of sample information 
in decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision 
criteria, expected returns, and expected utility are 
examined. Application of these concepts to decision- 
making in the firm in various contexts are consid- 
ered. 

BSAD 434. OPERATIONS RESEARCH I (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 231 and MATH 240, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Designed primarily for students 
majoring in Management Science, Statistics and In- 
formation Systems Management. It is the first se- 
mester of a two semester introduction to the phi- 
losophy, techniques, and applications of Operations 
Research. Topics covered include linear program- 
ming, postoptimality analysis, network algorithms, 
dynamic programming, inventory and equipment re- 
placement models. 

BSAD 435. OPERATIONS RESEARCH II (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 434, or permission of instructor. 
The second semester of a two-part introduction to 
Operations Research. The primary emphasis is on 
stochastic models in management science. Topics 
include stochastic linear programming, probabilistic 
dynamic programming, Markov processes, probabil- 
istic inventory models, queueing theory and simu- 
lation. 

BSAD 436. APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL 
PROGRAMMING IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 434 or permission of instructor. 
Theory and applications of linear, integer, and non- 
linear programming models to management deci- 
sions. Topic covered include the basic theorems of 
linear programming; the matrix formulation of the 
simplex, the dual simplex algorithms; decomposition, 
cutting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enum- 
eration algorithms; gradient based algorithms; and 
quadratic programming. Special emphasis is placed 
upon model formuation and solution using prepared 
computer algorithms. 

BSAD 438. TOPICS IN STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 

FOR BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 430 and MATH 240 or permission 
of the instructor. Selected topics in statistical analy- 
sis which are relevant to management for students 
with knowledge of basic statistical methods. Topics 
include evolutionary operation and response surface 
analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of the 



linear model and their remedies, multivariate statis- 
tical models, and non-parametric models. 

BSAD 440. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 340. Analysis and discussion of 
cases and readings relating to financial decisions of 
the firm. The application of finance concepts to the 
cases and readings relating to financial decisions of 
solution of financial problems is emphasized. 

BSAD 443. SECURITY ANALYSIS AND VALUATION 

(3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 343. Study and application of the 
concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings 
to the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, 
especially common stock. 

BSAD 445. COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 340 and ECON 430. Analysis 
and discussion of cases and readings in commercial 
bank management. The loan function is emphasized; 
also the management of liquidity reserves, invest- 
ments for income, and source of funds. Bank objec- 
tives, functions, policies, organization, structure, 
services, and regulation are considered. 

BSAD 450. MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 230 and 350. Recommended 
that BSAD 430 be taken prior to this course. This 
course is intended to develop skill in the use of sci- 
entific methods in the acquisition, analysis and in- 
terpretation of marketing data. It covers the special- 
ized fields of marketing research; the planning of 
survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure 
and report preparation. 

BSAD 451. CONSUMER ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 351. Recommended 
that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. 
Considers the growing importance of the American 
consumer in the marketing system and the need to 
understand him. Topics include the foundation con- 
siderations underlying consumer behavior such as 
economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. 
Analysis of the consumer in marketing situations — as 
a buyer and user of products and services — and in 
relation to the various individual social and market- 
ing factors affecting his behavior. The influence of 
marketing communications is also considered. 

BSAD 452. PROMOTION MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 352. This course is con- 
cerned with the way in which business firms use ad- 
vertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and 
other methods as part of their marketing program. 
The case study method is used to present problems 
taken from actual business practice. Cases studied 
illustrate problems in the use and coordination of de- 
mand stimulation methods as well as analysis and 
planning. Research, testing and statistical control of 
promotional activities are also considered. 

BSAD 453. INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus one other marketing 
course. The industrial and business sector of the 
marketing system is considered rather than the 
household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial 
products range from raw materials and supplies to 
the major equipment in a plant, business office, or 
institution. Topics include product planning and in- 



graduate school / 43 



troduction, market analysis and forecasting, chan- 
nels, pricing, field sales force management, adver- 
tising, marketing cost analysis, and government re- 
lations. Particular attention is given to industrial, 
business and institutional buying policies and prac- 
tice and to the analysis of buyer behavior. 

BSAD 454. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus any other marketing 
course. A study of the marketing functions from the 
viewpoint of the international executive. In addition 
to the coverage of international marketing policies 
relating to product adaptation, data collection and 
analysis, channels of distribution, pricing, communi- 
cations, and cost analysis, consideration is given to 
the cultural, legal, financial, and organizational 
aspects of international marketing. 

BSAD 455. SALES MANAGEMENT (3) 
The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters 
and in the field, in the management of people, re- 
sources and marketing functions. An analysis of the 
problems involved in sales organization, forecasting, 
planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. 
Attention is given to the application of quantitative 
techniques and pertinent behavioral science con- 
cepts in the management of the sales effort and 
sales force. 

BSAD 460. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT- 
ANALYSIS AND PROBLEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 360. Recommended, BSAD, 230. 
Research findings, special readings, case analysis, 
simulation, and field investigations are used to de- 
velop a better understanding of personnel problems, 
alternative solutions and their practical ramifications. 

BSAD 462. LABOR LEGISLATION (3) 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial 
relations. Cases include the decisions of administra- 
tive agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

BSAD 464. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

Prerequisite, BSAD 364. An examination of research 
and theory concerning the forces which contribute 
to the behavior of organizational members. Topics 
covered include: work group behavior, supervisory 
behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and 
attitudes, communication problems, organizational 
change, and organizational goals and design. 

BSAD 467. UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR IN 

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This course is 
open only to the top one-third of undergraduate maj- 
ors in personnel and labor relations and is offered 
during the fall semester of each year. Highlights 
major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic 
presentations. 

BSAD 470. MOTOR TRANSPORTATION (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 370. The development and 
scope of the motor carrier industry; different types 
of carriers, economics of motor transportation, serv- 
ice available, federal regulation, highway financing, 
allocation of cost to highway users, highway bar- 
riers. 

BSAD 471. WATER TRANSPORTATION (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 370. Water carriers of all types, 
development and types of services, trade routes, in- 



land waterways, company organization, the Ameri- 
can merchant marine as a factor in national activity. 

BSAD 472. COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORTATION 

(3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 370. The air transportation sys- 
tem of the United States; airways, airports, airlines. 
Federal regulation of air transportation; economics, 
equipment, operations, financing, selling of passen- 
ger and cargo services. Air mail development and 
services. 

BSAD 473. ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION 

PROBLEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 370. A critical examination of 
current government transportation policy and pro- 
posed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial 
transport problems are also considered. 

BSAD 474. URBAN TRANSPORT AND URBAN 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the 
role of urban transportation in present and future 
urban development. The interaction of transport 
pricing and service, urban planning, institutional 
restraints, and public land uses is studied. 

BSAD 480. LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS (3) 
The course examines the principal ideas in law 
stressing those which are relevant for the modern 
business executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved 
in this country will be one of the central topics of 
study. Several leading antitrust cases will be studied 
to illustrate vividly the reasoning process as well as 
the interplay of business, philosophy, and the vari- 
ous conceptions of the nature of law which give di- 
rection to the process. Examination of contemporary 
legal problems and proposed solutions, especially 
those most likely to affect the business community, 
are also covered. 

BSAD 481. PUBLIC UTILITIES (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated 
industries as specific examples, attention is focused 
on broad and general problems in such diverse fields 
as constitutional law, administrative law, public ad- 
ministration, government control of business, ad- 
vanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and 
depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and 
management. 

BSAD 482. BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role 
of government in modern economic life. Social con- 
trol of business as a remedy for the abuses of busi- 
ness enterprise arising from the decline of competi- 
tion. Criteria of limitations on government regulation 
of private enterprise. 

BSAD 485. ADVANCED PRODUCTION 

MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 385. A study of typical problems 
encountered by the factory manager. The objective 
is to develop the ability to analyze and solve prob- 
lems in management control of production and in the 
formulation of production policies. Among the topics 
covered are plant location, production planning and 
control, methods analysis, and time study. 

BSAD 490. URBAN LAND MANAGEMENT (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects 



44 / graduate school 



of urban land and property. Included are such sub- 
jects as land use and valuation matters. 

BSAD 493. HONORS STUDY (3) 

First semester of the senior year. Prerequisite, candi- 
dacy for honors in Business Administration. The 
course is designed for honors students who have 
elected to conduct intensive study (independent or 
group). The student will work under the direct guid- 
ance of a faculty advisor and the chairman of the 
honors committee. They shall determine that the 
area of study is of a scope and intensity deserving 
of a candidate's attention. Formal written and/or 
oral reports on the study may be required by the fac- 
ulty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program. 
Group meetings of the candidates may be called at 
the discretion of the faculty advisors and/or chair- 
man of the honors committee. 

BSAD 494. HONORS STUDY (3) 

Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite, 
BSAD 493, and continued candidacy for honors in 
business administration. The student shall continue 
and complete the research initiated in BSAD 493, 
additional reports may be required at the discretion 
of the faculty advisor and honors program chairman. 
Group meetings may be held. 

BSAD 495. BUSINESS POLICIES (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 340, 350, 364 and senior stand- 
ing. A case study course in which the aim is to have 
the student apply what he has learned of general 
management principles and their specialized func- 
tional applications of the overall management func- 
tion in the enterprise. 

BSAD 710. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY (3) 
The study of the theoretical and conceptual founda- 
tions for generally accepted accounting principles 
and practices. Recent and current literature and 
ideas are studied in depth to provide coverage of 
the basic postulates, assumptions, and standards 
which underlie the measurement criteria and prac- 
tices of financial accounting. 

BSAD 720. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING I (3) 
The use of accounting data for corporate financial 
planning and control. Topics included are organiza- 
tion for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant 
costing, return on investment, and administration of 
the controllership function in smaller organizations. 
BSAD 720 or 740 is required of M.B.A. candidates. 

BSAD 730. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND BUSINESS 

DECISIONS (3) 
This course acquaints students with the 'Bayesian' 
approach to decision-making. Topics include: a re- 
view of basic probability concents and theorems; the 
relationship between expected utility and rational 
action: incremental analysis; partial expectations; 
linear profits and costs; opportunity loss and the 
cost of uncertainty; conditional and joint probability; 
the binomial, Pascal, Poisson, Gamma, and normal 
probability distributions; the revision of probabilities 
in the light of new information; preposterior analysis 
and sequential decision procedures. 

BSAD 731. THEORY OF SURVEY DESIGN (3) 

Examines the usefulness of statistical principles in 
survey design. Topics include: the nature of statisti- 



cal estimation, the differential attributes of different 
estimators, the merits and weaknesses of available 
sampling methods and designs, the distinctive 
aspects of simple random samples, stratified random 
samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and 
the problems posed by biases and non-sampling 
errors. 

BSAD 732. CONCEPTS AND METHODS OF 

EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 730 (BSAD 330 highly desir- 
able). Topical coverage includes the median test for 
2 samples, Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test, Mood's 
square rank test for dispersion, contingency table 
analysis, tetrachoric and rank correlation, analysis 
of variance and covariance, discriminatory analysis 
and factor analysis. The course will use BMD class 
M, class V and class S programs or other 'canned' 
programs. 

BSAD 734. INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 

SCIENCE 

Required of M.B.A. and D.B.A. candidates. The pro- 
cesses, tools, and methodological problems in apply- 
ing management science to aid managerial decision- 
making. Deals with the relationship of other quantita- 
tive aids to managerial actions such as economic 
analysis and systems analysis. 

BSAD 735. APPLICATION OF MANAGEMENT 

SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 734 or consent of the instructor. 
This course will expose the student to the successes 
and difficulties experienced in applying operations 
research to management decision making in all func- 
tional areas. The examination of 'classical' and con- 
temporary applications in the literature and case 
studies will be emphasized. 

BSAD 736. PHILOSOPHY AND PRACTICE OF 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisites, completion of any two graduate level 
operations research courses and a graduate level 
behavioral course, or consent of instructor. 

BSAD 737. MANAGEMENT SIMULATION (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 734 and consent of instructor. 
Deals with the development, manipulation, and va- 
lidity of an operational model. Production informa- 
tion and other decision systems of concern to man- 
agement will be studied. Manipulation of parameter 
values, assumptions, and conditions are studied. 
This is accomplished in conjunction with the use of 
computer facilities at the Computer Science Center 
on campus. 

BSAD 740. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION (3) 
The role of the financial manager in executive de- 
cision making. Financial planning, analysis, and con- 
trol in such areas as the allocation of financial re- 
sources within the firm, forecasting and budgeting, 
capital budgeting and the bases for investment de- 
cisions, alternative sources of short-term and long- 
term financing and financial problems of growth. 
BSAD 720 or 740 is required of M.B.A. candidates. 

BSAD 743. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (3) 

Evaluation of debt and equity security alternatives 
available for the employment of the investment fund. 
Analysis of economic and financial data of the na- 



graduate school / 45 



tional economy, the industry, and the company to ar- 
rive at the fundamental value of a security. Study of 
securities markets as independent regulators of in- 
vestment values. Motives, needs, and basic ingredi- 
ents in the selection and supervision of the portfolio. 

BSAD 750. MARKETING ADMINISTRATION (3) 
Required for M.B.A. candidates with concentrations 
in marketing. Principal objectives are: to develop an 
understanding of the problems and goals of market- 
ing executives, to develop competence in the analy- 
sis and solution of marketing problems and to evalu- 
ate specific marketing efforts as they contribute to a 
coordinated total marketing program. Attention will 
be focused on product, price, and service policies, 
market characteristics, channel selection, promotion- 
al policies and organization structure. 

BSAD 751. MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS 

MANAGEMENT (3) 

Required for M.B.A. candidates concentrating in mar- 
keting, concerned with the part that advertising, pro- 
motion, public relations and related efforts play in 
the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing ob- 
jectives. Its purpose is to develop competence in the 
formulation of mass communications, objectives in 
budget optimization, media appraisal, theme selec- 
tion, program implementation and management, and 
results measurement. 

BSAD 752. MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS (3) 
Required for M.B.A. candidates concentrating in mar- 
keting, deals with the process of acquiring, classify- 
ing and interpreting primary and secondary market- 
ing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing 
decisions. Through readings, discussion, and case 
studies, efforts are made to develop skill in evaluat- 
ing the appropriateness of alternative methodologies 
such as the inductive, deductive, survey, observa- 
tional, and experimental. Consideration is also given 
to recent developments in the systematic recording 
and use of internal and external data needed for 
marketing decisions. 

BSAD 753. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (3) 

Deals with environmental, organizational, and finan- 
cial aspects of international marketing as well as 
problems of marketing research, pricing, channels of 
distribution, product policy, and communications 
which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or 
which face foreign firms in their operations. 

BSAD 760. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT— MAN- 
POWER PROCUREMENT AND DEVELOPMENT (3) 
An 'in depth' treatment of problems and techniques 
involved in obtaining and developing a competent 
work force, manpower forecasting, job analysis, time 
study, recruitment techniques, psychological tests, 
interviews, application blanks, references, pro- 
grammed instruction role playing, and sensitivity 
training are typical topics included. 

BSAD 761. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT— MAN- 
POWER COMPENSATION AND EVALUATION (3) 
After a work force has been assembled and devel- 
oped (BSAD 760), the manager must see to it that 
its potential is converted into efficient and continu- 
ing performance. This course provides an 'in depth' 
analysis of the role of employee compensation and 
appraisal in accomplishing this end. Typical topics 



include wage theory, incentive systems, wage deci- 
sion criteria, job evaluation, profit sharing, wage 
surveys, forced choice rating, critical incidents, ap- 
praisal interviews, and fringe benefits. 

BSAD 762. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING— CURRENT 

PROBLEMS AND ISSUES (3) 

Includes such topics as methods of handling indus- 
trial disputes, legal restrictions on various collective 
bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of col- 
lective bargaining, and internal union problems. 

BSAD 763. ADMINISTRATION OF LABOR 

RELATIONS (3) 

Deals with labor relations at the plant level. Em- 
phasizes the negotiation and administration of labor 
contracts. Includes union policy and influence on 
personnel management activities. 

BSAD 764. BEHAVIORAL FACTORS IN 

MANAGEMENT (3) 

Required of M.B.A. candidates. A critical analysis of 
the impact of the behavioral sciences on traditional 
concepts of management as process and as organi- 
zation. Included within the area of analysis are such 
subjects as human motivation, human relations, mor- 
ale, status, role, organization, communication, bu- 
reaucracy, the executive role, leadership and train- 
ing. 

BSAD 765. APPLICATION OF BEHAVIORAL 

SCIENCE TO BUSINESS (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 764 or permission of professor. 
Stresses case analysis of behavioral knowledge ap- 
plied to management problems. Typical topics in- 
clude analysis of modes for introducing change, 
group versus organizational goals, organizational 
barriers to personal growth, the effect of authority 
systems on behavior, and the relationship between 
technology and social structure. 

BSAD 770. TRANSPORTATION THEORY AND 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Examines the transportation system and its com- 
ponents. Key topics in the development and present 
form of transportation in both the United States and 
other countries are considered together with theo- 
retical concepts employed in the analysis of trans- 
port problems. 

BSAD 771. TRANSPORT AND PUBLIC POLICY (3) 
An intensive study of the nature and consequences 
of relations between governments and agencies 
thereof, carriers in the various modes, and users of 
transport services. Typical areas subjected to exami- 
nation and analysis include: the control of transport 
firms by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, 
methods employed in the allocation of funds to the 
construction, operation, and maintenance of pub- 
licly-provided transport facilities, and the direct sub- 
sidization of services supplied by privately-owned 
entities. Additional problems considered include lab- 
or and safety. Comparative international transport 
policies and problems are also examined. 

BSAD 772. MANAGEMENT OF PHYSICAL 

DISTRIBUTION (3) 

Focuses on managerial practices required to fulfill 
optimally the physical movement needs of extrac- 
tive, manufacturing, and merchandising firms. Atten- 



46 / graduate school 



tion is given to the total cost approach to physical 
distribution, interrelations among purchased trans- 
port services, privately-supplied transport services, 
warehousing, inventory control, materials handling, 
packaging, and plant location are considered. An un- 
derstanding of the communications network to sup- 
port physical distribution is developed in conjunc- 
tion with study of the problems of coordination be- 
tween the physical movement management function 
and other functional areas within the business firm — 
such as accounting, finance, marketing, and produc- 
tion. 

BSAD 773. TRANSPORTATION STRATEGIES (3) 
Treats organization structure, policies, and proce- 
dures employed in the administration of inter- and 
intraurban transport firms. Problems receiving atten- 
tion include managerial development, operational 
and financial planning and control, demand analysis, 
pricing, promotional policies, intra- and intermodal 
competitive and complementary relationships, and 
methods for accommodating public policies designed 
to delimit the managerial discretion of carrier execu- 
tives. Administrative problems peculiar to publicly- 
owned and operated transport entities are also con- 
sidered. 

BSAD 774. PRIVATE ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC 

POLICY (3) 

Examines the executive's social and ethical respon- 
sibilities to his employees, customers and to the gen- 
eral public. Consideration is given to the conflicts 
occasioned by competitive relationships in the priv- 
ate sector of business and the effect of institutional 
restraints. The trends in public policy and their fu- 
ture effect upon management are examined. For 
comparative purposes, several examples of planned 
societies are considered. 

BSAD 775. PRODUCT, PRODUCTION AND PRICING 

POLICY (2) 

Required of M.B.A. candidates. The application of 
economic theory to the business enterprise in re- 
spect to the determination of policy and the handling 
of management problems with particular reference 
to the firm producing a complex line of products, 
nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelation- 
ship of production and marketing problems, basic 
types of cost, control systems, theories of deprecia- 
tion and investment and the impact of each upon 
costs. 

BSAD 777. POLICY ISSUES IN PUBLIC UTILITIES (3) 
A critical analysis of current developments in regu- 
latory policy and issues arising among public utili- 
ties, regulatory agencies, and the general public. 
Emphasis is placed on the electric, gas, water, and 
communications industries in both the public and 
private sectors of the economy. Changing and 
emerging problems stressed include those pertinent 
to cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of 
return, the rate base, differential rate-making, and 
labor. In addition, the growing importance of tech- 
nolgical developments and their impact on state and 
federal regulatory agencies are explored. 

BSAD 781. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Examines the international business environment as 
it affects company policy and procedures. Integrates 



the business functions undertaken in international 
operations through analysis in depth and compre- 
hensive case studies. This course can be credited 
toward the 18-hour requirement for a major field in 
the D.B.A. program. 

BSAD 782. MANAGEMENT OF THE MULTINATIONAL 

FIRM (3) 

Deals with the problems and policies of international 
business enterprise at the management level. Con- 
siders management of a multinational enterprise as 
well as management within foreign units. The multi- 
national firm as a socio-econometric institution is 
analysis in detail. Cases in comparative manage- 
ment are utilized. 

BSAD 785. MANAGEMENT PLANNING AND CON- 
TROL SYSTEMS (3) 

Concerned with planning and control systems for the 
fulfillment of organizational objectives. Identifica- 
tion of organizational objectives, responsibility cent- 
ers, information needs and information network. 
Case studies of integrated planning and control sys- 
tems. 

BSAD 786. DEVELOPMENT AND TRENDS IN PRO- 
DUCTION MANAGEMENT (3) 
Case studies of production problems in a number of 
industries. Focuses attention on decisions concern- 
ing operating programs and manufacturing policies 
at the top level of manufacturing. Basic concepts of 
process and product technology are covered, taking 
into consideration the scale, operating range, capital 
cost, method of control, and degree of mechaniza- 
tion at each successive state in the manufacturing 
process. 

BSAD 787. MANAGEMENT POLICY FORMULATION 

(3) 
An integrative course which applies students' knowl- 
edge of the various functional areas in business ad- 
ministration to the formulation, execution, and eval- 
uation of managerial policies. The viewpoint of the 
chief administration officers and board of directors 
is emphasized. 

BSAD 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
BSAD 811. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING THEORY II (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 710. A study of the more contro- 
versial, not generally accepted ideas and concepts, 
currently proposed as suggested solutions to current 
problems or to improve the state of the art of finan- 
cial accounting measurements. 

BSAD 812. ACCOUNTING IN REGULATED 

INDUSTRIES (3) 
A study of the unique accounting problems of indus- 
tries subject to cost and price regulations of govern- 
ment agencies. Included are government contracts 
and grants, rate regulations for transportation car- 
riers and public utilities, distribution cost analyses 
under the Robinson-Patman Act, and cost regula- 
tions of the Medicare Program. 

BSAD 813. THE IMPACT OF TAXATION ON 

BUSINESS DECISIONS (3) 
A study of the impact of tax law and regulations on 
alternative business strategies. Particular emphasis 
is given to the large, multidivisional firm. Problems 
of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and other divesti- 



graduate school / 47 



tures are considered from the viewpoint of profit 
planning, cash flow, and tax deferment. 

BSAD 814. CURRENT PROBLEMS OF 

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (3) 
Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing 
practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the 
accounting and reporting requirements of the securi- 
ties and exchange commission. 

BSAD 821. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING II (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 720. The management of the con- 
trollership function in the large, multidivisional firm. 
Centralized and decentralized organizations; man- 
agement control systems in consolidated and con- 
glomerate corporations; alternative strategies for 
profit maximization; acquisitions and diverstitures for 
increased investment return. 

BSAD 828. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION (1-9) 

BSAD 830. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE I— LINEAR 

PROGRAMMING (3) 
Prerequisite, mathematics, through differential cal- 
culus, and BSAD 734 or consent of instructor. The 
theory and use of deterministic models in manage- 
ment science. Models are based upon optimization 
techniques for conditions of data certainty. Includes 
linear programming models, inventory models, and 
replacement models. 

BSAD 831. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE II— EXTEN- 
SION OF LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND NETWORK 
ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or consent of instructor, 
and MATH 240. Basic Fortran programming profici- 
ency is assumed. Includes a brief review of basic 
linear programming, separable programming, appli- 
cation to game theory, the primaldual and criss-cross 
algorithms, quadratic programming, basic concepts 
of network theory, the max-flow algorithms. The 
basic concepts and techniques of network theory 
will be developed and applied to the transportation 
problem. 

BSAD 832. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE III— OPTIMIZA- 
TION AND NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or consent of instructor, 
and MATH 241. Topical coverage includes Kuhn- 
Tucker Theory, the larrangean, the concept of an 
algorithm (notation map convergence), unconstrain- 
ed problems, convex simplex and method of cen- 
ters algorithms, penalty and barrier, feasible-di- 
rections and cutting plane algorithms. 

BSAD 833. MANAGEMENT SCIENCE IV— INTEGER 

AND DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 831 and BSAD 832 or consent of 
instructor, MATH 241 minimum, MATH 400 and 410 
preferred. Coverage includes fractional, all integer 
and mixed integer algorithms, the knapsack prob- 
lem, decomposition, recursion analysis, integer op- 
timization and sensitivity, risk and uncertainty situa- 
tions and an introduction to nonserial and infinite 
stage systems. 

BSAD 834. PROBABILISTIC MODELS (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 400 highly recommeded. MATH 
241 or consent of the instructor. Theoretical founda- 
tions for the construction and optimization of proba- 



bilistic models. Following the review of stochastic 
processes, the Poisson process and the Markovian 
processes, topics may include queueing theory, in- 
ventory theory, Markovian decision processes and 
stochastic linear programming. 

BSAD 835. STATISTICAL MODEL BUILDING (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 432, MATH 241, or consent of 
instructor. Emphasizes the actual construction of 
models encountered in and drawn from experience 
in business administration utilizing 'canned' com- 
puter programs which are in wide industrial use. 
Topical coverage includes a review of the matrix ap- 
proach to linear regression, effects of bias in the 
general regression situation, weighted least squares, 
orthogonal polynomials, verification and mainte- 
nance of the mathematical model, and the introduc- 
tion to non-linear estimation. 

BSAD 840. WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (3) 
An intensive study of short-and intermediate-term 
sources of funds and the management of cash, ac- 
counts receivable and inventories. Includes consid- 
eration of determinants of working capital needs, 
financial analysis as related to short-term financing 
problems, estimation of funds requirements, patterns 
of fund requirements, and major types of loan ar- 
rangements. Case studies, supplemented with out- 
side readings. 

BSAD 841. LONG-TERM CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

(3) 
An intensive study of long-term financing, return on 
investment and cost of capital. Particular attention 
is paid to appraising alternative forms of long-term 
financing, methods of measuring return on invest- 
ment, and problems such as measuring the cost of 
capital of cyclical companies and growth companies. 
Case studies, supplemented with outside readings. 

BSAD 843. PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 743 or consent of instructor. The 
process of investment. Selection and supervision of 
securities appropriate for the requirements and ob- 
jectives of both the individual and institutional in- 
vestor. Underlying considerations necessary for the 
continued success of the investment program. Criti- 
cal analysis of case studies in portfolio manage- 
ment. Effects of temporary changes on investment 
decisions. 

BSAD 845. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3) 

Provides an analysis of the structure of financial in- 
stitutions in the American economy, including com- 
mercial banking and non-banking organizations 
which serve business and consumers. Topics cov- 
ered include determinants of the demand for and 
supply of funds and the role of financial institutions 
in channeling financial capital among the various 
sectors of the American economy. 

BSAD 846. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Deals with the problems of financial administration 
of the multinational firm. Includes the financing of 
investment abroad and management of assets in dif- 
fering financial environments as well as the financing 
of exports and imports. Consideration of national 
and international financial institutions as they relate 



48 / graduate school 



to the international operations of American and for- 
eign business firms. 

BSAD 850. MARKETING CHANNELS ANALYSIS (3) 
Focuses on the fundamentals explaining alternate 
channels of distribution and the roles played by vari- 
ous intermediaries, the evolution of business struc- 
tures in marketing, reasons for change, and pro- 
jected marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. 
candidates may register with permission of instruc- 
tor 

BSAD 851. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN MARKET- 
ING—DEMAND AND COST ANALYSIS (3) 
Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the 
analysis and prediction of market demand and mar- 
keting costs. Topics in connection with demand in- 
clude market potentials, sales forecasting, consumer 
analysis, promotional and pricing results, and the 
like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs by 
marketing functions, products, territories, customers 
and marketing personnel. Statistical techniques, 
mathematics, models and other methods are utilized 
in the solution of marketing problems. M.B.A. candi- 
dates may register with permission of instructor. 

BSAD 852. THEORY IN MARKETING (3) 
An inquiry into the problems and elements of theory 
development in general with specific reference to the 
field of marketing. A critical analysis and evaluation 
of past and contemporary efforts to formulate theor- 
ies of marketing and to integrate theories from the 
social sciences into a marketing framework. Atten- 
tion is given to the development of concepts in all 
areas of marketing thought and to their potential ap- 
plication in the business firm. 

BSAD 863. THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS SOCIAL 

ENVIRONMENT (3) 
A course examining the interaction between organi- 
zations and aspects of their social and cultural en- 
vironment. Analysis of the literature concerning hu- 
man resource availability and individual differences 
as they influence managerial decisions, the impact 
of cultural factors on business and other types of 
organizations, and management approaches for deal- 
ing with the social environment. 

BSAD 864. THEORY OF THE INDUSTRIAL WORK 

GROUP (3) 

A study of major theories of group formation, group 
behavior, and group leadership considered in terms 
of their implications for the management of business 
and other types of organizations. Will involve an in- 
depth analysis of the literature concerning such top- 
ics as group cohesiveness, conformity, leadership, 
communication nets, problem-solving efficiency, pro- 
ductivity standards, and morale. 

BSAD 865. COMPARATIVE THEORIES OF 

ORGANIZATION (3) 

Emphasizes business and other types of complex or- 
ganizations. Theories of formal and informal organi- 
zations are covered. Analyzes the content, interre- 
lationships, and similarities between current major 
schools of organization thought. 

BSAD 866. ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICT AND 
CHANGE (3) 
An analysis and evaluation of the factors contribut- 



ing to conflict and changed patterns of behavior 
within organizations. A study of the literature on 
such topics as managerial decision making and con- 
flict, research creativity, labor-management conflict, 
organizational maintenance and stability, resistance 
to change, and planned change. 

BSAD 872. BUSINESS LOGISTICS (3) 
Concentrates on the design and application of meth- 
ods for the solution of advanced physical movement 
problems of business firms. Provides thorough cov- 
erage of a variety of analytical techniques relevant 
to the solution of these problems. Where appropri- 
ate, experience will be provided in the utilization of 
computers to assist in managerial logistical deci- 
sion-making. 

BSAD 873. TRANSPORTATION SCIENCE (3) 

Focuses on the application of quantitative and quali- 
tative techniques of analysis to managerial problems 
drawn from firms in each of the various modes of 
transport. Included is the application of simulation 
to areas such as the control of equipment selection 
and terminal and line operations. The application of 
advanced analytical techniques to problems involv- 
ing resource use efficiency within the transportation 
industry and between transportation and other sec- 
tors of the economy is an integral part of the course. 

BSAD 880. BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 

(3) 
Covers the nature, scope, and application of re- 
search methodology. The identification and formula- 
tion of research designs applicable to business and 
related fields. Required of D.B.A. students. 

BSAD 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 
(1-8) 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Gomezplata 
Professors: Arsenault, Beckmann, Cadman, Duffey, 

Goldman, Johnson, Marchello, Munno, Schroeder, 

Silverman, Skolnick, Smith 
Associate Professors: Almenas, Bolsaitis, Gentry, 

Regan, Roush, Sheaks, Spain 
Lecturer: Belcher 

The Chemical Engineering program has as its pri- 
mary objective the maintenance and extension of the 
ever increasing degree of engineering sophistication. 
The courses and research programs strive to create an 
atmosphere of originality and creativity that prepares 
the student for the engineering leadership of tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with 
the student's interest and background is established 
between the student, his adviser, and ftie department 
head. The general chemical engineering program is 
focused on five major areas: applied polymer science, 
biochemical engineering, environmental engineering, 
high pressure technology, process and analysis simu- 
lation. 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees 
are open to qualified students holding the B.S. degree. 



graduate school / 49 



Admission may be granted to students with degrees in 
any of the engineering and science areas from ac- 
credited programs. In some cases it may be necessary 
to require courses to fulfill the background. The gen- 
eral regulations of The Graduate School apply in re- 
viewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of 
following a plan of study with or without thesis. The 
equivalent of at least three years of full-time study be- 
yond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. 
All students seeking graduate degrees in Chemical 
Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 
640. In addition to the general rules of The Graduate 
School certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the department in its departmental publica- 
tions. 

A number of special facilities are available for grad- 
uate study and research and are coordinated through 
the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the 
Laboratory for High Pressure Science, the Laboratory 
for Process Analysis and Simulation, the Laboratory for 
Biochemical Engineering and Environmental Studies, 
and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories 
contain analog computers, a gamma radiation facility, 
an electron accelerator, an electron paramagnetic res- 
onance spectrometer, high pressure and cryogenic 
systems, crystal growth and mechanical testing equip- 
ment, X-ray diffraction units, a neutron generator and 
a 200 KW pool type nuclear reactor. 

ENCH 425. TRANSFER AND TRANSPORT 

PROCESSES I (4) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 250. Theory and applications of 
molecular and turbulent transport phenomena. Prin- 
ciples of fluid mechanics, mass transfer and heat 
transfer. Dimensional analysis, analogy between 
heat mass and momentum transfer, Newtonian and 
non-Newtonian flow, convective heat and mass 
transfer. 

ENCH 427. TRANSFER AND TRANSPORT 

PROCESSES II (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state 
diffusion and conduction, simultaneous heat and 
mass transfer, interphase transfer, boundary layer 
theory. Application to absorption, adsorption, and 
distillation. Principles of radiant heat transfer, evap- 
oration, filtration, crystallization, drying, condensa- 
tion, boiling humidification, ion exchange, and phase 
separations. 

ENCH 437. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

LABORATORY (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Application of chemical en- 
gineering process and unit operation principles in 
small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from 
experimental observations are used to evaluate per- 
formance and efficiency of operations. Emphasis is 
placed on correct presentation of results in report 
form. 

ENCH 440. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING KINETICS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 250. Fundamentals of chemical 
reaction kinetics and their application to the design 
and operation of chemical reactors. Reaction rate 
theory, homogeneous reactions in batch and flow 
systems, adsorption, heterogeneous reactions and 



catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reac- 
tor design. 

ENCH 442. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS 

ANALYSIS (2) 

Differential Equations or ENCH 453. Dynamic re- 
sponse applied to process systems. Goals and 
modes of control, Laplace transformations, analysis 
and synthesis of simple control systems, closed loop 
response, dynamic testing. 

ENCH 443. DYNAMICS AND CONTROL 

LABORATORY (1) 
Corequisite, ENCH 442. Methods of process control. 
Use of experimental analog and mathematical mod- 
els of control systems. 

ENCH 445. PROCESS ENGINEERING AND 

DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Utilization of chemical en- 
gineering principles for the design of process equip- 
ment. Typical problems in the design of chemical 
plants. Comprehensive reports are required. 

ENCH 447. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 

(2) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Principles of engineering 
economics applied to chemical processes. Determi- 
nation of investment and operating costs for chem- 
ical plants. 

ENCH 450. CHEMICAL PROCESS DEVELOPMENT 

(3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 427. Chemical process indus- 
tries from the standpoint of technology, raw mater- 
als, products and processing equipment. Operations 
of major chemical processes and industries com- 
bined with quantitative analysis of process require- 
ments and yields. 

ENCH 452. ADVANCED CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Application of digital and an- 
alog computers to chemical engineering problems. 
Numerical methods, programming, differential equa- 
tions, curve fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits. 

ENCH 453. APPLIED MATHEMATICS IN CHEMICAL 

ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240. Mathematical techniques 
applied to the analysis and solution of chemical en- 
gineering problems. Use of differentiation, integra- 
tion, differential equations, partial differential equa- 
tions and integral transforms. Application of infinite 
series, numerical and statistical methods. 

ENCH 454. CHEMICAL PROCESS ANALYSIS AND 

OPTIMIZATION (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCH 427, 440. Applications of math- 
ematical models to the analysis and optimization of 
chemical processes. Models based on transport, 
chemical kinetics and other chemical engineering 
principles will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation 
of process alternatives. 

ENCH 455. CHEMICAL PROCESS LABORATORY (2) 
Prerequisites, ENCH 427, and 440. Experimental 
study of various chemical processes through labora- 
tory and small semi-commercial scale equipment. 
Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass 
transfer. 



50 / graduate school 



ENCH 461. CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION 

SOURCES (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering or con- 
sent of instructor. Theory and application of meth- 
ods for the control and removal of airborne mater- 
ials. Principles of design and performance of air 
quality control equipment. 

ENCH 468. RESEARCH (2-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Investigation of 
a research project under the direction of one of the 
staff members. Comprehensive reports are required. 

ENCH -475. ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Fundamentals of electro- 
chemistry with application to engineering and com- 
mercial processes. Equilibrium potentials, reaction 
mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, surface phe- 
nomena. Electrorefining, electrowinning, oxidation 
and reduction, solid, liquid and gas systems. Aspects 
of design and performance of electroprocess plants. 

ENCH 480. ENGINEERING ANALYSIS OF PHYSIO- 
LOGICAL SYSTEMS (3) 

Engineering description and analysis of physiologi- 
cal systems. Survey of bioengineering literature and 
an introduction to mathematical modeling of physio- 
logical systems. 

ENCH 482. BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing in Engineering or con- 
sent of instructor. Introduction to biochemical and 
microbiological applications to commercial and engi- 
neering processes, including industrial fermentation, 
enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceuti- 
cal processing and resulting waste treatment. En- 
zyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics and mass 
transfer. 

ENCH 490. INTRODUCTION TO POLYMER 

SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The elements of 
the chemistry, physics, processing methods, and en- 
gineering applications of polymers. 

ENCH 492. APPLIED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF 

POLYMERS (3) 

Prerequisite, CHEM 481. Corequisite, CHEM 482 or 
consent of instructor. Kinetics of formation of high 
polymers, determination of molecular weight and 
structure, and applied thermodynamics and phase 
equilibria of polymer solutions. 

ENCH 494. POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 

LABORATORY (3) 

One lecture and two lab periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, ENCH 492 or consent of instructor. Measure- 
ment of mechanical, electrical, optical, and thermal 
properties of polymers. Measurement of molecular 
weight by viscosimetry, isometric and light scatter- 
ing methods. Application of X-ray, NMR, ESR, spec- 
troscopy molecular relaxation, microscopy and elec- 
tron microscopy to the determination of polymer 
structure. Effects of ultraviolet light and high energy 
radiation. 

ENCH 609. GRADUATE SEMINAR (1) 

ENCH 610. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMO- 
DYNAMICS (3) 
Advanced application of the general thermodynam- 



ic methods to chemical engineering problems. First 
and second law consequences; estimation and cor- 
relation of thermodynamic properties; phase and 
chemical reaction equilibria. 

ENCH 620. METHODS OF ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 

(3) 
Application of selected mathematical techniques to 
the analysis and solution of engineering problems; 
included are the applications of matrices, vectors, 
tensors, differential equations, integral transforms, 
and probability methods to such problems as un- 
steady heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass 
transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical 
reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor 
physics. 

ENCH 630. TRANSPORT PHENOMENA (3) 

Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the 
viewpoint of the basic transport equations. Steady 
and unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; 
boundary layer theory, mechanics of turbulent trans- 
port; with specific application to complex chemical 
engineering situations. 

ENCH 640. ADVANCED CHEMICAL REACTION 

KINETICS (3) 
The theory and application of chemical reaction ki- 
netics to reactor design. Reaction rate theory; ho- 
mogeneous batch and flow reactors; fundamentals 
of catalysis; design of heterogeneous flow reactors. 

ENCH 648. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING (1-6) 

ENCH 655, 656. RADIATION ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An analysis 
of such radiation applications as synthesizing chem- 
icals, preserving foods, control of industrial pro- 
cesses. Design of irradiation installations, e.g., co- 
balt 60 gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine 
arrangement and chemical reactors. 

ENCH 667. RADIATION EFFECTS LABORATORY (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Effect of mas- 
sive doses of radiation on the properties of matter 
for purposes other than those pointed toward nu- 
clear power. Radiation processing, radiation-in- 
duced chemical reactions, and conversion of radia- 
tion energy; isotype power sources. 

ENCH 670. RHEOLOGY OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENMA 650. Mechanical behavior with 
emphasis on the continuum point of view and its 
relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelas- 
ticity. anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and 
multiphase materials. 

ENCH 690. POLYMERIC ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENMA 650. A comprehensive sum- 
mary of the fundamentals of particular interest in 
the science and applications of polymers. Polymer 
single crystals, transformations in polymers, fabri- 
cation of polymers as to shape and internal struc- 
ture. 

ENCH 720. PROCESS ANALYSIS AND SIMULATION 
(3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 630. Development of mathemat- 



graduate school / 51 



ical models of chemical processes based on trans- 
port phenomena, chemical kinetics, and other chem- 
ical engineering methods. Emphasis on principles 
of model building and simulation utilizing mathe- 
matical solutions and computer methods. 

ENCH 723. PROCESS ENGINEERING AND 

DESIGN (3) 
Coordination of chemical engineering and econom- 
ics to advanced process engineering and design. 
Optimization of investment and operating costs, so- 
lution of typical problems encountered in the de- 
sign of chemical engineering plants. 

ENCH 730. COMPLEX EQUILIBRIUM STAGE 

PROCESSES (3) 
The theory and application of complex equilibrium 
stages. Binary and multicomponent absorption; ex- 
traction; liquefaction. 

ENCH 735. CHEMICAL PROCESS DYNAMICS (3) 
Prerequisites, differential equations or consent of 
instructor. Analysis of open and closed control loops 
and their elements; dynamic response of processes; 
choice of variables and linkages; dynamic testing 
and synthesis; noise and drift; chemical process 
systems analysis; strategies for optimum operation. 

ENCH 737. CHEMICAL PROCESS OPTIMIZATION 

(3) 
Techniques of modern optimization theory as ap- 
plied to chemical engineering problems. Optimiza- 
tion of single and multivariate systems with and 
without constraints. Application of partial optimiza- 
tion techniques to complex chemical engineering 
processes. 

ENCH 761. ENGINEERING ANALYSIS OF CIRCU- 
LATORY SYSTEM TRANSPORT (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. 
Flow, transport phenomena, and chemical reactions 
involved in mammalian circulatory system function. 
Analysis and interpretation of tracer studies; math- 
ematical models for simulation of transport of drugs 
and other solutes; internal effects of modifying en- 
vironmental factors. 

ENCH 762. BIOENGINEERING TRANSPORT 

PHENOMENA (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. 
Engineering analysis of transport phenomena as 
they occur in vivo and in prosthetic devices. Survey 
and critique of current mathematical models for ac- 
tive and passive transport with emphasis on the 
renal and neural systems. 

ENCH 763. ENGINEERING OF ARTIFICIAL 

ORGANS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. 
Design concepts and engineering analysis of de- 
vices to supplement or replace natural functions; 
artifiicial kidney; heart assistor; membrane oxyge- 
nator; materials problems, physiological considera- 
tions. 

ENCH 784. POLYMER PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. 
Application and correlation of mechanical and di- 
electric relaxation, NMR, electron microscopy, X-ray 
diffraction, diffusion and electrical properties to the 



mechanical properties and structure of polymers in 
the solid state. 

ENCH 786. POLYMER PROCESSING AND 

APPLICATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. 
Application of theoretical knowledge of polymers to 
industrial processes. An analysis of polymerization, 
stabilization, electrical, rheological, thermal, me- 
chanical and optical properties and their influence 
on processing conditions and end use applications. 

ENCH 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENCH 818. ADVANCED TOPICS IN THERMODY- 
NAMICS (1-6) 

Prerequisite, CHEM 604. 

ENCH 828. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHEMICAL 
REACTION SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 640. 

ENCH 838. ADVANCED TOPICS IN TRANSFER 
THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCH 720. 

ENCH 848. ADVANCED TOPICS IN SEPARATION 
PROCESSES (3) 

ENCH 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



CHEMISTRY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice 

Professors: Breger, Castellan, Grim, Gardner,' Henery- 

Logan, Holmlund, Jaquith, Keeney, 2 Lippincott, 

Pickard, Pratt, Purdy, Reeve, Rollinson, Rose, 

Stewart, Stuntz, Veitch 
Associate Professors: Ammon, Bellama, Boyd, DeVoe, 

Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler, Lakshmanan, Martin, Maz- 

zocchi, Miller, Moore, O'Haver, Sampugna, Staley, 

Viola, Walters 
Assistant Professors: Campagnoni, Hansen, Helz, 

Murphy, Olin, Sommer, Zoller 
Research Professor: Bailey 
1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 
-joint appointment with Dairy Science 

The Chemistry Department offers programs leading 
to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees with specialization in the fields of analytical 
chemistry, biochemistry, chemical physics (in coopera- 
tion with the Institute for Molecular Physics and the 
Department of Physics and Astronomy), environmental 
chemistry, geochemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear 
chemistry, organic chemistry, and physical chemistry. 
The graduate program has been designed with max- 
imum flexibility so that a student can achieve a strong 
background in his chosen field of specialization. 

Departmental regulations concerning qualifying (di- 
agnostic) examinations, comprehensive examinations, 
and other matters pertaining to coursework have been 
assembled for the guidance of candidates for gradu- 
ate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available 
from the Department of Chemistry. 

Special research facilities exist or are being de- 
veloped in all the above fields, but exceptional ones 



52 / graduate school 



already exist for chemical physics and nuclear chem- 
istry. The Institute for Molecular Physics laboratories 
have been specially designed for high-precision exper- 
iments primarily in the area of chemical physics and 
physical chemistry. Nuclear chemistry facilities in- 
clude the 140-MeV cyclotron housed in the Physics 
Department. Departmental research is supported by 
two large computers in the Computer Science Build- 
ing, an PDP 11/45 and a Univac 1108 (complemented 
by remote access units on a time-sharing basis). Other 
facilities include X-ray fluorescence instrumentation, 
an electron microprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR 
spectrometers, ultracentrifuges, and analytical optical 
spectrometers. Electron microscopes, ESCA spec- 
trometers, and Laser laboratories are available 
through the Center of Materials Research. Individual 
research facilities are supported by three machine 
shops (two in the Institute for Molecular Physics), an 
excellent glassblowing shop, and electronic instru- 
mentation personnel. 

CHEM 401. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481. 

CHEM 403. RADIOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, one year of 
college chemistry and one year of college physics. 
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of 
atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; 
chemical, biomedical and environmental applica- 
tions of radioactivity; nuclear processes as chemi- 
cal tools; interaction of radiation with matter. 

CHEM 421. ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 

(3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 430 
and 482 or concurrent registration. An examination 
of some advanced topics in quantitative analysis 
including nonaqueous titrations, precipitation phe- 
nomena, complex equilibria, and the analytical 
chemistry of the less familiar elements. 

CHEM 423. ORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 

(2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, and consent of the 
instructor. The semimicro determination of carbon, 
hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain functional 
groups. 

CHEM 430. CHEMICAL MEASUREMENTS 

LABORATORY I (3) 
One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Corequisite, CHEM 481. An introduction to 
the principles and applications of quantitative tech- 
niques used in chemistry, with emphasis on modern 
instrumentation. Computer programming, electronic 
circuits, spectroscopy, chemical separations. 

CHEM 431. CHEMICAL MEASUREMENTS 

LABORATORY II (3) 
One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481; corequisite, CHEM 
482. An introduction to the principles and applica- 
tions of quantitative techniques useful in chemistry, 
with emphasis on modern instrumentation. Com- 
munications techniques, vacuum systems, thermo- 
chemistry, phase equilibria, chemical kinetics, elec- 
trochemistry. 



CHEM 433. CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS (3) 
One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and 
203-204 or 213-214. 

CHEM 441. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201 or 
211 and CHEM 203 or 213. 

CHEM 443. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS (3) 
One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and 
203-204 or 213-214. The systematic identification of 
organic compounds. 

CHEM 461. BIOCHEMISTRY I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203- 
204 or 213-214, or permission of instructor. A com- 
prehensive introduction to general biochemistry 
wherein the chemistry and metabolism of carbohy- 
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins are dis- 
cussed. 

CHEM 462. BIOCHEMISTRY II (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461. 
A continuation of CHEM 461. 

CHEM 463. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 461 or concurrent registration in CHEM 
461. 

CHEM 464. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 462 or concurrent registration in CHEM 
462, and CHEM 430 or CHEM 463. 

CHEM 472. PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 
equivalent, and senior standing. A survey of histori- 
cal and modern theories of the origin of the uni- 
verse and the solar system. The origin of elements 
and their distributions in space, on extra-terrestrial 
bodies and on earth. Discussion of the origin of ig- 
neous rocks, of the physical and chemical factors 
governing development and distribution of sedimen- 
tary rocks, of the oceans, and of the atmosphere. 
Organic sediments, the internal structures of earth 
and the planets, the role of isotopes in geothermom- 
etry and in the solution of other problems. 

CHEM 473. GEOCHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 or 
GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to 
structures, properties and reactions of minerals and 
non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the rela- 
tion of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, 
charge, order-disorder, polymorphism, and iso- 
morphism. 

CHEM 474. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, 
or equivalent. The sources of various elements and 
chemical reactions between them in the atmosphere 
and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and biological 
effects of air and water pollution by certain ele- 
ments are discussed. 

CHEM 475. CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 
equivalent, and one additional semester of physical 



graduate school / 53 



science. An introduction to physical, chemical and 
geological processes that occur in the marine en- 
vironment including physical and chemical proper- 
ties of sea water, geology of the sea floor, general 
circulation of the ocean, currents, waves, and tides. 

CHEM 481. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203- 
204 or 213-214, MATH 141, PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 
(PHYS 263 may be taken concurrently with CHEM 
481) or consent of instructor. A course primarily for 
chemists and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 482. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, 
or consent of instructor. A course primarily for 
chemists and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 485. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (2) 
Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and 
other selected topics. 

CHEM 486. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

LABORATORY (2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 498. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures or two lectures and one 3-hour labo- 
ratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature 
of the topic being considered. Course may be re- 
peated for credit if the subject matter is substan- 
tially different, but not more than three credits may 
be accepted in satisfaction of major supporting area 
requirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 601. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 
(2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 603. ADVANCED INORGANIC LABORATORY 
(2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. 

CHEM 604. ADVANCED INORGANIC LABORATORY 
(2) 
Two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. 

CHEM 605. CHEMISTRY OF COORDINATION 
COMPOUNDS (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 606. CHEMISTRY OF ORGANOMETALLIC 
COMPOUNDS (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 607. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE RARER 
ELEMENTS (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 608. SELECTED TOPICS IN INORGANIC 
CHEMISTRY (2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 601, 607 

or equivalent. 

CHEM 621. CHEMICAL MICROSCOPY I (2) 
One lecture and one 3-hour laboratory period per 
week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. A study of the use of the microscope in 
chemistry. 

CHEM 622. CHEMICAL MICROSCOPY II (2) 
One lecture and one 3-hour laboratory period per 



week. Prerequisite, CHEM 621. A study of the opti- 
cal properties of crystals. 

CHEM 623. OPTICAL METHODS OF QUANTITATIVE 

ANALYSIS (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The quantitative 
applications of emission spectroscopy, atomic ab- 
sorption spectroscopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infra- 
red spectrophotometry, fluorescence, atomic fluor- 
esence, nephelometry, and of certain closely related 
subjects like NMR and mass spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624. ELECTRICAL METHODS OF 

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The use of con- 
ductivity, potentiometry, polarography, voltammetry, 
amperometry, coulometry, and chronopotentiometry 
in quantitative analysis. 

CHEM 625. SEPARATION METHODS IN 

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 421 and 482. The theory and 
practical application to quantitative analysis of the 
various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, 
solvent extraction, and distillation. 

CHEM 628. MODERN TRENDS IN ANALYTICAL 

CHEMISTRY (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 421 
and 482. A study of advanced methods, including 
topics such as statistical treatment of analytical 
data, kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, ana- 
lytical measurements based on radioactivity, and 
enzymatic techniques. 

CHEM 641. ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 642. PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 643. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF HIGH 

POLYMERS (2) 
Two lectures per week. An advanced course cover- 
ing the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of 
polymerization, and the correlation between struc- 
ture and properties in high polymers. 

CHEM 644. MOLECULAR ORBITAL THEORY (2) 
Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative appli- 
cation of molecular orbital theory and symmetry to 
the chemical properties and reactions of organic 
molecules. Prerequisites, CHEM 441 and 482. 

CHEM 645. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE STEROIDS (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 646. THE HETEROCYCLICS (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 648. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC 
CHEMISTRY (2) 
Twq lectures per week. 

CHEM 661. PROTEINS, AMINO ACIDS, AND 
CARBOHYDRATES (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 

equivalent. 



54 / graduate school 



CHEM 662. BIOLOGICAL ENERGY TRANSDUC- 
TIONS, VITAMINS, AND HORMONES (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 

equivalent. 

CHEM 663. ENZYMES (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 
equivalent. 

CHEM 664. THE CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL 
PRODUCTS (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 441. 

The chemistry and physiological action of natural 

products. Methods of isolation, determination of 

structure and synthesis. 

CHEM 665. BIOCHEMISTRY OF LIPIDS (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 
equivalent. Classification and chemistry of lipids, 
lipogenesis and energy metabolism of lipids, struc- 
tural lipids, and endocrine control of lipid metabo- 
lism in mammals. 

CHEM 666. BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 and 
482, or consent of instructor. 

CHEM 668. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIO- 
CHEMISTRY (2-4) 

Two to four 3-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite, CHEM 464 or equivalent. 

CHEM 669. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOCHEMISTRY 
(2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 

equivalent. 

CHEM 681. INFRA-RED AND RAMAN 

SPECTROSCOPY (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

CHEM 682. REACTION KINETICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 683. ELECTROCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 684 
or equivalent. 

CHEM 684. CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 
or equivalent. 

CHEM 685. MOLECULAR STRUCTURE (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 686. CHEMICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. A detailed treatment of single-crystal 
x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687. STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND 
CHEMISTRY (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 684 

or equivalent. 

CHEM 688. SELECTED TOPICS IN PHYSICAL 
CHEMISTRY (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 689. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL 
CHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. 



CHEM 690. QUANTUM CHEMISTRY I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 485. 

CHEM 691. QUANTUM CHEMISTRY II (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 690 
or PHYS 622. 

CHEM 702. RADIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1-2) 
One or two 4-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Registration limited. Prerequisites, CHEM 403 (or 
concurrent registration therein), and consent of in- 
structor. 

CHEM 703. ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 403 and 
462. Utilization of radioisotopes with special empha- 
sis on applications to problems in the life sciences. 

CHEM 704. ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY 
LABORATORY (1-2) 

One or two 4-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequsite, CHEM 702 and consent of instructor. 

Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes 

with special emphasis on applications to problems 

in the life sciences. 

CHEM 705. NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482. An 
introduction to nuclear chemistry. The more impor- 
tant nuclear decay phenomena; nuclear models; 
nuclear spin; reactions in complex nuclei; interac- 
tions of radiation with matter. Emphasis is placed 
on the behavior of heavy elements and nuclear sys- 
tematics. 

CHEM 718. SPECIAL TOPICS IN NUCLEAR 

CHEMISTRY (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of cur- 
rent research problems. Subtitles will be given at 
each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum 
of six hours. 

CHEM 721. ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201 or 
equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural or- 
ganic products in the geological environment. The 
influence of diagenetic factors, such as hydrolysis, 
heat, pressure, etc., on such compounds as cellu- 
lose, lignin, proteins, and lipids, detailed considera- 
tion of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonace- 
ous shales, coal, and crude oil. 

CHEM 722. COSMOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 or 
equivalent. Current theories of origin and evolution 
of the solar system with emphasis on the experi- 
mental data available to chemists from examination 
of meteorites, the moon, and the earth. 

CHEM 723. MARINE GEOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481 or 
equivalent. The geochemical evolution of the ocean; 
composition of sea water, density-chlorinity-salinity 
relationship and carbon dioxide system. The geo- 
chemistry of sedimentation with emphasis on the 
chemical stability and inorganic and biological pro- 
duction of carbonate, silicate and phosphate con- 
taining minerals. 



graduate school / 55 



CHEM 728. SELECTED TOPICS IN ANALYTICAL 

GEOCHEMISTRY (2-3) 

One or two lectures per week and one laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This 
course will be subtitled each time it is offered to in- 
dicate the analytical method discussed. Repeatable 
for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment 
will be limited. 

CHEM 729. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOCHEMISTRY 

(1-3) 
One to three lectures per week. A discussion of cur- 
rent research problems. Subtitles will be given at 
each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum 
of six hours. 

CHEM 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

CHEM 898. SEMINAR (1) 

CHEM 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Carter 
Professors: Lepper, Otts, Ragan 
Associate Professors: Birkner, Colville, Cookson, 

Cournyn, Hall, Heins, Israel, 1 Piper, Sternberg, 

Wedding 
Assistant Professor: McCuen 
1 joint appointment with Meteorology 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research opportuni- 
ties are available in the general areas of transporta- 



tion and urban systems, environmental and water re- 
sources, and structural engineering. All programs are 
planned on an individual basis to consider the stu- 
dent's background and his special interests. Emphasis 
is on the use of sound engineering methodology for 
the solution of the physical problems of man's environ- 
ment. 

ENCE 400. ADVANCED MATERIALS OF ENGINEER- 
ING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 300. 
Mechanisms of the behavior of materials under re- 
peated, sustained and impact loads in relation to 
their environment. Influence of microstructure on 
mechanical properties. Fracture theory rheological 
aspects of the characteristics of selected materials. 

ENCE 410. ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 

(3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENES 220. 
Strength and deformation of deformable bodies, 
plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsym- 
metrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of beams, 
columns, slabs, plates and composite members un- 
load. Elastic and inelastic stability. 

ENCE 411. EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite, ENES 220. Application of experimental 
data on materials to design problems. Correlation of 
analytical and experimental methods of analysis with 
design. Electric strain gages, photoelasticity, brittle 
laquer methods and various analogies. 

ENCE 420. BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING 
PLANNING I (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites or corequisites, 




ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE APPARATUS SIMULATING LIGHTNING IN A PRIMITIVE ATMOSPHERE 

Department of Chemistry 



56 / graduate school 



ENCE 340, 351, and 370. Lectures in the methodol- 
ogy used in the general practice of civil engineering 
but with special emphasis on planning of extensive 
civil engineering works. In addition, preparation of 
engineering reports, specifications and projects pre- 
sentation, economics, functional aspects. 

ENCE 421. BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING 

PLANNING II (1) 
One laboratory of three hours per week. Prerequi- 
site, ENCE 420. Laboratory for application of the 
program and principles developed in Basic Civil 
Engineering Planning I. 

ENCE 430. INTERMEDIATE FLUID MECHANICS (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite, ENCE 330. The study of the properties and 
flow of an ideal fluid. (Viscosity, laminar and turbu- 
lent flow, flow nets, uniform flow, source, irrotational 
motion and circulation.) Turbulence and boundary 
layers. 

ENCE 431. SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, ENCE 330 and 360. Concurrent regis- 
tration in ENCE 460 or permission of instructor. 
Study of the physical processes of the hydrologic 
cycle, hydrometeorology, concepts of hydrometeor- 
ology, concepts of weather modification, evapora- 
tion and transpiration infiltration studies, run off 
computations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, 
emphasis on process simulation as a tool in water 
resource development. 

ENCE 432. GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, ENCE 330, 460 or permission of in- 
structor. Concepts related to the development of the 
ground water resource, hydrogeology, hydrodynam- 
ics of flow through porous media, hydraulics of 
wells, artificial recharge, sea water intrusion, basin- 
wide ground water development. 

ENCE 433. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The 
theory and analytical techniques used in evaluating 
man's environment. Emphasis is given to the areas 
of quantitative, physical, electroanalytical and or- 
ganic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of 
water. 

ENCE 434. AIR POLLUTION (3) 
Three lectures per week. Classification of atmo- 
spheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, in- 
animate and animate receptors. Evaluation of source 
emissions and principles of air pollution control; 
meteorological factors governing the distribution 
and removal of air pollutants; air quality measure- 
ments and air pollution control legislation. 

ENCE 435. SANITARY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 

AND DESIGN (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite, ENCE 221. The application of sanitary 
analysis and fundamental principles to the design 
and operation of water and waste treatment plants 
and the control of stream pollution. 

ENCE 440. ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite, ENCE 340. Theories of strength, compres- 
sibility, capillarity and permeability. Critical review 



of theories and methods of measuring essenttial 
properties. Planning, execution and interpretation of 
soil testing programs. 

ENCE 441. SOIL-FOUNDATION SYSTEMS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 340. 
Soil mechanics and foundation analysis are inte- 
grated in a systems approach to the analysis and 
design of soil foundation-structural systems. Inter- 
action of bearing capacity, settlements, lateral pres^ 
sures, drainage, vibrations, stress distributions, etc., 
are included for a variety of structural systems. 

ENCE 450. STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 351. 
Advanced indeterminate structures, members of 
variable section, laterally loaded frames, continu- 
ous trusses and secondary stresses. 

ENCE 451. STRUCTURAL DESIGN (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisite, ENCE 351. Steel and reinforced concrete 
design of bridges and buildings using appropriate 
controlling specifications. Advanced problems of 
modern steel and reinforced concrete. 

ENCE 460. COMPUTER ANALYSIS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Pre- 
requisites, ENCE 360 and 350. Computer methods 
and techniques applied to civil engineering prob- 
lems with emphasis on structural systems. 

ENCE 461. ANALYSIS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 

SYSTEMS I (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing or consent of instruc- 
tor. Application of the program and principles de- 
veloped in basic civil engineering problems. Eco- 
nomic comparison of alternatives using present 
worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit 
analysis. Development and use of simple and multi- 
ple regression models and statistical • decision 
theory. 

ENCE 470. HIGHWAY ENGINEERING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 340. 
Location, design, construction and maintenance of 
roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engi- 
neering. 

ENCE 471. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 370. 
A study of the principles of transportation engineer- 
ing as applied to the various modes of transport. 
Consideration is given to cost analysis, economic 
aspects of route and site selection and layout. The 
organization and administration of engineering 
functions. 

ENCE 472. HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENT 

DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 340, 370, and 470 or equivalent. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week Principles 
of pavement analysis and design. Analysis of mov- 
ing loads and pavement response. Subgrade evalua- 
tion and benefication. Flexible and rigid pavement 
design; related materials specifications and tests. 

ENCE 489. SPECIAL PROBLEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, senior standing. A course arranged to 
meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared stu- 



graduate school / 57 



dents for study in a particular field of civil engineer- 
ing. 

ENCE 600. ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATERIALS 

LABORATORY (3) 

Prerequisites. ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 330 or equi- 
valent. Critical examination of the methods for test- 
ing engineering materials and structures under stat- 
ic, repeated, sustained and impact forces. Labora- 
tory experiments for the determination of strength 
and stiffness of structural alloys, concrete and other 
construction materials. Critical examination of the 
effects of test factors on the determination of engi- 
neering properties. 

ENCE 601. STRUCTURAL MATERIALS AND 

DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 410 and 411 or consent of in- 
structor. Relation of structural analysis, properties 
of materials and laboratory study of the behavior of 
members to structural design methods, codes and 
specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates 
and state of combined stress on behavior of con- 
struction materials. 

ENCE 603. THEORIES OF CONCRETE AND GRANU- 
LAR MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 600, or consent of instructor, 
critical reviews of analytical and experimental in- 
vestigations of the behavior of concretes under di- 
verse conditions of loading and environment. Me- 
chanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry 
of cements. Theories of the design of Portland ce- 
ment and field experience. 

ENCE 610. ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 

(3) 

Prerequisites, ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300, or 
equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation in 
engineering members by the methods of mechanics 
of materials and elementary theories of elasticity 
and plasticity. Problems in flexure, torsion plates 
and shells, stress concentrations, indeterminate 
combinations, residual stresses, stability. 

ENCE 612. STRUCTURES RESEARCH METHODS 

AND MODEL ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equiva- 
lent. Instrumentation, data analysis; states of stress; 
structural models, structural similitude, analogies: 
non-destructive testing techniques; planning re- 
search proects, lab studies and reports. 

ENCE 620. URBAN-REGIONAL CIVIL ENGINEERING 

PLANNING (3) 

Prerequisite, degree in civil engineering or consent 
of instructor. Theory and methodology for the syn- 
thesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban 
and regional planning. Integration of land use con- 
ditions and capabilities, population factors and 
needs, engineering economics and engineering 
technologies, application to special problems in 
urban-regional development. Preparation of engi- 
neering reports. Presentation methods. 

ENCE 621. CIVIL ENGINEERING PLANNING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 620 or equivalent. General to 
comprehensive planning of complex engineering 
facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities 
and transportation projects. Planning based on the 



synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on gen- 
eral civil engineering planning, including site, struc- 
tural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and 
feasibility. 

ENCE 622. URBAN AND REGIONAL SYSTEMS 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite, ENCE 461 or consent of 
instructor. Current applications and research ap- 
proaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evalua- 
tion, urban transportation, land-use interrelation- 
ships, and the planning implementation process in 
a systems analytic framework. 

ENCE 630. ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF WATER 

RESOURCE SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 461 or equivalent. Use of ad- 
vanced techniques for the design and analysis of 
complex, multi-purpose water resource systems; 
identification of the objectives of design and trans- 
lation of the objectives into design criteria; evalua- 
tion of alternate designs and the selection of the 
best design; special emphasis on optimization and 
simulation techniques which are applicable to water 
resource systems. 

ENCE 631. ADVANCED HYDROLOGIC ANALYSIS (3) 

Emphasis is on the analysis of hydrologic data for 
the development of information necessary for design 
or for the identification of important processes; 
eigenvalue and eigenvector analysis of linear hydro- 
logic systems; application of multivariant statistical 
methods; non-linear least squares. 

ENCE 632. FREE SURFACE FLOW (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application 
of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to problems of 
free surface flow; computation of steady and transi- 
ent water surface profiles; stratified flows in reser- 
voirs and estuaries; diffusion; transition structures; 
sediment transport. 

ENCE 633. THE CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL 

WATERS (4) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 433 or consent of instructor. 
Three lectures, one lab a week. Application of 
principles from chemical thermodynamics and kine- 
tics to the study and interpretation of the chemical 
composition of natural waters is rationalized by con- 
sidering metal ion soluability controls, ph, carbon- 
ate equilibria, absorption reactions, redox reactions, 
and the kinetics of oxygenation reactions which oc- 
cur in natural water environments. 

ENCE 634. AIR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite. ENCE 434 or consent of instructor. Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. The theory and 
techniques used in the determination and measure- 
ment of chemical, radiological, and biological pol- 
lutants in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampling 
equipment, analytical methods and data evaluation. 

ENCE 635. DESIGN OF WATER PURIFICATION 

FACILITIES (3) 
Corequisite, ENCE 636 or equivalent. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Application of 
basic science and engineering science to design of 
water supply and purification processes; design and 
economics of unit operations as applied to environ- 
mental systems. 



58 / graduate school 



ENCE 636. UNIT OPERATIONS OF ENVIRON- 
MENTAL ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 221 or consent of instructor, Prop- 
erties and quality criteria of drinking water as re- 
lated to health are interpreted by a chemical and 
biological approach. Legal aspects of water use and 
handling are considered. Theory and application of 
aeration, sedimentation, filtration, centrifugation, de- 
salinization, corrosion and corrosion control are 
among topics to be considered. 

ENCE 637. BIOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRON- 
MENTAL ENGINEERING (4) 

Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equivalent. Three lectures 
and one lab period a week. An exposition of biologi- 
cal principles directly affecting man and his environ- 
ment; assay, control and treatment of biological and 
virological agents in water, sewage, and air; micro- 
biology and biochemistry of aerobic and anaerobic 
treatment processes for aqueous wastes. 

ENCE 640. SOIL MECHANICS (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 340, 440 or equivalent. Identi- 
fication properties tests and classification methods 
for earth materials. Strength and deformation char- 
acteristics, hydraulic properties and permeability, 
shearing reistance, compressibility and consolida- 
tion, with laboratory tests for these properties. Study 
of the basic theories involved and the development 
of test procedures. 

ENCE 641. ADVANCED FOUNDATIONS (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 340. 450 and 451 or equivalent. 
Principles of mechanics applied to engineering prob- 
lems in foundation. Earth pressure theories, seep- 
age and drainage phenomena, stability of footings 
and slopes, stresses and deformation in soils, con- 
solidation theory and application to foundation set- 
tlements. 

ENCE 651. MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Devel- 
opment of force and displacement methods with 
emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics 
such as geometric nonlinearity. automated and op- 
timum design nonprismatic members and thin-walled 
open sections and sub-division of large structures. 
Emphasis on applications to civil engineering struc- 
tures. 

ENCE 652. ANALYSIS OF PLATE AND SHELL 

STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equiva- 
lent. Review of theory of elasticity and in-plane 
forces; theory of orthotropic plates; approximate 
methods; large deflection theory, buckling; general 
theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes. 

ENCE 655. PLASTIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF 

STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. The study of 
the factors affecting the plastic behavior of steel 
structures and the criteria necessary for design. The 
design of beams, rigid frames and multi-story braced 
frames using current specifications. A review of cur- 
rent research and practice. 

ENCE 656. ADVANCED STEEL DESIGN (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. In- 
terpretation of specifications and codes for the de- 



sign of steel buildings and bridges. Discussion of 
the behavior of steel connections, members and 
structures; the relationship between behavior and 
design specifications. 

ENCE 657. THEORY OF STRUCTURAL DESIGN (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, ex- 
perience, and experiments in study of structural be- 
havior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Spe- 
cial design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, 
and impact. 

ENCE 660. ENGINEERING ANALYSIS (3) 

ENCE 661. FINITE ELEMENT TECHNIQUES IN 

ENGINEERING ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles 
and fundamental concepts of the finite element 
method. Consideration of geometric and material 
nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation and 
computational procedures in analysis. Applications 
to plane stress and plane strain, plates and shells, 
eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analy- 
sis, and other problems in civil engineering. 

ENCE 670. HIGHWAY TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTICS 

AND MEASUREMENTS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 470 or consent of instructor. The 
study of the fundamental traits and behavior pat- 
terns of the road user and his vehicle in traffic. The 
basic characteristics of pedestrian, the driver, the 
vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and 
intersection operation, parking, and accidents. 

ENCE 671. HIGHWAY TRAFFIC OPERATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or consent of in- 
structor. A survey of traffic laws and ordinances. 
The design, application and operation of traffic con- 
trol devices and aids, including traffic signs and sig- 
nals, pavement markings, and hazard delineation. 
Capacity, accident, and marking analyses. 

ENCE 672. REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION 

PLANNING (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. 
Factors involved and the components of the process 
for planning, statewide and regional transportation 
systems, encompassing all models. Transportation 
planning studies, statewide traffic models, invest- 
ment models, programming and scheduling. 

ENCE 673. URBAN TRANSPORTATION 

PLANNING (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 672 or consent of instructor. Re- 
lationship of transportation to the total urban com- 
plex, the urban transportation planning process, the 
models used to achieve the various steps in the 
process and the relationship of private and public 
transportation. Consideration of the factors influ- 
encing the demand for transportation and the socio- 
economic consequences of transportation. 

ENCE 674. URBAN TRANSIT PLANNING AND RAIL 

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. 
Basic engineering components of conventional and 
high speed railroads and of air cushion and other 
high speed new technology. The study of urban rail 
and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, 
the supporting way, and the terminal requirements 



graduate school / 59 



will be evaluated with respect to system perform- 
ance, capacity, cost, and level of service. 

ENCE 675. AIRPORT PLANNING AND DESIGN (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. The 
planning and design of airports including site selec- 
tion, runway configuration, geometric and structural 
design of the landing area, and terminal facilities. 
Methods of financing airports, estimates of aero- 
nautical demand, air traffic control and airport light- 
ing are also studied. 

ENCE 676. HIGHWAY TRAFFIC FLOW THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 461, ENCE 462 or consent of the 
instructor. An examination of physical and statistical 
laws that are used to represent traffic flow phenom- 
ena. Deterministic models including heat flow, fluid 
flow, and energy-momentum analogies, car follow- 
ing models, and acceleration noise. Stochastic ap- 
proaches using independent and Markov processes, 
queuing models, and probability distributions. 

ENCE 677. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN TRANS- 
PORTATION ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. 
Theory, methods and applications relevant to the 
study of micro and macro-scale transportation sys- 
tems, in terms of their behavior, design, and evalua- 
tion. A selected overview of optimization, multi- 
variate statistics, stochastic processes and the gen- 
eral science of systems decision processes will 
form the basis for a selected study of pertinent ex- 
amples. 

ENCE 688. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CIVIL 

ENGINEERING (1-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced 
topics selected by the faculty from the current lit- 
erature of civil engineering to suit the needs and 
background of students. May be taken for repeated 
credit when identified by topic title. 

ENCE 689. SEMINAR (1-16) 

ENCE 731. ADVANCED GROUND WATER 

HYDROLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and 
application of unsteady flow in porous media. An- 
alysis of one and two dimensional unsteady flow. 
Solutions of non-linear equation of unsteady flow 
with a free surface. Development and use of ap- 
proximate numerical and graphical methods in the 
study of ground water movement. 

ENCE 732. DETERMINISTIC MODELS IN SURFACE 

WATER HYDROLOGY (3) 

A detailed examination of the processes control- 
ling the quantity and quality of watershed runoff: 
emphasis is on the development of deterministic 
mathematical models for process simulation; role of 
land-phase processes in flood hydrology; evapora- 
tion and transpiration; models for urban watersheds; 
linkage for hydrograph synthesis. 

ENCE 733. APPLIED WATER CHEMISTRY (4) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 633 or consent of instructor. 
Three lectures, one lab a week. A study of the 
chemistry of both municipal and industrial water 
treatment processes. Among the topics to be con- 
sidered are water softening, stabilization, chemical 
destabilization of colloidal materials, ion exchange, 



disinfection, chemical oxidation and oxygenation 
reactions. 

ENCE 734. AEROSOL SCIENCE AND 

TECHNOLOGY (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 430 or 
equivalent. Physical properties of air-borne parti- 
cles. Theories of: particle motion under the action 
of external forces; coagulation; Brownian motion 
and diffusion. Application of aerosols in atmo- 
spheric sciences and industrial processes. 

ENCE 735. DESIGN OF MUNICIPAL AND 
INDUSTRIAL WASTES TREATMENT FACILITIES (3) 
Corequisite, ENCE 736 or equivalent. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Application of 
basic science and engineering science to design of 
municipal and industrial waste treatment processes; 
design and economics of unit operations as applied" 
to environmental systems. 

ENCE 736. THEORY OF AQUEOUS AND SOLID 
WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 221 and fundamentals of micro- 
biology, or consent of instructor. Theory and basic 
principles of treating and handling waste products; 
hydraulics of sewers; biological oxidation; princi- 
ples and design criteria of biological and physical 
treatment processes; disposal of waste sludges and 
solids. 

ENCE 737. INDUSTRIAL WASTES (3) 
Corequisite, ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study of the 
characteristics of liquid wastes from major indus- 
tries, and the processes producing the wastes. The 
theory and methods of eliminating or treating the 
wastes, and their effects upon municipal sewage- 
treatment plants, and receiving waters. 

ENCE 738. SELECTED TOPICS IN POROUS 

MEDIA FLOW (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 731. Analysis of two-liquid flows 
for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of two im- 
miscible fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic 
dispersion theories, parameters of dispersion and 
solutions of some dispersion problems with em- 
phasis on migration of pollutants. A maximum of six 
hours may be earned in this course. 

ENCE 750. ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF 

STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent 
Review of classical determinate and indeterminate 
analysis techniques; numerical technique; multi- 
story buildings; space structures; suspension 
bridges and cables structures; arches; long span 
bridges. 

ENCE 751. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN 

STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elastic and 
inelastic behavior of structural members and frames; 
problems in torsion, stability and bending; open and 
closed thin-walled sections; curved girders. 

ENCE 753. REINFORCED CONCRETE 

STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. The 
behavior and strength of reinforced concrete mem- 
bers under combined loadings, including the effects 
of creep, shrinkage and temperature. Mechanisms 



60 / graduate school 



of shear resistance and design procedures for bond, 
shear and diagonal tension. Elastic and ultimate 
strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in 
multistory frames. Applications to reinforced con- 
crete structures. 

ENCE 754. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 

STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. Fun- 
damental concepts of prestressed concrete. Analy- 
sis and design of flexural members including com- 
posite and continuous beams with emphasis on 
load balancing technique. Ultimate strength design 
for shear. Design of post tensioned flat slabs. Vari- 
ous applications of prestressing including tension 
members, compression members, circular prestress- 
ing, frames and folded plates. 

ENCE 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENCE 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES COURSES 

GREEK 

Prerequisite for 400-level courses; the status of 
advanced undergraduate or graduate and consent of 
the instructor. 

GREK 401. THUCYDIDES (3) 

GREK 402. GREEK PHILOSOPHERS (3) 

GREK 403. GREEK TRAGEDY (3) 

GREK 404. GREEK COMEDY (3) 

GREK 405. GREEK ORATORY (3) 

GREK 406. GREEK EPIGRAPHY (3) 

GREK 499. GREEK READINGS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. The read- 
ing of one or more selected Greek authors. Reports. 
May be repeated with different content. 

LATIN 

Prerequisite for 400-level courses, LATN 361. 

LATN 401. CATULLUS AND THE ROMAN ELEGIAC 
POETS (3) 

LATN 402. TACITUS (3) 

LATN 403. ROMAN SATIRE (3) 

LATN 404. ROMAN COMEDY (3) 

LATN 405. LUCRETIUS (3) 

LATN 411. ADVANCED LATIN GRAMMAR (3) 

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equiva- 
lent. An intensive study of the morphology and syn- 
tax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid 
reading. 

LATN 499. LATIN READINGS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The reading of 
one or more selected Latin authors from antiquity 



through the Renaissance. Reports. May be repeated 
with different content. 

LATN 610. VULGAR LATIN READINGS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive re- 
view of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of 
Classical Latin, followed by the study of the devia- 
tions of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with 
the reading of illustrative texts. The reading of 
selections from the Peregrinatio ad loca sancta and 
the study of divergences from classical usage 
therein, with special emphasis on those which anti- 
cipate subsequent developments in the Romance 
Languages. Reports. (Avery) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Russell (English) 

Professors: Levitine (Art); Freedman, Whittemore 
(English); Jones (Germanic and Slavic); Goodwyn 
(Spanish and Portuguese); Perloff, Salamanca (Eng- 
lish). 

Associate Professor: Greenwood 

Assistant Professors: Swigger (English); Lebreton- 
Savigny, Salchenberger (French and Italian). 

The Program in Comparative Literature offers grad- 
uate work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy. 

Current language, course, examination, Master of 
Arts thesis, and Doctor of Philosophy dissertation re- 
quirements for graduate degrees in Comparative Lit- 
erature may be obtained from the departmental office. 

Departments cooperating in the program are Art, 
Classical Languages, English, Germanic and Slavic 
Languages and Literature, French and Italian Lan- 
guages and Literature, and the program in Hebrew, 
Chinese, and Linguistics. 

CMLT 401. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3) 

Survey of the background of European literature 
through study of Greek and Latin literature in En- 
glish translations, discussing the debt of modern 
literature to the ancients. (Greenwood) 

CMLT 402. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3) 

Study of the medieval and modern continental litera- 
ture. (Greenwood) 

CMLT 411. THE GREEK DRAMA (3) 
The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
and Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis 
on the historic background, on dramatic structure, 
and on the effect of the attic drama upon the mind 
of the civilized world. 

CMLT 415. THE OLD TESTAMENT AS 
LITERATURE (3) 
A study of sources, development and literary types. 

(Greenwood) 

CMLT 416. NEW TESTAMENT AS LITERATURE (3) 
A study of the books of the New Testament, with 
attention to the relevant historical background and 
to the transmission of the text. A knowledge of 
Greek is helpful, but not essential. (Greenwood) 



graduate school / 61 



CMLT 421. THE CLASSICAL TRADITION AND ITS 
INFLUENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE 
RENAISSANCE (3) 
Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of 
Greek or Latin required. (Greenwood) 

CMLT 422. THE CLASSICAL TRADITION AND ITS 
INFLUENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE 
RENAISSANCE (3) 
Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of 
Greek or Latin required. (Greenwood) 

CMLT 430. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES (3) 
Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the Middle 
Ages studied in translation. (Jones) 

CMLT 433. DANTE AND THE ROMANCE TRADI- 
TION (3) 
A reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the 
discovery of reality in western literature. 

(Salchenberger) 

CMLT 461. ROMANTICISM— EARLY STAGES (3) 
Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Read- 
ing knowledge of French or German required. 

(Swigger) 

CMLT 462. ROMANTICISM— FLOWERING AND 

INFLUENCE (3) 
Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Read- 
ing knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 469. THE CONTINENTAL NOVEL (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the 
existentialists, selected from literatures of France, 
Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. (Walt) 

CMLT 470. IBSEN AND THE CONTINENTAL 

DRAMA (3) 
Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some 
attention given to selected predecessors, contem- 
poraries and successors. 

CMLT 479. MAJOR CONTEMPORARY AUTHORS (3) 

CMLT 488. GENRES (3) 
A study of a recognized literary form, such as trag- 
edy, epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragi- 
comedy, etc. The course may be repeated for 
cumulative credit up to six hours when different 
material is presented. (Russell) 

CMLT 489. MAJOR WRITERS (3) 
Each semester two major writers from different cul- 
tures and languages will be studied. Authors will 
be chosen on the basis of significant relationships 
of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies be- 
tween their respective works, and the importance 
of each writer to his literary tradition. 

CMLT 496. CONFERENCE COURSE IN 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3) 
Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, 
correlating the courses in various literatures which 
the student has previously taken with the primary 
themes and masterpieces of world literature. This 
course is required of undergraduate majors in com- 
parative literature, but must not be taken until the 
final year of the student's program. (Swigger) 

CMLT 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE (3) 



CMLT 601. PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE (3) (Swigger) 

CMLT 610. FOLKLORE IN LITERATURE (3) 

(Goodwyn) 

CMLT 631. THE MEDIEVAL EPIC (3) (Jones) 

CMLT 632. THE MEDIEVAL ROMANCE (3) 

Herman, Jones) 

CMLT 639. STUDIES IN THE RENAISSANCE (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 

(Salchenberger) 

CMLT 640. THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE AND ITS 
INFLUENCE (3) (Salchenberger) 

CMLT 642. PROBLEMS OF THE BAROQUE 
IN LITERATURE (3) 

CMLT 649. STUDIES IN EIGHTEENTH CENTURY 

LITERATURE (3) 
Studies in Eighteenth Century literature: as an- 
nounced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 658. STUDIES IN ROMANTICISM (3) 
Studies in romanticism: as announced. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 9 hours. (Swigger) 

CMLT 679. SEMINAR IN MODERN AND 

CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE (3) 
Seminar in modern and contemporary literature: as 
announced. Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 

CMLT 681. LITERARY CRITICISM— ANCIENT AND 
MEDIEVAL (3) (Greenwood) 

CMLT 682. LITERARY CRITICISM — RENAISSANCE 
AND MODERN (3) 

CMLT 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

CMLT 801. SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES (3) 

CMLT 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Atchison 

Professors: Chu, 1 Edmundson,- Glasser,' 1 Heilprin, 4 

Kanal, Minker 
Associate Professors: Austing, Vandergraft 
Assistant Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Feldman, Hag- 

erty, Hamlet, McClellan, Mills, Noonan, Zelkowitz 
Research Professors: Ortega,"' Rheinboldt,- Rosenfeld 

1 joint appointment with Electrical Engineering 
- joint appointment with Mathematics 

3 joint appointment with Physics 

4 joint appointment with Library and Information Services 

■"' joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Mathematics 

The Computer Science Center offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to the degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: applica- 
tions, computer systems, language and information 
processing, numerical analysis, and theory of com- 
puting. 

Admission and degree requirements specific to the 
graduate programs in computer science are described 



62 / graduate school 



in a brochure available through the Education Office 
of the Computer Science Center. There are two op- 
tions for the master's degree: 24 hours of course 
work plus the completion of a thesis; or 33 hours of 
course work plus the completion of a scholarly paper. 
There is no minimum course requirement in the doc- 
toral program. The number and variety of courses of- 
fered each semester enables a student and his advisor 
to plan an individualized degree program. 

Computers within the Computer Science Center in- 
clude a dual processor UNIVAC 1108, a UNIVAC 1106, 
and a PDP 11/45. 

CMSC 400. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 

LANGUAGES AND SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal 
course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no pro- 
gramming background. Organization and character- 
istics of computers. Procedure oriented and assem- 
bly languages. Representation of data, characters 
and instructions. Introduction to logic design and 
systems organization. Macro definition and gener- 
ation. Program segmentation and linkage. Extensive 
use of the computer to complete projects illustrating 
programming techniques and machine structure. 
(CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit in the 
graduate program in computer science.) 

CMSC 410. COMPUTER ORGANIZATION (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is the 
same course as ENEE 440. Introduction. Computer 
elements. Parallel adders and subtracters. Micro- 
operations. Sequences. Computer simulation. Or- 
ganization of a commercially available stored pro- 
gram computer. Microprogrammed computers. A 
large-scale batch-processing system. 

CMSC 420. DATA AND STORAGE STRUCTURES (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 210 and 340 or equivalent. A 
study of intrinsic structures of data, such as arrays, 
strings, trees, and lists, and their relation to storage 
media. Representation of data structures in storage 
by records, files, etc. Special storage structures 
such as content addressed, trie, and associative 
memories. Referencing, processing, and manage- 
ment techniques based on the structuring, e.g., list 
processing. Storage and accessing efficiency, as 
well as dynamic flexibility of various methods. 

CMSC 440. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING 

LANGUAGES (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 210 or equivalent. Formal defi- 
nition of languages including specification of syn- 
tax and semantics. Syntactic structure and seman- 
tics of simple statements including precedence, in- 
fix, prefix, and postfix notation. Global structure 
and semantics of algorithmic languages including 
declarations and storage allocation, grouping of 
statements and binding time constituents, sub- 
routines, coroutines, tasks and parameters. List 
processing and data description languages. 

CMSC 450. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND 

ALGORITHMS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. 
This is the same course as MATH 444. An elemen- 
tary development of propositional logic, predicate 
logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a dis- 
cussion of Markov algorithms, Turing machines and 



recursive functions. Topics include post produc- 
tions, word problems, and formal languages. 

CMSC 460. COMPUTATIONAL METHODS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or 462, and CMSC 110 or 
equivalent. Study of the basic computational meth- 
ods for interpolation, least squares, approximation, 
numerical quadrature, numerical solution of poly- 
nominal and transcendental equations, systems of 
linear equations and initial value problems for ordi- 
nary differential equations. The emphasis is placed 
on a discussion of the methods and their computa- 
tional properties rather than on their analytic as- 
pects. Intended primarily for students in the physi- 
cal and engineering sciences. This course should 
not be taken by students who have passed MATH/ 
CMSC 470. (Listed also as MATH 460.) 

CMSC 470. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241. Introduction to the analysis 
of- numerical methods for solving linear systems of 
equations, nonlinear equations in one variable, in- 
terpolation and approximation problems and the 
solution of initial value problems for ordinary dif- 
ferental equations. Emphasis on the theoretical 
foundations. Intended primarily for students in 
mathematics, applied mathematics, and computer 
science. Not open to students who have passed 
MATH/CMSC 460. (Listed also as MATH 470.) 

CMSC 475. COMBINATORICS AND GRAPH 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or equivalent. General 
enumeration methods, difference equations, gen- 
erating functions. Elements of graph theory to trans- 
port networks, matching theory and graphical algo- 
rithms. (Listed also as MATH 475.) 

CMSC 477. OPTIMIZATION (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 110, and MATH 405 or MATH 
474. Linear programming including the simplex al- 
gorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and 
elements of convex programming, combinatorial 
optimization, integer programming. (Listed also as 
MATH 477 and STAT 477.) 

CMSC 485. SIMULATION OF CONTINUOUS 

SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 110 and MATH 246, or equi- 
valent. Introduction to digital simulation; simulation 
by Mimic programming; simulation by Fortran pro- 
gramming; simulation by DSL-90 (or CSMP) pro- 
gramming; logic and construction of a simulation 
processor; similarity between digital simulations of 
continuous and discrete systems. 

CMSC 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMPUTER 

SCIENCE (1-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An individ- 
ualized course designed to allow a student or stu- 
dents to pursue a specialized topic or project under 
the supervision of the senior staff. Credit according 
to work done. 

CMSC 600. PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 410, 420 and 440. Review of 
batch-process programming system, their com- 
ponents, operating characteristics, services and 
limitations. Concurrent processing of input-output 



graduate school / 63 



and interrupt handling. Structure of multiprogram- 
ming systems for large-scale multiprocessor com- 
puters. Addressing techniques, storage allocation, 
file management, systems accounting, and user- 
related services; command languages and the em- 
bedding of subsystems. Operating characteristics of 
large-scale systems. 

CMSC 610. COMPUTER SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 410 or equivalent. Computer 
organization. Memory logic. Control logic. Numeri- 
cal processors. Non-numerical processors. Com- 
puter architecture. On-line computer systems. Time- 
sharing computer systems. Computer networks. 
Analog and hybrid computer systems. 

CMSC 620. INFORMATION PROCESSING (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 420 and 440. Computers as 
devices for information processing. Definition, rep- 
resentation, and transformation of information. Com- 
plex information processing systems, techniques 
for studying information processing systems. Mod- 
els of information processing systems. Processing 
or numeric data, formula processing. Processing of 
natural-language text. Picture processing. Machine 
intelligence. Applications to cognitive processes 
and problem-solving. 

CMSC 630. THEORY OF PROGRAMMING 

LANGUAGES (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 440. Syntactic and semantic 
models of programming languages. Finite state 
processors and their application to lexical analysis. 
Context free languages, LR(k), precedence lan- 
guages as models of programming languages. 
Extensions to context free grammars such as 
property grammars, inherited and synthesized 
attributes, van Wijngaarden grammars (Algol 68). 
abstract syntax, the Vienna definition language, 
graph models. Translator writing systems. 

CMSC 640. COMPUTABILITY AND AUTOMATA (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 450. or equivalent. Introduction 
to the theories of computability and automata. This 
basic course establishes the foundation for all 
courses in the area of metatheory, mathematical 
models of computers, abstract machines, and for- 
mal languages. Topics covered include finite-state 
automata, neural networks, computability, effective 
procedures, algorithms, Turing machines, unsolva- 
bility results, recursive functions, post productions 
and canonical systems. 

CMSC 660. ALGORITHMIC NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, and CMSC 
110. Detailed study of problems arising in the im- 
plementation of numerical algorithms on a com- 
puter. Typical problems include rounding errors, 
their estimation and control; numerical stability 
considerations; stopping criteria for converging 
processes; parallel methods. Examples from linear 
algebra, differential equations, minimization. (Also 
listed as MATH 684.) 

CMSC 670. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, MATH 405 
and MATH 410. Perturbation theorems for linear 
equations and eigenvalue problems. Stability of 



solutions of ordinary differential equations. Discreti- 
zation errors for ordinary differential equations. 
Rounding error for linear equations. Convergence 
theorems for iterative methods for linear and non- 
linear equations. (Listed also as MATH 683.) 

CMSC 700. TRANSLATION OF PROGRAMMING 

LANGUAGES (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 420 and 440. Application of 
theoretical concepts developed in formal language 
and automatic theory to the analytic design 
of programming languages and their proces- 
sors. Theory of push-down automata, prece- 
dence analysis and bounded-context snytactic 
analysis as models of syntactic portion of trans- 
lator design. Design criteria underlying com- 
piler techniques, such as backtracking and look- 
ahead. Methods for analyzing translator opera- 
tion in terms of estimating storage space and trans- 
lation time requirements. Current version of Backus- 
Naur form. Associated semantic notations for 
specifying the operation of programming language 
translators. 

CMSC 710. SIMULATION OF COMPUTERS AND 

SOFTWARE (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 410 or equivalent. Computer 
simulation language, macro and micro simulation, 
Boolean translation, software-hardware transforma- 
tion, description and simulation of a micropro- 
grammed computer, construction and simulation of 
an assembler, project for unified hardware-software 
design. 

CMSC 720. INFORMATION RETRIEVAL (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 620. Designed to introduce the 
student to computer techniques for information or- 
ganization and retrieval of natural language data. 
Techniques of statistical syntactic and logical analy- 
sis of natural language for retrieval, and the ex- 
tent of their success. Methods of designing sys- 
tems for use in operational environments. Appli- 
cations to both data and document systems. 

CMSC 723. COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 620. Introductory course on 
applications of computational techniques to lin- 
quistics and natural-languages processing. Re- 
search cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, 
keypunching, processing, post-editing, and eval- 
uation. General-purpose input. Processing, and 
output routines. Special-purpose programs for 
sentence parsing and generation, segmenta- 
tion, idiom recognition, paraphrasing, and sty- 
listic and discourse analysis. Programs for dic- 
tionary, thesaurus, and concordance compilation, 
and editing. Systems for automatic abstracting, 
translation, and question-answering. 

CMSC 725. MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 640 and STAT 400. Introduc- 
tory course on applications of mathematics to lin- 
guistics. Elementary ideas in phonology, grammar, 
and semantics, automata, formal grammars and 
languages. Chomsky's theory of transformational 
grammars, Yngve's depth hypothesis and syntactic 
complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sen- 
tence generation, Shannon's information theory, 
Carnap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicos- 



64 / graduate school 



tatistics and stylostatistics, Zopf's law of frequency 
and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Mathematical 
models as theoretical foundation for computational 
linguistics. 

CMSC 730. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Heuristic 
programming; tree research procedures. Programs 
for game playing, theorem finding and proving, 
problem solving; multiple-purpose programs. Con- 
versation with computers; question-answering pro- 
grams. Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, piece- 
wise linear, quadratic, "<t>", and multilayer machines. 
Statistical decision theory, decision functions, likeli- 
hood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detec- 
tion. Neural models, computational properties of 
neural nets, processing of sensory information, rep- 
resentative conceptual models of the brain. 

CMSC 733. COMPUTER PROCESSING OF 

PICTORIAL INFORMATION (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 620. Input, output, and storage 
of pictorial information. Pictures as information 
sources, efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, 
approximation. Position-invariant operations on pic- 
tures, digital and optical implementations, the PAX 
languages, applications to matched and spatial fre- 
quency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhance- 
ment" and "image restoration." Picture properties 
and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of 
complex pictures: "figure" extraction, properties of 
figures. Data structures for picture description and 
manipulation: "picture languages." Graphics systems 
for alpha-numeric and other symbols, line drawings 
of two- and three-dimensional objects, cartoons 
and movies. 

CMSC 737. TOPICS IN INFORMATION SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. This is the 
same course as LBSC 721. Definition of information 
science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences, 
systems analysis, information, basic constraints on 
information systems, processes of communication, 
classes and their use, optimalization and mechani- 
zation. 

CMSC 740. AUTOMATA THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 640. This is the same course 
as ENEE 652. Introduction to the theory of abstract 
mathematical machines. Structural and behavioral 
classification of automata. Finite-state automata; 
theory of regular sets. Pushdown automata. Linear- 
bounded automata. Finite transducers. Universal 
Turing machines. 

CMSC 745. THEORY OF FORMAL LANGUAGES (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 640. Formal grammars; syntax 
and semantics. Post productions; Markov algo- 
rithms. Finite-state languages, parsing, trees, and 
ambiguity. Theory of regular sets. Context-free lan- 
guages; pushdown automata. Context-sensitive 
languages; linear-bounded automata. Unrestricted 
rewriting systems; Turing machines. Closure prop- 
erties of languages under operations. Undecidability 
theorems. 

CMSC 750. THEORY OF COMPUTABILITY (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 640. Algorithms; Church's the- 
sis. Primitive recursive functions; Godel numbering. 
General and partial recursive functions. Turing 



machines; Turings' thesis. Markov algorithms. 
Church's Lambda calculus. Grzegorczyk hierarchy; 
Peter hierarchy. Relative recursiveness. Word prob- 
lems, Post's correspondence problem. 

CMSC 755. THEORIES OF INFORMATION (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Mathe- 
matical and logical foundations of existing theories 
of information. Topics include Fisher's theory of 
statistical information, Kulback and Leibler's theory 
of statistical information, Shannon's theory of selec- 
tive information, and Carnap and Bar-Hillel's theory 
of semantic information. The similarities and differ- 
ences of these and other theories are treated. 

CMSC 770. ADVANCED LINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH/CMSC 470. Methods for the 
solution of linear systems of equations; in particular, 
iterative methods and their convergence theory. 
The numerical solution of the algebraic eigenvalue 
problem. (Also listed as MATH 694.) 

CMSC 772. ADVANCED NONLINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 670 and MATH 411. 
Iterative solution of nonlinear operator equations: 
in particular, nonlinear systems of equations. Exis- 
tence question. Minimization methods and applica- 
tions to approximation problems. (Also listed as 
MATH 696.) 

CMSC 780. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO THE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 210, STAT 400, and a graduate 
course in physical science. Applications of com- 
puters to numerical calculation, data reduction, and 
modeling in the physical sciences. Stress will be 
laid on the features of the applications which have 
required techniques not usually considered in more 
general contexts. 

CMSC 782. MODELING AND SIMULATION OF 

PHYSICAL SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites. CMSC 210 and STAT 401. Monte- 
Carlo and other methods of investigating models 
of interest to physical scientists. Generation and 
testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deter- 
ministic and incomplete models. 

CMSC 798. GRADUATE SEMINAR IN COMPUTER 
SCIENCE (1-3) 

CMSC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

CMSC 818. ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTER 
SYSTEMS (3) 

CMSC 838. ADVANCED TOPICS IN INFORMATION 
PROCESSING (3) 

CMSC 840. ADVANCED AUTOMATA THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 740. Advances and innovations 
in automata theory. Variants of elementary auto- 
mata: multitape, multihead, and multidimensional 
machines. Counters and stack automata. Wang 
machines; Shepherdson-Sturgis machines. Recur- 
sive hierarchies. Effective computability; relative 
uncomputability. Probabilistic automata. 

CMSC 858. ADVANCED TOPICS IN THEORY AND 
METATHEORY (3) 



graduate school / 65 



CMSC 878. ADVANCED TOPICS IN NUMERICAL 
METHODS (3) 

CMSC 898. ADVANCED TOPICS IN 
APPLICATIONS (3) 

CMSC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL 
SERVICES PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Marx 

Professors: Byrne, Holt, Magoon, 1 ' - Pumroy ' 

Associate Professors: Allen, Greenberg, Lawrence, 

Martin, Ray, Rhoads, Stern 
Assistant Professors: Birk,- Carlson, Chasnoff, Colby, 

Freeman,' Gump, Kafka, Krieger, Magrab, Medvene,- 

Spielbichler, Westbrook- 

1 joint appointment with Psychology 

2 joint appointment with Counseling Center 

Historically, the programs of the Department of 
Counseling and Personnel Services have been respon- 
sive to societal needs in providing leadership in the 
training of specialized personnel service workers. The 
programs are designed for the preparation of pro- 
fessionals who serve in a variety of social settings in- 
cluding schools, colleges, rehabilitative agencies, 
government agencies and other community agencies. 
These professionals may serve one of several roles 
either at the practitioner's level or at an advanced 
level of leadership, supervision and research. Pro- 
grams of preparation for practitioners are offered at 
the Master's and Advanced Graduate Specialist level 
while the advanced offerings for researchers, super- 
visors, and personnel administrators are conducted at 
the Doctoral level. The Master's and Advanced Grad- 
uate Specialist programs are offered among the fol- 
lowing six specialty programs within the department: 
The Elementary School Counseling Specialty Pro- 
gram prepares the student as a child development con- 
sultant, individual and group counselor and coordina- 
tor of pupil services. The Secondary School Counsel- 
ing Program prepares the student to serve as a mem- 
ber of a human resources team in individual and 
group counseling, information specialist regarding 
personnel, social, educational and vocational matters, 
and pupil personnel program coordination. The Psy- 
chological Services in Schools Program prepares the 
student to be certified as a school psychologist 
where his principal functions are to assess psycholo- 
gical conditions and devise intervention strategies to 
enhance the learning of pupils. The College Student 
Personnel Specialty Program prepares specialists at 
the higher education level in two areas of concen- 
tration: college counseling and Student Personnel 
Administration which includes areas such as Student 
Activities, Student Union, Housing, Admissions, Place- 
ment, Deans of Students and Vice Presidents of Stu- 
dent Affairs. The Community Counseling Specialty 
Program provides two emphases within the program. 
Career development and vocational counseling is 
one concentration and the other concentration is 
personal-social counseling and community mental 
health consultation. The Rehabilitation Counseling 
Specialty Program prepares counselors to work with 



mentally, emotionally, socially and physically handi- 
capped persons in public and private agencies. 

The doctoral programs in Counseling and Personnel 
Services are designed to prepare students to achieve 
exceptional competence in the areas of research, 
theory, and practice related to personnel services. 
Graduates typically assume positions of leadership, 
research or supervision of personnel services in 
public units such as large school systems, universities, 
or state rehabilitation and community agencies; as 
professors in personnel service programs; as coun- 
selors in higher education institutions. The doctoral 
program, leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, 
has as its major emphasis research in the behavioral 
sciences and applied fields. The primary thrust at 
the Master's and Advanced Graduate Specialist levels 
is upon excellence in practice; the major emphasis 
at the Doctoral level is upon theory and research. 

Admission to these programs is based not only on 
meeting minimum requirements but competitively 
based on staff resources available. 

EDCP 410. INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND 

PERSONNEL SERVICES (3) 

Presents principles and procedures, and examines 
the function of counselors, psychologists in schools, 
school social workers, and other personnel service 
workers. 

EDCP 411. MENTAL HYGIENE (3) 
The practical application of the principles of men- 
tal hygiene to classroom problems. 

EDCP 413. BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION (3) 

Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a 
variety of social situations, including contingency 
contracting and time out will be acquired. 

EDCP 414. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR (3) 

Development of student proficiency in analyzing 
complex patterns of behavior on the basis of emperi- 
cal evidence. 

EDCP 415. BEHAVIOR MEDIATION (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Basic principles of human 
behavior will be reviewed and application of these 
principles will be implemented under supervision. 

EDCP 417. GROUP DYNAMICS AND LEADERSHIP 

(3) 
Two hours of lecture-discussion and two hours of 
laboratory per week; laboratory involves experi- 
mental-based learning. The nature and property of 
groups, interact on analysis, developmental phases, 
leadership dynamics and styles, roles of members 
and interpersonal communications. 

EDCP 420. EDUCATION AND RACISM (3) 
Strategy development for counselors and educators 
to deal with problems of racism. 

EDCP 460. INTRODUCTION TO REHABILITATION 

COUNSELING (3) 

Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation 
counseling, Social Work, Psychology, or Education 
who desire to work professionally with physically 
or emotionally handicapped persons. 

EDCP 470. INTRODUCTION TO STUDENT 
PERSONNEL (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A systematic 



66 / graduate school 



analysis of research and theoretical literature on a 
variety of major problems in the organization and 
administration of student personnel services in 
higher education. Included will be discussion of 
such topics as the student personnel philosophy in 
education, counseling services, discipline, housing, 
student activities, financial aid, health, remedial 
services, etc. 

EDCP 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN COUNSELING 

AND PERSONNEL SERVICES (1-4) 

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in educa- 
tion at the University of Maryland plus such other 
prerequisites as may be set by the major area in 
which the experience is to be taken. Planned field 
experience may be provided for selected students 
who have had departmental experience and whose 
application for such field experience has been 
approved by the departmental faculty. Field experi- 
ence is offered in a given area to both major and 
nonmajor students: Note: the total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, and 889 
is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDCP 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, 

INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the Department of Coun- 
seling and Personnel Services (or developed co- 
operatively with other departments, colleges and 
universities) and not otherwise covered in the pres- 
ent course listing; clinical experiences in counseling 
and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy 
laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or prob- 
lems and intended for designated groups. 

EDCP 611. OCCUPATIONAL CHOICE THEORY AND 

INFORMATION (3) 
Research and theory related to occupational and 
educational decisions; programs of related infor- 
mation and other activities in occupational decision. 

EDCP 614. PERSONALITY THEORIES IN 
COUNSELING AND PERSONAL SERVICES (3) 

Examinating of constructs and research relating to 
major personality theories with emphasis on their 
significance for working with the behaviors of 
individuals. 

EDCP 615. CASES IN APPRAISAL (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. Collecting 
and interpreting non-standardized pupil appraisal 
data; synthesis of all types of data through case 
study procedures. 

EDCP 616. COUNSELING — THEORETCAL 

FOUNDATIONS AND PRACTICE (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 615. Exploration of learning 
theories as applied to counseling in school, and 
practices which stem from such theories. 



EDCP 617. GROUP COUNSELING (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 616. A survey of theory, research 
and practice of group counseling and psychotherapy 
with an introduction to growth groups and the lab- 
oratory approach. Including therapeutic factors in 
groups, composition of therapeutic groups, prob- 
lem clients, therapeutic techniques, research meth- 
ods, theories, ethics and training of group coun- 
selors and therapists. 

EDCP 619. PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING (2-6) 
Prerequisites, EDCP 616 and permission of instruc- 
tor. Sequence of supervised counseling experiences 
of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants 
in advance. Two hours class plus laboratory. 

EDCP 626. GROUP COUNSELING PRACTICUM (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and consent of 
instructor. A supervised field experience in group 
counseling. 

EDCP 627. PROCESS CONSULTATION (3) 

Prerequisite, a graduate course in Group Process. 
Study of case consultation, systems consultation, 
mental health consultation and the professional's 
role in systems intervention strategies. 

EDCP 633. DIAGNOSTIC APPRAISAL OF 
CHILDREN I (4) 

Assessment of development, emotional and learning 

problems of children in schools. 

EDCP 634. DIAGNOSTIC APPRAISAL OF 
CHILDREN II (4) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 633. Assessment of adolescents 

in schools. 

EDCP 635. THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES WITH 
CHILDREN AND CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT I (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treatment of 
children's problems by teachers and parents. Prac- 
ticum experience. 

EDCP 636. THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES WiTH 
CHILDREN AND CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT II (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 635. The objective of this course 
is to understand and to treat children's problems. 
The focus is primarily on the older child in secondary 
school and the orientation is essentially behavioral. 
Practicum experience will be provided. 

EDCP 645. COUNSELING IN ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOLS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 615 or consent of instructor, 
Counseling theory and practices as related to chil- 
dren. Emphasis will be placed on an awareness of 
the child's total behavior as well as on specific 
methods of communicating with the child through 
techniques of play interviews, observations, and 
the use of non-parametric data. 

EDCP 655. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

OF PERSONNEL SERVICES (2) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 619 or permission of instructor. 
Exploration of personnel services programs and 
implementing personnel services practices. 

EDCP 656. COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL 

SERVICES SEMINAR (2) 

Prerequisite, advanced standing. Examination of 
issues that bear on professional issues such as 
ethics, interprofessional relationships and research. 



graduate school / 67 



EDCP 661. PSYCHO-SOCIAL ASPECTS OF 

DISABILITY (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or consent of instructor. 
This course is part of the core curriculum for 
rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to develop 
an understanding of the nature and importance of 
the personal and psycho-social aspects of adult 
disability. 

EDCP 662. PSYCHIATRIC ASPECTS OF 

DISABILITY I (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent 
of instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilita- 
tion counseling. It is designed to develop an under- 
standing of the rehabilitation process, clients 
served, and skills and attitudes necessary for work- 
ing effectively with the physically disabled. 

EDCP 663. PSYCHIATRIC ASPECTS OF 

DISABILITY II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent 
of instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilita- 
tion counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation 
client: understanding his needs, treatment ap- 
proaches available and society's reaction to the 
client. 

EDCP 668. SPECIAL TOPICS IN REHABILITATION: 
As Announced (1-6) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours. 

EDCP 718. ADVANCED SEMINAR IN GROUP 
PROCESSES. Topics As Announced (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 626. Repeatable to a maximum 

of 6 credits. 

EDCP 735. SEMINAR IN REHABILITATION 

COUNSELING (2) 
This course is part of the core curriculum for 
rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide 
the advanced rehabilitation counseling student with 
a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt 
to reach personal resolution regarding pertinent 
professional problems and issues in the field. 

EDCP 771. THE COLLEGE STUDENT (3) 
A demographic study of the characteristics of col- 
lege students as well as a study of their aspirations, 
values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776. MODIFICATION OF HUMAN 
BEHAVIOR: LABORATORY AND PRACTICUM (3) 
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual 
and group supervised introduction to intake and 
counseling relationships. 

ELCP 777. MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR: 

LABORATORY AND PRACTICUM (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 776 and permission of instruc- 
tor. Continuation of EDCP 776. Further experience 
under direct supervision of more varied forms of 
counseling relationships. 

EDCP 778. SEMINAR IN STUDENT PERSONNEL 

(2-6) 
An intensive study of the various student personnel 
functions. A means to integrate the knowledge from 
various fields as they relate to student personnel 
administration. 



EDCP 788. ADVANCED PRACTICUM IN 

COUNSELING (1-6) 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Individual su- 
pervision of counseling and group consultation. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of 6 hours. 

EDCP 789. ADVANCED TOPICS IN COUNSELING 

AND PERSONNEL SERVICES (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Designed 
primarily for students majoring in Counseling and 
Personnel Services to focus in depth on contempor- 
ary professional issues. Topics will be announced 
but will typically relate to areas of counseling theory, 
career development, and mediation and personality 
development. 

EDCP 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COUNSELING 

AND PERSONNEL SERVICES (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or Doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit 
under this number. 

EDCP 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours required for master's thesis. 

EDCP 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN COUNSELING 

AND PERSONNEL SERVICES (1-9) 

Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application for 
an apprenticeship has been approved by the depart- 
mental faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work 
for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent 
with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution or 
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains 
a close working relationship with the apprentice 
and the other persons involved. Prerequisites, 
work experience, a Master's degree, and at least six 
semester hours in education at the University of 
Maryland. Note: The total number of credits which 
a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888 and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDCP 889. INTERNSHIP IN COUNSELING AND 

PERSONNEL SERVICES (3-16) 

Internship in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the departmental faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester 
with an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken in a work 
situation different from the one where the student 
is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main- 
tains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. NOTE: The total 
number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDCP 489, 888 and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours. 



68 / graduate school 

EDCP 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION (1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an EdD project and 
12-18 hours required for a PhD dissertation. 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 
CRIMINOLOGY PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Lejins 

Associate Professor: Maida 

Assistant Professors: Ingraham, Johnson 

A program of graduate study leading to a Master 
of Arts in the area of Criminal Justice and Criminology 
prepares students for research, teaching and profes- 
sional employment in the operational agencies in the 
field of criminal justice. The program, offered by the 
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology, com- 
bines an intensive background in a social science 
discipline such as sociology, psychology, or public 
administration, with graduate level study of selected 
aspects of the criminal justice. Presently a Ph.D. pro- 
gram in Sociology with a specialization in Criminology 
is available as a continuation of the M.A program for 
students meeting the qualifications. 

Students enrolled in the program have two options: 
a Criminology option and a Criminal Justice option. 
The general requirements for both options are: 

1. Three social science courses on an appropriate 
level in theory, methodology and statistics. 

2. Three appropriate-level courses in Criminology or 
Law Enforcement, depending on the option. One 
of these should be a general seminar dealing with 
the over-all field of criminal justice. 

3. Two elective courses. 

4. The student has a choice between: 

a. an M.A degree with an M.A. thesis, in which 
case the student is required to register for 
six M.A. thesis credits; 

b. an M.A. degree without thesis, in which case 
the student is required to register for two 
additional three-credit courses instead of the 
six thesis credits. One of these additional 
courses must be in Criminology/Law En- 
forcement, depending on the option. In addi- 
tion the student is required to prepare two 
research papers in two 600-level courses, at 
least one of which must be a Criminology/ 
Law Enforcement course, depending on the 
option. The student is also required to take 
comprehensive M.A examinations appro- 
priate to the option. 

The choice between the two above options (a) 
and (b) is up to the student; it is, however, antici- 
pated that students planning their careers around 
research and teaching will take the thesis option, 
while those interested primarily in the operational 
aspects of the field of criminal justice will probably 
select the non-thesis option. 

The selection of the courses should be made in 
consultation and with the approval of a faculty advisor. 
Special admission requirements include the Grad- 
uate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in 
a social science discipline, and 9 hours of course 



work in the appropriate area of criminal justice. The 
undergraduate social science major must have in- 
cluded at least one course each in theory, statistics 
and research methods. At the discretion of the Grad- 
uate Admissions Committee of the Institute, deficien- 
cies in some of the above areas may be made up by 
non-credit work at the beginning of the graduate 
program. 

CRIMINOLOGY 

CRIM 432. LAW OF CORRECTIONS (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM 220. A re- 
view of the law of criminal corrections from sen- 
tencing to final release on parole. Probation, punish- 
ments, special treatments for special offenders, 
parole and pardon, and the expanding field of 
prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 

CRIM 450. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (3) 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in 
relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treat- 
ment and prevention. (Lejins, Maida) 

CRIM 451. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 

PREVENTION (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent 
of instructor. Methods and programs in prevention 
of crime and delinquency. (Debro, Lejins, Maida) 

CRIM 452. TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS AND 

DELINQUENTS IN THE COMMUNITY (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent 
of instructor. Analysis of the processes and methods 
in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior 
in a community setting. 

CRIM 453. INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF 

CRIMINALS AND DELINQUENTS (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of 
instructor. History, organization and functions of 
penal and correctional institutions for adults and 
juveniles. (Debro, Lejins, Maida) 

CRIM 454. CONTEMPORARY CRIMINOLOGICAL 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 and CRIM 450 and one addi- 
tional course selected from CRIM 451, 452 or 453. 
Brief historical overview of criminological theory up 
to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most re- 
cent research in criminalistic subcultures and middle 
class delinquency. Recent proposals for "decriminal- 
ization." 

CRIM 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY: 

AS ANNOUNCED (3) 
Topics of special interest to advanced undergrad- 
uates in criminology. Such courses will be offered 
in response to student request and faculty interest. 
No more than six credits may be taken by a student 
in selected topics. 

CRIM 650. ADVANCED CRIMINOLOGY (3) 

Survey of the principal issues in contemporary 
criminological theory and research. 

CRIM 651. SEMINAR — CRIMINOLOGY (3) 

CRIM 652. SEMINAR — JUVENILE 
DELINQUENCY (3) 



graduate school / 69 



CRIM 653. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY AS A 

COMMUNITY PROBLEM (3) 
An intensive study of selected problems in adult 
crime and juvenile delinquency in Maryland. 

CRIM 699. SPECIAL CRIMINOLOGICAL 
PROBLEMS (3) 

CRIM 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

LENF 444. ADVANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF 340 or consent of instructor. 
The structuring of manpower, material, and sys- 
tems to accomplish the major goals of social con- 
trol. Personnel and systems management. Political 
controls and limitations on authority and jurisdic- 
tion. 

LENF 460. INDUSTRIAL AND RETAIL SECURITY 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF 100, 220 and 340 or consent of 
instructor. The origins of contemporary private 
security systems. Organization and management of 
industrial and retail protective units. 

LENF 462. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SECURITY 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisites: LENF 100, 220, 360/460 and consent 
of instructor. An advanced course for students de- 
siring to focus on specific concerns in the study of 
private security organizations; business intelligence 
and espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses 
in physical security; transportation, banking, hospital 
and military security problems; uniformed security 
forces; national defense information; and others. 

LENF 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study 
of a selected topic in the field of criminal justice. 

LENF 600. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3) 
Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program in 
Criminal Justice or consent of instructor. Current 
concept of criminal justice in relationship to other 
concepts in the field. Historical perspective. Criminal 
justice and social control. Operational implications. 
Systemic aspects. Issues of evaluation. 

LENF 630. SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL LAW AND 

SOCIETY (3) 
Prerequisite: LENF 230 or its equivalent and a course 
in introductory criminology. The criminal law is 
studied in the context of general studies in the area 
of the sociology of law. The evolution and develop- 
ment of criminal law from primitive to modern times, 
and social and psychological factors affecting the 
formulation and administration of criminal laws are 
discussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal 
laws and their sanctions on behavior in the light of 
recent empirical evidence. 

LENF 640. SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisites: (a) one course in the theory of groups 
or organizations, (b) one course in administration; or 
consent of instructor. Examination of external and 
internal factors that currently impact on police ad- 
ministration. Intra-organizational relationships and 
policy formulation; the conversion of inputs into de- 



cisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, im- 
plementing and assessing administrative decisions. 

LENF 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study 
of a selected problem in the field of criminal justice. 

LENF 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

DAIRY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Mattick 

Professors: Cairns, Davis, Keeney, 1 King, Mattick, 

Vandersall, Williams 
Assistant Professors: Bull, Douglass, Westhoff 

1 joint appointment with Chemistry 

The Department of Dairy Science offers work lead- 
ing to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy. Candidates for the Doctor of Philoso- 
phy degree have the option of studying in one of two 
major fields: dairy production, which is concerned 
with breeding, nutrition and physiology of dairy 
animals; or dairy technology, which is concerned with 
chemical, bacteriological, and nutritional aspects of 
dairy products, as well as the industrial phases of 
milk processing. 

Students interested in food science may undertake 
graduate study in the dairy technology phase of Dairy 
Science, or in the food science curriculum. Courses 
in these programs are listed under the headings 
Animal Science and Food Science respectively. 

DANCE COURSES 

DANC 400. ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHIC 

FORMS (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 208 or equivalent and adequate 
dance technique. Lectures and studio work in mod- 
ern sources as they apply to dance. (Solo and group 
choreography.) 

DANC 465. ADVANCED NOTATION (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 365 or equivalent. Continuation 
of materials in DANC 365 in more intensive work. 
The translation, writing, and performing of advanced 
scores in the various forms of dance. 

DANC 468. REPERTORY (3) 
The learning of dances to be chosen from notated 
scores, works of visiting artists, or selected faculty 
choregraphy to be performed on at least one con- 
cert. Audition required. The course may be repeated 
for credit, as different works will be chosen each 
semester. 

DANC 470. CREATIVE DANCE FOR CHILDREN (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 208 and 305 or equivalent. 
Directing the essential elements of dance to the 
level of the child's experience and facilitating the 
creative response. The development of movement 
into simple forms to serve as a symbol of individual 
expression. 

DANC 478. DANCE PRODUCTION (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 458 or equivalent and an ade- 
quate understanding of dance techniques. Ad- 



70 / graduate school 



vanced choreography. Independent work with peri- 
odic criticism. 

DANC 482. HISTORY OF DANCE (3) 
The development of dance from primitive to the 
Middle Ages and the relationship of dance forms 
to patterns of culture. 

DANC 483. HISTORY OF DANCE (3) 
The development of dance from the Renaissance 
Period to the present times and the relationship of 
dance forms to patterns of culture. 

DANC 484. THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF 

DANCE (3) 
The study of the theories, philosophies and aesthe- 
tics of dance. Investigation of form, content and 
structure. Interrelationships of the arts, and their 
role in man's world. 

DANC 489. ETHNIC STYLES (3) 

Prerequisite, DANC 104. Lecture and activity in 
styles expressive of various cultures. May be re- 
peated for credit by permission of instructor. 

DANC 492. PERCUSSION AND MUSIC SOURCES 

FOR DANCE (3) 

Prerequisite, DANC 102 or equivalent. Techniques 
of percussion playing, and its use as dance accom- 
paniment. Learning to use the instruments in com- 
position and improvisation. Study of music sources 
for dance. 

DANC 498. DIRECTED STUDIES IN DANCE (1-6) 
Hours arranged. For advanced students who have 
the permission of the chairman of the Department 
of Dance. 

DANC 499. ADVANCED DANCE TECHNIQUE (2) 
Prerequisite, DANC 389 or equivalent. Continuation 
of DANC 389 in further advanced form. 

EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Weaver 

Professors: Ashlock, Duffey, Goff, Hall, Leeper, O'Neill, 

J. Wilson, R. Wilson 
Associate Professors: Amershek, Dietz, Eley, Gantt. 

Heidelbach, Herman, Roderick, Sullivan, Williams 
Assistant Professors: Butler. Church, Hutchings, Jantz, 

Johnson, McCuaig, Moretz, Schumacher, Seefeldt, 

Yawkey 

Graduate programs leading to M.A., M.E.D. and 
Ph.D. degrees in the Department of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education are designed to prepare teach- 
ers, curriculum specialists, supervisors, administra- 
tors, and higher education instructors to function 
effectively in leadership positions involving programs 
for young children. 

Students have opportunities to specialize in any of 
the following areas: early childhood education, ele- 
mentary education, corrective-remedial reading in- 
struction, science education, mathematics education, 
language arts, social studies education, or nursery- 
kindergarten education. 

Special facilities for graduate study include the 
Reading Center, the Arithmetic Center, the Science 



Teaching Center, the Maryland Reading Resource 
Network of ERIC-CRIER, the Center for Young Chil- 
dren. 

Programs, particularly at the doctoral level, are 
individualized to reflect the student's background and 
to meet his particular career goals. Regular counsel- 
ing with an advisor is an important aspect of each 
program. An effort is made to ascertain that graduate 
programs include both theory and practicum; profes- 
sional work and academic courses. 

EDEL 401. SCIENCE IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION (3) 

EDEL 402. SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL (3) 

Designed to help teachers acquire general science 
understandings and to develop teaching materials 
for practical use in classrooms. Includes experi- 
ments, demonstrations, constructions, observations, 
field trips and use of audio-visual materials. The em- 
phasis is on content and method related to science 
units in common use in elementary schools. 

EDEL 404. LANGUAGE ARTS IN EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written 

expression, and creative expression. 

EDEL 405. LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL (3) 

EDEL 406. SOCIAL STUDIES IN EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) 

EDEL 407. SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) 
Consideration given to curriculum, organization and 
methods of teaching, evaluation of newer materials, 
and utilization of environmental resources. 

EDEL 410. THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM — 
EARLY CHILDHOOD (3) 

EDEL 411. THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM — 

ELEMENTARY (3) 
Relationship of the elementary school curriculum to 
child growth and development. Recent trends in 
curriculum organization; the effect of environment 
on learning; readiness to learn; adapting curriculum 
content and methods to maturity levels of children. 

EDEL 412. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) 
Concerned with art methods and materials for ele- 
mentary schools. Includes laboratory experiences 
with materials appropriate for elementary schools. 

EDEL 413. MATHEMATICS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION (3) 

EDEL 414. MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL (3) 

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help 
pupils sense arithmetical meanings and relation- 
ships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding 
of the number system and arithmetical processes. 

EDEL 424. LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN AND 

YOUNG PEOPLE (3) 

Development of literary materials for children and 
young people. Timeless and ageless books, and 
outstanding examples of contemporary publishing. 



graduate school / 71 



Evaluation of the contributions of individual authors 
and illustrators and children's book awards. 

EDEL 425. THE TEACHING OF READING — EARLY 

CHILDHOOD (3) 
Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental 
reading instruction, including readiness, use of 
experience records, procedures in using basal read- 
ers, the improvement of comprehension, teaching 
reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of 
children's literature, the program in word analysis, 
and procedures of determining individual needs. 

EDEL 426. THE TEACHING OF READING — 

ELEMENTARY (3) 
Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental 
reading instruction, including readiness, use of 
experience records, procedures in using basal 
readers, the improvement of comprehension, 
teaching reading in all areas of the curriculum, 
uses of children's literature, the program in word 
analysis, and procedures for determining individual 
needs. 

EDEL 430. CORRECTIVE-REMEDIAL READING 

INSTRUCTION (3) 
Prerequisite. EDEL 326 or equivalent. For teachers, 
supervisors, and administrators who wish to iden- 
tify and assist pupils with reading difficulties. Con- 
cerned with diagnostic techniques, instructional 
materials and teaching procedures useful in the 
regular classroom. 

EDEL 431. LABORATORY PRACTICES IN 

READING (3) 
Prerequisite, EDEL 430. A laboratory course in 
which each student has one or more pupils for 
analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting 
per week to diagnose individual cases and to plan 
instruction. 

EDEL 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION (1-4) 
Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in edu- 
cation at the University of Maryland plus such 
other prerequisites as may be set by the major 
area in which the experience is to be taken. 
Planned field experience may be provided for se- 
lected students who have had teaching experi- 
ence and whose application for such field experi- 
ence has been approved by the education faculty. 
Field experience is offered in a given area to both 
major and nonmajor students. Note: the total num- 
ber of credits which a student may earn in EDEL 
489. 888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 
semester hours. 

EDEL 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

EDUCATION (1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDEL 499. WORKSHOP. CLINICS. AND 

INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours: the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following types of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 



workshops conducted by the college of education 
(or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing: clinical experiences in pupil- 
testing centers, reading clinics, arithmetic clinics, 
speech therapy laboratories, and special education 
centers: institutes developed around specific topics 
or problems and intended for designated groups 
such as school superintendents, principals and su- 
pervisors. 

EDEL 600. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY 

EDUCATION (3) 

Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar 
papers. Prerequisite, at least 12 hours of graduate 
work in education. 

EDEL 601. PROBLEMS IN TEACHING SCIENCE IN 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDEL 401 or approval of instructor. 
Provides opportunity for students to analyze the 
teaching of science in the elementary school 
through (1) the identification of problems of teach- 
ing. (2) the investigation and study of reported 
research related to the stated problems: and (3) 
the hypothesizing of methods for improving the 
effectiveness of elementary school science pro- 
grams. Students will also have the opportunity to 
study and evaluate newer programs and practices 
in the teaching of science in the elementary school. 

EDEL 605. PROBLEMS OF TEACHING LANGUAGE 

ARTS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Prerequisite. EDEL 404 or approval of instructor. 
This course is designed to allow each student an 
opportunity (1) to analyze current issues, trends, 
and problems in language-arts instruction in terms 
of research in fundamental educational theory and 
the language arts, and (2) to use this analysis in 
effecting changes in methods and materials for 
classroom instruction. 

EDEL 607. PROBLEMS OF TEACHING SOCIAL 
STUDIES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Prerequisite. EDEL 406 or approval of instructor. 
An examination of current literature and research 
reports in the social sciences and in social studies 
curriculum design and instruction, with an emphasis 
on federally-sponsored projects as well as programs 
designed for urban children. 

EDEL 614. PROBLEMS OF TEACHING 
MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3) 
Prerequisite. EDEL 413 or approval of instructor. 
Critical examination of selected theory and research 
in the teaching of mathematics in elementary 
schools. Evaluation of instructional materials. Im- 
plications for practice. 

EDEL 615. DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF 

ARITHMETIC DISABILITIES (3) 

Prerequisite. EDEL 313 or 314 and EDMS 446 or 
equivalent. For those who wish to increase com- 
pentency in diagnosing and correcting arithmetic 
disabilities. Concerned with classroom and clinical 
techniques, instructional materials, and remedial 
procedures useful to the teacher or clinician in 

(1) diagnosing serious arithmetic difficulties and 

(2) planning programs of individual and small-group 



72 / graduate school 



remediation. The work includes the writing of 
diagnostic and progress reports. 

EDEL 626. PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING OF 
READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) 

Implications of current theory and the results of 
research for the teaching of reading in the elemen- 
tary school. Attention is given to all areas of devel- 
opmental reading instruction, with special emphasis 
on persistent problems. 

EDEL 630. DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF 

READING DISABILITIES (3) 
Prerequisites, minimum of 15 hours including EDEL 
430, EDEL 626, EDMS 446 and 622. For those who 
wish to become concerned with clinical diagnostic 
techniques, instructional materials, and remedial 
procedures useful to the reading specialist in (1) 
diagnosing serious reading difficulties, and (2) plan- 
ning programs of individual and small group instruc- 
tion. 

EDEL 631. ADVANCED LABORATORY PRACTICES 

(DIAGNOSIS) (3) 
Prerequisite, EDEL 630. Diagnostic work with chil- 
dren in clinic and school situations. Administration, 
scoring, interpretation, and prescription via diag- 
nostic instruments is stressed. Case report writing 
and parent conferences are also stressed. EDEL 631 
is taken with EDEL 632. 

EDEL 632. ADVANCED LABORATORY PRACTICES 

(INSTRUCTION) (3) 

Prerequisite, EDEL 630. Remedial instruction with 
children in clinic and school situations. Develop 
competency in various remedial techniques, diag- 
nostic teaching, and evaluation. Development of 
the reading resource role is stressed. EDEL 632 is 
taken with EDEL 631. 

EDEL 640. CURRICULUM PLANNING IN NURSERY- 
KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION (3) 

An examination of significant new developments in 

curriculum theory and practice. 

EDEL 641. THE YOUNG CHILD IN THE 

COMMUNITY (3) 

Planned observation, related research, and analysis 
of the experiences of young children in such com- 
munity centers as foster homes, orphanages, day 
care centers, Sunday schools, etc. One-half day a 
week observation required. 

EDEL 642. THE YOUNG CHILD IN SCHOOL (3) 
An examination of significant theory and research 
on the characteristics of young children which have 
special implications for teaching children in nursery- 
kindergarten groups. 

EDEL 643. TEACHER-PARENT RELATIONSHIPS (3) 
A study of the methods and materials, trends, and 
problems in establishing close home-school rela- 
tionships. 

EDEL 644. INTELLECTUAL AND CREATIVE 
EXPERIENCES OF THE NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN 
CHILD (3) 
A critical examination of materials, methods and 
programs in such areas as reading, literature, 
science, mathematics, the social studies, art, music, 
dance, etc. 



EDEL 650. SEMINAR IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 
EDUCATION (3) 

A program seminar in early childhood education. 

Prerequisites: at least 12 hours of graduate work 

in early childhood education. 

EDEL 651. PROBLEMS OF STAFFING IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) 

Prerequisite — doctoral study in early childhood 
education or administration, administrative experi- 
ence or consent of the instructor. 

EDEL 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

EDUCATION (1-6) 
Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit 
under this number 

EDEL 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for master's thesis. 

EDEL 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application for 
an apprenticeship has been approved by the edu- 
cation faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work 
for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent 
with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution or 
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains 
a close working relationship with the apprentice 
and the other persons involved. Prerequisites, 
teaching experience, a Master's Degree in educa- 
tion, and at least six semester hours in education at 
the University of Maryland. Note: the total number 
of credits which a student may earn in EDEL 489, 
888 and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) 
semester hours. 

EDEL 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the Doctor's Degree; and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the education faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester 
with an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution or 
agency. The internship must be taken in a school 
situation different from the one where the student 
is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main- 
tains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. Note: the total 
number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDEL 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDEL 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-16) 

Six to nine hours required for an EdD project and 
12-18 hours required for a PhD dissertation. 



graduate school / 73 



ECONOMICS PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Dillard 

Professors: Adelman. Almon, Bergmann, Cumberland. 

Gruchy. Harris. McGuire. O'Connell. Olson. Schultze, 

Ulmer, Wonnacott 
Associate Professors: Aaron. Adams. Bennett, Clague. 

Dodge. Dorsey. Knight. McLoone. 1 Meyer, Singer. 

Straszheim. Weinstein 
Assistant Professors: Atkinson. Betancourt, Boorman, 

Christensen. Greer. King, Layher, MacRae, Madan. 

Peterson, Quails. Schiller, Whitman 
Lecturers: Hinrichs, Measday. Pierce, Snow 

1 joint appointment with Education: Administration, Super- 
vision and Curriculum 

Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of special- 
ization include: economic theory, comparative eco- 
nomic systems and planning, economic development, 
economic history, history of economic thought, in- 
dustrial organization, institutional economics, interna- 
tional economics, labor economics, mathematical eco- 
nomics and econometrics, monetary economics, public 
finance, regional and urban economics, and social 
policy. 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to 
take immediately) at least one undergraduate course 
in each of micro-economics, macro-economics, sta- 
tistics, and calculus. The submission of the Graduate 
Record Examination scores on the Aptitude Test is 
required and on the Advanced Economics Test is 
recommended. Letters of recommendation from three 
persons competent to judge the probability of the 
applicant's success in graduate school should be sent 
directly to the Director of Graduate Studies in Econo- 
mics. Preference is given to applicants for full-time 
graduate study. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be 
taken under either (1) the thesis option (24 hours 
plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis option (30 hours, 
including Economics 621-622 plus a written examina- 
tion in Economic Theory). The requirements for the 
non-thesis option for the M.A. are met automatically 
in the course of the Ph.D. program in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are 
(1) a written examination in economic theory, nor- 
mally taken at the beginning of the second year of 
full-time graduate study: (2) written examinations in 
two approved optional fields: (3) a comprehensive 
oral examination covering economic theory and the 
two optional fields: (4) two courses (Econ 621-622) 
in Quantitative Methods in Economics: (5) two courses 
(Econ 606-607) in the History of Economic Thought: 
(6) foreign language or one of several options: (7) 
a seminar paper to be available to the faculty at the 
time of the oral comprehensive examination: (8) a 
dissertation and its successful oral defense. 

The graduate program in Economics is a compre- 
hensive one. The department possesses special 
strength in the Economics of the Public Sector. Spe- 
cial research projects under the supervision of faculty 
members are being carried on in the Economics of 
Discrimination (by race and sex), the Economics of 
Environmental Management, and Interindustry Fore- 



casting. Research assistantships are available in each 
of these projects. Numerous teaching assistantships 
are also available. The department can usually help 
graduate students find half-time employment in near- 
by Federal agencies engaged in economic research. 

A complete description of the requirements of the 
degrees in economics and the admission process is 
available on request from: Director of Graduate 
Studies in Economics. Department of Economics, Uni- 
versity of Maryland. College Park, Maryland 20742. 

ECON 401. NATIONAL INCOME ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203. Required for undergrad- 
uate economics majors. An analysis of national in- 
come accounts and the level of national income 
and employment. 

ECON 402. BUSINESS CYCLES (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 430. A study of the causes of 
depressions and unemployment, cyclical and secu- 
lar instability, theories of business cycles, and the 
problem of controlling economic instability. (Almon) 

ECON 403. INTERMEDIATE PRICE THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite. ECON 203. Required for undergrad- 
uate economics majors. An analysis of price and 
distribution theory with special attention to recent 
development in the theory of imperfect competition. 

ECON 407. CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC 

THOUGHT (3) 

Prerequisites. ECON 203 and senior standing. Grad- 
uate students should take ECON 705. A survey of 
the development of economic thought since 1900 
with special reference to Thorstein Veblen and 
other institutionalists and the neo-institutionalists 
such as J. K. Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal. (Gruchy) 

ECON 411. AMERICAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 

(3) 

Prerequisites. ECON 203 or 205. Long-term trends 
in the American economy and analysis of the 
sources of output growth. Technological changes 
and the diffusion of new technologies. These sub- 
jects are discussed in the context of theoretical 
models. (West) 

ECON 415. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC 
DEVELOPMENT OF UNDERDEVELOPMENT 
AREAS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the 
economic and social characteristics of underde- 
veloped areas. Recent theories of economic devel- 
opment, policies and planning for development. 

(Adams. Bennett, Betancourt) 

ECON 418. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF 

SELECTED AREAS 

A. Latin America, B. Asia, C. Africa. Prerequisite. 
ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific 
area are discussed and alternate strategies and 
policies for development are analyzed. 

ECON 421. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN 

ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisites. ECON 401, 403. Economic theory as 
it relates to quantitative methods. Theory of statis- 
tical inference. (MacRae, Peterson) 



74 / graduate school 



ECON 422. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN 

ECONOMICS II (3) 

Prerequisites, ECON 401, 403, 421, and 425, or 
permission of instructor. Formulation, estimation 
and testing of economic models; theory of identi- 
fication in linear models, multiple regression and 
analysis of variance; single-equation problems in 
econometric work and econometric methods in 
estimation of multi-equation structures. Examples 
of current research employing econometric meth- 
ods. (Betancourt, MacRae, Peterson) 

ECON 425. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisites, ECON 401 and 403 and one year of 
college mathematics. A course designed to enable 
economics majors to understand the simpler as- 
pects of mathematical economics. Those parts of 
the calculus and algebra required for economic 
analysis will be presented (MacRae) 

ECON 430. MONEY AND BANKING (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203. Relation of money and 
credit to economic activity and prices; impact of 
public policy in financial markets and for goods 
and services; policies, structure, and functions of 
the federal reserve system; organization, operation, 
and functions of the commercial banking system, 
as related particularly to questions of economic 
stability and public policy. 

ECON 431. THEORY OF MONEY, PRICES AND 

ACTIVITY (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 430. A theoretical treatment of 
the influence of money and financial markets on 
economic activity and prices, and of the effects of 
monetary policy on the markets for goods and serv- 
ices; the role of money in the Classical and Key- 
nesian macro-systems; topics of theoretical interest 
in monetary policy formation and implementation. 

ECON 440. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203. A descriptive and theoreti- 
cal analysis of international trade, balance of pay- 
ments accounts, the mechanism of international 
economic adjustment, comparative costs, econo- 
mics of customs unions. 

ECON 441. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC 

POLICIES (3) 

Prerequisites. ECON 401, 403. and 440. Contempor- 
ary balance of payments problems: the international 
liquidity controversy investment, trade and econo- 
mic development; evaluation of arguments for pro- 
tection. (Layher) 

ECON 450. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC 

FINANCE (3) 
Prerequisites, ECON 201 and 203 or 203 and 205. A 
study of the role of federal, state and local govern- 
ments in mobilizing resources to meet public wants; 
principles and policies of taxation, debt manage- 
ment, and government expenditures and their 
effects on resource allocation, stabilization of in- 
come and prices, income distribution, and economic 
growth. (Christensen, Singer) 

ECON 451. THEORY OF PUBLIC FINANCE (3) 
Prerequisites, ECON 450 and 401 or consent of 
instructor. An economic analysis of the theory and 



practice of public finance including taxation, debt 
management, expenditures, and fiscal policy. 

(McGuire, Singer) 

ECON 454. STATE AND LOCAL PUBLIC 

FINANCE (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. Principles and prob- 
lems of governmental finance with special refer- 
ence to state and local jurisductions. Topics to be 
covered include taxation, expenditures and inter- 
governmental fiscal relations. (King) 

ECON 460. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. Changing structure 
of the American economy; price policies in different 
industrial classifications of monopoly and competi- 
tion in relation to problems of public policy. 

(O'Connell, Quails) 

ECON 461. ECONOMICS OF AMERICAN 

INDUSTRIES (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A study of the tech- 
nology, economics and geography of representative 
American industries. (Measday) 

ECON 470. LABOR ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. The historical de- 
velopment and chief characteristics of the Ameri- 
can labor movement are first surveyed. Present- 
day problems are then examined in detail; wage 
theories, unemployment, social security, labor or- 
ganization, and collective bargaining. 

(Knight, Weinstein) 

ECON 471. CURRENT PROBLEMS IN LABOR 

ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 470. A detailed examination of 
current problems in labor economics including: 
labor market and manpower problems, unemploy- 
ment compensation and social security, wage 
theories, and productivity analysis. 

(Knight, Weinsten) 

ECON 475. ECONOMICS OF POVERTY AND 

DISCRIMINATION (3) 
Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 205. Topics include the 
causes of the persistence of low income groups: 
the relation of poverty to technological change, to 
economic growth, and to education and training: 
economic motivations for discrimination; the econo- 
mic results of discrimination: proposed remedies 
for poverty and discrimination. 

(Bergmann, Clague, McLoone, Schiller) 

ECON 480. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC 

SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. An investigation of 
the theory and practice of various types of econo- 
mic systems. An examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system followed by an analysis of altern- 
ative types of economic systems such as Fascism, 
Socialism and Communism. 

(Amuzegar, Dodge, Gruchy) 

ECON 482. ECONOMICS OF THE SOVIET 

UNION (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the 
organization, operating principles and performance 
of the Soviet economy with attention to the his- 
torical and ideological background, planning, re- 
sources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign 



graduate school / 75 



trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth 
of national income. (Dodge) 

ECON 484. THE ECONOMY OF CH'NA (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. Policies and per- 
formances of the Chinese economy since 1949. 
Will begin with a survey of modern China's econo- 
mic history. Emphasizes the strategies and insti- 
tutional innovations that the Chinese have adopted 
to overcome the problems of economic develop- 
ment. Some economic controversies raised during 
the 'Cultural Revolution' review of the problems 
and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 

(Denny) 

ECON 486. THE ECONOMICS OF NATIONAL 

PLANNING (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the 
principles and practice of economic planning with 
special reference to the planning problems of West 
European countries and the United States. 

(Almon, Gruchy) 

ECON 490. SURVEY OF URBAN ECONOMIC 

PROBLEMS AND POLICIES (3) 

Prerequisites, ECON 201, 203 or 205. An introduc- 
tion to the study of urban economics through the 
examination of current policy issues. Topics may 
include suburbanization of jobs and residences, 
housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, 
development of new towns, ghetto economic devel- 
opment, problems in services such as education 
and police. (Straszheim) 

ECON 491. REGIONAL AND URBAN 

ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 401, or consent of the instruc- 
tor. Study of the theories, problems and policies of 
urban and regional economic development. 

(Harris, King) 

ECON 601. MACRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3) 
First semester of a two-semester sequence, 601- 
602. Topics normally include general equilibrium 
theory in Classical, Keynesian, and Post-Keynesian 
treatments; the demand for money; theories of con- 
sumption behavior and of inflation. 

(Aaron, Atkinson, Wonnacott) 

ECON 602. ECONOMIC GROWTH AND 

INSTABILITY (3) 
Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601. 
Major topics include growth and technological 
change, investment, business cycles, and large 
empirical macroeconomic models. Also included 
is material on wages and employment and on inter- 
national and domestic stability. (Atkinson) 

ECON 603. MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3) 
This course and its sequel, ECON 604, analyze the 
usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving 
the basic economic problem of allocating scarce 
resources among alternative uses. The central 
problem of welfare economics and general equili- 
brium provides the framework for a detailed analy- 
sis of consumption and production theories includ- 
ing linear programming with decisions under un- 
certainty. An acquaintance with calculus or con- 
current enrollment in ECON 621 is presumed. 

(Clague, Pierce, Ulmer) 



ECON 604. ADVANCED MICRO-ECONOMIC 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 
603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. Quali- 
fications of the basic welfare theorem caused by 
noncompetitive market structures, external econo- 
mies and diseconomies and secondary constraints. 
Application of price theory to public expenditure 
decisions, investment in human capital, international 
trade, and other areas of economics. (Olson, Ulmer) 

ECON 605. WELFARE ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 603. The topics covered in- 
clude Pareto optimality, social welfare functions, 
indivisibilities, consumer surplus, output and price 
policy in public enterprise, and welfare aspects of 
the theory of public expenditures. (McGuire, Olson) 

ECON 606. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 403 or consent of the instruc- 
tor. A study of the development of economic 
thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, 
Canonists. Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Adam Smith, 
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic 
policy. (Dillard) 

ECON 607. ECONOMIC THEORY IN THE 

NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. 
A study of Nineteenth-Century and Twentieth-Cen- 
tury Schools of economic thought, particularly the 
Classicists, Neo-Classicists, Austrians, German His- 
torical School, American Economic Thought, the 
Socialists, and Keynes. (Dillard) 

ECON 611. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN ECONOMIC 
DEVELOPMENT (3) 

ECON 613. ORIGINS AND DEVELOPMENT OF 

CAPITALISM (3) 
Studies the transition from feudalism to modern 
capitalistic economies in Western Europe. When- 
ever possible, this economic history is analyzed 
with the aid of tools of modern economics, and in 
the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less 
developed areas of the present day. (Olson) 

ECON 615. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF 

UNDERDEVELOPED AREAS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 401 and 403. An analysis of the 
forces contributing to and retarding economic prog- 
ress in underdeveloped areas, Macro- and micro- 
economic aspects of development planning and 
strategy are emphasized. (Adelman, Bennett) 

ECON 616. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 615 or consent of instructor. 
A continuation of ECON 615. Special emphasis is 
on the application of economic theory in the insti- 
tutional setting of a country or area of particular 
interest to the student. (Adams, Bennett) 

ECON 617. MONEY AND FINANCE IN ECONOMIC 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing 
real and financial resources to finance and acceler- 
ate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and 
tax reform policy and practice by the government 
sector to design and implement national develop- 
ment plans. (Bennett) 



76 / graduate school 



ECON 621. QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS I (3) 
An introduction to the theory and practice of statis- 
tical inference. Elements of computer programming 
and a review of mathematics germane to this and 
other graduate economics courses are included. 

(MacRae) 

ECON 622. QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS II (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 621. Techniques of estimating 
relationships among economic variables. Multiple 
regression, the analysis of variance and covariance, 
and techniques for dealing in time series. Further 
topics in mathematics. (Boorman, MacRae) 

ECON 656. PUBLIC SECTOR WORKSHOP (3) 

Representative problems in analysis for public de- 
cision making: measurement of benefits and costs; 
incommensurabilities in benefits, and ambiguities in 
cost; criteria for program and project selection; 
effects of uncertainty; time horizon considerations; 
joint costs and multiple benefits; non-quantifiable 
factors in decision analysis. Examples will be taken 
from current government programs. 

ECON 661. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL 

ORGANIZATION (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 401 and 403 or consent of in- 
structor. Analysis of market structure and its rela- 
tion to market performance. (Quails) 

ECON 662. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION AND 

PUBLIC POLICY (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 661 or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of the problems of public policy in regard 
to the structure, conduct, and performance of in- 
dustry. Examination of anti-trust policy from the 
point of view of economic theory. (Quails) 

ECON 671. SEMINAR IN LABOR ECONOMICS (3) 
Formal models of labor demand, supply, utilization 
and price formation. Factors affecting labor supply; 
the determination of factor shares in an open 
economy; bargaining models, labor resources, trade 
union theories as they affect resource allocation. 

(Weinstein) 

ECON 672. SELECTED TOPICS IN LABOR 

ECONOMICS (3) 
The wage-price issue; public policy with respect 
to unions, labor-management relations, and the 
labor market: institutional aspects of the American 
labor movement; manpower development and train- 
ing. (Knight) 

ECON 682. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC 
DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOVIET UNION (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 482 or consent of instructor. 
Measurement and evaluation of Soviet economic 
growth including interpretation and use of Soviet 
statistics, measurement of national income, fiscal 
policies, investment and technological change, 
planning and economic administration, manpower 
and wage policies, foreign trade and aid. Selected 
topics in bloc development and reform. (Dodge) 

ECON 686. ECONOMIC GROWTH IN MATURE 

ECONOMIES (3) 
Analysis of policies and problems for achieving 
stable economic growth in mature economics such 
as the United States, and the major West European 
countries. (Gruchy) 



ECON 698. SELECTED TOPICS IN ECONOMICS (3) 

ECON 705. SEMINAR IN INSTITUTIONAL 

ECONOMIC THEORY (3) 
A study of the recent developments in the field of 
institutional economic theory in the United States 
and abroad. (Gruchy) 

ECON 706. SEMINAR IN INSTITUTIONAL 
ECONOMIC THEORY (3) (Gruchy) 

ECON 721. ECONOMETRICS I (3) 
Special topics in mathematical statistics necessary 
for understanding econometric theory, with par- 
ticular emphasis on multivariate analysis. The esti- 
mation of simultaneous equation systems, problems 
involving errors in variables, distributed lags, and 
spectral analysis. (Almon, Adelman) 

ECON 722. SEMINAR IN QUANTITATIVE 

ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 622 or consent of instructor. 
Analysis of data sources for economic research; 
critical evaluation of previous and current quan- 
titative economic studies; and class discussion and 
criticism of student research projects. 

(Almon, Adelman) 

ECON 725. ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL 

ECONOMICS (3) 
Optimization techniques such as Lagrangian multi- 
pliers and linear programming. Mathematical treat- 
ment of general equilibrium, including interindustry 
analysis, the theory of production, consumption, 
and welfare. The course assumes a background in 
calculus and matrix algebra such as provided by 
ECON 621 and 622. ~ (Almon, Madan) 

ECON 726. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICAL 
ECONOMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 725. (Almon. Madan) 

ECON 731. MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY (3) 

An adequate knowledge of micro- and macro- 
economics is assumed. Theory of money, financial 
assets, and economic activity; review of classical, 
Neo-Classical and Keynesian contribution; empha- 
sis on Post-Keynesian contributions, including those 
of Tobin. Patinkin, Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and 
others. (Meyer) 

ECON 732. SEMINAR IN MONETARY THEORY AND 
POLICY (3) 

Prerequisite, ECON 731 or consent of instructor. 
Theory of the mechanisms through which central 
banking affects economic activity and prices; for- 
mation and implementation of monetary policy; 
theoretical topics in monetary policy. (Meyer) 

ECON 741. ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL 

ECONOMIC RELATIONS (3) 
The international mechanism of adjustment: price, 
exchange rate, and income changes, comparative 
costs, factor endowments, and the gains from trade. 
Commercial policy and the theory of customs 
unions. (Wonnacott) 

ECON 742. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL 
ECONOMIC RELATIONS (3) (Wonnacott) 



graduate school / 77 



ECON 751. ADVANCED THEORY OF PUBLIC 

FINANCE (3) 
Review of utility analysis to include the theory of 
individual consumer resource allocation and ex- 
change and welfare implications, effects of alterna- 
tive tax and subsidy techniques upon allocation, 
exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public 
goods, their production, exchange and consump- 
tion. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for govern- 
ment decisions. (Schultze) 

ECON 752. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC FINANCE (3) 
Theory of taxation and tax policy, with particular 
emphasis on income taxation; empirical studies; the 
burden of the public debt. Research paper by each 
student to be presented to seminar. 

(Aaron, McGuire) 

ECON 761. THE ECONOMICS OF TECHNICAL 

CHANGE (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Determinants 
and impact of inventions and innovations. Qualita- 
tive and quantitative aspects of technical change 
both at the micro- and macro-economic levels and 
under different conditions of economic develop- 
ment. 

ECON 775. SEMINAR ON THE ECONOMICS OF 

POVERTY AND DISCRIMINATION (3) 

Prerequisites, ECON 621 and 622. A review of the 
economic literature in poverty and discrimination. 
The course will also function as a workshop in 
which research of the staff and students is pre- 
sented. (Bergmann) 

ECON 776. SEMINAR IN THE ECONOMICS OF 
HUMAN RESOURCES (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

(Clague, McLoone) 

ECON 791. ADVANCED REGIONAL AND URBAN 

ECONOMICS (3) 
Location theory and spatial distribution of economic 
activity; application of analytic methods, such as 
social accounting systems, economic base theory, 
input-output techniques, and industrial complex 
analysis to problems of regional development, en- 
vironmental quality, and natural resource manage- 
ment. (Cumberland) 

ECON 792. SEMINAR IN REGIONAL AND URBAN 

ECONOMICS (3) 
Selected topics and techniques in regional and 
urban economic analysis, including models for 
economic projections, urban growth, and regional 
development. (Harris) 

ECON 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ECON 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-6) 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: DeClaris 

Professors: Chu, 1 Hochuli, Ligomenides, Lin, New- 
comb, Reiser,- Taylor, Wagner, Weiss a 

Associate Professors: Basham, Emad, Harger, Kim, 2 
Lee, W. Levine, Pugsley, Rao, Simons, Torres, 
Tretter, Zajac 



Assistant Professors: Boston, Ephremides, Friedman, 
D. Levine, Lieberman, O'Grady, Paez, Rhee, Silio, 
Zaki 

1 joint appointment with Computer Science 

- joint appointment with Physics 

:; joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Mathematics 

The Electrical Engineering Department offers grad- 
uate work leading to the Master of Science with or 
without thesis and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees 
with specialization in: a) biomedical engineering, b) 
circuits, c) communication, d) computers, e) control 
and f) electrophysics. Each graduate student pursues 
an individual study program planned in conjunction 
with his Graduate Advisor and which includes an 
appropriate sequence of courses and a thesis or 
scholarly paper. 

In Biomedical Engineering, areas of study include 
neural electrophysiology, transduction and neural 
coding of sensory events, control of effector organs, 
muscle contraction and mechanics, instrumental 
techniques of nerve signal processing and health 
care systems. 

Areas of study in Circuits emphasize the analysis 
and synthesis of passive and active, linear and non- 
linear networks including the design of digital data 
acquisition systems, optimized FM signal detectors, 
microwave active circuit synthesis, digital computer 
circuit design, microminiature integrated circuits and 
devices, biomedical transducers, computer aided 
designs and scattering formalisms. 

Areas of study in computers are involved in the 
advancement of basic switching theory, the theory 
and application of arithmetic coding and self-checking 
processes, stochastic automata theory, and the de- 
sign of digital, analog, and hybrid systems for both 
general and special purposes. 

Areas of study in Communication apply the mathe- 
matics of random processes and statistical inference, 
to analysis, and design of communication systems, in- 
cluding investigations of theory and applications in 
coding theory, optical communications, radar systems, 
and Walsh function applications. 

In Control, areas of study apply the mathematics 
of dynamical systems, optimization, and random 
processes to the synthesis and analysis of control 
systems. Topics included are state realizations, power 
system optimization, optimal control of large scale 
systems, control systems with time delay, non-linear 
systems, fluidic and microminiature systems, systems 
with shot noise, ecological systems, and air traffic 
control. 

Areas of study in Electrophysics include electro- 
magnetic theory and applications (microwaves and 
optics, stochastic media, plasma propagation); 
charged particle dynamics and accelerator design, 
including high-power microwave engineering appli- 
caitons of relativistic beams, controlled thermonuclear 
fusion and cyclotron design; quantum electronics 
(laser technology and non-linear optics); integrated 
circuits and solid state devices (semiconductor de- 
vices and technology); scattering systems. 

There are seven up-to-date research laboratories 
and computational facilities within the department. 
The Biomedical Laboratory is equipped with instru- 



78 / graduate school 



mentation for studying the motor control mechanisms 
of man and animals. The Laboratory for Charged 
Particle Studies contains an ion beam facility for 
source development and ion implantation. The System 
Simulation Laboratory contains a digital processor 
core and drum memory with analog hardware and 
graphics. The Gas Laser Laboratory is devoted to 
He-Ne and COo lasers while the Solid State Laser 
Laboratory features a mode-locked Nd glass laser and 
an injection GaAs laser. The integrated Circuits 
Laboratory contains a full-line facility capable of pro- 
ducing monolithic, thin-film and MOS structures. The 
Computational Facility contains conversational and 
remote-batch terminals to the University's IBM 7094 
and UNIVAC 1108 digital computers. 

Further details and information on admission, finan- 
cial aid, and degree requirements can be obtained 
from the Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate 
Studies, Area Code 301, 454-4173. 

ENEE 402. ADVANCED PULSE TECHNIQUES (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 314 or ENEE 410 or equivalent. 
Bistable, monostable, and astable circuits, sweep 
circuits, synchronization, counting, gates, compara- 
tors. Magnetic core circuits, semiconductor and 
vacuum-tube circuits. 

ENEE 403. PULSE TECHNIQUES LABORATORY (1) 
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: 
ENEE 402 and permission of the instructor. Experi- 
ments on switching circuits, bistable, monostable, 
and astable circuits, sweep circuits, gates, compara- 
tors. 

ENEE 404. RADIO ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Tuned circuit amplifiers, 
single, double, and stagger tuned circuits; class C 
amplifiers; frequency multipliers; amplitude modu- 
lators and detectors; receiver design and charac- 
teristics; frequency modulation; FM transmitters and 
receivers. 

ENEE 405. ADVANCED RADIO ENGINEERING 

LABORATORY (7) 
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: 
ENEE 404. Experiments on multiple tuned ampli- 
fiers, noise figure measurements, class-C amplifiers, 
varactors, modulators, proects. 

ENEE 406. MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF 

CIRCUIT THEORY (3) 

Prerequisites: ENEE 304 and MATH 241, or equi- 
valent. Review of determinants, linear equations, 
matrix theory, eigenvalues, theory of complex vari- 
ables, inverse LaPlace transforms. Applications are 
drawn primarily from circuit analysis. 

ENEE 410. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent knowledge of 
circuit theory or consent of the instructor. This 
course is intended for students in the physical 
sciences, and for engineering students requiring 
additional study of electron circuits. Credit not 
normally given for this course in an electrical en- 
gineering major program. (ENEE 413 may optionally 
be taken as an associated laboratory). P-n junctions, 
transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating 
point stability, switches, large-signal analysis, mod- 
els, small-signal analysis, frequency response, feed- 



back and multistage amplifiers, pulse and digital cir- 
cuits. 

ENEE 412. TELEMETRY SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Selected digital circuits; 
frequency division multiplexing; FM/AM systems. 
SSB/FM systems; time division multiplexed sys- 
tems; pulse amplitude modulation; pulse duration 
modulation; pulse code modulation; analog to 
digital converters; multiplexers and DC-commuta- 
tors. 

ENEE 413. ELECTRONICS LABORATORY (2) 

Speciality Elective Laboratory. Prerequisite: ENEE 
305. 1 lecture and 3 lab hours per week. Provides 
experience in the specification, design, and testing 
of basic electronic circuits and practical intercon- 
nections. Emphasis on design with discrete solid 
state and integrated circuit components for both 
analog and pulse circuits. 

ENEE 414. NETWORK ANALYSIS (3) 
Specialty Elective Course. Prerequisite: ENEE 304. 
Network properties: Linearity, reciprocity, etc.; 2- 
port descriptions and generalization: Y, S, hybrid 
matrices; description properties: Symmetry, para- 
unitary, etc.; basic topological analysis; state-space 
techniques; computer-aided analysis; sensitivity an- 
alysis; approximation theory. 

ENEE 416. NETWORK SYNTHESIS (3) 
Speciality Elective Course. Prerequisite: ENEE 304. 
Active and passive components, passivity, bounded 
and positive real, RC properties and synthesis, 
Brune and Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage 
and Y LM synthesis, active feedback configurations, 
image parameter design, computer-aided optimiza- 
tion, synthesis via the embedding concept. 

ENEE 417. ADVANCED NETWORK THEORY (3) 
Corequisite: ENEE 414 (or consent of instructor). A 
study of network descriptions for analysis and basic 
active synthesis. Indefinite and topological formula- 
tions, n-port structures and interconnections, active 
components and descriptions, synthesis using con- 
trolled sources, synthesis and analysis via state 
characterizations. Additional topics from non-linear, 
distributed parameter, and digital filters. 

ENEE 418. PROJECTS IN ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING (1-3) 
Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: Senior stand- 
ing and permission of the instructor. May be taken 
for repeated credit up to a total of 4 credits, with 
the permission of the student's advisor and the in- 
structor. Theoretical and experimental projects. 

ENEE 419. APPRENTICESHIP IN ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING (2-3) 

Hours to be arranged. Prerequisite, completion of 
sophomore courses and permission of an appren- 
ticeship director. May be taken for repeated credit 
up to a total of nine credits. A unique opportunity 
for experience in experimental research and en- 
gineering design. A few highly qualified students 
will be selected as apprentices in one of the re- 
search facilities of the electrical engineering depart- 
ment and will participate in the current research 
under the supervision of the laboratory director. In 
the past, apprenticeships have been available in 



the following laboratories: biomedical, electron ring 
accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits, simula- 
tion and computer, and solid state laser. 

ENEE 420. COMMUNICATION THEORY (3) 
Specialty Elective Course. Prerequisite: ENEE 320. 
Random signals: elements of random processes, 
noise, Gaussian process, correlation functions and 
power spectra, linear operations: optimum re- 
ceivers, vector wave-form channels, receiver imple- 
mentation, probability of error performance; effi- 
cient signalling: sources, encoding, dimensionality, 
channel capacity; wave form communication: linear, 
angle, and pulse modulation. 

ENEE 421. INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION 

THEORY (3) 
Specialty Elective Course. Prerequisite: ENEE 320. 
Definition of information and entropy: characteriza- 
tion of sources; Kraft and MacMillan inequalities: 
coding information source; noiseless coding theo- 
rem; channels and mutual information: Shannon's 
coding theorem for noisy channels. 

ENEE 425. SIGNAL ANALYSIS, MODULATION 

AND NOISE (3) 

Prerequisites: ENEE 314 and ENEE 320. Signal 
transmission through networks, transmission in the 
presence of noise, statistical methods of determin- 
ing error and transmission effects, modulation 
schemes. 

ENEE 432. ELECTRONICS FOR LIFE 

SCIENTISTS (3) 
Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory 
per week. Prerequisites: College algebra and a phy- 
sics course, including basic electricity and magnet- 
ism. Not accepted for credit in an electrical en- 
gineering major program. The concept of an instru- 
mentation system with emphasis upon requirements 
for transducers, amplifiers, and recording devices, 
design criteria and circuitry of power supplies am- 
plifiers, and pulse equipment, specific instruments 
used for biological research, problems of shielding 
against hum and noise pickup and other interfer- 
ence problems characteristic of biological systems. 

ENEE 433. ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION FOR 

PHYSICAL SCIENCE (3) 
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or 306, PHYSICS 
271 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The con- 
cept of instrumentation systems from sensor to 
readout; discussions of transducers, system dyna- 
mics, precision and accuracy: measurement of elec- 
trical parameters: direct, differential, and potenti- 
metric measurements; bridge measurements, time 
and frequency measurements, wave-form genera- 
tion and display. 

ENEE 434. INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL 
PROCESSES IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE 1 (3) 
Specialty Elective Course. Prerequisite; ENEE 300 
or equivalent. Introduction in the generation and 
processing of bioelectric signals including structure 
and function of the neuron, neuron models, mem- 
brane theory, generation and propagation of nerve 
impulses, synaptic mechanisms transduction and 
neural coding and sensory events, central nervous 
system processing of sensory information and cor- 



graduate school / 79 

related electrical signals, control of effector organs, 
muscle contraction and mechanics, and analytical 
and instrumental techniques of nerve signal process- 
ing. 

ENEE 435. INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL 
PROCESSES IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE II (3) 
Specialty elective course. Prerequisite: ENEE 434. 
Emphasis on the experimental and analytical meth- 
ods necessary to elucidate peripheral and central 
nervous system function, activity and information 
processing: acquisition and analysis of electrocar- 
diograms; electromyograms and electroencephalo- 
grams. 

ENNE 440. DIGITAL COMPUTER ORGANIZATION (3) 
Prerequisite: ENES 243 or CMSC 210 or equivalent. 
Same es CMSC 410. Introduction: computer ele- 
ments: parallel adders and subtracters: micro-op- 
erations: sequences: computer simulation: organiza- 
tion of a commercially available stored program 
computer; microprogrammed computers: a large- 
scale batch-processing system (optional). (Intended 
for those minoring in computers and for those 
majoring in Computer Science). 

ENNE 442. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER-AIDED 

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 243, ENEE 314. Application of 
digital computers to solutions of lumped parameter 
system problems: use of simulators: economic and 
reliability considerations: investigation and appli- 
cations of problem oriented programs such as those 
for circuit analysis, (e.g. CORNAP, JOBSHOP. 
ECAP, and NASAP.) The use of the computer will 
be an integral part of the course. 

ENEE 443. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS AND 

COMPUTATION (3) 
Prerequisite: ENES 243 or equivalent. Basic struc- 
ture and organization of digital systems; representa- 
tion of data, introduction to softwave systems; as- 
sembly language: application of computers in en- 
gineering and physical systems. Not open for stu- 
dents who have credit in ENEE 250. 

ENEE 444. LOGIC DESIGN OF DIGITAL 

SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 250. Review of switching alge- 
bra: gates and logic modules; map simplification 
techniques: multiple-output systems: memory ele- 
ments and sequential systems; large switching sys- 
tems; iterative networks; sample designs, computer 
oriented simplification algorithms: state assignment: 
partition techniques; sequential system decompo- 
sitions. 

ENEE 445. COMPUTER LABORATORY (2) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 305, corequisite: ENEE 444. 1 
lecture and 3 lab hours per week. Hardware orient- 
ed experiments providing practical experience in 
the design, construction, and checkout of compon- 
ents and interfaces for digital computers and data 
transmission systems. Projects include classical de- 
signs techniques and applications of current tech- 
nology. 

ENEE 446. COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (3) 
Specialty elective course. Prerequisite: ENEE 444. 
Digital computer organization; arithmetic hardware; 



80 / graduate school 



primary and secondary storage organization; read- 
only and associative memories; introduction to mul- 
ti-processor and multi-programming computer sys- 
tems; interaction of hardware and software. 

ENEE 450. INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE 

STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisite: ENES 243 or equivalent. This is the 
same course as CMSC 340. Review of set algebra 
including relations, partial ordering and mappings. 
Algebraic structures including semigroups and 
groups. Graph theory including trees and weighed 
graphs. Boolean algebra and propositional logic. 
Applications of these structures to various areas of 
computer science and computer engineering. 

ENEE 451. INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATA 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 450 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. An introduction to finite state machines and 
their properties; properties of regular sets; elemen- 
tary decomposition results; introduction to Turing 
machines and computability theory; undecidability 
propositions; introduction to finite semigroups with 
application to the decomposition of finite state ma- 
chines. 

ENEE 456. ANALOG AND HYBRID COMPUTERS (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Programming the analog 
computer; analog computing components; error 
analysis, repetitive operation; synthesis of systems 
using the computer; hybrid computer systems. 

ENEE 460. INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL 1 (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Review of transform analy- 
sis and linear algebra, mathematical models for con- 
trol system components, transient response design, 
error analysis and design, root locus, frequency re- 
sponse, system design and compensation. 

ENEE 461. CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY (2) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 305. 1 lecture and 3 lab hours 
per week. Projects to enhance the student's under- 
standing of feedback control systems and to fami- 
liarize him with the characteristics and limitations 
of real control devices. Students will design, build, 
and test servomechanisms, and will conduct ana- 
log and hybrid computer simulations of control sys- 
tems. 

ENEE 462. INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL II (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 460 or consent of instructor. 
Mathematical background, state space analysis, 
phase plane methods, discrete-time systems, con- 
trollability and observability, realization theory, 
computation and simulation. 

ENEE 464. LINEAR SYSTEM THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 322. An introduction to the state 
space theory of linear engineering systems; state 
variables, Matrix exponential and impulse response. 
Linear sampled-data systems, discrete systems. Re- 
liability, stability and equivalence. Relation to La- 
Place transform. Application to circuits, controls, 
communications and computers. 

ENEE 472. TRANSDUCERS AND ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Electromechanical trans- 
ducers, theory of electromechanical systems, power 



and wideband transformers, rotating electrical ma- 
chinery from the theoretical and performance points 
of view. 

ENEE 473. TRANSDUCERS AND ELECTRICAL 

MACHINERY LABORATORY (1) 
Corequisite: ENEE 472. Experiments on transform- 
ers, synchronous machines, induction motors, syn- 
chros, loudspeakers, other transducers. 

ENEE 480. ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF 

MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Review of Maxwell's equa- 
tions, the wave equation; electron dynamics with 
applications to accelerators; dielectrics; the die- 
lectric model for plasmas, plane waves in mag- 
netoplasmas; introduction to quantum mechanics 
and quantum statistics; theory of semi-conductors; 
ferromagnetism and selected topics. 

ENEE 481. ANTENNAS (3) 
Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Introduction to the con- 
cepts of radiation, generalized far field formulas; 
antenna theorems and fundamentals; antenna ar- 
rays, linear and planar arrays; Aperture antennas; 
Terminal impedance; Propagation. 

ENEE 483. ELECTROMAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS 

LABORATORY (2) 

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 380. 1 lecture 
and 3 lab hours per week. Experiments designed to 
provide familiarity with a large class of micro-wave 
and optical components, techniques for intercon- 
necting them into useful systems, and techniques 
of high frequency and optical measurements. 

ENEE 487. PARTICLE ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL 

AND ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES (3) 
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 
ENEE 380, and PHYS 420, or consent of the instruc- 
tor. Sources of charged particles; methods of ac- 
celeration and focusing of ion beams in electro- 
magnetic fields; basic theory, design, and engineer- 
ing principles of particle accelerators. 

ENEE 488. TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

(3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. May be 
taken for repeated credit up to a total of 6 credits, 
with the permission of the student's advisor and the 
instructor. 

ENEE 496. PHYSICAL ELECTRONICS OF 

DEVICES (3) 
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 
420 and ENEE 480. Introduction to electron and ion 
optics. Principles of vacuum tubes, klystrons and 
magnetrons. Conductivity of metals and semicon- 
ductors. P-n junction and transistors. 

ENEE 601. ACTIVE NETWORK ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 406 or equivalent. The complex 
frequency plane, conventional feedback and sen- 
sitivity, theorems for feedback circuits, stability and 
physical readability of electrical networks, Ny- 
quist's and Routh's criteria for stability, activity and 
passivity criteria. 

ENEE 602. TRANSIENTS IN LINEAR SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or 
mechanical engineering or physics. Operational cir- 



graduate school / 81 



cuit analysis, the Fourier integral, transient analysis 
of electrical and mechanical systems and electronic 
circuits by the Laplace transform method. 

ENEE 603. TRANSIENTS IN LINEAR SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or 
mechanical engineering or physics. Continuation of 
ENEE 602. 

ENEE 604. ADVANCED ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT 

DESIGN (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 312 or consent of the instructor. 
Comparison of bipolar and field effect transistors, 
detailed frequency response of single and multi- 
stage amplifiers, design of feedback amplifiers, D-C 
coupling techniques, design of multistage tuned 
amplifiers. 

ENEE 605. GRAPH THEORY AND NETWORK 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 600. Linear graph theory as ap- 
plied to electrical networks, cut sets and tie sets, 
incidence matrices, trees, branches, and mazes, 
development of network equations by matrix and 
index notation, network characteristic equations for 
natural circuit behavior, single-flow-graph theory 
and Mason-S rule, stability of active two-part net- 
works. 

ENEE 608. GRADUATE SEMINAR (1-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Every semester 
regular seminars are held in electrical science and 
in the six areas of specialization offered by the Elec- 
trical Engineering Department. They may be taken, 
by arrangement with the student's advisor, for re- 
pealed credit. 

ENEE 620. RANDOM PROCESSES IN 

COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 320 or equivalent. Introduction 
to random processes: characterization, classifica- 
tion, representation: Gaussian and other examples. 
Linear operations on random processes, stationary 
processes: covariance function and spectral den- 
sity. Linear least-square waveform estimation: 
Wiener-Kolmogoroff filtering. Kalman-Bucy recur- 
sive filtering: function space characterization. Non- 
linear operations on random processes. 

ENEE 621. ESTIMATION AND DETECTION 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 620. Estimation of unknown 
parameters, Cramer-Rao lower bound: optimum 
(map) demodulation: filtering, amplitude and angle 
modulation, comparison with conventional systems: 
statistical decision theory: criteria (Bayes, minimac, 
Neyman-Pearson, and MAP), simple and composite 
hypotheses, application to coherent and incoherent 
signal detection: M-ARY hypotheses, application to 
uncoded digital communication systems. 

ENEE 630. ADVANCED TOPICS — RADAR 

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (3) 
Corequisite. ENEE 620. Review of linear systems and 
signals: Fourier transform representation time — 
Bandwidth product, resolution, complex representa- 
tion: maximum signal-to-noise ratio criterion receiv- 
er and signal design, radar range equation: statis- 
tical detection theory: probability of error perform- 
ance: statistical estimation theory: unknown para- 



meters. range-Doppler radar, ambiguity problem, 
asymptotic maximum likelihood estimation and 
Cramer-Rao lower bound: resolution of multiple ob- 
jects. 

ENEE 633. MODELING OF NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL 

SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS (3) 
Modeling of neurophysiological systems with par- 
ticular reference to visual and musclar functions. 
Models of pupilary light reflexes, eye position, and 
motor systems operative in animals and man: analy- 
sis of visual system processing of sensory informa- 
tion: models of proprioceptors, muscles and motor 
reflexes: applications of these models in the design 
of sensory and motor aids for the handicapped. 

ENEE 634. NEURAL NETS, SYSTEMS AND 

SIGNALS (3) 
Analysis of neurons and small neural nets and sys- 
tems: electronic, compartmental and computer mod- 
els: models of higher neural structures including 
cerebellum and cerebral cortex: signal recording 
and analysis techniques, quantitative information 
aspects, interpretation of neural spike trains. 

ENEE 640. ARITHMETIC AND CODING ASPECTS 

OF DIGITAL COMPUTERS (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 440 or 446 or permission of the 
instructor. Digital logic design aspects: sequential 
circuits: computer number systems: arithmetic 
codes for error correction: residue number theory: 
arithmetic unit design; fault detection and correc- 
tion circuits. 

ENEE 646. DIGITAL COMPUTER DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 446. Introduction to design tech- 
niques for digital computers: digital arithmetic: 
logic circuits: digital memories: design of computer 
elements: arithmetic unit: and control unit. A sim- 
ple digital computer will be designed. 

ENEE 648. ADVANCED TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING (3) 
Every semester courses intended for high degree 
of specialization are offered by visiting or regular 
electrical engineering faculty members in two or 
more of the areas listed in 488. The student should 
check with the electrical engineering office of grad- 
uate studies for a list and the description of the 
topics offered currently. 

ENEE 651. CODING THEORY AND 

APPLICATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 450 and some knowledge of 
logic of switching systems. Introduction to coding 
and brief review of modern algebra: theory of linear 
codes: decoding; Hamming, cyclic and Bose- 
Chaudhuri codes: error-checking codes for arith- 
metic; An — B type codes: residue checks: prac- 
tical self checking arithmetic units: simple automa- 
tic fault diagnosing techniques. 

ENEE 652. AUTOMATA THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 421 or CMSC 640. This is the 
same course as CMSC 740. Introduction to the 
theory of abstract mathematical machines; struc- 
tural and behavioral classification of automata: 
finite-state automata; theory of regular sets; push- 
down automata: linear-bounded automata; finite 



82 / graduate school 



transducers; Turing machines; universal Turing ma- 
chines. 

ENEE 654. COMBINATORIAL SWITCHING 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisites, ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. Applica- 
tion of algebraic techniques to combinatorial switch- 
ing networks; multivalued systems; symmetries and 
their use; optimization algorithms; heuristic tech- 
niques; majority and threshold logic; function de- 
composition; cellular cascades. 

ENEE 655. STRUCTURE THEORY OF 

MACHINES (3) 

Prerequisites. ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. Machine 
realizations; partitions and the substitution property; 
pair algebras and applications; variable depen- 
dence; decomposition; loop-free structures; set sys- 
tem decompositions; semigroup realizations. 

ENEE 657. SIMULATION OF DYNAMIC SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 443. Mechanistic methods for 
differential equation solution; application of analog 
or hybrid computers and digital differential analy- 
zers for that purpose; design and structure of lan- 
guages for digital-analog simulation on a general 
purpose digital computer; MIMIC languages and 
examples of its use. Class will run simulation pro- 
grams on a large-scale computer. 

ENEE 660. CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND 

SYNTHESIS (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, undergrad- 
uate automatic control theory background. Linear 
control systems analysis and synthesis using time 
and frequency domain techniques; flow graphs, 
error coefficients, sensitivity, stability, compensa- 
tion to meet specifications, introduction to sampled 
data systems. (Same as ENME 602) 

ENEE 661. NON-LINEAR AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL 

SYSTEMS (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 660, 
ENME 602 or equivalent. Approximate analysis of 
nonlinear systems using series, perturbation, and 
linearization techniques; introduction to state space 
formulation of differential equations; systems with 
Stochastic inputs; stability, introduction to optimum 
switched systems; adaptive control systems. (Same 
as ENME 603). 

ENEE 662. SAMPLED-DATA CONTROL 

SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, undergraduate or graduate prepara- 
tions in linear feedback control theory. Z-transform 
and modified Z-transform method of analysis, root- 
locus and frequency-response methods of analysis, 
discrete and continuous compensation, analysis 
with finite pulse width, digital control systems. 

ENEE 663. SYSTEM THEORY (3) 
Modeling of systems, abstract definition of state, 
linearity and its implications, linear differential sys- 
tems, controllability and observability, impulse, 
transfer functions, realization theory, nonlinear dif- 
ferential systems, definitions of stability, Lyapunov 
stability theory, the Lur'e problem and Popov con- 
dition, input/output stability. 



ENEE 664. OPTIMIZATION AND CONTROL (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 760. Calculus of variations, di- 
rect methods of optimization, Euler-Lagrange equa- 
tions, inequality constraint, maximum principle, 
Hamilton-Jacobi theory, dynamic programming, 
adaptive and Stochastic control, filtering theory. 

ENEE 680. ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 381 or equivalent. Theoretical 
analysis and engineering applications of Maxwell's 
Equations. Boundary value problems of electro- 
statics and magnetostatics. 

ENEE 681. ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY II (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 381 or equivalent. Continuation 
of ENEE 680. Theoretical analysis and engineering 
applications of Maxwell's Equations. The homo- 
geneous wave equation. Plane wave propagation. 
The interaction of plane waves and material media. 
Retarded potentials. The Hertz potential. Simple 
radiating systems. Relativisitic covariance of Max- 
well's Equations. 

ENEE 683. MATHEMATICS FOR 

ELECTROMAGNETISM (3) 
Prerequisite, undergraduate preparation in electro- 
magnetic theory and advanced calculus. Tensors 
and curvilinear coordinates, partial differential equa- 
tions of electrostatics and electrodynamics, func- 
tions, integral equations, and calculus variations as 
applied to electromagnetism. 

ENEE 686. CHARGED PARTICLE DYNAMICS, 

ELECTRON AND ION BEAMS (3) 

Three hours per week. Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. General principles of single-particle dyna- 
mics; mapping of the electric and magnetic fields; 
equation of motion and methods of solution; pro- 
duction and control of charge particle beams; elec- 
tron optics; Liouville's Theorem; space charge 
effects in high current beams; design principles of 
special electron and ion beam devices. 

ENEE 690. QUANTUM AND WAVE PHENOMENA 

WITH ELECTRICAL APPLICATION (3) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 381 and 
ENEE 382 or equivalent. Introduction of quantum 
and wave phenomena from an electrical engineering 
points of view. Topics included: general principles 
of quantum mechanics, operator algebra, the micro- 
wave resonant cavity and the analogous potential 
well problem, harmonic oscillator, hydrogenic atom. 
Perturbation method applied to the transmission line 
and potential well problems. Periodically loaded 
transmission line and Kronig-Penny model of band 
theory. 

ENEE 696. INTEGRATED AND MICROWAVE 

ELECTRONICS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 310. Registration in ENEE 793 
recommended. Active and passive elements used in 
semiconductor structures. Design application of 
linear and digital integrated circuits. 

ENEE 697. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND 

TECHNOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 496 or equivalent. Registration 
in ENEE 793 recommended. The principles, struc- 
tures and characteristics of semiconductor devices. 



graduate school / 83 



Technology and fabrication of semiconductor de- 
vices. 

ENEE 700. NETWORK SYNTHESIS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 605 or equivalent. Design of 
driving-point and transfer impedance functions with 
emphasis of the transfer loss and phase of mini- 
mum-phase networks, flow diagrams, physical net- 
work characteristics, including relations existing be- 
tween the real and imaginary components of net- 
work functions, modern methods of network syn- 
thesis. 

ENEE 701. NETWORK SYNTHESIS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 700 or equivalent. Design of 
driving-point and transfer impedance functions with 
emphasis on the transfer loss and phase of mini- 
mum-phase networks, flow diagrams, physical net- 
work characteristics, including relations existing be- 
tween the real and imaginary components of net- 
work functions, modern methods of network syn- 
thesis. 

ENEE 703. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MODELS (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 605 or equivalent. Single-fre- 
quency models for transistors: small-signal and 
wide-band models for general non-reciprocal de- 
vices. hybrid-Pi and Tee models for transistors: 
relationship of models to transistor physics: syn- 
thesis of wide-band models from terminal behavior, 
computer utilization of models for other semicon- 
ductor devices. 

ENEE 707. APPLICATIONS OF TENSOR 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 600 or 602. The mathematical 
background of tensor notation, which is applicable 
to electrical engineering problems. Applications of 
tensor analysis to electric circuit theory and to 
field theory. 

ENEE 721. INFORMATION THEORY (3) 
Corequisite, ENEE 620. Prerequisite, STAT 400 or 
equivalent. Information measure, entropy, mutual in- 
formation; source encoding: noiseless coding the- 
orem; noisy coding theorem; exponential error 
bounds: introduction to probabilistic error correct- 
ing codes, block and convolutional codes and error 
bounds; channels with memory; continuous chan- 
nels; rate distortion function. 

ENEE 722. CODING THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 721. Algebraic burst and ran- 
dom error correcting codes, convolutional encoding 
and sequential decoding, threshold decording, con- 
catenated codes, P-N sequences, arithmetic codes. 

ENE"E 728. ADVANCED TOPICS IN 

COMMUNICATION THEORY (3) 

Topics selected, as announced, from advanced 
communication theory and its applications. 

ENEE 730. ADVANCED TOPICS — RADAR 

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 620 or equivalent. The theory 
of imaging radar systems. Classifications, resolu- 
tion mechanisms, and principles. System design for 
additive noise: effects of ambiguity, multiplicative 
noise, motion errors, nonlinearities, and scattering 
mechanism. System design for ambiguity and multi- 



plicative noise. Optical processing. Application to 
synthetic aperture, astronomical, and Hologram 
radar. 

ENEE 746. DIGITAL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 646. Systems aspects of digital- 
computer-based systems: data flow analysis; system 
organization: control languages: consoles and dis- 
plays; remote terminals; software-hardware trade- 
off: system evaluation: case studies from selected 
applications areas such as data acquisition and re- 
duction information storage, or the like. 

ENEE 748. TOPICS IN COMPUTER DESIGN (1-3) 
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Such 
topics as computer arithmetic, computer reliability, 
and threshold logic will be considered. May be 
taken for repeated credit. 

ENEE 760. MATHEMATICS OF OPTIMIZATION (3) 
Prerequisite, course in advanced calculus or real 
analysis. Introduction to functional analysis with 
emphasis on applications to system theory and opti- 
mization. Topics covered are linear spaces and 
operators. Hilbert and Banach spaces. Baire Cate- 
gory Theorem. Hahn-Banach Theorem, principle of 
uniform boundedness, duality. 

ENEE 769. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CONTROL 

THEORY (3) 

Topics selected, as announced, from advanced con- 
trol theory and its applications. 

ENEE 780. MICROWAVE ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 681. Mathematical methods for 
the solution of the wave equation, transmission lines 
and waveguides, selected topics in the theory of 
waveguide structures, surface guides and artificial 
dielectrics. 

ENEE 781. OPTICAL ENGINEERING (3) 

Fourier analysis in two dimensions, Diffraction 
Theory, optical imaging systems, spatial filtering, 
holography. 

ENEE 782. RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENEE 681. 
General solutions of Maxwell's Equations, geome- 
trical optics approximations, propagation above a 
plane earth, effects of surface irregularities and 
stratified atmospheres, scattering by turbulence. 

ENEE 783. RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 782. 
Continuation of ENEE 782. 

ENEE 784. ANTENNA THEORY (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681 or 
equivalent. Review of Maxwell's Equations; radiative 
networks; linear antennas; antenna arrays; aper- 
ture antennas; advanced topics. 

ENEE 790. QUANTUM ELECTRONICS 1 (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, a knowledge 
of quantum mechanics and electromagnetic theory. 
Spontaneous emission, interaction Of radiation and 
matter, lasers, optical resonators, the gas, solid and 
semi-conductor lasers, electrooptical effect, propa- 
gation in anisotropic media and light modulation. 

ENEE 791. QUANTUM ELECTRONICS II (3) 
Nonlinear optical effects and devices, tunable co- 



84 / graduate school 



herent light sources — optical parametric oscillator, 
frequency conversion and dye laser. Ultrashort pulse 
generation and measurement, stimulated Raman 
effect, and applications, interaction of acoustic and 
optical waves, and holography. 

ENEE 793. SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS (3) 
Prerequisite, a graduate course in quantum me- 
chanics or consent of instructor. Properties of cry- 
stals; energy bands; electron transport theory; con- 
ductivity and Hall effect; statistical distributions; 
Fermi level; impurities; non-equilibrium carrier dis- 
tributions; normal modes of vibration; effects of high 
electric fields; P-N junction theory, avalanche break- 
down; tunneling phenomena; surface properties. 

ENEE 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENEE 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



ENGINEERING MATERIALS 
PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Spain 

(Chem. Eng.) 
Professors: Armstrong (Mech. Eng.), Arsenault, 

(Chem. Eng.), Marcinkowski (Mech. Eng.) and Skol- 

nick (Chem. Eng.) 
Associate Professor: Bolsaitis (Chem. Eng.) 

The Engineering Materials program has as its 
primary objective the maintenance and extension of 
the ever increasing degree of engineering sophistica- 
tion. The courses and research programs strive to 
create an atmosphere of originality and creativity that 
prepares the student for the engineering leadership of 
tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible 
with the student's interests and background is estab- 
lished between the student, his advisor, and the de- 
partment heads. The Engineering Materials program 
is interdisciplinary between Chemical and Mechanical 
Engineering. Special areas of concentration include 
diffraction, dislocation and mechanical behavior of 
materials, x-ray and electron microscopic techniques, 
electronic and magnetic behavior of materials, and 
the chemical physics of materials. 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees 
are open to qualified students holding the B.S. de- 
gree. Admission may be granted to students with de- 
grees in any of the engineering and science areas from 
accredited programs. In some cases it may be nec- 
essary to require courses to fulfill the background. 
The general regulations of the Graduate School apply 
in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice 
of following a plan of study with thesis or without 
thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full- 
time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the 
Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees 
in Engineering Materials must enroll in ENMA 650, 660 
and 671. In addition to the general rules of the Grad- 
uate School certain special degree requirements are 
set forth by the Departments in their departmental 
publications. 

Special facilities available for graduate study in 



Engineering Materials are coordinated through the 
Center for Materials Research, the Laboratory for 
Radiation and Polymer Science, the Laboratory for 
High Pressure Science and various central facilities. 
Special equipment available includes a scanning elec- 
tron microscope, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal 
growing, sample preparation and mechanical testing 
facilities and high pressure and cryogenic equipment. 
Information is available from the Chairman, Engi- 
neering Materials Program, University of Maryland' 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

ENMA 462. DEFORMATION OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS(3) 

Prerequisites, ENES 230 or consent of instructor. 
Relationship of structure to the mechanical prop- 
erties of materials. Elastic and plastic deformation, 
microscopic yield criteria, state of stress and duc- 
tility. Elements of dislocation theory, work harden- 
ing, alloy strengthening, creep, and fracture in terms 
of dislocation theory. 

ENMA 463. CHEMICAL, LIQUID AND POWDER 
PROCESSING OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisites, ENES 230 or consent of instructor. 
Methods and processes used in the production of 
primary metals. The detailed basic principles of 
beneficiation processes, pyrometallurgy, hydro- 
metallurgy, electrometallurgy, vapor phase process- 
ing and electroplating. Liquid metal processing in- 
cluding casting, welding, brazing and soldering. 
Powder processing and sintering. Shapes and struc- 
tures produced in the above processes. 

ENMA 464. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS ON 

MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisites, ENES 230 or consent of instructor. 
Introduction to the phenomena associated with the 
resistance of materials to damage under severe 
environmental conditions. Oxidation, corrosion, 
stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation 
damage are examined from the point of view of 
mechanism and influence on the properties of ma- 
terials. Methods of corrosion protection and criteria 
for selection of materials for use in radiation envir- 
onments. 

ENMA 470. STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
A comprehensive survey of the atomic and elec- 
tronic structure of solids with emphasis on the re- 
lationship of structure to the physical and me- 
chanical properties. 

ENMA 471. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Equilibrium multicomponent systems and relation- 
ship to the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of 
polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Diffusion 
in solids, kinetics of reactions in solids. 

ENMA 472. TECHNOLOGY OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 
Relationship of properties of solids to their en- 
gineering applications. Criteria for the choice of 
materials for electronic, mechanical and chemical 
properties. Particular emphasis on the relationships 
between structure of the solid and its potential en- 
gineering application. 






graduate school / 85 



ENMA 473. PROCESSING OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 

The effect of processing on the structure of engineer- 
ing materials. Processes considered include refin- 
ing, melting and solidification, purification by zone 
refining, vapor phase processing, mechanical work- 
ing and heat treatments. 

ENMA 650. STRUCTURE OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENMA 470 or equivalent. The structural 
aspects of crystalline and amorphous solids and 
relationships to bonding types. Point and space 
groups. Summary of diffraction theory and practice. 
The reciprocal lattice. Relationships of the micro- 
scopically measured properties to crystal symmetry. 
Structural aspects of defects in crystalline solids. 

ENMA 651. ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENMA 650. Description of electronic 
behavior in engineering solids. Behavior of con- 
ductors, semiconductors and insulators in electrical 
fields. Thermal, magnetic and optical properties 
of engineering solids. 

ENMA 659. SPECIAL TOPICS IN STRUCTURE OF 
ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 660. CHEMICAL PHYSICS OF 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, thermodynamics and statistical me- 
chanics of engineering solids. Cohesion, thermo- 
dynamic properties. Theory of solid solutions. 
Thermodynamics of mechanical, electrical, and 
magnetic phenomena in solids. Chemical thermo- 
dynamics, phase transitions and thermodynamic 
properties of polycrystalline and polyphase ma- 
terials. Thermodynamics of defects in solids. 

ENMA 661. KINETICS OF REACTIONS IN 

MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENMA 660. The theory of thermally 
activated processes in solids as applied to diffusion, 
nucleation and interface motion. Cooperative and 
diffusionless transformations. Applications selected 
from processes such as allotropic transformations, 
precipitation, martensite formation, solidification, 
ordering, and corrosion. 

ENMA 669. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THE CHEMICAL 
PHYSICS OF MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 670 RHEOLOGY OF ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Mechanical be- 
havior with emphasis on the continuum point of 
view and its relationship to structural types. Elas- 
ticity, viscoelasticity. anelasticity and plasticity of 
single phase and multiphase materials. 

ENMA 671. DISLOCATIONS IN CRYSTALLINE 

MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite. ENMA 650. The nature and interactions 
of defects in crystalline solids, with primary em- 
phasis on dislocations. The elastic and electric 
fields associated with dislocations. Effects of im- 
perfections on mechanical and physical properties. 



ENMA 672. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENMA 671. The mechanical properties 
of single crystals, polycrystalline and polyphase 
materials. Yield strength, work hardening, fracture, 
fatigue and creep are considered in terms of fun- 
damental material properties. 

ENMA 679. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THE MECHANICAL 
BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 680. EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN 

MATERIALS SCIENCE (3) 

Methods of measuring the structural aspects of 
materials. Optical and electron microscopy. Micro- 
scopic analytical techniques. Resonance methods. 
Electrical, optical and magnetic measurement tech- 
niques. Thermodynamic methods. 

ENMA 681. DIFFRACTION TECHNIQUES IN 

MATERIALS SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite. ENMA 650. Theory of diffraction of 
electrons, neutrons and x-rays. Strong emphasis on 
diffraction methods as applied to the study of de- 
fects in solids. Short range order, thermal vibra- 
tions, stacking faults, microstrain. 

ENMA 689. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPERIMENTAL 
TECHNIQUES IN MATERIALS SCIENCE (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 690. POLYMERIC ENGINEERING 

MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite. ENMA 650 or consent of instructor. A 
comprehensive summary of the fundamentals of 
particular interest in the science and applications 
of polymers. Polymer single crystals, transforma- 
tions in polymers, fabrication of polymers as to 
shape and internal structure. 

ENMA 691. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 697. SEMINAR IN ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS (1) 

ENMA 698. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS (1-16) 

ENMA 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENMA 899. DOCTORAL THESIS RESEARCH (1-8) 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES 

ENES 401. TECHNOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (3) 
Prerequisite, senior standing or consent of instruc- 
tor. Analysis of methods of assessing technology in 
terms of goals and resources. Public and private 
constraints, changes in objectives and organization. 
Applications to engineering technology. 

ENES 473. PRINCIPLES OF HIGHWAY AND 

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This course 
is designed to assist the non-engineer in under- 
standing highway transportation systems. A sur- 
vey of the fundamentals of traffic characteristics 
and operations. Study of the methods and imple- 



86 / graduate school 



mentation of traffic control and regulation. An ex- 
amination of highway design procedures, and the 
role of traffic engineering in transportation systems 
safety improvements. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND 
LITERATURE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Kenny 

Professors: Bode, Bryer, Fleming, Freedman, Gravely, 
Hovey, Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack, Manning, Mc- 
Manaway, Mish, Murphy, Myers, Panichas, Perloff, 
Russell, Salamanca, Schoeck, Whittemore 

Associate Professors: Barnes, Barry, Birdsall, Brown, 
Cooper, Fry, Greenwood, G. Hamilton, Holton, Houp- 
pert, Howard, Jellema, Kenny, Kinnaird, Kleine. 
Miller, Peterson, Portz, Smith, Thorberg, Vitzthum, 
Ward, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Cate, Rutherford, Steinberg, 
Swigger, Van Egmond, Weigant 

The Department of English offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor 
of Philosophy. Areas of specialization for the MA and 
PhD include: English literature, American literature, 
and folklore. In addition, candidates for the MA de- 
gree may specialize in creative writing, in linquistics, 
and in teaching English as a foreign language. 

Departmental requirements for the degree of Mas- 
ter of Arts include: (1) ENGL 601; (2) three credits 
from the following: ENGL 482, 483, 484, 485, 486; (3) 
six credits in the ENGL 620 series; and (4) six credits 
of seminars. Candidates have a non-thesis option 
under which they take 30 credits, submit a sub- 
stantial seminar paper for deposit, and pass a three- 
hour comprehensive examination. 

Departmental requirements for the degree of Doc- 
tor of Philosophy include: (1) a foreign language re- 
quirement; (2) at least three hours of linguistics; (3) 
a comprehensive written examination on three fields 
(dissertation field and those immediately before and 
after it) which may be taken with permission after 
nine hours beyond the Master of Arts and must be 
taken upon the completion of 30 hours. 

ENGL 401. ENGLISH MEDIEVAL LITERATURE IN 
TRANSLATION (3) 

(Birdsall, Herman, Isaacs, Rutherford) 

ENGL 402. CHAUCER (3) 

(Gallick, Isaacs, Rutherford, Steinberg) 

ENGL 403. SHAKESPEARE (3) 

Early period: histories and comedies. 

(Barry, D. Hamilton, McManaway) 

ENGL 404. SHAKESPEARE (3) 
Late periods: tragedies and romances. 

(Barry, D. Hamilton, McManaway) 

ENGL 405. THE MAJOR WORKS OF 

SHAKESPEARE (3) 

Students who have credit for ENGL 403 or 404 can- 
not receive credit for ENGL 405. 
(Cooper, Houppert, Kimble, Levinson, Schoeck, 
Widmann) 



ENGL 407. LITERATURE OF THE RENAISSANCE (3) 
(D. Hamilton, Houppert) 



ENGL 410. EDMUND SPENSER (3) 



(Cooper) 



ENGL 411. LITERATURE OF THE RENAISSANCE (3) 
(G. Hamilton, Houppert) 

ENGL 412. LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY, 1600-1660 (3) 

(G. Hamilton, Mish, Murphy, Wilson) 

ENGL 414. MILTON (3) 

(Freedman, G. Hamilton, Murphy, Wilson) 

ENGL 415. LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY, 1660-1700 (3) (Wilson) 

ENGL 416. LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY (3) 
Age of Pope and Swift. (Kenny, Myers, Tyson) 

ENGL 417. LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY (3) 
Age of Johnson and the Preromantics. 

(Howard, Kenny, Myers, Tyson) 

ENGL 418, 419. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS (3, 3) 
Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 420. LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC 
PERIOD (3) 
First generation: Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, et al. 
(Howard, Kenny, Myers, Tyson) 

ENGL 421. LITERATURE OF THE ROMANTIC 
PERIOD (3) 
Second generation: Keats, Shelley, Byron, et al. 
(Howard, Kinnaird, G. Smith) 

ENGL 422. LITERATURE OF THE VICTORIAN 
PERIOD (3) 
Early years. (Brown, Cate, Kenny, Peterson) 

ENGL 423. LITERATURE OF THE VICTORiAN 
PERIOD (3) 
Middle years. (Brown, Cate, Kenny, Peterson) 

ENGL 424. LATE VICTORIAN AND EDWARDIAN 

LITERATURE (3) 
A study of the literary movements and techniques 
which effected the transition from Victorian to 
modern literature. (Cate, Peterson) 

ENGL 425. MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE (3) 
An historical survey of the major writers and literary 
movements in English prose and poetry since 1900. 
(Cate, Sewell, Russell) 

ENGL 430. AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING 
TO 1810, THE COLONIAL AND FEDERAL PERIODS (3) 

(Vitzthum, Weigant) 

ENGL 431. AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1810 TO 1865. 
THE AMERICAN RENAISSANCE (3) 

(Manning, Martin, Vitzhum, Weigant) 

ENGL 432. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 1865 TO 1914, 
REALISM AND NATURALISM (3) 

(Dunn, Gravely, Thorberg) 

ENGL 433. AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1914 TO THE 
PRESENT, THE MODERN PERIOD (3) 

(Holton, Lawson, Moore, Walt) 






graduate school / 87 



ENGL 434. AMERICAN DRAMA (3) (Barry, Bryer) 

ENGL 435. AMERICAN POETRY — BEGINNING TO 
THE PRESENT (3) (Holton, Van Egmond) 

ENGL 436. THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN 
DEMOCRACY (3) (Barnes) 

ENGL 437. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN 

LITERATURE (3) 
A survey of the poetry, prose, and drama written in 
America in the last decade. (Moore) 

ENGL 438, 439. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS (3, 3) 
Two writers studied intensively each semester. 

ENGL 440. THE NOVEL IN AMERICA TO 1910 (3) 
(Dunn, Hovey, Thorberg) 

ENGL 441. THE NOVEL IN AMERICA SINCE 1910 (3) 
(Dunn, Hovey, Thorberg) 

ENGL 442. LITERATURE OF THE SOUTH (3) 
A historical survey, from eighteenth-century begin- 
nings to the present. (Lawson, Moore) 

ENGL 443. AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) 
An examination of the literary expression of the 
Negro in the United States, from its beginning to 
the present. (Coleman, Kelly, Naughton) 

ENGL 445. MODERN POETRY (3) 
(Fleming, Jellema, Perloff, Van Egmond, Whittemore) 

ENGL 449. PLAYWRITING (3) (Fleming) 

ENGL 450. ELIZABETHAN AND JACOBEAN 
DRAMA (3) 

Beginnings to Marlowe. (Barry, D. Hamilton) 

ENGL 451. ELIZABETHAN AND JACOBEAN 
DRAMA (3) 
Jonson to Webster. (Barry, D. Hamilton) 

ENGL 452. ENGLISH DRAMA FROM 1660 TO 1800 
(3) (Kenny) 

ENGL 453. LITERARY CRITICISM (3) 

(Lutwack, Trousdale) 

ENGL 454. MODERN DRAMA (3) 

(Barry, Bryer, Freedman, Kimble) 

ENGL 455. THE ENGLISH NOVEL (3) 
Eighteenth Century. 

(Kenny, Kleine, Peterson, Ward) 

ENGL 456. THE ENGLISH NOVEL (3) 
Nineteenth Century. 

(Kenny, Kleine, Peterson. Ward) 

ENGL 457. THE MODERN NOVEL (3) 

(Holton, Lawson, Panichas, Perloff, Rowe, Russell) 

ENGL 460. INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE (3) 

(Birdsall, Cothran, Fry) 

ENGL 461. FOLK NARRATIVE (3) 
Studies in legend, tale and myth. Prerequisite. 
ENGL 460. (Birdsall) 

ENGL 462. FOLKSONG AND BALLAD (3) 
Prerequisite, ENGL 460. (Glazer) 

ENGL 463. AMERICAN FOLKLORE (3) 

Prerequisite, ENGL 460. An examination of Ameri- 
can folklore in terms of history and regional folk 
cultures. Exploration of collections of folklore from 
various areas to reveal the difference in regional 



and ethnic groups as witnessed in their oral and 
literary traditions. (Fry) 

ENGL 464. AFRO-AMERICAN FOLKLORE AND 

CULTURE (3) 
An examination of the culture of the Negro in the 
United States in terms of history (antebellum to the 
present) and social changes (rural to urban). Ex- 
ploration of aspects of Negro culture and history 
via oral and literary traditions and life histories. 

(Fry) 

ENGL 465. URBAN FOLKLORE (3) 

Prerequisite, ENGL 460. An examination of the 
folklore currently originating in white, urban. Ameri- 
can culture. (Birdsall) 

ENGL 470. HONORS CONFERENCE AND 

READING (1) 
Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English. Can- 
didates will take ENGL 470 in their junior year and 
ENGL 471 in their senior year. (Manning) 

ENGL 471. HONORS CONFERENCE AND 

READING (1) 

Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English. Can- 
didates will take ENGL 470 in their junior year and 
ENGL 471 in their senior year. (Manning) 

ENGL 472. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN 

ENGLISH (1-3) 
This course is designed to provide qualified majors 
in English an opportunity to pursue specific English 
readings under the supervision of a member of the 
department. Restricted to undergraduates. 

ENGL 473. SENIOR PROSEMINAR IN 

LITERATURE (3) 
Open only to seniors. Required of candidates for 
honors and strongly recommended to those who 
plan to do graduate work. Individual reading assign- 
ments: term paper. (Manning) 

ENGL 479. SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGLISH AND 

AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) 

ENGL 481. INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH 

GRAMMAR (3) 
A brief review of traditional English grammar and 
an introduction to structural grammar, including 
phonology, morphology and syntax. (James. Nutku) 

ENGL 482. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 
LANGUAGE (3) (Birdsall, Herman. James, Nutku) 

ENGL 483. AMERICAN ENGLISH (3) (Miller) 

ENGL 484. ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR (3) 
Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484 and 
LING 402. (James, Miller) 

ENGL 485. ADVANCED ENGLISH STRUCTURE (3) 

(Miller) 



ENGL 486. OLD ENGLISH (3) 



(Rutherford) 



ENGL 493. ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING (3) 
(Beauchamp, Herman, Stevenson, Townsend. 
Trousdale. Walt) 

ENGL 498. CREATIVE WRITING (3) 
(Fleming. Holton, Jellema. Salamanca. Van Egmond) 

ENGL 499. ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING (3) 

(Fleming, Jellema, Salamanca, Whittemore) 



88 / graduate school 



ENGL 601. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS (3) 

(Bryer, Cooper, G. Smith, Steinberg, Van Egmond, 
Widmann) 

ENGL 602. MIDDLE ENGLISH (3) (Steinberg) 

ENGL 603. ENGLISH LANGUAGE — OLD 
ENGLISH TO EARLY MODERN ENGLISH (3) 

(Isaacs, Rutherford, Steinberg) 

ENGL 620. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — THE MEDIEVAL PERIOD TO 1500 (3) 

(Birdsall) 

ENGL 621. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — RENAISSANCE LITERATURE (3) 

(Cooper) 

ENGL 622. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — 17TH CENTURY LITERATURE (3) 

(G. Hamilton, Murphy) 

ENGL 623. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — 18TH CENTURY LITERATURE (3) 

(Kenny, Myers) 

ENGL 624. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — ROMANTIC LITERATURE (3) 

(Kinnaird, Smith) 

ENGL 625. SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH 
LITERATURE — VICTORIAN LITERATURE (3) 

(Brown, Cate, Peterson) 

ENGL 626. SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN 
LITERATURE — AMERICAN LITERATURE BEFORE 
1865 (3) (Lawson, Vitzthum, Weigant) 

ENGL 627. SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN 
LITERATURE — AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 
1865 (3) (Holton, Lawson, Thorberg) 

ENGL 718. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE (3) 
(Birdsall, Isaacs, Rutherford, Schoeck) 

ENGL 719. SEMINAR IN RENAISSANCE 
LITERATURE (3) 

(Barry, Cooper, Houppert, McManaway, Schoeck) 

ENGL 728. SEMINAR IN SEVENTEENTH- 
CENTURY LITERATURE (3) 

(Freedman, G. Hamilton, Mish, Murphy) 

ENGL 729. SEMINAR IN EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE (3) (Kenny, Myers, Ward) 

ENGL 738. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE (3) (Howard, Kinnaird, G. Smith) 

ENGL 739. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE (3) (Brown, Cate, Kleine, Peterson) 

ENGL 748. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LITERATURE 
(3) 

(Barnes, Bode, Holton, Hovey, Lawson, Lutwack, 

Vitzthum) 

ENGL 749. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE (3) 

(Bode, Hovey, Lutwack, Panichas, Perloff, Russell) 
ENGL 758. LITERARY CRITICISM (3) 

(Barry, Lutwack) 
ENGL 759. SEMINAR IN LITERATURE AND THE 
OTHER ARTS (3) (Myers) 

ENGL 768. STUDIES IN DRAMA (3) 

(Barry, Bryer, Freedman) 



ENGL 769. STUDIES IN FICTION (3) (Mish) 

ENGL 778. SEMINAR IN FOLKLORE (3) (Fry) 

ENGL 788. STUDIES IN THE ENGLISH 
LANGUAGE (3) 

May be repeated for credit to a maximum of 9 hours. 

ENGL 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENGL 819. SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN 
ENGLISH LITERATURE (3) 

ENGL 828. SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN 
AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) 

ENGL 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

ENTOMOLOGY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Bay 

Professors: Bickley, Harrison, Jones, Menzer, Messer- 

smith, Steinhauer 
Associate Professor: Davidson 
Assistant Professors: Caron, Reichelderfer 
Lecturers: Heimpel, Spangler 

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. 
and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate students may specialize 
in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosys- 
tematics, ecology and behavior, medical entomology, 
apiculture, insect pathology, and insect pest manage- 
ment. 

Students applying for graduate work in entomology 
are expected to have strong backgrounds in biologi- 
cal sciences, chemistry, and mathematics. Under- 
graduate preparation in entomology is not required. 

The student is given great latitude in selection of 
advisory study committees, choice of major study 
areas and supporting course work, and choice of the 
research problem area. Competence in one foreign 
language is required for the Ph.D. 

Facilities are maintained for research in all areas 
of specialization offered and, in addition, cooperative 
programs with other departments in Life Sciences and 
Agriculture are possible. Specialized facilities are 
frequently made available to graduate students by 
many government agencies, such as the National 
Agricultural Research Center and the U.S. National 
Museum. 

Departmental "Guidelines for Graduate Students" 
have been prepared and are available from the De- 
partment of Entomology, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

ENTM 407. ENTOMOLOGY FOR SCIENCE 

TEACHERS (4) 

Summer. Four lectures and four three-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. This course will include the 
elements of morphology, taxonomy and biology of 
insects using examples commonly available to high 
school teachers. It will include practice in collect- 
ing, preserving, rearing and experimenting with in- 
sects insofar as time will permit. 

ENTM 412. ADVANCED APICULTURE (3) 
One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111. The theory and 



graduate school / 89 



practice of apiary management. Designed for the 
student who wishes to keep bees or requires a 
practical knowledge of bee management. 

ENTM 421. INSECT TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200. Introduction to the 
principles of systematic entomology and the study 
of all orders and the important families of insects; 
immature forms considered. 

ENTM 432. INSECT MORPHOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200. A basic study of 
insect form, structure and organization in relation 
to function. 

ENTM 442. INSECT PHYSIOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, ENTM 200, CHEM 104 or equiv- 
alent. Lectures and laboratory exercises on the 
cuticle, growth, endocrines, muscles, circulation, 
nerves, digestion, excretion and reproduction in in- 
sects. 

ENTM 451. ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200. The recognition, bio- 
logy and control of insects injurious to fruit and 
vegetable crops, field crops and stored products. 

ENTM 452. INSECTICIDES (2) 

Prerequisite, consent of the department. The 
development and use of contact and stomach 
poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, 
with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- 
patibility, and host injury. Recent research empha- 
sized. 

ENTM 462. INSECT PATHOLOGY (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, MICB 200, prerequisite or core- 
quisite, ENTM 442 or consent of the instructor. An 
introduction to the principal insect pathogens with 
special reference to symptomology, epizootiology, 
and microbial control of insect pests. 

ENTM 472. MEDICAL AND VETERINARY 

ENTOMOLOGY (4) 
Three lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200 or consent of the 
department. A study of the morphology, taxonomy, 
biology and control of the arthropod parasites and 
disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology 
and behavior of vectors in relation to disease trans- 
mission will be emphasized. 

ENTM 498. SEMINAR (1) 

Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of origin- 
al work, reviews and abstracts of literature. 

ENTM 612. INSECT ECOLOGY (2) 

One lecture and one 2-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite, consent of the department. A 
study of fundamental factors involved in the rela- 
tionship of insects to their environment. Emphasis 
is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. 



ENTM 625. EXPERIMENTAL HONEY BEE 

BIOLOGY (2) 

One 3-hour lab a week. Fifteen labs during semester 
will include topics such as communication, nest 
construction and organization, behavior, insect so- 
cieties and bee and wasp biology. 

ENTM 641. ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY (2) 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENTM 442 or 
consent of instructor. Lectures on current litera- 
ture with reading assignments and discussion. 

ENTM 643. ASPECTS OF INSECT BIOCHEMISTRY 

(2) 
Two lectures a week. (Alternate years.) Prere- 
quisite, one year of biochemistry, or equivalent, or 
consent of the instructor. Lectures and group dis- 
cussions on the energy sources of insects, inter- 
mediary metabolism, utilization of energy sources, 
specialized subjects of current interest, such as 
light production, insect pigment formation, phero- 
mones, venoms, and chemical defense mechanisms. 

ENTM 653. TOXICOLOGY OF INSECTICIDES (4) 
Three lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period 
a week. (Alternate years, not offered 1973-1974.) 
Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. A study 
of the physical, chemical, and biological properties 
of insecticides. Emphasis is placed on the relation- 
ship of chemical structures to insecticidal activity 
and mode of action. Mechanisms of resistance are 
also considered. 

ENTM 654. INSECT PEST POPULATION 

MANAGEMENT (2) 
2 lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. A study of current developments in pest 
management theory and practice, with emphasis on 
advances in non-pesticide methods of insect con- 
trol. Frequent guest lecturers will appear. The 
course will explore insect pest population sup- 
pression through the management of ecological 
factors, such as parasites, predators, microbial 
agents, resistant hosts, and other agents such as 
hormones, attractants and repellants, and integrated 
systems. 

ENTM 672. CULICIDOLOGY (2) 
One lecture and one 3-hour laboratory period a 
week. (Alternate years.) The classification, dis- 
tribution, ecology, biology, and control of mos- 
quitoes. 

ENTM 689. ENTOMOLOGICAL TOPICS (1-3) 

One lecture or one two-hour laboratory period a 
week for each credit hour. Prerequisite, consent 
of department. Lectures, group discussions or lab- 
oratory sessions on selected topics such as: aqua- 
tic insects, biological control of insects, entomolo- 
gical literature, forest entomology, history of en- 
tomology, insect biochemistry, insect embryology, 
immature insects, insect behavior, principles of 
economic entomology, insect communication, prin- 
ciples of entomological research. 

ENTM 698. SEMINAR (1) 

Presentation of topics of current interest, including 
thesis and dissertation research, by faculty mem- 
bers, students, and outside speakers. 



90 / graduate school 



ENTM 699. ADVANCED ENTOMOLOGY (1-6) 

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the 
department. First and second semesters. Studies 
of minor problems in morphology, physiology, tax- 
onomy and applied entomology, with particular ref- 
erence to the preparation of the student for in- 
dividual research. 

ENTM 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENTM 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING 
COURSES 

ENFP 411. SYSTEMS APPROACH TO FIRE 

PROTECTION DESIGN (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, senior standing. Examination of the 
problem areas associated with manufacturing, proc- 
ess, laboratory, and transportation systems. Design 
projects will involve the total application of fire pro- 
tection engineering, with economic and cost bene- 
fit analysis. 

ENFP 414. LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, ENFP 321. Detailed examination and 
study of the physical and psychological variables 
related to the occurrence of casualties. Investiga- 
tion of functional features of enclosures relative 
to egress, and smoke and gas fluid flow. Examina- 
tion and analysis procedures. 

ENFP 415. FIRE PROTECTION FLUIDS II (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, ENFP 310. 312. The application of 
hydraulic and fluid theory to design calculations 
for aqueous, gaseous and particle fire suppression 
systems. Problem calculation projects based upon 
design layouts developed in ENFP 310. 

ENFP 416. PROBLEM SYNTHESIS AND DESIGN (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, senior standing. Techniques and pro- 
cedures of problem orientation and solution design 
utilizing logical and numerical procedures. Student 
development of research projects in selected areas. 

INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS 
AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

Research Professor and Director: Crane 

Research Professors: Aziz,' Babuska, Bhatia, 1 Bur- 
gers, DeClaris, a Elsasser, Faller, Hubbard, Jones, 
Karlovitz, Kellogg, Koopman, Landsberg, Lashin- 
sky, Olver, Ortega," 1 Pai, Tidman, Weiss, :1 Wilkerson, 
Wu, Yorke, Zwanzig 

Professors: Brush,- Dorfman 4 

Research Associate Professors: Coplan, Guernsey, 
Israel, 1 ' 1 Koopman, Matthews, Yorke 

Associate Professors: Rodenhuis, Thompson, Vernekar 

Visiting Lecturer: Gerrity 

1 joint appointment with UMBC 

- joint appointment with History 

■'•joint appointment with Electrical Engineering 

4 joint appointment with Physics 



•"■ joint appointment with Computer Science and 

Mathematics 
''■ joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe- 
matics is a center for applied interdisciplinary re- 
search in areas requiring combined efforts in physical 
and mathematical sciences, environmental sciences, 
and engineering. It hosts a faculty of eminent stature 
to promote a variety of programs, many involving 
members of other departments on campus and from 
other institutions. Its purpose is to provide graduate 
training for students interested in having an oppor- 
tunity to perform research in a multidisciplinary en- 
vironment. 

The Institute faculty conducts theoretical and ex- 
perimental research in meteorology, atomic and mole- 
cular physics, plasma physics, atmospheric physics, 
fluid dynamics, statistical mechanics, history of sci- 
ence, theoretical biology and geophysics, and in all 
areas of applied mathematics. Applied mathemati- 
cians in the Institute are currently studying topics in 
numerical analysis, control theory, nonlinear proc- 
esses, elasticity, asymptotic expansions, approxima- 
tion theory, and in application of mathematics to the 
sciences and environmental sciences. Individual re- 
search efforts are coordinated wherever possible to 
constitute broad programs in the atmospheric, envir- 
onmental, space and life sciences. Research topics are 
determined entirely by the interests of students and 
faculty. Inter-departmental programs are strongly en- 
couraged. 

Students interested in pursuing advanced study 
within the Institute may be admitted to the University 
as graduate students in any department of engineer- 
ing, or in mathematics, physics, or chemistry. Those 
interested in meteorology may be admitted directly 
to the Graduate Program in Meteorology, which exists 
within the Institute. (See the separate listing for the 
Meteorology Program.) Further information may be 
obtained by writing to the Director of the Institute for 
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 

FOOD, NUTRITION, AND 
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Prather 

Associate Professors: Ahrens, Butler, Cox 

Assistant Professors: Berdanier, Eheart, Sanford 

(visiting). 
Lecturer: Stewart 

The department offers a program leading to a Mas- 
ter of Science degree in each of the following major 
areas: food, nutrition and institution administration. The 
department participates in an interdepartmental pro- 
gram for Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- 
phy degrees in nutritional science which is described 
under that title. There is also a coordinated program 
in cooperation with the U.S. Army Medical Depart- 
ment at Walter Reed General Hospital, Washington, 
D.C., for Dietetic Interns, leading to a Master of 
Science degree. 

A satisfactory score on the aptitude portion of the 
Graduate Record Examination is required for admis- 
sion. 



graduate school / 91 



Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the 
Master of Science degree in food, nutrition or in- 
stitution administration, but the Master of Science 
degree in nutritional science is available only through 
a thesis option. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are 
available. 

Copies of department requirements are available 
from the department for the information and guidance 
of graduate students. 

FOOD 

FOOD 440. ADVANCED FOOD SCIENCE (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites. FOOD 240, 
250, CHEM 461 or concurrent registration. Chem- 
ist and physical properties of food as related to 
consumer use in the home and institutions. 

FOOD 450. EXPERIMENTAL FOOD SCIENCE (3) 
One lecture, two laboratories per week. Prerequisite. 
FOOD 440 or equivalent. Individual and group lab- 
oratory experimentation as an introduction to meth- 
ods of food research. 

FOOD 455. ADVANCED FOOD SCIENCE 

LABORATORY (1) 
One 3-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite. 
CHEM 201 and consent of instructor. Chemical de- 
termination of selected components in animal and 
plant foods. 

FOOD 480. FOOD ADDITIVES (3) 
Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. Efforts of 
intentional and incidental additives on food quality. 
nutritive value and safety. FDA approved additives, 
GRAS substances, pesticide residues, mycotoxins. 
antibiotics, and hormones will be reviewed. 

FOOD 490. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOODS (2-3) 
Prerequisite, FOOD 440 and consent of instructor. 
Individual selected problems in the area of food 
science. 

FOOD 610. READINGS IN FOOD (3) 

Prerequisite. FOOD 440 or consent of instructor. 
A critical survey of the literature of recent develop- 
ments in food research. 

FOOD 620. NUTRITIONAL AND QUALITY 

EVALUATION OF FOOD (3) 

Prerequisite. FOOD 440 or consent of instructor. 
Effects of production, processing, marketing, stor- 
age, and preparation on nutritive value and quality 
of foods. 

FOOD 640. FOOD ENZYMES (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory. Prere- 
quisite. FOOD 440 or equivalent. The classification 
and behavior of naturally occurring and added 
enzymes in food: includes the effects of tempera- 
ture, pH, radiation, moisture, etc.. on enzyme ac- 
tivity. 

FOOD 650. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL 

FOOD (3-5) 
Two lectures and three laboratory periods a week. 
Selected readings of literature in experimental 
foods. Development of individual problem. 



FOOD 678. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FOODS (1-6) 
Individual or group study in an area of foods. 

FOOD 688. SEMINAR (1-2) 
Reports and discussions of current research in 
foods. 

FOOD 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 



NUTRITION 

NUTR 415.— MATERNAL, INFANT AND CHILD 

NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, course in 
basic nutrition. Nutritional needs of the mother, in- 
fant and child and the relation of nutrition to phy- 
sical and mental growth. 

NUTR 425. INTERNATIONAL NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. Nutritional status of world popula- 
tion and local, national and international programs 
for improvement. 

NUTR 435. HISTORY OF NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. A study of the development of the 
knowledge of nutrition and its interrelationship with 
social and economic developments. 

NUTR 450. ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION (3) 
Prerequisites, consent of department; NUSC 402 
or NUTR 300; CHEM 461, or concurrent registra- 
tion. Two lectures and one 2-hour laboratory. A 
critical study of the physiological and metabolic in- 
fluences on nutrient utilization, with particular em- 
phasis on current problems in human nutrition. 

NUTR 460. THERAPEUTIC HUMAN NUTRITION (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites. NUTR 300. 450. Modifications of the 
normal adequate diet to meet human nutritional 
needs in pathological conditions. 

NUTR 470. COMMUNITY NUTRITION (3) 

Prerequisites. NUTR 300. 450, 460. A study of differ- 
ent types of community nutrition programs, prob- 
lems and projects. 

NUTR 480. APPLIED DIET THERAPY (3) 

(Open only to students accepted into and par- 
ticipating in the United States Army Dietetic Intern- 
ship Program at Walter Reed General Hospital or 
the Coordinated Undergraduate Dietetics Program.) 
Application of principles of normal and therapeutic 
nutrition in total medical care and instruction of 
patients. Clinical experience in hospital therapeu- 
tics, pediatrics, research and a variety of clinics are 
included. 

NUTR 490. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN NUTRITION 
(2-3) 

Prerequisites. NUTR 300 and consent of instructor. 

Individual selected problems in the area of human 

nutrition. 

NUTR 600. RECENT PROGRESS IN HUMAN 

NUTRITION (3) 
Recent developments in the science of nutrition 
with emphasis on the interpretation of these find- 
ings for application in health and disease. 



92 / graduate school 



NUTR 610. READINGS IN NUTRITION (1-3) 

Reports and discussions of significant nutritional 
research and investigation. 

NUTR 620. NUTRITION FOR COMMUNITY 

SERVICES (3) 
Application of the principles of nutrition to various 
community problems of specific groups of the pub- 
lic. Students may select specific problems for in- 
dependent study. 

NUTR 670. INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM IN 

NUTRITION (3) 
Prerequisite, CHEM 461, 462 or equivalent. The 
major routes of carbohydrate, fat, and protein meta- 
bolism with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts 
and their detection and signifiance in nutrition. 

NUTR 678. SPECIAL TOPICS IN NUTRITION (1-6) 
Individual or group study in an area of nutrition. 

NUTR 680. HUMAN NUTRITION STATUS (3) 

Methods of appraisal of human nutritional status, 
to include dietary, biochemical and anthropometric 
techniques. 

NUTR 698. SEMINAR IN NUTRITION (1-3) 
A study in depth of a selected phase of nutrition. 

NUTR 699. PROBLEMS IN NUTRITION (1-4) 

Prerequisite, permission of faculty. Experience in 
a phase of nutrition of interest to the student. Use 
is made of experimental animals, human studies and 
extensive, critical studies of research methods, 
techniques or data of specific projects. 

NUTR 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 

IADM 410. SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE (3) 
Two lectures and one morning a week for field ex- 
perience in a school food service. Prerequisite, 
FOOD 200, or 240 and 250, and NUTR 300, or con- 
sent of instructor. Study of organization and man- 
agement, menu planning, food purchasing, prepara- 
tion, service, and cost control in a school lunch 
program. 

IADM 420. QUANTITY FOOD PURCHASING (3) 
Prerequisite, FOOD 240, introductory accounting 
recommended. Food selection and the develop- 
ment of integrated purchasing programs. Standards 
of quality; the marketing distribution system. 

IADM 430. QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION (3) 
Two hours of lecture and one 3-hour laboratory a 
week. Prerequisites, FOOD 240, or consent of in- 
structor. Scientific principles and procedures em- 
ployed in food preparation in large quantity. Lab- 
oratory experience in management techniques in 
quantity food production and service. 

IADM 440. FOOD SERVICE PERSONNEL 

ADMINISTRATION (2) 

Prerequisite, IADM 300. Principles of personnel ad- 
ministration in food services, emphasis on person- 
nel selection, supervision and training, job evalua- 
tion, wage and payroll structure, current labor reg- 
ulation, and interpersonal relationships and com- 
munications. 



IADM 450. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND 

PLANNING (2) 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Equipment design, selection, mainten- 
ance and efficient layout, relation of the physical 
facility to production and service. 

IADM 460. ADMINISTRATION DIETETICS (3) 

(Open only to students accepted into and participat- 
ing in the United States Army Dietetic internship Pro- 
gram at Walter Reed General Hospital or the Co- 
ordinated Undergraduate Dietetic Program.) Appli- 
cation of management theory through guided ex- 
perience in all aspects of hospital dietary depart- 
ment administration. 

IADM 470. ADMINISTRATIVE DIETETICS II (3) 
Continuation of IADM 460. 

IADM 490. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD 

SERVICE (2-3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing, five hours in IADM 
courses and consent of instructor. Individual select- 
ed problems in the area of food service. 

IADM 600. FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION (3) 
Principles of organization and management related 
to a food system. Control of resources through the 
use of quantitative methods. Administrative de- 
cision-making, and personnel policies and prac- 
tices. 

IADM 610. READINGS IN FOOD ADMINISTRATION 

(3) 
Reports and discussion of significant research and 
development in the area of food admniistration. 

IADM 630. COMPUTER APPLICATION IN FOOD 

SERVICE (3) 

Prerequisite, IADM 600 or equivalent. The use of 
automatic data processing and programming for 
the procurement and issuing of food commodities, 
processing of ingredients, menu selection, and 
labor allocations. 

IADM 640. SANITATION AND SAFETY IN FOOD 

SERVICE (3) 

Prerequisite, MICB 200. Principles and practices of 
sanitation and safety unique to the production, stor- 
age and service of food in quantity; includes cur- 
rent legislation. 

IADM 650. EXPERIMENTAL QUANTITY FOOD 

PRODUCTION (3) 
Two lectures and one 3-hour laboratory. Prere- 
quisites, IADM 430 and FOOD 450 or equivalents. 
Application of experimental methods to quantity 
food production, recipe development and modifica- 
tion; relationship of food quality to production meth- 
ods. 

IADM 678. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INSTITUTIONAL 
FOOD (1-6) 

Individual or group study in an area of institutional 

food service. 

IADM 688. SEMINAR (1) 
Reports and discussion of current research in in- 
stitution administration. May be repeated to a 
maximum of three semestter hours of credit. 

IADM 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 



graduate school / 93 



FOOD SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: King (Dairy Science) 
Professors: Kramer. Scott, Stark (Horticulture). Twigg. 

and Wiley (Horticulture). Davis, and Mattick (Dairy 

Science). Young (Animal Science). 
Associate Professors: Bigbee and Thomas (Poultry 

Science) 
Assistant Professor: Heath 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees are offered in the Food Science Program. This 
graduate program is interdepartmental, offered under 
the aegis of the Departments of Horticulture, Dairy 
Science, Poultry Science and Animal Science. Areas 
of specialization include: quality control, product and 
process development, management and marketing, 
waste control, and byproduct utilization. The student 
may pursue work in the chemical, physical, bac- 
teriological and nutritional aspects of food products. 

Students seeking admission should present ade- 
quate undergraduate preparation in the biological and 
physical sciences. Deficiences at the lower level in 
these areas should be corrected by enrollment as a 
special undergraduate student. Students are admitted 
for the doctorate if it is clear they can complete the 
program successfully. The Graduate Record Examina- 
tion is not required. 

A non-thesis Master's option is available to candi- 
dates for whom the M.S. degree will be terminal. 

FDSC 412. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING I 

(3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A study 
of the basic methods by which foods are preserved 
(unit operations). Effect of raw product quality and 
the various types of processes on yield and quality 
of the preserved products. (Wiley) 

FDSC 413. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING 

II (3) 
Three lectures per week. A detailed study of food 
processing with emphasis on line and staff opera- 
tions, including physical facilities, utilities, pre-and 
post-processing operations, processing line devel- 
opment and sanitation. (Mattick) 

FDSC 421. FOOD CHEMISTRY (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prere- 
quisites. CHEM 201 and 202. The application of 
basic chemical and physical concepts to the com- 
position and properties of foods. Emphasis will be 
on the relationship of processing technology to the 
keeping quality, nutritional value and acceptability 
of foods. (King) 

FDSC 422. FOOD PRODUCT RESEARCH AND 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Two lectures, and one laboratory per week. Prere- 
quisite. FDSC, 413. CHEM 461. or permission of 
instructor. A study of the research and development 
function for improvement of existing products and 
development of new, economically feasible and mar- 
ketable food products. Application of chemical- 
physical characteristics of ingredients to produce 
optimum quality products, cost reduction, consum- 
er evaluation, equipment and package develop- 
ment. (Mattick) 



FDSC 430. FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and one formal laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, MICB 200. Additional independent 
laboratory work required. Time would be equivalent 
to a second laboratory period per week. Micro- 
organisms of major importance to the food industry 
are studied with emphasis on their isolation, iden- 
tification, bio-processing of foods, and public health 
significance. (Westhoff) 

FDSC 431. FOOD QUALITY CONTROL (2) 
Two lectures per week. Definition and organization 
of the quality control function in the food industry. 
Preparation of specifications. Statistical methods for 
acceptance sampling, in-plant and processed prod- 
uct inspection. Instrumental and sensory methods 
for evaluating sensory quality, identity and whole- 
someness and their integration into grades and 
standards of quality. (Kramer) 

FDSC 432. FOOD QUALITY CONTROL 

LABORATORY (2) 
Two laboratories per week. Chemical-physical, in- 
strumental, microanalytical. sensory analysis of food 
quality attributes. Using data obtained, calculate 
sampling plans, control charts, process capabilities, 
grades and standards. Prerequisite or concurrent 
registration in FDSC 431. (Kramer) 

FDSC 442. HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTS 

PROCESSING (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Com- 
mercial methods of canning, freezing, dehydrating, 
fermenting, and chemical preservation of fruit and 
vegetable crops. (Wiley) 

FDSC 451. DAIRY PRODUCTS PROCESSING (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Method 
of production of fluid milk, butter, cheese, con- 
densed and evaporated milk and milk products 
and ice cream. 

FDSC 461. TECHNOLOGY OF MARKET EGGS AND 

POULTRY (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A study 
of the technological factors concerned with the 
processing, storage, and marketing of eggs and 
poultry and the factors affecting their quality 

(Heath) 

FDSC 471. MEAT AND MEAT PROCESSING (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prere- 
quisite, CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. 
Physical and chemical characteristics of meat and 
meat products, meat processing, methods of testing 
and product development. (Sulzbacher) 

FDSC 482. SEAFOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequis- 
ite, CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. The prin- 
cipal preservation methods for commercial seafood 
products with particular reference to the inverte- 
brates. Chemical and microbiological aspects of 
processing are emphasized. 

FDSC 621. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS IN THE FOOD 

INDUSTRY (3) 
Construction and solution of models for optimizing 
feed, product formulations, nutrient-palatability 
costs. Methods for optimizing processes, inven- 
tories, and transportation systems. 



94 / graduate school 



FDSC 631. ADVANCED FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (2) 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite: FDSC 430 or permission of instructor. 
An in-depth understanding and working knowledge 
of a selected number of problem areas and con- 
temporary topics in Food Microbiology. 

FDSC 689. SEMINAR IN FOOD SCIENCE (1-3) 
A. Lipids. B. Proteins. C. Carbohydrates. D. Organ- 
oleptic Properties. E. Fermentation. F. Enzymes 
and Microorganisms. G. Flavor Analysis. I. Assays. 
Studies in depth of selected phases of food sci- 
ence are frequently best arranged by employment 
of a lecturer from outside the University to teach 
a specific phase. Flexibility in the credit offered per- 
mits adjustment to the nature of the course. 

FDSC 698. COLLOQUIUM IN FOOD SCIENCE (1) 
Oral reports on special topics or recently published 
research in food science and technology. Distin- 
guished scientists are invited as guest lecturers. 
A maximum of three credits allowed for the M.S. 

FDSC 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD 

SCIENCE (1-4) 

Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. 
Credit according to time scheduled and magnitude 
of problem. An experimental program on a topic 
other than the student's thesis problem will be 
conducted. Four credits shall be the maximum 
allowed toward an advanced degree. 

FDSC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

FDSC 811. ADVANCES IN FOOD TECHNOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. 

A systematic review of new products, processes 

and management practices in the food industry. 

(Kramer) 

FDSC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Male 

Associate Professors: Agre, Huden, Lindsay' Noll 

Assistant Professors: Finkelstein, Hopkins 

The objectives of the program in Foundations of 
Education are to prepare specialists in the disciplines 
of history of education, philosophy of education, edu- 
cational sociology and comparative education and 
some generalists with a broad command of two or 
more of these fields. The specialists and generalists 
are prepared for undergraduate and graduate college 
or university teaching, for research, and for policy 
positions. Foundations courses are also used to en- 
rich programs in other areas and to provide needed 
disciplinary capacity for students whose research and 
career goals require it. 

Graduate Foundations majors, and particularly 
those at the doctoral level, are expected to have 
knowledge of the history, sociology, and philosophy 
of education, as well as comparative education. Each 
in turn specializes in one of these areas with related 
work in history, philosophy, government and politics, 
anthropology, and/or sociology. 

In addition to the overall "B" average a Master 



of Arts applicant must have a "B" average in 
the last two years of the undergraduate program 
from a regionally accredited institution. An applicant 
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must have strong 
undergraduate and graduate records, and a Miller 
Analogies Test score at the midpoint or better of the 
graduate Education population at the University of 
Maryland. 

The requirements for the M.A. with and without 
thesis, and for the Ph.D. conform to those of The 
Graduate School. Beyond the stipulation that each 
student shall be both a generalist and a specialist, 
there are no special requirements for all students. 
Instead, programs are tailored to a student's objec- 
tives. 

The Washington area and the University are rich 
in resources for graduate study and research. The 
College Park campus is adjacent to embassies which 
provide access to materials for the study of foreign 
education systems. Staff members in Foundations are 
assigned to a Comparative Education Center which 
provides research facilities to students from both 
foreign and American backgrounds. 

EDSF 409. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THE FOUNDATIONS 

OF EDUCATION (1-3) 
An intensive examination of current problems and 
issues in the formation of educational policies. 
May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt 
with are different. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 
hours. 

EDSF 410. HISTORY OF EDUCATION IN WESTERN 

CIVILIZATION (3) 

Educational institutions through the ancient, 
medieval and early modern periods in Western 
Civilization, as seen against a background of socio- 
economic development. 

EDSF 411 HISTORY OF EDUCATION IN THE 

UNITED STATES (3) 
A study of the origins and development of the 
chief features of the present system of education 
in the United States. 

EDSF 420. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3) 
A study of the great educational philosophers and 
systems of thought affecting the development of 
modern education. 

EDSF 421. LOGIC OF TEACHING (3) 
An analysis of the structure of basic subject mat- 
ters in the curriculum and of the standard logical 
moves in teaching. 

EDSF 430. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (3) 

Deals with data of the social sciences which are 
germane to the work of teachers. Implications of 
democratic ideology for educational endeavor, edu- 
cational tasks imposed by changes in population 
and technological trends, the welfare status of 
pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of individuals 
who control the schools, and other elements of 
community background. 

EDSF 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION 

(1-4) 

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in educa- 
tion at the University of Maryland plus such other 
prerequisites as may be set by the major area in 



graduate school / 95 



which the experience is to be taken. Planned field 
experience may be provided for selected students 
who have had teaching experience and whose ap- 
plication for such field experience has been approv- 
ed by the education faculty. Field experience is 
offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor 
students. 
Note: the total number of credits which a student may 
earn in 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
20 semester hours. 

EDSF 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. 

EDSF 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 

INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course head- 
ing: workshops conducted by the College of Edu- 
cation (or developed cooperatively with other col- 
leges and universities) and not otherwise covered 
in the present course listing; clinical experiences 
in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech 
therapy laboratories, and special education centers; 
institutes developed around specific topics or prob- 
lems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDSF 660. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION (3) 
Analyzes and compares leading issues in education 
in various countries of the world, particularly as 
they relate to crucial problems in American educa- 
tion. 

EDSF 661. INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION AND 
EDUCATIONAL CHANGE (3) 

EDSF 670. EDUCATION IN AFRICA (3) 
An examination of the development of modern edu- 
cational systems in Africa south of the Sahara out 
of the Colonial and Pre-Colonial past into the inde- 
pendent present and future. The focus is on re- 
search into the changing philosophies and persis- 
tent problems in African education. 

EDSF 671. EDUCATION IN THE NEAR EAST (3) 
A consideration of current educational problems 
of the Near East as they have emerged from the 
confrontation of the traditional Muslim educational 
heritage with the foreign educational activities and 
the forces of nationalism and modernization. 

EDSF 709. SEMINAR IN HISTORY AND 
PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3) 

EDSF 730. SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL 
SOCIOLOGY (3) 

EDSF 760. SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE 
EDUCATION (3) 

EDSF 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 
EDUCATION (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 



to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number. 

EDSF 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours required for master's thesis. 

EDSF 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application for 
an apprenticeship has been approved by the educa- 
tion faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work 
for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent 
with an appropriate staff member of a cooperat- 
ing school, school system, or educational institu- 
tion or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice 
maintains a close working relationship with the 
apprentice and the other persons involved. Prere- 
quisites, teaching experience, a Master's degree 
in Education, and at least six semester hours in 
education at the University of Maryland. Note: The 
total number of credits which a student may earn 
in EDUL 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a max- 
imum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDSF 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who re- 
ceives special approval by the education faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester 
with an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken in a school 
situation different from the one where the student 
is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main- 
tains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. NOTE: The total 
number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDUL 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDSF 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an Ed.D. project and 
12-18 hours required for a Ph.D. dissertation. 

FRENCH LANGUAGE AND 
LITERATURE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: MacBain 
Professors: Bingham, Rosenfield 
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, Tarica 
Assistant Professors: Gilbert, Hicks, Lebreton-Savigny, 
McArthur, Meijer, Salchenberger 

The department prepares students for the M.A. 
and Ph.D. degrees in French language and literature. 
Students are encouraged to work in the closest con- 
tact with faculty advisors of their choice, in order 
that their programs be the most appropriate and most 
rewarding for their individual needs and interests. 



96 / graduate school 



The composition of the faculty and the variety of 
course offerings make it possible for students to spe- 
cialize in any period or movement of French litera- 
ture, or any aspect of the French language with the 
consent of their advisers. 

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students 
having a solid grounding in French language and 
literature. All applicants, whether graduates of the 
University of Maryland or not, must take all parts of 
the G.R.E., including the Advanced Examination in 
French. 

Successful completion of the M.A. program, with 
or without thesis, involves passing a Comprehensive 
Examination in three parts: the Graduate Language 
Proficiency Examination (translation into and from 
French); a six-hour examination in French literature 
from the Middle Ages to the present (a reading knowl- 
edge of Old French will be supposed); and a one 
hour oral examination in French literature from the 
Middle Ages to the present. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to only the 
most highly qualified and most highly motivated can- 
didates who can show that individual research is 
their major interest, and who give evidence of strong 
qualifications to pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D program (except M.A. 
graduates of this department) must pass a three-part 
Preliminary Examination, consisting of an explication 
de texte, an essay and an oral examination before 
being fully admitted to the program at the end of their 
first year. (The Preliminary Examination is administer- 
ed at the start of the Fall Semester.) They will then 
be required to pass five Special Topic examinations 
within a two-year period. 

Complete information concerning the department's 
requirements are set forth in Guide to Graduate Pro- 
grams in French, available by writing to the Depart- 
ment of French Language and Literature, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

FRENCH 

FREN 400. APPLIED LINGUISTICS (3) 
The nature of applied linguistics and its contribu- 
tion to the effective teaching of foreign languages. 
Comparative study of English and French, with em- 
phasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, evalua- 
tion and construction of related drills. (McArthur) 

FREN 401. INTRODUCTION TO STYLISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, FREN 302, or course chairman's con- 
sent. Comparative stylistic analysis; detailed gram- 
matical analysis; translation. (Lloyd-Jones) 

FREN 405. EXPLICATION DE TEXTES (3) 

Oral and written analysis of short literary works, 
or of excerpts from longer works chosen for their 
historical, structural, or stylistic interest, with the 
purpose of training the major to understand litera- 
ture in depth and to make mature esthetic evalua- 
tions of it. (Fink) 

FREN 411, 412. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL 

LITERATURE (3, 3) 

French literature from the Ninth through the 
Fifteenth Century. La Chanson Epique, Le Roman 



Courtois, Le Lai; La Litterature Bourgeoise, Le 
Theatre, La Poesie Lyrique. (Hicks, Lloyd-Jones) 

FREN 421, 422. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 

SIXTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
The Renaissance in France: Humanism, Rabelais, 
Calvin, the Pleiade, Montaigne, Baroque Poetry. 
(Lloyd-Jones, Meijer) 

FREN 431, 432. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 

SEVENTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 

Descartes, Pascal, Corneille, Racine; the remaining 
great classical writers, with special attention to 
Moliere. (MacBain, Rosenfield) 

FREN 441, 442. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 

EIGHTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Development of philosophical and scientific move- 
ment; Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. 

(Bingham, Fink) 

FREN 451, 452. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 

NINETEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism; 
the major prose writers of the same period. 

(Gilbert, Lebreton-Savigny) 

FREN 461. STUDIES IN TWENIETH CENTURY 

LITERATURE — THE EARLY YEARS (3) 

French poetry, theater and the novel during the age 
of Proust and Gide. (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 462. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY 
LITERATURE — MID-CENTURY WRITERS (3) 

Modern French poetry, theater and the novel, with 
special emphasis on the literature of anxiety and 
Existentialism. (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 463. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY 
LITERATURE — THE CONTEMPORARY SCENE (3) 
French writers and literary movements since about 
1950, with special emphasis on new forms of the 
novel and theater. (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 478. THEMES AND MOVEMENTS OF FRENCH 

LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3) 

Studies treatments of thematic problems or of liter- 
ary or historical movements in French literature. 
Topic to be determined each semester. Given in 
English. 

FREN 479. MASTERWORKS OF FRENCH 

LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3) 
Treats the works of one or more major French writ- 
ers. Topic to be determined each semester. Given 
in English. 

FREN 488. PRO-SEMINAR IN A GREAT LITERARY 

FIGURE (3) 

Each semester a specialized study will be made of 
one great French writer chosen from some repre- 
sentative literary period or movement since the 
Middle Ages. Repeatable for a maximum of six 
credits. 

FREN 489. PRO-SEMINAR IN THEMES OR 
MOVEMENTS OF FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 498. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH 
LITERATURE (3) 

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 



graduate school / 97 



FREN 499. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH 

STUDIES (3) 
An aspect of French studies, the specific topic to be 
announced each time the course is offered. Re- 
peatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

FREN 600. PROBLEMS IN BIBLIOGRAPHY AND 
RESEARCH METHODS (3) (Bingham) 

FREN 601. THE HISTORY OF THE FRENCH 
LANGUAGE (3) (MacBain) 

FREN 602. COMPARATIVE ROMANCE 
LINGUISTICS (3) 
Also listed as SPAN 612. (Mendeloff) 

FREN 603. STYLISTICS (3) 
Advanced composition, translation, stylistic analy- 
sis. (Tarica) 

FREN 609. SPECIAL TOPIC IN THE FRENCH 
LANGUAGE (3) 

FREN 610. LA CHANSON DE ROLAND (3) 
Close reading of the text, study of epic formulae 
and early medieval literary techniques; reading 
knowledge of old French desirable. (MacBain) 

FREN 619. SPECIAL TOPIC IN MEDIEVAL 
FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 

FREN 629. SPECIAL TOPIC IN SIXTEENTH 
CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 

FREN 630. CORNEILLE (3) (MacBain) 

FREN 631. MOLIERE (3) (MacBain, Rosenfield) 

FREN 632. RACINE (3) (MacBain) 

FREN 639. SPECIAL TOPIC IN SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 



FREN 640. VOLTAIRE (3) 
FREN 641. ROUSSEAU (3) 
FREN 642. DIDEROT (3) 



(Bingham) 

(Fink) 

(Bingham) 



FREN 649. SPECIAL TOPIC IN EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 

FREN 650. FRENCH POETRY IN THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

FREN 651. FRENCH POETRY IN THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

FREN 652. THE FRENCH NOVEL IN THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) (Demaitre) 

FREN 653. THE FRENCH NOVEL IN THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) (Demaitre) 

FREN 659. SPECIAL TOPIC IN NINETEENTH 
CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 

FREN 660. FRENCH POETRY IN THE TWENTIETH 
CENTURY (3) (Tarica) 

FREN 662. THE FRENCH NOVEL IN THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 663. THE FRENCH NOVEL IN THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY (3) (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 664. THE FRENCH THEATRE IN THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY (3) (Demaitre) 



FREN 665. THE FRENCH THEATRE IN THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY (3) (Demaitre) 

FREN 669. SPECIAL TOPIC IN TWENTIETH 
CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) 

FREN 679. THE HISTORY OF IDEAS IN FRANCE (3) 
Analysis of currents of ideas as reflected in different 
periods and authors of French literature. 

FREN 689. SEMINAR IN A GREAT LITERARY 
FIGURE (3) 

FREN 699. SEMINAR (3) 
Topic to be determined each semester. 

FREN 701. COLLEGE TEACHING OF FRENCH (3) 
Instruction, demonstration and classroom practice 
under supervision of modern procedures in the 
presentation of elementary French courses to col- 
lege age students. (McArthur) 

FREN 702. STRUCTURAL FRENCH LINGUISTICS 

(3) 
Synchronic description of the phonology, morpho- 
logy and syntax of modern spoken French: stand- 
ard French in contrast with other varieties. 

(McArthur) 

FREN 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

FREN 801, 802. INDEPENDENT STUDY (3, 3) 

Designed to permit doctoral candidates to work 
independently in areas of special interest to them, 
under the close supervision of a professor of their 
choice. 

FREN 818. FRENCH LITERARY CRITICISM (3) 
Analysis and evaluation of various trends in literary 
criticism as a manifestation of the French literary 
genius. Topic to be determined each semester. 

FREN 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-6) 

ITALIAN 

ITAL 410. THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE (3) 
A study of major trends of thought in Renaissance 
literature, philosophy, art, and science. 

(Salchenberger) 

ITAL 498. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN 

LITERATURE (3) 

Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

ITAL 499. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN 

STUDIES (3) 
An aspect of Italian studies, the specific topic to be 
announced each time the course is offered. Re- 
peatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

GEOGRAPHY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Harper 

Professors: Ahnerf, Deshler, Fonaroff. Hu 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves, Mitchell, 

Thompson, Wiedel 
Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, 1 Dando, Groves, 

Lewis, Muller 

1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The programs for both Master of Arts and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees in the Department of Geography 



98 / graduate school 



are designed to provide the student with well-rounded 
competence in the field as well as opportunity for 
specialization. 

The department offers three major areas of spe- 
cialization in accordance with staff interests and the 
unique opportunities afforded by the College Park 
location: Physical Geography, with emphasis on phy- 
sical systems involving the inter-relationship between 
geomorphology, climatology, and other environmental 
elements; Cultural Geography, primarily concerned 
with the impact of culture (largely the technological 
and social aspects) on human spatial resource rela- 
tionships both past and present, with emphasis on 
tropical settlement, historical geography, health and 
disease, and resource use; Metropolitan Areas (their 
function, their interrelations, and their ties to sur- 
rounding regions) and supported by affiliation with the 
University's Institute for Urban Studies, and by the 
Washington Center for Metropolitan Studies with 
which the University is associated. 

Incoming M.A. students are expected to have an 
undergraduate degree in the field or in a closely relat- 
ed field, with substantial work in geography. In the 
latter case, remedial work may be required prior to 
admission to the degree program. 

Because of the degree of specialization inherent 
in Ph.D. training, the department only considers appli- 
cants whose interests coincide with departmental 
staff competence — in general, the three major areas 
of geography described above. Prospective students 
who are unsure whether their interests match those 
of the department are encouraged to submit a pro- 
posal for consideration. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the depart- 
ment normally requires a grade-point average higher 
than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized geog- 
raphy department, or competence in terms of fields 
of study and level of achievement comparable to the 
M.A. degree of the department. 

A non M.A. -direct Ph.D. program is possible by 
petition from the student and upon approval of a 
faculty committee appointed by the department chair- 
man. 

M.A. students have the choice of either thesis or 
non-thesis programs. The non-thesis option involves 
the preparation of two substantial research papers. 
All M.A. students take an oral examination prior to 
work on the thesis or papers and in a final oral exam- 
ination based either on the thesis or one of the two 
research papers. 

After completion of formal coursework require- 
ments for the Ph.D., there is a two-part qualifying 
examination. Part One is a written examination in 
the student's two major fields of specialization. Part 
Two is an oral examination evaluating the disserta- 
tion proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the 
dissertation there is a final oral examination. 

Departmental research facilities include a reference 
library with extensive journal collection, a map col- 
lection and a cartographic laboratory. A remote com- 
puter console in the building has direct connection 
with the University's Computer Science Center. There 
is close liaison with the Departments of Economics, 
Business Administration, Government and Politics, 
and with the Bureaus of Business and Economic Re- 



search, and of Government Research. The National 
Library of Agriculture is within two miles of the Col- 
lege Park campus. 

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D 
programs can be obtained from the department. 
GEOG 400. GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA (3) 
An examination of the contemporary patterns of 
American and Canadian life from a regional view- 
point. Major topics include: the significance of the 
physical environment, resource use, the political 
framework, economic activities, demographic and 
socio-cultural characteristics, regional identifica- 
tion, and regional problems. 

GEOG 402. GEOGRAPHY OF MARYLAND AND 

ADJACENT AREAS (3) 

An analysis of the physical environment, natural 
resources, and population in relation to agriculture, 
industry, transport, and trade in the state of Mary- 
land and adjacent areas. 

GEOG 406. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH 

AMERICA BEFORE 1800 (3) 

An analysis of the changing geography of the United 
States and Canada from Pre-Columbian times to 
the end of the 18th Century. Emphasis on areal 
variations and changes in the settlements and econ- 
omies of Indian and Colonial populations. Areal 
specialization and the changing patterns of agri- 
culture, industry, trade, and transportation. Popula- 
tion growth, composition and interior expansion. 
Regionalization. 

GEOG 407. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH 

AMERICA AFTER 1800 (3) 
An analysis of the changing geography of the 
United States and Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. 
Emphasis on the settlement, expansion and socio- 
economic development of the United States, and 
comparisons with Canadian experience. Immigra- 
tion, economic activities, industrialization, trans- 
portation and urbanization. 

GEOG 410. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE (3) 

Agricultural and industrial development of Europe 
and present-day problems in relation to the phy- 
sical and cultural setting of the continent and its 
natural resources. 

GEOG 411. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF 

EUROPE (3) 
An analysis of the changing geography of Europe 
at selected periods from prehistoric times until the 
end of the 19th Century, with particular emphasis 
on Western Europe. Changing patterns of popula- 
tion, agriculture, industry, trade and transportation. 
Development of the nation-state. Impact of over- 
seas expansion. Agricultural and industrial revolu- 
tions. 

GEOG 415. ECONOMIC RESOURCES AND 

DEVELOPMENT OF AFRICA (3) 
The natural resources of Africa in relation to agri- 
cultural and mineral production; the various stages 
of economic development and the potentialities of 
the future. 

GEOG 420. GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA (3) 

Lands, climates, natural resources, and major eco- 



graduate school / 99 



nomic activities in Asia (except Soviet Asia). Out- 
standing differences between major regions. 

GEOG 421. ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL 
GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN ASIA (3) 

Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; 

physical geographic setting, population, economic 

and political geography. Potentialities of major 

regions and recent developments. 

GEOG 422. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA 

AND JAPAN (3) 
Survey of geographical distribution and interpre- 
tation of cultural patterns of China and Japan. 
Emphasis on basic cultural institutions, outlook on 
life, unique characteristics of various groups, trends 
of cultural change and contemporary problems. 

GEOG 423. ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL 
GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (3) 
Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India, 
Indonesia; physical geographic setting, population, 
economic and political geography, potentialities of 
various countries and regions and their role in pres- 
ent Asia. 

GEOG 431. ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL 
GEOGRAPHY OF CARIBBEAN AMERICA (3) 

An analysis of the physical framework, broad eco- 
nomic and historical trends, cultural patterns, and 
regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, 
the Wesi Indies. 

GEOG 432. ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL 

GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AMERICA (3) 

A survey of natural environment and resources, 
economic deevlopment and cultural diversity of the 
South American republics, with emphasis upon 
problems and prospects of the countries. 

GEOG 434. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE 

HISPANIC WORLD (3) 
An examination of the social, economic, political 
and cultural geography of the countries of the 
Iberian Peninsula and Latin America in the past 
with concentration on specific time periods of spe- 
cial significance in the development of these coun- 
tries. 

GEOG 435. GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET 

UNION (3) 
The natural environment and its regional diversity. 
Geographical factors in the expansion of the Rus- 
sian state. The geography of agricultural and in- 
dustrial production in relation to available re- 
sources, transportation, problems, and diversity 
of population. 

GEOG 439. INTRODUCTION TO REGIONAL 

METHODS (3) 

Inquiry into the evolution of regional methodology 
with specific reference to geographic problems. 
Critical analysis and evaluation of past and con- 
temporary theories and a thorough examination of 
alternate regional methodologies. Application of 
quantitative and qualitative techniques of regional 
analysis and synthesis to traditional and modern 
regional geography emphasizing principles of re- 
gionalization. 



GEOG 440. GEOMORPHOLOGY (3) 

Study of major morphological processes, the de- 
velopment of land forms and the relationships be- 
tween various types of land forms and land use 
problems. Examination of the physical features of 
the earth's surface and their geographic distribu- 
tions. 

GEOG 441. REGIONAL GEOMORPHOLOGY (3) 
Regional and comparative morphology with spe- 
cial emphasis upon Anglo-America. 

GEOG 445. CLIMATOLOGY (3) 

The geographic aspects of climate with emphasis 
on energy-moisture budgets, steady-state and non- 
steady-state climatology, and climatic variations at 
both macro-and micro-scales. 

GEOG 446. SYSTEMATIC AND REGIONAL 

CLIMATOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 445, or permission of instructor. 
Methodology and techniques of collecting and 
evaluating climatological information. A critical ex- 
amination of climatic classifications. Distribution of 
world climates and their geographical implications. 

GEOG 450. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 201, 202, or consent of instruc- 
tor. An analysis of the impact of man through his 
ideas and technology on the evolution of geo- 
graphic landscapes. Major themes in the relation- 
ships between cultures and environments. 

GEOG 451. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Geographical factors in national power and inter- 
national relations; an analysis of the role of "geo- 
politics" and "geostrategy," with special reference 
to the current world scene. 

GEOG 452. POPULATION GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 201 or 203, or permission of 
the instructor. An analysis of world population dis- 
tribution patterns as revealed by demographic data. 
Emphasis is placed upon a comparison of popula- 
tion density, growth, composition, and migration 
with natural resources and state of technological 
advancement. Case studies from the geographical 
literature will be used. 

GEOG 455. URBAN GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements 
of site and location with reference to cities, the 
patterns and functions of some major world cities 
will be analyzed. Theories of land use differentia- 
tion within cities will be appraised. 

GEOG 457. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF CITIES 

(3) 
The course is concerned with the urbanization of 
the United States and Canada prior to 1920. Both 
the evolution of the urban system across the coun- 
tries and the spatial distribution of activities within 
cities will be considered. Special attention is given 
to the process of industrialization and the concur- 
rent structuring of residential patterns among ethnic 
groups. 

GEOG 459. PROSEMINAR IN URBAN GEOGRAPHY 

(3) 
A problems-oriented course for students with a 
background in urban geography using a discussion/ 



100 / graduate school 



lecture format. It will focus on a particular sub-field 
within urban geography each time it is taught, tak- 
ing advantage of the special interests of the in- 
structor. 

GEOG 460. ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

I— AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES (3) 
Prerequisite, GEOG 201 or 203. The nature of agri- 
cultural resources, the major types of agricultural 
exploitation in the world and the geographic con- 
ditions. Main problems of conservation. 

GEOG 461. ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

II— MINERAL RESOURCES (3) 
Prerequisite, GEOG 201 or 203. The nature and geo- 
graphic distribution of the principal power, metallic 
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects 
of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geo- 
graphic distribution and problems of conservation. 

GEOG 462. WATER RESOURCES AND WATER 

RESOURCE PLANNING (3) 
GEOG 201 or 203, or permission of instructor. 
Water as a component of the human environment. A 
systematic examination of various aspects of water, 
including problems of domestic and industrial water 
supply, irrigation, hydroelectric power, fisheries, 
navigation, flood damage reduction and recreation. 

GEOG 463. GEOGRAPHIC ASPECTS OF 

POLLUTION (3) 
The impact of man on his environment and result- 
ant problems. Examination of the spatial aspects 
of physical and socio-economic factors in air, 
water, and land pollution. 

GEOG 465. GEOGRAPHY OF TRANSPORTATION (3) 
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's 
surface, patterns of transport routes, the adjust- 
ment of transport routes and media to conditions 
of the natural environment, population centers and ■ 
their distribution. 

GEOG 466. INDUSTRIAL LOCALIZATION (3) 

Factors and trends in the geographic distributions 
of the manufacturing industries of the world, analyz- 
ed with reference to theories of industrial location. 

GEOG 470. HISTORY AND THEORY OF 

CARTOGRAPHY (3) 
The development of maps throughout history. Geo- 
graphical orientation, coordinates and map scales. 
Map projections, their nature, use and limitations. 
Principles of representation of features on physical 
and cultural maps. Modern uses of maps and rela- 
tionships between characteristics of maps and use 
types. 

GEOG 471. CARTOGRAPHY AND GRAPHICS 
PRACTICUM (3) 

GEOG 472. PROBLEMS OF CARTOGRAPHIC 
REPRESENTATION AND PROCEDURE (3) 
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Study of cartographic compilation methods. Prin- 
ciples and problems of symbolization, classifica- 
tion and representation of map data. Problems of 
presentation of features at different scales and for 
different purposes. Place-name selection and let- 
tering, stick-up and map composition. 



GEOG 473. PROBLEMS OF MAP EVALUATION (3) 
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. 
Theoretical and practical means of determining map 
reliability, map utility, and source materials. Nature, 
status and problems of topographic mapping in 
different parts of the world. Non-topographic spe- 
cial use maps. Criteria of usefulness for purposes 
concerned and of reliability. 

GEOG 490. GEOGRAPHIC CONCEPTS AND 

SOURCE MATERIALS (3) 
A comprehensive and systematic survey of geo- 
graphic concepts designed exclusively for teachers. 
Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geog- 
raphy in relation to the social and physical sci- 
ences, the use of the primary tools of geography, 
source materials, and the problems of presenting 
geographic principles. 

GEOG 498. TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS (1-3) 

Independent study under individual guidance. Re- 
stricted to advanced undergraduate students with 
credit for at least 24 hours in Geography and to 
graduate students. Any exception should have the 
approval of the head of the department. 

GEOG 499. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (3) 
Directed regional or systematic study involving sev- 
eral subfields of geography, including cartographic 
presentation, and usually requiring field work, and 
leading to an undergraduate thesis. 

GEOG 600. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY 

IN GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Introduces the student both to research procedures 
needed in graduate work and to current trends and 
developments in geographic research. Lectures by 
various staff members form basic for discussion. 
Research paper required. 

GEOG 601. FIELD COURSE (3) 

GEOG 605. QUANTITATIVE SPATIAL ANALYSIS (3) 
This course will provide students with a working 
knowledge of various tools of multivariate analysis 
in the context of scientific geographic methodology 
rather than from the statistical theory viewpoint. 
Emphasis is on the application of statistical tools 
and a working knowledge of them will be a basis 
for evaluation of professional literature in the va- 
rious fields of geography using quantitative tech- 
niques. Students should gain a background suitable 
for using the techniques in research. 

GEOG 610. SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHIC 

METHODOLOGY (3) 
The seminar will emphasize an intensive survey of 
the basic concepts of geography, a critical evalua- 
tion of major approaches to the study of geography, 
and detailed analysis of the principal methodologi- 
cal problems both theoretical and practical con- 
fronting geography today. 

GEOG 615. GEOMORPHOLOGY (3) 

GEOG 618. SEMINAR IN GEOMORPHOLOGY (3) 
Study and discussion of empirical and theoretical 
research methods applied to geomorphological 
problems including review of pertinent literature. 



graduate school / 101 



GEOG 625. ADVANCED GENERAL CLIMATOLOGY 

(3) 
First semester. Prerequisite, GEOG 260 or consent 
of instructor. Advanced study of elements and con- 
trols of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic 
classification. Special analysis of certain climatic 
types. 

GEOG 626. APPLIED CLIMATOLOGY (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instruc- 
tor. Study of principles, techniques, and data of 
micro-climatology, physical and regional climatol- 
ogy relating to such problems and fields as trans- 
portation, agriculture, industry, urban planning, 
human comfort, and regional geographic analysis. 

GEOG 628. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY AND 

CLIMATOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics 
in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the in- 
dividual needs of advanced students. 

GEOG 629. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY AND 
CLIMATOLOGY II (3) 

See GEOG 628 for description. 
GEOG 638, 639. SEMINAR IN PHYSICAL 

GEOGRAPHY (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An examination 
of themes and problems in the field of physical 
geography. 

GEOG 648, 649. SEMINAR IN CULTURAL 
GEOGRAPHY (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or consent of instructor. 

An examination of themes and problems in the 

field of economic geography. 

GEOG 658. SEMINAR IN HISTORICAL 

GEOGRAPHY (3) 
An examination of themes and problems in his- 
torical geography with reference to selected areas. 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

GEOG 668. 669. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC 

GEOGRAPHY (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instsructor. An examination 
of themes and problems in the field of economic 
geography. 

GEOG 678. SEMINAR IN POLITICAL 

GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Beginning with a review of contemporary advanced 
theory, the seminar will turn to problems such as 
the spatial consequences of political behavior, the 
political system and the organization of space in- 
cluding perceived space, the organization of politi- 
cal space. Repeatable to a maximum of six semes- 
ter hours. 

GEOG 679. SEMINAR IN URBAN GEOGRAPHY (3) 
Flexible in format to allow adaptation to particular 
topic being considered, this seminar is for advanced 
students in the department's metropolitan areas 
specialty. Students normally will have had the Sem- 
inar in Economic Geography. Possible topics in- 
clude: metropolitan systems, the impact of migrants 
and immigrants on the internal structure of the city, 
the delevolpment of black ghettos, the use of par- 
ticular techniques in urban geographical research. 



GEOG 698. SEMINAR IN CARTOGRAPHY (1-16) 

GEOG 718, 719. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY 

OF EUROPE AND AFRICA (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 410, 415 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Analysis of special problems concerning the 
resources and development of Europe and Africa. 

GEOG 738 739. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF 

ASIA (3, 3) 
Analysis of problems concerning the geography of 
East Asia with emphasis on special research meth- 
ods and techniques applicable to the problems of 
this area. 

GEOG 748, 749. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF 

LATIN AMERICA (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 431, 432 or consent of instruc- 
tor. An analysis of recent changes and trends in 
industrial development, exploitation of mineral re- 
sources and land utilization. 

GEOG 758, 759. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF 

THE U.S.S.R. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and 
GEOG 435 or consent of instructor. Investigation 
of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis 
on the use of Soviet materials. 

GEOG 768. SEMINAR IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF THE 
NEAR EAST (3) 

GEOG 788. SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY 

(1-3) 
Readings and discussion on selected topics in the 
field of geography. To be taken only with joint con- 
sent of advisor and head of the Department of 
Geography. 

GEOG 789. SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY 
1-3) 

GEOG 798. READINGS (1-3) 

Individual reading as arranged between a graduate 
faculty member and student. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of six semester hours. 

GEOG 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

GEOG 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



GEOLOGY COURSES 

GEOL 421. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, MATH 115 or consent of instructor. An intro- 
duction to the study of crystals. Stresses the theo- 
retical and practical relationships between the in- 
ternal and external properties of crystalline solids. 
Encompasses morphological, optical and chemical 
crystallography. (Siegrist) 

GEOL 422. MINERALOGY (3) 

One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 110 and 421 or consent of instructor. 
Basic elementary mineralogy with emphasis on de- 
scription, identification, formation, concurrence 
and economic significance of approximately 150 
minerals (Siegrist) 



102 / graduate school 



GEOL 423. OPTICAL MINERALOGY (3) 

One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 422 or consent of instructor. The 
optical behavior of crystals with emphasis on the 
theory and application of the petrographic micro- 
scope. (Weidner) 

GEOL 431. INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 102 or consent of instructor. ZOOL 
102 or equivalent recommended. A systematic re- 
view of the morphology, classification, ecology, and 
geologic ranges of selected invertebrate groups 
represented in the fossil record. (Stifel) 

GEOL 432. STRATIGRAPHIC PALEONTOLOGY (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 431. Principles of biostratigraphy, 
paleoecology and paleogeography. Laboratory study 
emphasizes significant index fossils. (Stifel) 

GEOL 434. MICROPALEONTOLOGY (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 431 or consent of instructor. A sys- 
tematic review of the morphology, classification, 
ecology and geologic ranges of important micro- 
fossil groups, particularly ostracodes and fora- 
minifera. (Stifel) 

GEOL 436. REGIONAL GEOLOGY OF NORTH 

AMERICA (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or consent of the instructor. 
A systematic study of the regional geology of North 
America including history, structure, stratigraphy 
and petrology of the physiographic provinces of 
the United States, Canada and the Caribbean. 

(Wylie) 

GEOL 441. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 110 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the cause and nature of the physical stresses 
and resulting deformational responses in the earth. 
Laboratory exercises include crustal model studies 
and stereographic analysis of deformational struc- 
tures. (Segovia) 

GEOL 442. SEDIMENTATION (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 110 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the critical variables in sedimentation systems; 
origin, dispersion, accumulation, and properties of 
sediments and sedimentary rocks. Laboratories will 
include the measurement and statistical analysis of 
sediment properties and study of sedimentation 
rates. (Siegrist) 

GEOL 443. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC 

PETROLOGY (2) 
Two lectures and two laboratories a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 422 or consent of instructor. A de- 
tailed study of igneous and metamorphic rocks: 
petrogenesis; distributions; chemical and mineralo- 
gical relations; macroscopic descriptions and geo- 
logic significance. (Weidner) 

GEOL 444. PETROGRAPHY (3) 
Two lectures and two laboratories a week. Prere- 
quisites, GEOL 423, 442 or consent of instructor. 
Microscopic thin-section studies of rocks stressing 



the description and classification of igneous and 
metamorphic rocks. (Weidner) 

GEOL 445. PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 
or equivalent and senior standing. A survey of his- 
torical and modern theories of the origin of ele- 
ments and their distributions in space, on extra- 
terrestrial bodies and on earth. Discussion of the 
origin of igeous rocks, of the physical and chemical 
factors governing development and distribution of 
sedimentary rocks of the oceans and of the atmos- 
phere. Organic sediments, the internal structures of 
earth and the planets, the role of isotopes in geo- 
thermometry and in the solution of other problems. 

(Weidner) 

GEOL 446. GEOPHYSICS (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, PHYS 122 or consent of instructor. An in- 
troduction to the basic theories and principles of 
geophysics stressing such important applications 
as rock magnetism, gravity anomolies, crustal strain 
and earthquakes, and surveying. 

GEOL 451. GROUNDWATER GEOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the basic geologic parameters 
associated with the hydrologic cycle. Problems in 
the accumulation, distribution and movement of 
groundwater will be analyzed. 

GEOL 452. MARINE GEOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An 
introduction to the essential elements of marine 
and estuarine geology including studies of currents, 
tides, waves, coastline development, shore erosion 
and marine and bay sedimentation. 

GEOL 453. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or consent of the instruc- 
tor Two lectures and one lab a week, the purpose 
of which is to familiarize students with the ore 
suites. In addition there will be several field trips. 
A general survey of metallic and non-metallic ore 
deposits and the mineral industries stressing con- 
figuration of important ore Dodies, mineralogical 
associations, exploration techniques, extraction 
procedures, and abundance of mineral resources. 

(Wylie) 

GEOL 456. ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, GEOL 110 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the geological problems associated with the 
location of tunnels, bridges, dams and nuclear re- 
actors, slope control, and natural hazards. 

(Segovia) 

GEOL 460. EARTH SCIENCE (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. An interdisciplin- 
ary course designed to show how geology, meteo- 
rology, physical geography, soil science, astronomy 
and oceanography are interrelated in the study of 
the earth and its environment in space. Recom- 
mended for science education undergraduates and 
graduate students. May not be used for credit to- 
wards geology majors. (Layman) 

GEOL 462. GEOLOGICAL REMOTE SENSING (3) 
One lecture and two laboratories a week. Prere- 



graduate school / 103 



quisites, GEOL 441 and 442, or 440, or consent of 
the instructor. An introduction to geological remote 
sensing including applications of aerial photo- 
graphic interpretation to problems in regional geol- 
ogy, engineering geology, structural geology, and 
stratigraphy. Films, filters, and criteria used in se- 
lecting imagery are also discussed. Laboratory ex- 
ercises include measurements of geologic para- 
meters and compilation and transference of data to 
base maps. (Segovia) 

GEOL 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARTH 
SCIENCE (1-3) 

Prerequisite, GEOL 460 or equivalent. (Layman) 

GEOL 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY (1-3) 
Prerequisites, GEQL 102 and 110 or equivalent, 
and consent of instructor. Intensive study of a 
special geologic subject or technique selected 
after consultation with instructor. Intended to pro- 
vide training or instruction not available in other 
courses which will aid the student's development 
in his field of major interest. (Weidner) 



GERMANIC LANGUAGE AND 
LITERATURE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Hering 

Professors: Best, Dobert, Hinderer, Jones 

Associate Professor: Fleck 

Assistant Professors: Elder, Irwin, Knoche, Pfister 

The department offers programs in the study of 
Germanic languages, culture and literature leading 
to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. Specialization is pro- 
vided in the following areas: Germanic philology, 
medieval literature and culture, and modern and con- 
tinental literature. 

Admission requirements include a bachelor's de- 
gree with an undergraduate major in German or equi- 
valent, and fluency in the written and spoken lan- 
guage. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) 
are 24 hours of coursework, a thesis, and a written 
comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis) 
requires 30 hours of coursework and a written com- 
prehensive examination. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. include proficiency 
in one foreign language (French, Latin or a language 
required for the candidate's work), philology or applied 
linguistics coursework, and written comprehensives, 
dissertation, and oral defense of thesis. 

A departmental library of reference works and 
literary sources is available, and the Library of Con- 
gress and The Johns Hopkins University are within 
easy reach. 

GERMAN 

GERM 400. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS (3) 
Especially designed for German majors. 

GERM 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3) 
Translation from English into German, free com- 
osition, letter writing. 



GERM 402. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3) 
Translation from English into German, free com- 
position, letter writing. 

GERM 421, 422. GERMAN CIVILIZATION (IN 
GERMAN) (3, 3) 

Study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; 

great men, customs and general culture. 

GERM 423, 424. GERMAN CIVILIZATION (IN 

ENGLISH) (3, 3) 
To be offered every second year, alternating with 
GERM 421, 422, German civilization (in German). 

GERM 441, 442. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, 

Herder, Goethe, Schiller. 

GERM 451, 452. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 

Study of the literary movements from Romanticism 

to Naturalism. 

GERM 461, 462. GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 

TWENTIETH CENTURY (3, 3) 

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Haupt- 
mann to the present. Modern literary and philoso- 
phical movements will be discussed. 

GERM 468. 469. PROSEMINAR— SELECTED 
TOPICS IN GERMAN LITERATURE (3, 3) 

Specialized study of one great German writer or 
of relevant topics of literary criticism. 

GERM 471, 472. INTRODUCTION TO GERMANIC 

PHILOLOGY (3, 3) 
An introduction to the study of Indo-European and 
Germanic philology. Lectures, reading and inde- 
pendent studies. 

GERM 488. GERMAN LITERATURE IN 

TRANSLATION (3) 
The development of German literary thought and 
literary movements in the European context from 
the enlightenment to the present. Emphasis on the 
drama and novel in English translation. No previous 
German course required. May not be counted in 
fulfillment of German major requirements. Repeat- 
able to a maximum of six credits. 

GERM 499. DIRECTED STUDY IN GERMAN (1-3) 
For advanced students, by permission of depart- 
ment chairman. Course may be repeated for credit 
if content differs. May be repeated to a max- 
imum of six credits. 

GERM 600. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN 
STUDIES (3) 

GERM 601. HISTORY OF THE GERMAN 

LANGUAGE (3) 
Covers the generic relationship of the Germanic 
languages, chronological periods of German. Ger- 
man dialects, syntax (e.g., periphastic tenses, case 
usage, word order), influences on the language 
(e.g., early ecclesiastical courtly style, mystical, 
French, official style. Nazi period), purification proc- 
ess, stylistic periods (Baroque, Classical, Roman- 
tic, etc.), special developments (e.g. professional 
terminology, slang). 



104 / graduate school 



GERM 603. GOTHIC (3) 

An introduction to historical Germanic linguistics. A 
grammatical analysis and reading of selections 
from the Gothic Bible. 

GERM 604. OLD HIGH GERMAN (3) 

A study of old high German grammar, and readings 
from the literature of the period. 

GERM 605, 606. MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN (3, 3) 
Grammar and readings in middle high German liter- 
ature. 

GERM 711, 712. LITERATURE OF THE SIXTEENTH 

AND SEVENTEENTH CENTURIES (3, 3) 
Study of the Reformation, Humanism and the 
Baroque. The main works of Luther, Sachs, Wick- 
ram, Fischart, Opitz, Gryphius, Grimmelshausen. 

GERM 745, 746. GOETHE AND HIS TIME (3,3) 
The main works of Goethe and his contemporaries 
as reflecting the literary development from Rococo 
to Biedermeier. 

GERM 747. SCHILLER (3) 

Study of Schiller's works with emphasis on his 
dramas. 

GERM 751. GERMAN ROMANTICISM (3) 

GERM 754. THE GERMAN DRAMA OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

Kleist, Grabbe, Buchner, Grillparzer, Hebbel, 

Hauptmann. 

GERM 760. THE GERMAN LYRIC (3) 
Types of lyrical poetry from "Minnesang" to Sym- 
bolism with emphasis on post-Goethean lyricists. 

GERM 765. THE GERMAN NOVEL (3) 

GERM 766. THE GERMAN NOVEL (3) 

GERM 767. SEMINAR IN THE GERMAN NOVELLE 

(3) 

GERM 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

GERM 818. READING COURSE (3) 

Designed to give the graduate student a back- 
ground of a survey of German literature. Extensive 
outside readings, with reports and periodic con- 
ferences. 

GERM 819. READING COURSE (3) 

Designed to give the graduate student a background 
of a survey of German literature. Extensive outside 
readings, with reports and periodic conferences. 

GERM 828. SEMINAR (3) 
Topic to be determined. 

GERM 829. SEMINAR (3) 
Topic to be determined. 

GERM 838. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN 
LITERATURE (3) 
Topic to be determined. 

GERM 839. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN 
LITERATURE (3) 
Topic to be determined. 

GERM 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



RUSSIAN 

RUSS 401. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3) 

RUSS 402. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3) 

RUSS 441. RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE 
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY (3) 

RUSS 451. RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

RUSS 452. RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY (3) 

RUSS 461. SOVIET RUSSIAN LITERATURE (3) 

RUSS 462. SOVIET RUSSIAN LITERATURE (3) 

RUSS 465. MODERN RUSSIAN POETRY (3) 

RUSS 466. MODERN RUSSIAN DRAMA (3) 

RUSS 467. MODERN RUSSIAN FICTION (3) 

RUSS 470. APPLIED LINGUISTICS (3) 
The nature of applied linguistics and its contribu- 
tions to the effective teaching of foreign languages. 
Comparative study of English and Russian, with 
emphasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, 
evaluation and construction of related drills. 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Piper 

Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison, 

Hathorn, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy, Plischke 
Associate Professors: Claude, Conway, Devine, Glen- 

dening, Koury, Ranald, Reeves, Stone, Terchek, 

Wilkenfeld, Wolfe 
Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth, Chaples, 

Glass, Heisler, Ingles, Kapungu, Lanning, Levine, 

McCarrick, McGregor, Melnick, Oliver, Strouse, 

Werlin. 
Lecturer: Barber 

The Department of Government and Politics offers 
programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization in- 
clude: American politics, comparative politics, interna- 
tional politics, political behavior, political theory, pub- 
lic administration, and urban affairs. 

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis 
(30 semester credit hours) or a non-thesis option (36 
credit hours), both of which require a comprehensive 
examination in two fields of political science. 

The doctoral program is designed for completion 
within five years and includes seminars, directed 
research, and opportunities to gain teaching experi- 
ence. Doctoral students must complete a minimum of 
54 hours of course work and may take a concentration 
in one of the areas of specilization. 

In consultation with an adviser each student will 
prepare, during his first semester, a plan of study 
to include six hours of political theory and a desig- 
nation of research tools, which require a demonstra- 
tion of competence in the use of foreign languages, 
quantitative research techniques, or a combination 
of both. 



graduate school / 105 



The comprehensive examination encompasses three 
fields and an oral presentation of the dissertation 
prospectus. An interdisciplinary curriculum may be 
presented as one of the fields. The examinations are 
normally taken after twelve seminars, thereby per- 
mitting the student to specialize in terms of a disser- 
tation topic during his final semester. 

GVPT 401. PROBLEMS OF WORLD POLITICS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of governmental 
problems of international scope, such as causes of 
war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Stu- 
dents are required to report on readings from cur- 
rent literature. 

GVPT 402. INTERNATIONAL LAW (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the basic char- 
acter, general principles and specific rules of inter- 
national law, with emphasis on recent and con- 
temporary trends in the field and its relation to 
other aspects of international affairs. 

GVPT 410. PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of public adminis- 
tration in the United States giving special attention 
to the principles of organization and management 
and to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public rela- 
tions practices. 

GVPT 411. PUBLIC PERSONNEL 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 410 or BSAD 360. A survey of 
public personnel administration, including the de- 
velopment of merit civil service, the personnel 
agency, classification, recruitment, examination 
techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, dis- 
cipline, employee relations, and retirement. 

GVPT 412. PUBLIC FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

(3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 410 or ECON 450. A survey of 
governmental financial procedures, including proc- 
esses of current and capital budgeting, the admin- 
istration of public borrowing, the techniques of 
public purchasing, and the machinery of control 
through pre-audit and post-audit. 

GVPT 413. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION 

AND MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 410. A study of the theories of 
organization and management in American govern- 
ment with emphasis on new trends, experiments 
and reorganizations. 

GVPT 414. ADMINISTRATIVE LAW (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the discretion 
exercised by administrative agencies, including an- 
alysis of their functions, their powers over per- 
sons and property, their procedures, and judicial 
sanctions and controls. 

GVPT 417. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 280, or 410, or consent of in- 
structor. An introduction of the study of govern- 
mental administrative systems viewed from the 
standpoint of comparative typologies and theoreti- 
cal schemes useful in cross-national comparisons 



and empirical studies of the politics of the admin- 
istrative process in several nations. Both Western 
and Non-Western countries are included. 

GVPT 422. QUANTITATIVE POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

(3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. 
Introduction to quantitative methods of data analy- 
sis, including selected statistical methods, block 
analysis, content analysis, and scale construction. 

GVPT 426. PUBLIC OPINION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An examination of public 
opinion and its effect on political action, with em- 
phasis on opinion formation and measurement, 
propaganda and pressure groups. 

GVPT 427. POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. 
A study of the societal aspects of political life in- 
cluding selected aspects of the sociology of group 
formation and group dynamics, political association, 
community integration and political behavior pre- 
sented in the context of the societal environments 
of political systems. 

GVPT 429. PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The problem approach to 
political behavior with emphasis on theoretical and 
empirical studies on selected aspects of the politi- 
cal process. 

GVPT 431. INTRODUCTION TO CONSTITUTIONAL 

LAW (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A systematic inquiry into 
the general principles of the American constitutional 
system, with special reference to the role of the 
judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of 
the Federal Constitution. 

GVPT 432. CIVIL RIGHTS AND THE 

CONSTITUTION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 431. A study of civil rights in 
the American constitutional context, emphasizing 
freedom of religion, freedom of expression, minority 
discrimination, and the rights of defendants. 

GVPT 433. THE JUDICIAL PROCESS (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An examination of judicial 
organization in the United States at all levels of 
government, with some emphasis on legal reason- 
ing, legal research and court procedures. 

GVPT 434. RACE RELATIONS AND PUBLIC LAW (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A political and legal ex- 
amination of the constitutionally protected rights 
affecting racial minorities and of the constitutional 
power of the Federal Courts, Congress, and the 
Executive to define, protect and extend these rights. 

GVPT 435. JUDICIAL BEHAVIOR (3) 
A study of judicial decision making at the state 
and national levels, drawing primarily on the more 
recent quantitative and behavioral literature. 

GVPT 441. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THEORY- 
ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of the principal 
political theories set forth in the works of writers 
before Machiavelli. 



106 / graduate school 



GVPT 442. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THEORY- 
MODERN AND RECENT (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of the principal 
political theories set forth in the works of writers 
from Machiavelli to J.S. Mill. 

GVPT 443. CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORY 

(3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 441 or 442. A survey of the 
principal political theories and ideologies from Karl 
Marx to the present. 

GVPT 444. AMERICAN POLITICAL THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the development 
and growth of American political concepts from the 
Colonial Period to the present. 

GVPT 445. RUSSIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey and analysis of 
political ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union from 
early times to the present. 

GVPT 448. NON-WESTERN POLITICAL 

THOUGHT (3) 

Political thought originating in Asia, the Middle 
East, and Africa. This is not a survey of all non- 
Western political thought, but a course to be limit- 
ed by the professor with each offering. When re- 
peated by a student, consent of instructor is re- 
quired. 

GVPT 450. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FOREIGN 

POLICY FORMATION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 300, or consent of in- 
structor. An introduction to the comparative study 
of foreign policy formation structures and processes 
followed by a survey of the domestic sources of 
policy for major states. A conspectus of substantive 
patterns of foreign policy in analytically salient 
types of systems is presented. Domestic and global 
systemic sources of foreign policy are compared. 

GVPT 451. FOREIGN POLICY OF THE U.S.S.R. (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the develop- 
ment of the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, with 
attention paid to the forces and conditions that 
make for continuities and changes from Tsarist 
policies. 

GVPT 452. INTER-AMERICAN RELATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An analytical and historical 
study of the Latin-American policies of the United 
States and of problems in our relations with individ- 
ual countries, with emphasis on recent develop- 
ments. 

GVPT 453. RECENT EAST ASIAN POLITICS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The background and in- 
terpretation of recent political events in East Asia 
and their influence on world politics. 

GVPT 454. CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN POLITICS 

(3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary 
development in the international politics of Africa, 
with special emphasis on the role of an emerging 
Africa in world affairs. 

GVPT 455. CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE EASTERN 
POLITICS (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary 



development in the international polities of the Mid- 
dle East, with special emphasis on the role of 
emerging Middle East nations in world affairs. 

GVPT 457. AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The principles and machin- 
ery of the conduct of American -foreign relations, 
with emphasis on the Department of State and the 
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major for- 
eign policies of the United States. 

GVPT 460. STATE AND LOCAL ADMINISTRATION 

(3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the administra- 
tive structure, procedures and policies of state and 
local governments with special emphasis on the 
state level and on intergovernmental relationships, 
and with ilustrations from Maryland governmental 
arrangements. 

GVPT 461. METROPOLITAN ADMINISTRATION (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An examination of adminis- 
trative problems relating to public services, plan- 
ning and coordination in a metropolitan environ- 
ment. 

GVPT 462. URBAN POLITICS (3) 

Urban political process and institutions considered 
in the light of changing social and economic con- 
ditions. 

GVPT 473. LEGISLATURES AND LEGISLATION (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A comprehensive study 
of legislative organization procedures and prob- 
lems. The course includes opportunities for student 
contact with Congress and with the Legislature 
of Maryland. 

GVPT 474. POLITICAL PARTIES (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A descriptive and analytical 
examination of American poltical parties, nomina- 
tions, elections, and political leadership. 

GVPT 475. THE PRESIDENCY AND THE 

EXECUTIVE BRANCH (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. An examination of the 
executive, legislative and party roles of the presi- 
dent in the political process. 

GVPT 479. PROBLEMS OF AMERICAN PUBLIC 

POLICY (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. The background and inter- 
pretation of various factors which affect the forma- 
tion and execution of American public policy. 

GVPT 480. COMPARATIVE POLITICAL SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 280 and at least one other 
course in comparative government. A study, along 
functional lines, of major political institutions, such 
as legislatures, executives, courts, bureaucracies, 
public organizations, and political parties. 

GVPT 481. GOVERNMENT AND 
ADMINISTRATION OF THE SOVIET UNION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of the adoption 
of the Communist philosophy by the Soviet Union, 
of its governmental structure and of the adminis- 
tration of government policy in the Soviet Union. 

GVPT 482. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF 
LATIN AMERICA 3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A comparative study of the 



graduate school / 107 



governmental systems and political processes of 
the Latin American countries, with special emphasis 
on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

GVPT 483. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

OF ASIA (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 453, or HIST 261, or 262 
or HIFN 442, or 445. A comparative study of the 
political systems of China, Japan, India and other 
selected Asian countries. 

GVPT 484. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF 

AFRICA (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A comparative study of 
the governmental systems and political processes 
of the African countries, with special emphasis on 
the problems of nationbuilding in emergent coun- 
tries. 

GVPT 485. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE 

MIDDLE EAST (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A comparative study of the 
governmental systems and political processes of 
the Middle Eastern countries, with special emphasis 
on the problems of nation-building in emergent 
countries. 

GVPT 486. COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN 

EUROPEAN POLITICS (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 280, or consent of instructor. 
A comparative study of political processes and 
governmental forms in selected European countries. 

GVPT 487. THE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF 

SOUTH ASIA (3) 

Political systems and governments of such coun- 
tries as India, Pakistan, Bangla Desh, Ceylon, and 
Nepal. 

GVPT 492. THE COMPARATIVE POLITICS OF 

RACE RELATIONS (3) 

Impact of government and politics on race relations 
in various parts of the world. The origins, problems, 
and manifestations of such racial policies as segre- 
gation, apartheid, integration, assimilation, partner- 
ship, and nonracialism will be analyzed. 

GVPT 700. SCOPE AND METHOD OF POLITICAL 

SCIENCE (3) 

Required of all Ph.D candidates. A seminar in the 
methodologies of political science, and their re- 
spective applications to different research fields. 
Interdisciplinary approaches and bibliographical 
techniques are also reviewed. 

GVPT 702. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL 

RELATIONS THEORY (3) 
An examination of the major approaches, concepts, 
and theories in the study of world politics with spe- 
cial emphasis on contemporary literature. 

GVPT 780. SEMINAR IN THE COMPARATIVE 

STUDY OF POLITICS (3) 
An examination of the salient approaches to and 
conceptual frameworks for the comparative study 
of politics, followed by the construction of models 
and typologies of political systems. 

GVPT 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
GVPT 802. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL LAW (3) 
Reports on selected topics assigned for indivdual 



study and reading in substantive and procedural 
international law. 

GVPT 803. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL 

POLITICAL ORGANIZATION (3) 
A study of the forms and functions of various inter- 
national organizations. 

GVPT 807. FUNCTIONAL PROBLEMS IN 
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS— COMPARATIVE 
SYSTEMS (3) 
A survey from Kautilya to Kaplan of the literature in 
IR Theory with an emphasis on comparative his- 
torical systems. 

GVPT 808. SELECTED TOPICS IN FUNCTIONAL 
PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3) 

An examination of the major substantive issues in 

contemporary international relations. 

GVPT 810. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION 

THEORY (3) 

A study of recent developments in the area of or- 
ganizational theory with an emphasis on empirical 
studies of organizational behavior. 

GVPT 812. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC FINANCIAL 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Readings and reports on topics assigned for in- 
dividual or group study in the field of public finan- 
cial administration. 

GVPT 813. PROBLEMS OF PUBLIC PERSONNEL 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the field of public personnel administra- 
tion. 

GVPT 814. DEVELOPMENTAL PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Reports, readings and /or field surveys on topics 
assigned for individual or group study in inter- 
national, regional or local environments. 

GVPT 815. GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATIVE 

PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in administrative planning and management 
in government. 

GVPT 816. STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE 

GOVERNMENTAL ADMINISTRATION (3) 

An examination of theoretical concepts and em- 
pirical findings in the field of comparative adminis- 
tration. Individual readings and research dealing 
with the civil services of Western and Non-West- 
ern nations will be assigned. 

GVPT 818. PROBLEMS OF PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the field of public administration. 

GVPT 822. PROBLEMS IN QUANTITATIVE 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, three hours of statistics or consent 
of instructor. Study of selected problems in quan- 
titative political analysis. 

GVPT 826. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC OPINION (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the field of public opinion. 



108 / graduate school 



GVPT 828. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN 

POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (3) 

Individual reading and research reports on selected 
problems in the study of political behavior. 

GVPT 830. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC LAW (3) 
Reports on topics for individual study and reading 
in the fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

GVPT 840. ANALYTICAL SYSTEMS AND THEORY 

CONSTRUCTION (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 700. Examination of the general 
theoretical tools available to political scientists and 
of the problems of theory building. Attention is 
given to communications theory, decision-making, 
game theory and other mathematical concepts, 
personality theory, role theory, structural-functional 
analysis, and current behavioral approaches. 

GVPT 841. GREAT POLITICAL THINKERS (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 441. Intensive study of one or 
more political theorists each semester. 

GVPT 842. MAN AND THE STATE (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 442. Individual reading and re- 
ports on such recurring concepts in political theory 
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural 
rights, private property, sovereignty, nationalism and 
the organic state. 

GVPT 844. AMERICAN POLITICAL THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 444. Analytical and historical 
examination of selected topics in American political 
thought. 

GVPT 845. MARXIST POLITICAL THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 443 or consent of instructor. In- 
tensive study and analysis of the leading ideas of 
Marx and Engels and their development in the dif- 
ferent forms of Social Democracy and of Com- 
munism. 

GVPT 846. THEORIES OF DEMOCRACY (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 442. A survey and analysis of the 
leading theories of democratic government with at- 
tention to such topics as freedom, equality repre- 
sentation, dissent, and critics of democracy. 

GVPT 847. SEMINAR IN NON-WESTERN POLITICAL 

THEORY (3) 

Intensive study of selected segments of political 
theory outside of the Western European tradition. 

GVPT 848. CURRENT PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL 
THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, GVPT 443. Intensive examination of the 

development of political theory since the Second 

World War. 
GVPT 851. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— SOVIET UNION (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of states 

involving the Soviet Union. 
GVPT 852. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— LATIN AMERICA (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of states 

within Latin America. 
GVPT 853. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— ASIA (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of 

states within Asia. 



GVPT 854. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— AFRICA (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of 

states within Africa. 

GVPT 855. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— MIDDLE EAST (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of 

states within the Middle East. 

GVPT 856. AREA PROBLEMS IN INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS— EUROPE (3) 

An examination of problems in the relations of 

states within Europe. 

GVPT 857. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN FOREIGN 

RELATIONS (3) 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual 
study and reading in American foreign policy and 
the conduct of American foreign relations. 

GVPT 858. SELECTED TOPICS IN AREA PROBLEMS 
IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3) 

Special topics concerning regional problems in the 

relations of states. 

GVPT 862. SEMINAR ON INTERGOVERNMENTAL 

RELATIONS (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the field of recent intergovernmental 
relations. 

GVPT 868. PROBLEMS OF STATE AND LOCAL 

GOVERNMENT (3) 

Report of topics assigned for individual study in the 
field of state and local government throughout the 
United States. 

GVPT 869. SEMINAR IN URBAN ADMINISTRATION 

(3) 

Selected topics are examined by the team research 
method with students responsible for planning, 
field investigation, and report writing. 

GVPT 870. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN POLITICAL 

INSTITUTIONS (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the background and development of 
American government. 

GVPT 873. SEMINAR IN LEGISLATURES AND 

LEGISLATION (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading about the composition and organization of 
legislatures and about the legislative process. 

GVPT 874. SEMINAR IN POLITICAL PARTIES AND 

POLITICS (3) 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and 
reading in the fields of political organization and 
action. 

GVPT 876. SEMINAR IN NATIONAL SECURITY 

POLICY (3) 
An examination of the components of United States 
security policy. Factors, both internal and external, 
affecting national security will be considered. In- 
dividual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 878. PROBLEMS IN AMERICAN 
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3) 
An examination of contemporary problems in va- 



graduate school / 109 



rious fields of government and politics in the 
United States, with reports on topics assigned for 
individual study. 

GVPT 881. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— SOVIET UNION (3) 

An examination of government and politics in the 

Soviet Union. 

GVPT 882. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— LATIN AMERICA (3) 

An examination of governments and politics within 

Latin America. 

GVPT 883. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— ASIA (3) 

An examination of governments and politics within 

Asia. 

GVPT 884. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— AFRICA (3) 

An examination of governments and politics within 

Africa. 

GVPT 885. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— MIDDLE EAST (3) 

An examination of governments and politics within 

the Middle East. 

GVPT 886. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTAL 
INSTITUTIONS— EUROPE (3) 

An examination of governments and politics within 

Europe. 

GVPT 887. SEMINAR IN THE POLITICS OF 

DEVELOPING NATIONS (3) 
An examination of the programs of political develop- 
ment in the emerging nations with special refer- 
ences to the newly independent nations of Asia 
and Africa, and the less developed countries of 
Latin America. Individual reporting as assigned. 

GVPT 888. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE 
GOVERNMENTAL INSTITUTIONS (3) 

An examination of special topics in comparative 

politics. 

GVPT 898. READINGS IN GOVERNMENT AND 

POLITICS (3) 
Guided readings and discussions on selected top- 
ics in political science. 

GVPT 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Burt 

Professors: Johnson, Kenel 

Associate Professors: Girdano, Leviton, Miller, Tifft 

Assistant Professors: Clearwater, Girdano 

The Department of Health Education offers a pro- 
gram designed to prepare students as teachers and 
community health workers. Graduates of the pro- 
gram have placement opportunities in public school 
systems, colleges and universities, government serv- 
ice and community health. 

The department offers courses of study leading to 
the degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Education 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Admission is open to stu- 
dents holding the bachelor's degree in areas related 



to the social, psychological or biological basis of 
health education. 

Each student is required to submit a thesis, to pre- 
sent the work orally in a seminar, and to defend it 
to the satisfaction of his examining committee. All 
students must take Health Education 600 and 710. 

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health 
and the National Library of Medicine render the Uni- 
versity of Maryland unusually suited for graduate 
work in health education. 

HLTH 420. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN 

HEALTH EDUCATION (3) 

Prerequisites, HLTH 105 or 140, 310 or consent of 
instructor. The purpose of this course is to present 
the interrelationships of curriculum planning, 
methodology and the selection and use of teaching 
aids and materials. Special problems associated 
with health teaching are discussed. Students will 
become familiar with a variety of resources as well 
as planning for and presenting demonstration les- 
sons. 

HLTH 450. HEALTH PROBLEMS OF CHILDREN 

AND YOUTH (3) 
This course involves a study of the health needs 
and problems of pupils from the primary grades 
through high school. Physical, mental and psy- 
chosomatic aspects of health are considered in 
relation to the developmental and school levels. 
Consideration is given to such topics as diet selec- 
tion and control; exercise, recreation and rest; 
emotional upset and its implications; and psycho- 
sexual development and problems. The role of the 
teacher and parent in encouraging optimal health 
is emphasized. 

HLTH 455. PHYSICAL FITNESS OF THE 

INDIVIDUAL (3) 
A study of the major physical fitness problems con- 
fronting the adult in modern society. Consideration 
is given to the scientific appraisal, development 
and maintenance of fitness at all age levels. Such 
problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fa- 
tigue, posture, and special exercise programs are 
explored. This course is open to persons outside 
the fields of health education. 

HLTH 456. HEALTH PROBLEMS OF THE AGING 

AND THE AGED ( 3) 
Psychological, physiological and socio-economic 
aspects of aging; nutrition; sexuality; death, dying, 
and bereavement; self actualization and creativity 
health needs and crises of the aged. 

HLTH 460. PROBLEMS IN SCHOOL HEALTH 
EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS (2-6) 
A workshop-type course designed particularly for 
inservice teachers to acquaint them with the best 
methods of providing good health services, health- 
ful environment and health instruction. 

HLTH 470. THE HEALTH PROGRAM IN THE 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) 
Summer session. Prerequisites, HLTH 105 or 140; 
310. This course, designed for the elementary 
school classrom teacher, analyzes biological and 
sociological factors which determine the health 



110 / graduate school 



status and needs of the individual elementary 
school child. The various aspects of the school 
program are evaluated in terms of their role in 
health education. The total school health program 
is surveyed from the standpoint of organization 
and administration, and health appraisal. Empha- 
sis is placed upon modern methods and current 
materials in health instruction. (The State Depart- 
ment of Education accepts this course for biolo- 
gical science credit.) 

HLTH 476. DEATH EDUCATION (3) 
The course aims to enable students to better un- 
derstand aspects of dying so that (1) the quality of 
their health and living is enhanced and (2) they are 
better able to help the bereaved, and the dying. 
The genesis and development of our present day 
attitudes and behavior are examined using a multi- 
disciplinary and life cycle approach. A field trip 
and extensive reading and comprehensive research 
report are required. 

HLTH 477. FUNDAMENTALS OF SEX 

EDUCATION (3) 
This course is concerned with basic information 
regarding the physical, psychological, social, his- 
torical, semantic and comparative cultural aspects 
of sex. The adjustment needs and problems of 
children and adults during the course of maturing 
and aging are studied; and special consideration 
is given to the sex education program in schools. 

HLTH 480. MEASUREMENT IN HEALTH (3) 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 
The application of the principles and techniques 
of educational measurement to the teaching of 
health and physical education; study of functions 
and techniques of measurements in the evaluation 
of student progress toward the objectives of health 
and physical education, and in the evaluation of 
the effectiveness of teaching. 

HLTH 488. CHILDREN'S PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT 

CLINIC (1-4) 

Prerequisite, at least junior standing in Health. 
Physical Education and Recreation, or by special 
permission of the director. An opportunity to ac- 
quire training and experience in a therapeutically 
oriented physical education-recreation program for 
children referred by various education, special 
education, medical and psychiatric groups. 

HLTH 489. FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND 

WORKSHOP (1-6) 

A course designed to meet the needs of persons 
in the field with respect to workshop and research 
projects in special areas of knowledge not covered 
by regularly structured courses. NOTE: The max- 
imum total number of credits that may be earned 
toward any degree in Physical Education, Rec- 
reation, or Health Education under PHED, RECR. 
HLTH or EDUC 489 is six. 

HLTH 600. SEMINAR IN HEALTH (1) 

HLTH 650. HEALTH PROBLEMS IN GUIDANCE (3) 

HLTH 651. SEMINAR ON THE HEALTH 
CORRELATES OF THE AGING AND THE AGED. (3) 
Investigates the most recent theoretical formula- 



tions, research data, and clinical and therapeutic 
approaches to improving the health status of the 
aging. Extensive readings and research project are 
required. 

HLTH 652. SEMINAR IN DEATH EDUCATION (3) 
Prerequsite, HLTH 456 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. The advanced study and investigation of human 
dying, death, bereavement, and suicidal behavior, 
and their relationship to human health utilizing a 
multidisciplinary approach. 

HLTH 670. STATUS AND TRENDS IN HEALTH 
EDUCATION (3) 

HLTH 687. ADVANCED SEMINAR (1-3) 

HLTH 688. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HEALTH 
EDUCATION (1-6) 

HLTH 690. ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTION OF 
HEALTH EDUCATION (3) 

HLTH 710. METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF 
RESEARCH (3) 

HLTH 720. SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATIONS OF 
HEALTH EDUCATION (3) 

HLTH 740. MODERN THEORIES OF HEALTH (3) 

HLTH 760. PUBLIC HEALTH (3) 

HLTH 791. CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTION IN 
HEALTH EDUCATION (3) 

HLTH 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

HLTH 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

HEARING AND SPEECH SCIENCES 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Newby 

Associate Professor: Baker 

Assistant Professors: Bankson, Doudna, Hamlet. 

Kumin 
Research Professor: Causey 
Research Associate Professor: Spuehler 
Research Assistant Professor: Elkins 
Research Associates: Revoile, Wintercorn 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences 
offers the M.A. degree with either the thesis or the 
non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in 
speech and language pathology or in audiology. The 
Master's degree is required for individuals preparing 
for positions as speech pathologists or audiologists 
in the schools, in hospitals or rehabilitation facilities, 
in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical 
settings. Academic course work is combined with 
supervised clinical practice in the University Speech 
and Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical 
facilities, so that the graduate will meet the academic 
requirements for clinical certification by the American 
Speech and Hearing Association, and for licensing in 
the State of Maryland. The Master's degree program 
is accredited by the American Boards of Examiners 
in Speech Pathology and Audiology. Applicants for 
the M.A. degree must have completed the equivalent 



graduate school / 111 



of an undergraduate major in hearing and speech 
sciences. 

The Department also offers the Ph.D degree with 
major emphasis in speech and language pathology, 
audiology, speech science, or hearing science. Ad- 
vanced courses in statistics and research design are 
required of all doctoral candidates. Although no for- 
mal minor is required, students are encouraged to 
take appropriate courses in other departments. The 
Department does not require proficiency in a foreign 
language. Course programs for the doctorate are 
planned by the student and a committee of three 
faculty members. 

The Department's facilities include a biocommuni- 
cations laboratory with an anechoic chamber, a 
speech science laboratory, electronics workshop, 
two 2-room audiology testing suites, and nine therapy 
rooms equipped for observation. Additional research 
and clinical facilities are available in the Washington 
and Baltimore metropolitan areas. The Library of 
Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the 
libraries of the various medical schools in the Wash- 
ington-Baltimore area supplement the University's 
library at College Park. 

Decisions concerning admission and financial aid 
are made in March for the summer and fall, and in 
October for the spring. In addition to the application 
materials required by the Graduate School, the De- 
partment requires applicants to furnish scores on the 
aptitude portions of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion. Additional information about the M.A and Ph.D. 
programs may be obtained by writing to the Chair- 
man, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences. 

HESP 400. SPEECH AND LANGUAGE 

DEVELOPMENT OF CHILDREN (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 202. Analysis of normal proc- 
esses of speech and language development in chil- 
dren. 

HESP 401. SURVEY OF SPEECH DISORDERS (3) 
For non-majors. Prerequisite, HESP 202. Communi- 
cation disorders in school children. Graduate credit 
applicable only in the College of Education. 

HESP 403. INTRODUCTION TO PHONETIC 

SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 202. Phonetic transcription and 
phonetic principles. Acoustical and perceptual 
phonetics. (Baker) 

HESP 404. SPEECH PATHOLOGY II (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 302, 305. Etiology and thera- 
peutic management of cleft palate and stuttering. 

HESP 406. SPEECH PATHOLOGY III (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 302, 305. Etiology and therapeutic 
management of aphasia and delayed language. 

(Weiner) 

HESP 408. CLINICAL PRACTICE (1-2) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Observation 
and participation in the hearing and speech clinic. 
Repeatable for a maximum of two credits. 

HESP 410. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN SPEECH 

THERAPY (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 404 or 406. Comparative meth- 
ods in the clinical management of speech prob- 
lems. (Boss) 



HESP 412. REHABILITATION OF THE HEARING 

HANDICAPPED (3) 
Prerequisite' HESP 314. Speechreading, auditory 
training, and speech training for hard-of-hearing 
children and adults. 

HESP 414. SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Individual 
projects in phonetic science, speech pathology, and 
audiology. 

HESP 604. ACOUSTICAL AND PERCEPTUAL 

PHONETICS (3) 
Laboratory techniques in analysis of the acoustical 
and perceptual characteristics of the speech signal. 

(Baker) 

HESP 606. BASIC HEARING MEASUREMENTS (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 314 or equivalent. Administration 
and interpretation of hearing tests by pure tones 
and by speech; screening and clinical test proce- 
dures. (Doudna) 

HESP 610. APHASIA (3) 
Language problems of adults associated with brain 
injury. (Kumin) 

HESP 612. STUTTERING (3) (Bernthal) 

HESP 614. OROFACIAL ANOMALIES (3) (Bernthal) 

HESP 616. LANGUAGE DISORDERS OF 
CHILDREN (3) (Bankson) 

HESP 620. ARTICULATION DISORDERS (3) 

(Bankson) 

HESP 622. NEUROMOTOR DISORDERS OF 
SPEECH (3) (Kumin) 

HESP 624. VOICE DISORDERS (3) (Hamlet) 

HESP 626. DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF 
NONVERBAL CHILDREN (3) 

Evaluation of the nonverbal child. 

HESP 634. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF SPEECH AND 

HEARING DISORDERS (1-3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 305 or equivalent and permis- 
mission of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of 
physical conditions leading to disorders of com- 
munication. Guest lecturers. (Doudna) 

HESP 638. MINOR RESEARCH PROBLEMS (1-3) 
Special projects in speech and hearing science. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 640. ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH 

AND HEARING THERAPY (3) 
Analysis of the clinical process with emphasis on 
the application of learning theory to treatment of 
speech disorders. (Bankson) 

HESP 642. NEUROPHYSIOLOGY OF HEARING (3) 
Processing of stimuli by the auditory nervous sys- 
tem. 

HESP 648. CLINICAL PRACTICE IN SPEECH (1-3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Supervised 
training in the application of clinical methods in 
the diagnosis and treatment of speech disorders. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 



112 / graduate school 



HESP 649. CLINICAL PRACTICE IN AUDIOLOGY 

(1-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Supervised 
training in the application of clinical methods in 
the diagnosis and treatment of hearing disorders. 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 700. HEARING AID CHARACTERISTICS AND 
PERFORMANCE (3) 

Electroacoustic characteristics of hearing aids. 

Methods of hearing-aid evaluation and selection. 

(Causey) 

HESP 702. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN 

SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3) 

Diagnostic tools and methods in the analysis of 
various types of speech disorder. Practicum re- 
quired. (Weiner) 

HESP 704. PHYSIOLOGICAL PHONETICS (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 604. Laboratory techniques in the 
study of the speech mechanism. (Hamlet) 

HESP 706. ADVANCED CLINICAL AUDIOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 606 or equivalent. Techniques 
for evaluation of children and adults presenting 
special diagnostic problems. (Newby) 

HESP 708. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-6) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Individual re- 
search projects under guidance of a faculty mem- 
ber. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 722. EXPERIMENTAL AUDIOLOGY (3) 

Experimental techniques in the investigation of 
problems in audiology. (Causey) 

HESP 724. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN 

SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, a course in basic statistics. Analysis 
of current procedures used in quantifying pheno- 
mena observed in hearing and speech sciences. 

(Spuehler) 

HESP 728. ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE IN 

SPEECH (1-10) 

Prerequisite, previous enrollment in HESP 648 and 
permission of instructor. Clinical internship in se- 
lected off-campus facilities. Repeatable for a max- 
imum of 10 credits. 

HESP 729. ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE IN 

AUDIOLOGY (1-10) 

Prerequisite, previous enrollment in HESP 649 and 
permission of instructor. Clinical internship in se- 
lected off-campus facilities. Repeatable for a max- 
imum of 10 credits. 

HESP 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
HESP 804. INSTRUMENTAL PHONETICS (3) 

Prerequisites, HESP 604 and 704 or permission of 
instructor. Instrumental techniques in phonetic sci- 
ence. (Baker, Hamlet) 

HESP 806. ADMINISTRATION OF HEARING AND 

SPEECH PROGRAMS (3) 

Problems of staffing, budgeting, and operating 
training and clinical service programs. (Newby) 

HESP 810. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN HEARING 
AND SPEECH SCIENCES (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 724 or permission of instructor. 



Design and evaluation of research projects. Pre- 
paration for undertaking the doctoral dissertation. 

(Spuehler) 

HESP 820. BIOACOUSTICS (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Functioning 
of the hearing mechanism in animals and humans. 
Laboratory research methods. (Worthington) 

HESP 822. PSYCHOACOUSTICS (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Study of 
human response to acoustic stimulation. (Causey) 

HESP 824. INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 

NOISE PROBLEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Evaluation 
and control of noise hazards. Effects of noise on 
man. Medico-legal aspects of noise-induced hear- 
ing impairment. (Newby) 

HESP 848. SEMINAR IN AUDIOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Repeatable 
for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 858. SEMINAR IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Repeatable 
for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 868. SEMINAR IN SPEECH SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Repeatable 

for a maximum of 6 credits. 
HESP 878. SEMINAR IN LANGUAGE DISORDERS (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Repeatable 

for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

HISTORY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Rundell 

Professors: Brush,' Callcott, Carter, Cole, Duffy. Foust, 
Gilbert, Gordon, Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, Kent, 
Merrill. Prange. Schuessler. Smith, Sparks, Yaney 

Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow. Cock- 
burn. Ferrell.- Folsom. Giffin, Greenberg, Grimsted. 
Matossiar. Mayo, Olson. Shoufani. Stowasser, War- 
ren 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury. Flack. Harris. Hoffman, 
Kaufman, Lampe, Majeska, McCusker, Nicklason, 
Perinbam, Robertson, Van Ness, Williams, Wright 

1 joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 

Applied Mathematics 
- joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of History offers programs leading 
to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of 
Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: Ancient, 
British and British Empire, European History Since the 
Renaissance. Latin American, Modern Diplomatic. Rus- 
sian and Soviet. Science and Technology, Third 
World: African, or East Asian, or Middle Eastern, United 
States. 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm 
grounding in a field of history for teaching purposes 
and as preparation for the expeditious pursuit of the 
doctorate. There are no special admissions require- 
ments for the History Department: it should be noted 
that an undergraduate major in history is not as such 
required for admission. Of the thirty credit hours re- 



graduate school / 113 



quired for the degree, six are in M.A. thesis research 
courses (HIST 799), fifteen are normally in the major 
field of history and nine in a minor (which may be 
taken within or outside of the department.) The his- 
toriography course (HIST 600) is required and may be 
used as part of the major or minor. Fifteen credit hours 
at the level of 600 or above are required in addition to 
the thesis research courses. 

A written examination, which is based in large 
part on a list of books pertaining to the thesis and 
its field submitted by the student and approved by 
the advisory committee, is required upon completion 
of the coursework. There will also be a final oral ex- 
amination which will be confined to the thesis and 
the field in which it lies. 

Admission to the doctoral program will be decided 
by the student's M.A. examining committee on the 
basis of the student's written and oral examinations, 
thesis, and record of achievement in coursework. 

The M.A. degree in history is normally required for 
admission to the doctoral program, but it does not 
guarantee admission. Students with M.A. degrees 
awarded at other institutions will be asked to submit 
substantial evidence of their written work and will 
normally be expected to have completed the equiv- 
alent of the work required of Maryland M.A. students. 
Every student must pass a written examination on his 
major field normally within eighteen months of entry 
into the doctoral program; this examination will test 
a broad, intelligent, and informed handling of the 
major historical problems and literature of that field. 
A secondary or minor field of study, supportive of the 
major, is required of all doctoral students; it may be 
taken within or outside of the department. The minor 
requirement may be fulfilled by either taking a cer- 
tain combination of courses, or by passing the regular 
general written examination in the appropriate field of 
study, or by having the Master's degree in a major 
field other than the student's major doctoral field. 

The Ph.D. is awarded only for demonstrated excel- 
lence on the part of the students as revealed in the 
written and oral examinations and the dissertation 
research and writing. 

A special field oral examination on the student's 
dissertation prospectus and a bibliography on the dis- 
sertation field is required. The dissertation is to be 
understood as constituting the largest single portion 
of the doctoral program; it is expected to be a dis- 
tinct contribution to historical knowledge and/or in- 
terpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading com- 
petence in one foreign language; the language ex- 
amination must be passed before the student takes 
the written examination in the major field. 

Complete descriptions of these programs and re- 
quirements may be obtained from the History Depart- 
ment. 

HISTORY 

HIST 401. THE SCIENTIFIC REVOLUTION — FROM 

COPERNICUS TO NEWTON (3) 

Major developments in the history of physics and 
astronomy during the 16th and 17th Centuries and 
critical evaluations of the Copernican Revolution, 
the 'mechanical philosophy' of the 17th Century 



scientists, and the Newtonian Synthesis and its 
impact on 18th Century thought. 

HIST 402. THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN 
PHYSICAL SCIENCE — FROM LAVOISIER TO 
EINSTEIN (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 110 and PHYS 112 or 117. 
History of chemistry, physics and geology during 
the period from about 1775 to about 1925. 

HIST 403. HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY (3) 
A survey course designed for junior, senior and 
graduate students with a solid base in either en- 
gineering or history. It will cover the time span 
from Greek antiquity to the First World War. Tech- 
nology will be studied as a cultural force controlled 
by laws of its own and operating within a distinc- 
tive conceptual framework. The course will con- 
centrate on the changing character of technology 
in history and on the interactions between tech- 
nology and other cultural forces such as science, 
philosophy, art, material culture, and the economy. 

HIST 404. HISTORY OF MODERN BIOLOGY (3) 
The internal development of biology from about 
1750 to about 1940 will be covered, including evolu- 
tion, cell theory, genetics, enzymes, and biochem- 
istry, and the origins of anthropology and experi- 
mental psychology. The social circumstances under 
which biology arose and prospered, the philoso- 
phical aspects of some debates, the technical 
achievements enabling new research, and the in- 
fluences of other sciences on biology will also be 
discussed. 

HIST 405. HISTORY OF EARLY MEDICINE: FROM 
THAUMATURGY AND THEURGY TO THE 17TH 
CENTURY THEORIES (3) 
A historical survey of the development of medicine 
in Europe and Asia from earliest times to the 
Eighteenth Century, Topics discussed include: 
primitive diseases, Egyptian, Chinese, Greek and 
medieval medicine, epidemics, surgical develop- 
ments, and the physician and the development of 
public health administration. Enrollment limited to 
upper division and graduate students. 

HIST 406. HISTORY OF THE EMERGENCE OF 

MODERN MEDICINE (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Development of mod- 
ern medicine from the Eighteenth Century to the 
present with emphasis on the United States, includ- 
ing American Indian medicine, growth of medical 
professions, hospitals and public health facilities, 
surgery, clinical medicine, psychiatry and modern 
medical specialization. 

HIST 408. SELECTED TOPICS IN WOMEN'S 

HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisites, HIST 226 or 227 or permission of the 
instructor. In-depth study of selected topics on 
women in American society including such areas 
as women and the law, women and politics, the 
'feminine mystique,' and the 'new feminism.' May 
be repeated to a maximum of six semester hours. 

HIST 498. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY (3) 
May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. 



114 / graduate school 



HIST 600. HISTORIOGRAPHY — TECHNIQUES OF 
HISTORICAL RESEARCH AND WRITING (3) 

HIST 685. THE TEACHING OF HISTORY IN 
INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING (1) 

HIST 708. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF 
MODERN SCIENCE (3) 

HIST 798. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY (3) 

HIST 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

HIST 808. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
MODERN SCIENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, HIST 708 or consent of instructor. 

HIST 818. SEMINAR IN HISTORICAL EDITING (3) 
An apprenticeship fn the editing of documentary 
sources and scholarly articles for publication. Re- 
peatable to a maximum of six hours. 

HIST 868. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF WORLD 
WAR I (3) 

HIST 869. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF WORLD 
WAR II (3) 

HIST 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

FOREIGN HISTORY 

HIFN 401. THE HISTORY OF SPAIN (3) 

Political, social and economic development of 
Spain; the Spanish empire; Spain's role in Europe. 
Some attention will be paid to Portuguese history. 
First semester; 1469-1700. 

HIFN 402. THE HISTORY OF SPAIN (3) 

Political, social and economic development of 
Spain; the Spanish empire; Spain's role in Europe. 
Some attention will be paid to Portuguese history. 
Second semester: 1700 to present. 

HIFN 403. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LATIN 

AMERICA (3) 

A survey of the political, economic and cultural rela- 
tions of the Latin American nations with emphasis 
on their relations with the United States and the 
development of the inter-American system. 

HIFN 404. HISTORY OF CANADA (3) 

Prerequisite, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. A history 
of Canada, with special emphasis on the Nineteenth 
Century and upon Canadian relations with Great 
Britain and the United States. 

HIFN 405. HISTORY OF BRAZIL (3) 
The history of Brazil with emphasis on the National 
Period. 

HIFN 406. THE HISTORY OF MEXICO AND THE 

CARIBBEAN TO 1810 (3) 
The history of Mexico, Central America and the 
Antilles, beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian cul- 
tures and continuing through the Spanish colonial 
period and the National Period to the present day. 
The division point between the two courses is the 
year 1810, the beginning of the Mexican wars for 
independence. 



HIFN 407. THE HISTORY OF MEXICO AND THE 
CARIBBEAN, 1810 TO THE PRESENT (3) 
The history of Mexico, Central America and the 
Antilles, beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian 
cultures and continuing through the Spanish Colon- 
ial Period and the National Period to the present 
day. The division point between the two courses is 
the year 1810, the beginning of the Mexican wars 
for independence. 

HIFN 410. HISTORY OF ROME (3) 
A study of Roman civilization from the earliest be- 
ginnings through the Republic and down to the last 
centuries of the Empire. 

HIFN 411. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE (3) 
A study of Medieval government, society and 
thought from the collapse of classical civilization 
to the Renaissance. 

HIFN 412. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE (3) 
A study of Medieval government, society and 
thought from the collapse of classical civilization 
to the Renaissance. 

HIFN 413. THE OLD REGIME AND THE FRENCH 
REVOLUTION, 1748-1815 (3) 

Europe in the era of the French Revolution. 

HIFN 414, 415. HISTORY OF EUROPEAN 

IDEAS (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242, or 253, 254, or the 
equivalent. Beginning with a review of the basic 
Western intellectual traditions as a heritage from 
the ancient world, the courses will present selected 
important currents of thought from the scientific 
revolution of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Cen- 
turies down to the Twentieth Century. First semes- 
ter, through the Eighteenth Century. Second semes- 
ter, Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. 

HIFN 416. THE RENAISSANCE (3) 
City-states and the rise of nation-states, the culture 
and thought of the Renaissance, its impact into the 
Seventeenth Century. 

HIFN 417. THE REFORMATION (3) 

Major developments from the 'pre-Reformation' to 
the 'post-Reformation.' Religion is emphasized as 
the fundamental motive force resulting in the refor- 
mations of the 16th Century. The interaction be- 
tween religious forces and the political, socio- 
economic, intellectual, and cultural trends of the 
period are also considered. 

HIFN 420. HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE (3) 
Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. First 
semester, the development of England's mercantil- 
ist empire and its fall in the war for American inde- 
pendence (1783). 

HIFN 421. HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE (3) 
Prerequisite, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. Second 
semester, the rise of the second British Empire 
and the solution of the problem of responsible self- 
government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British 
Empire into a commonwealth of nations, and the 
development and problems of the dependent em- 
pire. 



graduate school / 115 



HIFN 422. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF GREAT 

BRITAIN (3) 
Constitutional development in England, with em- 
phasis on the history of the royal prerogative, the 
growth of the common law, the development of 
Parliament, and the emergence of systematized 
government. First semester, to 1485. 

HIFN 423. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF GREAT 
BRITAIN (3) 

Constitutional development in England, with empha- 
sis on the history of the royal prerogative, the 
growth of the common law, the development of 
Parliament, and the emergence of systematized 
government. Second semester, since 1485. 

HIFN 424. HISTORY OF RUSSIA (3) 
A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. 

HIFN 425. HISTORY OF RUSSIA (3) 
A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. 

HIFN 426. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH 

CENTURY, 1815-1919 (3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. A study 
of the political, economic, social, and cultural devel- 
opment of Europe from the Congress of Vienna 
to the First World War. 

HIFN 427. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH 

CENTURY, 1815-1919 (3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. A study of 
the political, economic, social, and cultural devel- 
opment of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to 
the First World War. 

HIFN 430. EUROPE IN THE WORLD SETTING OF 

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254. A study 
of political, economic and cultural developments 
in Twentieth Century Europe with special emphasis 
on the factors involved in the two World Wars and 
their global impacts and significance. 

HIFN 431. EUROPE IN THE WORLD SETTING OF 

THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (3) 

Prerequisites, HIST, 241, 242 or 253, 254. A study 
of political, economic and cultural developments 
in Twentieth Century Europe with special emphasis 
on the factors involved in the two World Wars and 
their global impacts and significance. 

HIFN 432. THE SOVIET UNION (3) 
A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the found- 
ing of the Soviet Union; the economic policy and 
foreign policy of the U.S.S.R. to the present. 

HIFN 433. MODERN FRANCE (3) 
A survey of French history from 1815 to the present. 
The emphasis is upon such topics as the population 
problem, the economic and social structure of 
French society, and the changing political and cul- 
tural values of this society in response to recurrent 
crises through the Nineteenth and Twentieth Cen- 
turies. 

HIFN 434. TUDOR ENGLAND (3) 
An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1485-1603, with special em- 
phasis on Tudor Government, the English Reforma- 
tion and the Elizabethan Era. 



HIFN 435. STUART ENGLAND (3) 

An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1603-1714, with special em- 
phasis on Puritanism and the English Revolutions. 

HIFN 436. BRITAIN IN THE 18TH CENTURY (3) 
Developments in Great Britain from the Revolution 
of 1688 to the end of the Napoleonic Wars. 

HIFN 437. MODERN BRITAIN (3) 
A survey of British history from the age of the 
French Revolution to World War I with emphasis 
upon such subjects as Britain's role in the world, 
the democratization of the state, the problems aris- 
ing from industrialism and urbanism, and Irish and 
imperial problems. 

HIFN 440. THE EASTERN ORTHODOX CHURCH: 

ITS CULTURAL HISTORY (3) 
A study of the development of the Christian church 
in the Near East and Eastern Europe from the con- 
version of Constantine to the present. Emphasis 
will be on the relations between church and state 
in various periods and on the influence of Eastern 
Christianity on the cultures of traditionally Eastern 
Orthodox nations. 

HIFN 442. HISTORY OF CHINA (3) 
A history of China from earliest times to the pres- 
ent. The emphasis is on the development of Chinese 
institutions that have molded the life of the Nation 
and its people. 

HIFN 443. HISTORY OF CHINA (3) 
A history of China from earliest times to the present. 
The emphasis is on the development of Chinese 
institutions that have molded the life of the Nation 
and its people. 

HIFN 444. THE AGE OF ABOLUTISM, 
1648-1748 (3) 

Europe in the age of Louis XIV and the Enlightened 

Despots. 

HIFN 445. HISTORY OF JAPAN (3) 
Japanese civilization from the age of Shinto mytho- 
logy, introduction of continental learning, and rule 
of military overlords. 

HIFN 446. HISTORY OF JAPAN (3) 

Renewed contact with the Western world and 
Japan's emergence as a modern state. 

HIFN 448. STUDIES IN MIDDLE EASTERN 

CULTURE (3) 
Systematic treatment of aspects of literature and 
culture of the Middle East. May be repeated. 

HIFN 450. THE MIDDLE EAST (3) 
A survey of the political, cultural and institutional 
history covering the period up to the Tenth Century. 

HIFN 451. THE MIDDLE EAST (3) 
A survey of the political, cultural and institutional 
history covering the period up from the Tenth Cen- 
tury to the beginnings of the Nineteenth Century. 

HIFN 452. THE CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE EAST (3) 
This course covers the break-up of the Ottoman 
Empire and the emergence of contemporary states 
of the area. 



116 / graduate school 



HIFN 454. HISTORY OF THE JEWS AND THE 

STATE OF ISRAEL (3) 
A survey of Jewish history from the Second Cen- 
tury Diaspora to the present with special attention 
to analysis of Zionism, the creation of a Jewish 
home in Palestine, the establishment of the state 
of Israel, and modern developments. 

HIFN 455. HISTORY OF ARGENTINA AND THE 
ANDEAN REPUBLICS (3) 

The history of the Nationalist Period of selected 

South American countries. 

HIFN 456. ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE (3) 
A survey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the 
Near East and Greece, with particular attention to 
their institutions, life, and culture. 

HIFN 460. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF 

EUROPE (3) 
An exploration of social structure, life styles, rituals, 
symbols, and myths of the peoples of Europe. From 
earliest times to 1800. 

HIFN 461. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF 

EUROPE (3) 
An exploration of social structure, life rituals, sym- 
bols, and myths of the peoples of Europe. The 
modernization of European society. 

HIFN 462. GERMANY IN THE NINETEENTH 

CENTURY, 1815-1914 (3) 

Prerequisites, any one of the following courses: 
HIST 242, HIFN 421, 426, 427, 433. Junior, senior, or 
graduate standing required, or consent of instruc- 
tor. The course is intended to trace the develop- 
ment of modern Germany and provide a basis for 
the understanding of the rise of National Socialism 
and Germany in the 20th Century. 

HIFN 463. GERMANY IN THE TWENTIETH 

CENTURY, 1914-1945 (3) 

Prerequisites, any one of the following courses: 
HIST 242, HIFN 421, 426, 427, 433. Junior, senior 
or graduate standing required, or consent of in- 
structor. The course is intended to provide an un- 
derstanding of Germany's aims and policies during 
World War I, her condition and policies in the inter- 
war period, the rise of National Socialism, and 
Germany's part in World War II. 

HIFN 464. NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, a course in 19th Century European 
history. The development and execution of Euro- 
pean diplomacy from the Congress of Vienna to the 
outbreak of World War I, concentrating on Central 
and Western Europe. 

HIFN 465. TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, a course in 20th Century European 
history. The development and execution of Euro- 
pean diplomacy from the outbreak of World War I to 
the conclusion of World War II, concentrating on 
Central and Western Europe. 

HIFN 466. BYZANTINE EMPIRE (3) 

Institutions and culture of the Byzantine Empire 
dealing with the history of the East Roman Empire 
to the Battle of Manzikert, 1071. 



HIFN 467. BYZANTINE EMPIRE (3) 
History of Byzantium from 1071 to the fall of Con- 
stantinople, 1453. 

HIFN 470. EUROPEAN ECONOMIC HISTORY (3) 
Economic development of Europe from the manorial 
economy of Medieval feudalism through the emer- 
gence of capitalist institutions and overseas empires 
to the advent of the industrial revolution. 

HIFN 471. EUROPEAN ECONOMIC HISTORY (3) 
Begins with 1750 and continues to the present. 
Emphasis is on causes and consequences of indus- 
trial development in Western and Eastern Europe. 

HIFN 473. A SURVEY OF AFRICAN HISTORY (3) 
A brief survey of the history of sub-Saharan Africa 
from prehistoric times to the end of the Colonial 
Era. Special focus on neolithic civilizations, major 
migrations and political and commercial develop- 
ments in pre-colonial and Colonial Africa. 

HIFN 474. A HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA (3) 

HIFN 473 is recommended though not required. A 
regional study of the western Sudan, forest and 
coastal regions from prehistoric times to the Nine- 
teenth Century. A discussion of neolithic and iron 
age civilizations, trans-Saharan and other trade, 
introduction of Islam, medieval Sudanese empires, 
forest kingdoms. Nineteenth Century empires and 
kingdoms, and the impact of European penetration. 

HIFN 475. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF WEST 

AFRICA (3) 
The economic history of West Africa from neolithic 
times to the end of the Colonial Era. Reading knowl- 
edge of French desirable. 

HIFN 476. MODERN BALKAN HISTORY (3) 
A political, socio-economic, and cultural history of 
Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Romania, Greece, and Albania 
from the breakdown of Ottoman domination to the 
present. Emphasis is on movements for national 
liberation during the Nineteenth Century and on 
approaches to modernization in the Twentieth Cen- 
tury. 

HIFN 708. READINGS IN LATIN AMERICAN 

HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 728. READINGS IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 729. READINGS IN 17TH CENTURY 
EUROPEAN HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 738. READINGS IN MODERN EUROPEAN 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 739. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF THE 
RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION (3) 

HIFN 748. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF GREAT 
BRITAIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE-COMMON- 
WEALTH (3) 

HIFN 758. READINGS IN 20TH CENTURY 

EUROPEAN HISTORY (3) 

Readings in 20th Century European history, 1914 to 
the present. Requirements, reading knowledge of 
some European language is encouraged, but not 
required. May be repeated for a maximum of nine 
semester hours. 



HIFN 759. READINGS IN NINETEENTH CENTURY 
EUROPE (3) 

HIFN 768. READINGS IN MODERN RUSSIAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 778. READINGS IN MODERN FRENCH 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 779. READINGS IN MIDDLE EASTERN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 788. READINGS IN JAPANESE HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 789. READINGS IN CHINESE HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 798. READINGS IN GERMAN HISTORY, 1815 

TO THE PRESENT (3) 

Reading knowledge of German is encouraged, but 
not required. May be repeated for a maximum of 
nine semester hours. 

HIFN 808. SEMINAR IN LATIN AMERICAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 818. SEMINAR IN GREEK HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 819. SEMINAR IN ROMAN HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 828. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 829. SEMINAR IN 17TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 838. SEMINAR IN MODERN EUROPEAN 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 839. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF THE 
RENAISSANCE AND THE REFORMATION (3) 

HIFN 848. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF GREAT 
BRITAIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE- 
COMMONWEALTH (3) 

HIFN 849. SEMINAR IN TUDOR AND STUART 
ENGLAND (3) 

HIFN 850. SEMINAR IN ENGLISH LAW AND 

GOVERNMENT, 1550-1760 (3) 

Prerequisites, one of the following courses: HIFN 
423, 434, 435, 436 or consent of instructor. From 
the accession of Elizabeth I to the death of George 
II. 

HIFN 858. SEMINAR IN RUSSIAN HISTORY (3) 
HIFN 859. SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH CENTURY 
EUROPE (3) 

HIFN 868. SEMINAR IN 20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

HISTORY (3) 
Seminar in 20th Century European history, 1914 to 
present. Prerequisite: HIFN 758, or consent of in- 
structor. 

HIFN 869. SEMINAR IN MODERN EUROPEAN 
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY (3) 

Prerequisite, reading ability of either French or 

German: a course in modern European history. 

May be repeated for a maximum of nine semester 

hours. 

HIFN 878. SEMINAR IN MODERN FRENCH 
HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 879. SEMINAR MIDDLE EASTERN HISTORY 
(3) 



graduate school / 117 

HIFN 888. SEMINAR IN JAPANESE HISTORY (3) 
HIFN 889. SEMINAR IN CHINESE HISTORY (3) 

HIFN 898. SEMINAR IN GERMAN HISTORY, 1815 

TO THE PRESENT (3) 

Prerequisite, HIFN 798, or consent of instructor. 
Reading knowledge of German is required. May 
be repeated to a maximum of six semester hours. 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 

HIUS 401. AMERICAN COLONIAL HISTORY (3) 
The settlement and development of colonial Amer- 
ica to the middle of the Eighteenth Century. 

HIUS 402. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION (3) 
The background and course of the American Revo- 
lution through the formation of the Constitution. 

HIUS 403. THE FORMATIVE PERIOD IN AMERICA, 

1789-1824 (3) 
The evolution of the Federal Government, the ori- 
gins of political parties, problems of foreign rela- 
tions in an era of international conflict, beginnings 
of the industrial revolution in America, and the birth 
of sectionalism. 

HIUS 404. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES (3) 

The development of the American economy and its 

institutions. First semester, to 1865. 

HIUS 405. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES (3) 
The development of the American economy and 
its institutions. Second semester, since 1865. 

HIUS 406. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES (3) 

Formation of regional societies: immigration and 
nativism: the Negro: urban movement: social re- 
sponses to technological change. First semester, 
to 1865. 

HIUS 407. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES (3) 

Formation of regional societies: immigration and 
nativism: the Negro: urban movement: social re- 
sponses to technological change. Second semes- 
ter, from 1865. 

HIUS 410. THE MIDDLE PERIOD OF AMERICAN 

HISTORY, 1824-1860 (3) 
An examination of the political history of the United 
States from Jackson to Lincoln with particular em- 
phasis on the factors producing Jacksonian Demo- 
cracy, manifest destiny, the Whig Party, the Anti- 
Slavery Movement, the Republican Party, and seces- 
sion. 

HIUS 411. THE CIVIL WAR (3) 

Military aspects: problems of the Confederacy: 
political, social and economic effects of the War 
upon American society. 

HIUS 412. RECONSTRUCTION AND THE NEW 

NATION, 1865-1896 (3) 

Prerequisite, six credits of American history, or 
permission of instructor. Problems of reconstruction 
in both South and North. Emergence of big business 



118 / graduate school 



and industrial combinations. Problems of the farm- 
er and laborer. 

HIUS 413. THE PROGRESSIVE PERIOD — THE 
UNITED STATES 1896-1919 (3) 

HIUS 414. BETWEEN THE WARS — THE UNITED 
STATES 1919-1945 (3) 

HIUS 415. THE UNITED STATES SINCE WORLD 

WAR II (3) 

Problems and issues of American society, foreign 

and domestic, of the past generation. 

HIUS 416. BLACKS IN AMERICAN LIFE— 1865 TO 

THE PRESENT (3) 
The role of the black in America since slavery, with 
emphasis on Twentieth Century developments: the 
migration from farm to city; the growth of the 
civil rights movement; the race question as a 
national problem. 

HIUS 420, 421. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent. The gol- 
den age of the Chesapeake, the institution of slav- 
ery, the antebellum plantation society, the experi- 
ence of defeat, the impact of industrialization, and 
the modern racial adjustment. 

HIUS 422. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES (3) 
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and 
foreign relations of the United States. First semes- 
ter, from the revolution to 1898. Students who have 
taken HIST 225 are admitted only by permission of 
instructor. 

HIUS 423. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED 

STATES (3) 
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations 
and foreign relations of the United States. Second 
semester, from 1898 to the present. Students who 
have taken HIST 225 are admitted only by permis- 
mission of instructor. 

HIUS 424, 425. THE HISTORY OF IDEAS IN 

AMERICA (3, 3) 
A history of basic beliefs about religion, man, na- 
ture, and society. 

HIUS 426. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF THE 

UNITED STATES (3, 3) 
A study of the historical forces resulting in the 
formation of the Constitution, and development of 
American constitutionalism in theory and practice 
thereafter. 

HIUS 430. HISTORY OF MARYLAND (3) 

Political, social and economic history of Maryland 
from Seventeenth Century to the present. 

HIUS 432. A CULTURAL AND SOCIAL HISTORY OF 
THE AMERICAN WORKER (3) 

Examines the free American working class in terms 
of its composition; its myths and Utopias; its social 
conditions; and its impact on American institutions. 

HIUS 433, 434. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN 

FRONTIER (3, 3) 

Major historical interpretation of the significance to 
the period of the trans-Allegheny West. Assesses 
the impact of the frontier experience on American 



history. Equal attention is given to political, econo- 
mic, social and cultural problems associated with 
the development of the West. Indian culture, treat- 
ment of the Indians, and Indian-white relations are 
integrated into the course through readings and 
lectures. 

HIUS 708. READINGS IN COLONIAL AMERICAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 709. READINGS IN THE AMERICAN 
REVOLUTION AND THE FORMATIVE PERIOD (3) 

HIUS 718. READINGS IN AMERICAN SOCIAL AND 
ECONOMIC HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 719. READINGS IN SOUTHERN HISTORY (3) 
HIUS 728. READINGS IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD AND 
CIVIL WAR (3) 

HIUS 729. READINGS IN RECONSTRUCTION AND 
THE NEW NATION (3) 

HIUS 738. READINGS IN RECENT AMERICAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 739. READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF 
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY (3) 

HIUS 748. READINGS IN AMERICAN INTELLECT- 
UAL HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 749. READINGS IN AMERICAN 
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 769. READINGS IN THE ECONOMIC 
HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3) 

An examination of the major issues in the history 
of the economy of the United States from the 17th 
Century to the present, as these have been discuss- 
ed by the more important economic historians. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

HIUS 808. SEMINAR IN COLONIAL AMERICAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 809. SEMINAR IN THE AMERICAN 
REVOLUTION AND THE FORMATIVE PERIOD (3) 

HIUS 818. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN SOCIAL AND 
ECONOMIC HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 819. SEMINAR IN SOUTHERN HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 828. SEMINAR IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD AND 
CIVIL WAR (3) 

HIUS 829. SEMINAR IN RECONSTRUCTION AND 
THE NEW NATION (3) 

HIUS 838. SEMINAR IN RECENT AMERICAN 
HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 839. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY (3) 

HIUS 848. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL 
HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 849. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN 
CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY (3) 

HIUS 858. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LEGAL 
HISTORY (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours. 



graduate school / 119 



HIUS 859. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
MARYLAND (3) 

HIUS 869. SEMINAR IN THE ECONOMIC HISTORY 

OF THE UNITED STATES (3) 
A research-writing seminar dealing with selected 
topics in American economic development from the 
Colonial Period to the present. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six semester hours. 

HORTICULTURE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Stark 

Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds, Scott, Shanks, 

Thompson, Twigg, Wiley 
Associate Professors: Angell, Baker, Schales, Stadel- 

bacher 
Assistant Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Wegkamp 
Lecturer: Koch (Visiting) 

Programs leading to the Master of Science and Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Depart- 
ment of Horticulture in the fields of pomology, olericul- 
ture, floriculture, and ornamental horticulture. Special 
areas include physiology, genetics, and post-harvest 
physiology. A non-thesis option is available to mas- 
ter's candidates for whom the M.S. degree will be 
terminal. 

Students seeking admission should present under- 
graduate preparation in horticulture, botany, chemis- 
try, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Deficien- 
cies must be corrected early in the graduate program. 
Students are admitted to the doctoral program if it is 
evident that they can complete the program success- 
fully. The Graduate Record Examination is not re- 
quired. 

HORT 411. TECHNOLOGY OF FRUITS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT 112, 
prerequisite, or concurrent BOTN 441. A critical 
analysis of research work and application of the 
principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and bot- 
any to practical problems in commercial produc- 
tion (Thompson) 

HORT 417. TREE AND SMALL FRUIT 

MANAGEMENT (1) 
Summer session only. Primarily designed for voca- 
tional agriculture teachers and extension agents. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and 
improved commercial methods of production of the 
leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems 
and their solution will receive special attention. 

HORT 422. TECHNOLOGY OF VEGETABLES (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT 222, 
prerequisite or concurrent, BOTN 441. A critical 
analysis of research work and application of prin- 
ciples of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to 
practical problems in commercial vegetable pro- 
duction. (Reynolds) 

HORT 427. TRUCK CROP MANAGEMENT (1) 
Summer session only. Primarily designed for teach- 
ers of vocational agriculture and extension agents. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and 
improved methods of production of the leading 



truck crops. Current problems and their solutions 
will receive special attention. 

HORT 432. FUNDAMENTALS OF GREENHOUSE 

CROP PRODUCTION (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. 
This course deals with a study of the commercial 
production and marketing of ornamental plant crops 
under greenhouse, plastic houses and out-of-door 
conditions. 

HORT 451. TECHNOLOGY OF ORNAMENTALS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite or concur- 
rent, BOTN 441. A study of the physiological proc- 
esses of the plant as related to the growth, flower- 
ing and storage of ornamental plants. (Link) 

HORT 453. WOODY PLANT MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 212. A field and laboratory 
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental 
plantings. (Baker) 

HORT 454. WOODY PLANT MATERIALS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 212. A field and laboratory study 
of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental 
plantings (Baker) 

HORT 456. PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF 

WOODY PLANTS (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite or corequisite, HORT 271, 454. A study 
of the production methods and operation of a com- 
mercial nursery and the planting ard care of woody 
plants in the landscape. (Link) 

HORT 457. ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE (1) 
Summer session only. A course designed for teach- 
ers of agriculture and extension agents to place 
special emphasis on problems of the culture and 
use of ornamental plants. 

HORT 471. SYSTEMATIC HORTICULTURE (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and 
horticultural classification of fruits and vegetables. 

HORT 474. PHYSIOLOGY OF MATURATION AND 
STORAGE OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS (2) 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 441. Fac- 
tors related to maturation and application of scien- 
tific principles to handling and storage of horti- 
cultural crops. 

HORT 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE 

(1-3) 
Credit according to time scheduled and organi- 
zation of course. A lecture and/or laboratory ser- 
ies organized to study in depth a selected phase 
of horticulture not covered by existing courses. 
A. Horticultural therapy; B. Administration of na- 
tural resources; C. Quantitative techniques in en- 
vironmental design. 

HORT 682. METHODS OF HORTICULTURAL 

RESEARCH (3) 
One lecture and one 4-hour laboratory period a 
week. The application of biochemical and biophy- 
sical methods to problems in biological research 
with emphasis on plant materials. 



120 / graduate school 

HORT 689. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE 

(1-3) 
Credit according to time scheduled and organiza- 
tion of the course. Organized as a lecture series on 
a specialized advanced topic. B. Pectic substances; 
C. Plants and light; E. Plant-soil-water relationships. 

HORT 699. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

HORTICULTURE (1-3) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organiza- 
tion of the course. Organized as an experimental 
program other than the student's thesis problem. 
Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced de- 
gree shall not exceed four hours of experimental 
work. 

HORT 781. EDAPHIC FACTORS AND 

HORTICULTURAL PLANTS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441. A critical study of scien- 
tific literature and current research concerning 
factors of the soil affecting production of horticul- 
tural plants. Selected papers are studied and crit- 
ically discussed. Attention is given to experimental 
procedures, results obtained, interpretation of the 
data, and to evaluation of the contribution. 

(Reynolds) 

HORT 782. CHEMICAL REGULATION OF GROWTH 

OF HORTICULTURAL PLANTS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441. A critical review of litera- 
ture and current research relating to the use of 
chemicals in controlling growth, and useful in the 
production, ripening, and handling of horticultural 
plants and products. Emphasis is placed on experi- 
mental procedures and the interpretation of results, 
current usage in the solution of horticultural prob- 
lems and the potentials for future research. 

(Shanks) 

HORT 783. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS AND 

HORTICULTURAL PLANTS (3) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 441. A study of the literature 
and a discussion of current research concerned 
with the effects of environmental factors on the 
growth and fruiting of horticultural plants. Effects 
of temperature, light, and atmospheric conditions 
will be considered. (Thompson) 

HORT 784. CURRENT ADVANCES IN PLANT 

BREEDING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT 274 
or permission of instructor. Studies of the genetic 
and cytogenetic basis of plant breeding, systems 
of pollination control and their application, muta- 
tion breeding, methods of breeding for resistance 
to plant diseases and environmental pollutants. 

(Angell) 

HORT 798. ADVANCED SEMINAR (1) 
Three credit hours maximum allowed toward the 
M.S. degree or six credit hours maximum toward 
the Ph.D degree. 

HORT 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

HORT 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN 
COURSES 

HOUSING 

HSAD 440. INTERIOR DESIGN III (4) 
Eight hours studio periods. Prerequisite, HSAD 344. 
Preparation of complete presentation: work speci- 
fications, floor plans, purchase orders, renderings, 
etc. Portfolio preparation. 

HSAD 441. INTERIOR DESIGN IV (4) 

Prerequisite, HSAD 440. Design problems with em- 
phasis on total environmental approach. 

HSAD 442. READINGS IN HOUSING (3) 
Seminar. Prerequisites, SOCY 100, HSAD 241, sen- 
ior standing. To satisfy individual interests and 
needs. Opportunity is afforded for concentrated 
reading on one or more facets of housing, (Urban 
Renewal, public housing, etc.). Examination of com- 
pleted research, needed future research. 

HSAD 488. SELECTED TOPICS IN HOUSING AND 

INTERIOR DESIGN (1-6) 
Offered on demand. May be repeated to a max- 
imum of six hours. 

HSAD 499. INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN HOUSING 

AND/OR INTERIOR DESIGN (3-4) 

Guidance for the advanced student capable of 
independent subject matter investigation or creative 
work. Problem chosen with consent of instructor. 

HSAD 658. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HOUSING AND 

INTERIOR DESIGN (3-6) 

Individual study or arranged group study. May be 
repeated to a maximum of six hours. 

APPLIED DESIGN 

APDS 430. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN 

ADVERTISING DESIGN (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite, APDS 331. Ad- 
vanced problems in design and layout planned for 
developing competency in one or more areas of 
advertising design. 

APDS 431. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN 

ADVERTISING DESIGN (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite, APDS 430. Ad- 
vanced problems in design and layout planned for 
developing competency in one or more areas of 
advertising design. 

APDS 437. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY (3) 
Three studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 

APDS 499. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN APPLIED 

DESIGN (3-4) 
A. Advertising, B. Costume. Open only to advanced 
students who, with guidance can work indepen- 
dently. Written consent of instructor. 

CRAFTS 

CRAF 420. ADVANCED CERAMICS II (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ex- 
perience in experimental development of body and 
textures, glazes and colors and their utilization in 



graduate school / 121 



clay products of original design. Calculation of 
body and glaze composition. 

CRAF 428. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN 

CERAMICS (3) 

Prerequisites, CRAF 220, 320, 420. Open to stu- 
dents with demonstrated ability and with the poten- 
tial for a high level of achievement in studio pro- 
duction or in research. Total undergraduate credit 
permitted in all individual problems courses in 
crafts is a maximum of nine hours. Consent of 
crafts faculty. No less than B average on prere- 
quisites and presentation of work for evaluation. 

CRAF 430. ADVANCED METALRY II (3) 
Two studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ad- 
vanced application of skills to the design and fabri- 
cation of metals; jewelry, stone setting, metal cast- 
ing, cloisonne, hand-raised hollow ware. 

CRAF 438. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN METALRY 

(3) 
Prerequisites, CRAF 230, 330, 430. Consent of crafts 
faculty. No less than B average on prerequisites 
and presentation of work for evaluation. Open to 
students with demonstrated ability and with the 
potential for a high level of achievement in studio 
production or in research. Total undergraduate 
credit permitted in all individual problems courses 
in crafts is a maximum of nine hours. 

CRAF 448. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN TEXTILE 

DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisites: CRAF 240, 241, 340 or 341. Consent 
of crafts faculty. No less than B average on prere- 
quisites and presentation of work for evaluation. 
Open to students with demonstrated ability and 
with the potential for a high level of achievement 
in studio production or in research. Total under- 
graduate credit permitted in all individual problems 
courses in crafts is a maximum of nine hours. 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 
EDUCATION PROGRAM 

INSTITUTE FOR CHILD STUDY 

Professor and Director: Morgan 

Professors: Chapin, Goering, Kurtz, Perkins 

Associate Professors: Dittman, Eliot, Flatter, Gardner, 

Hardy, Hatfield, Huebner, Kyle, Matteson, Milhollan, 

Rogolsky 
Assistant Professors: Ansello, Bennett, Davidson, 

Green, Hunt, Shifflett, Tyler, Wolk 

The program of the Institute for Child Study at- 
tempts to collect, interpret, and synthesize the scien- 
tific findings in various fields that are concerned with 
human growth, development, learning, and behavior, 
and to communicate this synthesis to persons who 
need such understandings as a basis for their prac- 
tice and planning. 

A second purpose of the instructional program is 
to assist persons in education, and secondarily in 
other professions that deal with human beings, to 
work out the implications of scientific knowledge for 
specific situations. Student personnel in Institute 
courses and programs include teachers; principals; 



superintendents; counselors; social workers; nurses; 
psychologists; psychiatric social workers; therapists — 
physical, speech, and psychological; college teach- 
ers of child development; college laboratory teachers; 
supervisors of curriculum, guidance, in-service pro- 
jects, etc. 

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to Master of Education, Master of Arts 
with thesis, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of 
Education degrees and Advanced Graduate Special- 
ist Certificate (a planned program of 30 graduate 
hours beyond the Master's degree). The requirements 
for these degrees and certificate for those majoring 
in human development education conform to those 
of The Graduate School. Master's and Doctor's degree 
programs in human development are designed to as- 
sist the student in gaining competencies in the areas 
of physiological processes, cultural processes, per- 
sonality, learning theory, and research methods in 
human development. A student's program is develop- 
ed through consultation with an advisor to meet the 
unique needs of the student. Knowledge of foreign lan- 
guages is generally not required unless a need for 
foreign language is indicated in the student's program. 

To be admitted to a Master's degree program in 
human development education an applicant must have 
a "B" average in the last two years of an under- 
graduate program from a regionally accredited in- 
stitution, a grade point average and test scores that 
are competitive with those of other applicants, and 
educational and professional goals that are com- 
patible with the purposes and goals of the Institute 
for Child Study. 

Admission to a Doctor's degree program is based 
upon a profile using the following information: favor- 
able recommendations from at least three professors 
and/or employers who are acquainted with the appli- 
cant's qualifications; a grade point in previous grad- 
uate work which is competitive with other applicants; 
compatibility of the applicant's educational and pro- 
fessional goals with the purposes and goals of the 
Institute for Child Study; scores on the Miller's Analo- 
gies Test (and other standardized tests such as 
Graduate Record Examination, if available) which are 
competitive with other applicants; and a Master's 
degree or equivalent in an allied field from a regionally 
accredited institution. 

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of 
Maryland are rich in resources for graduate study in 
human development. The Institute has a special book 
collection available for use by faculty and students, 
an in-service program in child and youth study, and 
opportunities for participating in research. Internship 
experiences are available through cooperation with 
mental health agencies and schools in the area. Re- 
sources of the College of Education include a Center 
for Young Children, a Curriculum Materials Center, 
and an Educational Technology Center. Resources 
of the Washington metropolitan area include various 
schools, hospitals, the Office of Education, and the 
National Institutes of Health of the United States De- 
partment of Health, Education, and Welfare. 

EDHD 402. CHILD DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY 
I (2) 

First of a series of courses in the direct study of 
children throughout the school year. Organization 



122 / graduate school 



and report of data for group analysis. Provides oppor- 
tunity for teachers in service to earn credit participa- 
tion in their own local child study group. 

EDHD 403. CHILD DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY 

II (2) 

Prerequisite, EDHD 402 or equivalent. Continuation 
of EDHD 402. Provides opportunity for teachers in 
service to earn credit for participation in their own 
local child study group. 

EDHD 404. CHILD DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY 

III (2) 

Prerequisite, EDHD 403 or equivalent. Continuation 
of EDHD 403. Provides opportunity for teachers in 
service to earn credit for participation in their own 
local child study group. 

EDHD 411. CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 

(3) 
Growth and development of the child from concep- 
tion through the early childhood years, with em- 
phasis on development sequences in physical, psy- 
chological and social areas. Implications for under- 
standing and working with young children in the 
home, and other settings. 

EDHD 413. ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (3) 
A study of the interplay of physical, cultural and 
self forces as they influence behavior, develop- 
ment, learning and adjustment during adolescence. 
Includes observation and case study. This course 
cannot be used to meet the psychological founda- 
tions requirements for teacher certification. 

(Gardner) 

EDHD 416. SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTION IN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT III (3) 
Guided reading and observation of pupils through- 
out the school year. Emphasis on human develop- 
ment concepts relating to impact of family, school, 
society, and peer group on the student. Collection 
and analysis of data affecting learning and behavior, 
For in-service educators. (Not open to persons with 
credit in EDHD 402, 403.) 

EDHD 417. LABORATORY IN BEHAVIOR 

ANALYSIS III (3) 

Prerequisite, EDHD 416. Guided reading and ob- 
servation of pupils throughout the school year. 
Emphasis on analysis of intrinsic aspects of learn- 
ing and behavior including cognitive processes, 
motivation, self-concept, attitudes, and values. For 
in-service educators. (Not open to persons with 
credit in EDHD 402, 403.) 

EDHD 420. STUDY OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND 
LEARNING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS I (2) 
Advanced study of human development and learn- 
ing principles in the continuous study and evalua- 
tion of several different phases of the school pro- 
gram over an extended period of time. 

EDHD 421. STUDY OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 
AND LEARNING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS II (2) 
Continuation of EDHD 420. 

EDHD 422. STUDY OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 
AND LEARNING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS III (2) 
Continuation of EDHD 421. 



EDHD 445. GUIDANCE OF YOUNG CHILDREN (3) 
Development of an appreciation and understanding 
of young children from different home and com- 
munity backgrounds; study of individual and group 
problems. (Dittmann) 

EDHD 460. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, PSYC 100 or EDUC 300 or equivalent. 
Offers an examination of research and problems in 
educational psychology. Includes consideration of 
measurement and the significance of individual 
differences, learning, motivation and emotions, 
transfer of learning, intelligence, attitudes, problem 
solving, understanding, thinking, and communicat- 
ing knowledge. The course is intended to provide 
an overview of educational psychology with an 
emphasis on learning processes. It may not be 
substituted for EDUC 300 by regularly matriculated 
students in the teacher education program. 

(Milhollan) 

EDHD 489. FIELD EXPERIENCES IN EDUCATION 

(1-4) 

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in edu- 
cation at the University of Maryland plus such 
other prerequisites as may be set by the major 
area in which the experience is to be taken. Planned 
field experience may be provided for selected stu- 
dents who have had teaching experience and whose 
application for such field experience has been 
approved by the education faculty. Field experi- 
ence is offered in a given area to both major and 
nonmajor students. Note: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in EDHD 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester 
hours. 

EDHD 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

EDUCATION (1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDHD 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 

INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the college of education 
(or developed cooperatively which other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech thera- 
py laboratories, and special education centers; 
institutes developed around specific topics or prob- 
lems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDHD 600. INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN 
DEVELOPMENT AND CHILD STUDY (3) 

Offers a general overview of the scientific principles 
which describe human development and behavior 
and makes use of these principles in the study of 
individual children. Each student will observe and 
record the behavior of an individual child through- 
out the semester and must have one halfday a 



graduate school / 123 



week for this purpose. It is basic to further work 
in child study and serves as a prerequisite for ad- 
vanced courses where the student has not had field 
work or at least six weeks of workshop experi- 
ence in child study. When offered during the sum- 
mer intensive laboratory work with case records may 
be substituted for the study of an individual child. 
(Flatter, Kurtz, Kyle) 

EDHD 601. BIOLOGICAL BASES OF BEHAVIOR (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before 
EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes that under- 
standing human life, growth and behavior depends 
on understanding the ways in which the body is 
able to capture, control and expend energy. Appli- 
cation throughout is made to human body processes 
and implications for understanding and working 
with people. (Chapin) 

EDHD 602. SOCIAL BASES OF BEHAVIOR (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before 
EDHD 602 or concurrently. Analyzes the socially 
inherited and transmitted patterns of pressures, 
expectations and limitations learned by an individ- 
ual as he grows up. These are considered in rela- 
tion to the patterns of feeling and behaving which 
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social 
group. (Davidson, Hardy) 

EDHD 603. INTEGRATIVE BASES OF BEHAVIOR (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent. Prerequisites are EDHD 
601 and 602. Analyzes the organized and integrated 
pattern of feeling, thinking and behaving which 
emerge from the interaction of basic biological 
drives and potentials with one's unique experi- 
ence growing up in a social group. (Green) 

EDHD 613. ADVANCED LABORATORY IN 

BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS I (3) 
First of a three-course sequence in the study of 
behavior. Analysis focuses upon the major forces 
which shape the development and learning of chil- 
dren and youth. 

EDHD 615. ADVANCED LABORATORY IN 

BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent. Second of a 
three-course sequence in the behavior analysis of 
children and youth focusing on self-developmental 
and self adjustive processes. Summer session only. 

EDHD 617. ADVANCED LABORATORY IN 

BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS III (3) 
Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a 
three-course sequence in the behavior analysis of 
children and youth which contrasts the child's con- 
cept of self and the world and the world's concept 
of the child. Summer session only. 

EDHD 619. ADVANCED SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTS IN 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT (3) 
A critical examination of concepts and issues in 
contemporary culture as these relate to the devel- 
opment and learning of children and youth. Summer 
session only. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

EDHD 659. DIRECT STUDY OF CHILDREN (1) 
May not be taken concurrently with EDHD 402, 403, 
or 404. Provides the opportunity to observe and 



record the behavior of an individual child in a 
nearby school. These records will be used in con- 
junction with the advanced courses in human de- 
velopment and this course will be used in con- 
junction with the advanced courses. Teachers ac- 
tive in their jobs while taking advanced courses 
in human development may use records from their 
own classrooms for this course. A minimum of one 
year of direct observation of human behavior is 
required of all human development students at the 
Master's level. This requirement may be satisfied by 
this course. (Morgan) 

EDHD 710. AFFECTIONAL RELATIONSHPS AND 
PROCESSES IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before 
or concurrently. Describes the normal development, 
expression and influence of love in infancy, child- 
hood, adolescence and adulthood. Deals with the 
influence of parent-child relationship involving nor- 
mal acceptance, neglect, rejection, inconsistency, 
and over-protection upon health, learning, emotion- 
al behavior and personality adjustment and develop- 
ment. (Hatfield, Tyler) 

EDHD 711. PEER-CULTURE AND GROUP 
PROCESSES IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before 
or concurrently. Analyzes the process of group for- 
mation, role-taking and status-winning, describes 
the emergence of the 'peer-culture' during child- 
hood and the evolution of the child society at 
different maturity levels to adulthood. Analyzes the 
developmental tasks and adjustment problems as- 
sociated with winning, belonging, and playing roles 
in the peer group. (Hatfield, Tyler) 

EDHD 721. LEARNING THEORY AND THE 

EDUCATIVE PROCESS I (3) 
Provides a systemic review of the major theories 
and their impact on education. Considers factors 
that influence learning. (Ansello, Milhollan, Perkins) 

EDHD 722. LEARNING THEORY AND THE 

EDUCATIVE PROCESS II (3) 

Prerequisite, EDUC 300 or equivalent. Provides an 
exploration in depth of current theoretical and re- 
search developments in the field of human learning, 
especially as related to educational processes. Con- 
siders factors that influence learning. (Eliot) 

EDHD 730. FIELD PROGRAM IN CHILD 

STUDY I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Offers introduc- 
tory training and apprenticeship preparing persons 
to become staff members in human development 
workshops, consultants to child study field pro- 
grams and coordination of municipal or regional 
child study programs for teachers or parents. Exten- 
sive field experience is provided. In general this 
training is open only to persons who have passed 
their preliminary examinations for the Doctorate 
with a major in Human Development or psychology. 

(Morgan) 

EDHD 731. FIELD PROGRAM IN CHILD 
STUDY II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or consent of instructor. 

Offers advanced training and apprenticeship pre- 



124 / graduate school 



paring persons to become staff members in human 
development workshops, consultants to child study 
field programs and coordinators of municipal or 
regional child study programs for teachers or par- 
ents. Extensive field experience is provided. In gen- 
eral this training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the doc- 
torate with a major in human development or 
psychology. (Morgan) 

EDHD 779. SEMINARS IN SPECIAL TOPICS IN 
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT (2-6) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

EDHD 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

EDUCATION (1-6) 
Master's, AGS, or Doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit 
under this number. Course card must have the title 
of the problem and the name of the faculty member 
under whom the work will be done. 

EDHD 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for Master's thesis. 

EDHD 810. PHYSICAL PROCESSES IN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT I (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program in 
human development education. Examines the phy- 
siology of homeostasis including the roles of tem- 
perature, biochemical factors, respiration, circula- 
tion, digestion, and utilization of energy as these 
influence the health, functioning, and behavior of 
human beings. 

EDHD 811. PHYSICAL PROCESSES IN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT II (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program in 
human development education. Focuses upon the 
physiology of communication including a study of 
the roles of the nervous system, endocrines, nu- 
cleic acids, and pheramones as these influence the 
health, functioning and behavior of human beings. 

EDHD 820. SOCIALIZATION PROCESSES IN 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT I (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program in 
human development education. Study of compara- 
tive cultures serves as a medium for analyzing the 
processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. 

EDHD 821. SOCIALIZATION PROCESSES IN 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or consent of instructor. 
Study of major subcultures in the United States, 
their institutions, training procedures, and their 
characteristic human expressions in folk-knowl- 
edge, habits, attitudes, values, goals, and adjust- 
ment patterns as these relate to the processes 
by which human beings in our society internalize 
the culture in which they live. 

EDHD 830. SELF PROCESSES IN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT I (3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program in hu- 
man development education. Examines in depth the 



personality theories of Freud, Jung, Adler, Horney, 
Fromm, Sullivan, Murray, Lewin, and Allport. 

EDHD 831. SELF PROCESSES IN HUMAN 

DEVELOPMENT (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or consent of instructor. The 
personality theories of Erikson, Rogers, Maslow, 
and others. Synthesis of the student's theory of 
personality. 

EDHD 860. SYNTHESIS OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 

CONCEPTS (3) 

Prerequisites, EDHD 810, 820 and 830. A seminar 
wherein advanced students work toward a personal 
synthesis of their own concepts in .human growth 
and development. Emphasis is placed on seeing 
the dynamic interrelations between all processes 
in the behavior and development of an individual. 

EDHD 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application 
for an apprenticeships has been approved by the 
education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to 
work for at least a semester fulltime or the equiva- 
lent with an appropriate staff member of a co- 
operating school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice 
maintains a close working relationship with the 
apprentice and the other persons involved. Pre- 
requisites, teaching experience, a Master's de- 
gree in education, and at least six semester hours 
in education at the University of Maryland. NOTE: 
The total number of credits which a student may 
earn in EDHD 489, 888 and 889 is limited to a max- 
imum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDHD 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internship in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the education faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work 
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with an 
appropriate staff member in a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution or agency. 
The internship must be taken in a school situation 
different from the one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor maintains a close 
working relationship with the intern and the other 
persons involved. NOTE: The total number of cred- 
its which a student may earn in EDHD 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) 
semester hours. 

EDHD 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

Six to nine hours required for an EdD project and 
12-18 hours required for a PhD dissertation. 



graduate school / 125 



HUMAN ECOLOGY PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Gaylin 
Professors: Bricker, Brooks 
Associate Professors: Lemmon, 1 Myricks, Wilson 
Assistant Professors: Brabble, Churaman, Rubin 
1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

A Master's program in Human Ecology is presently 
offered; however, a proposal for a degree of Master's 
of Science in Family and Community Development is 
pending approval. 

The program objectives of the Department of Fam- 
ily and Community Development are directed toward 
training professionals who are prepared to develop 
and direct a variety of programs and services that are 
both family-oriented and community based. The areas 
of specialization in coursework offered within the de- 
partment are: family studies, community studies with 
particular emphasis on programs serving families, 
and management and consumer studies. Faculty 
members use and encourage an interdisciplinary ap- 
proach to the study of human problems related to 
social change and to helping students to become 
causative agents of change. 

Curriculum revisions are in progress; but until such 
time as the specific graduate programs for the de- 
partment's new areas of specialization (already in 
effect in coursework) are officially approved — stu- 
dents will get their Master's degrees in Human Ecol- 
ogy by combining coursework from the Department 
of Family and Community Development and from other 
areas of the College and/or campus. Prospective 
students should consult current schedules of course 
offerings for full details. 

The department recommends that individuals have 
adequate undergraduate preparation in one or more 
of the following areas: family development, psycho- 
logy, sociology, and human ecology. A course in 
elementary statistics at the undergraduate level is 
also desirable. 

Further information regarding either of these prog- 
rams should be obtained by contacting the depart- 
ment or the College of Human Ecology directly. 

HUMAN ECOLOGY 

HUEC 601. METHODS OF RESEARCH IN 

HUMAN ECOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, statistics or tests and measurements. 
Application of scientific methods to problems in' the 
field of human ecology with emphasis on needed 
research of an inter-disciplinary nature. 

HUEC 602. INTEGRATIVE ASPECTS OF HUMAN 

ECOLOGY (2) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Scope and focus 
of total professional field with emphasis on purpose 
and functions as related to family and other group 
living. Impact of the changing social, economic, 
technological and educational situation upon human 
ecology. 

HUEC 668. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
HUMAN ECOLOGY (1-6) 

Individual study of arranged group study. 



HUEC 678. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT 
(1-6) 

Individual study or arranged group study. 

HUEC 688. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FAMILY LIFE (1-6) 
Individual study or arranged group study. 

A: Survey of The Family 

The interaction of the family with its own fam- 
ily and the community is reviewed. Family pat- 
terns in different social classes and across the 
family life cycle are emphasized. 

HUEC 698. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNITY 
SERVICES (1-6) 

A: Community Interaction With Families 

Community organization and structure will be 
studied from the perspective of (1) individual 
involvement (2) family involvement (3) inter- 
group involvement, i.e., racial, ethnic, religious 
and class groups. 

B: The Family — Community Consultant 

Explores the role and function of the family — 
community consultant and the consultative 
process with emphasis on the interaction of 
various health service disciplines. The ecolo- 
gical, medical, and educational models are 
examined to ascertain their value as a theore- 
tical framework to help families. 

HUEC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

FAMILY AND COMMUNITY 
DEVELOPMENT 

FMCD 431. FAMILY CRISES AND 

DISINTEGRATION (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 100. A study of significant 
changes within the family setting which ultimately 
require major adjustments in inter-personal and 
intra-personal relations. (Olson) 

FMCD 443. CONSUMER PROBLEMS (3) 
Consumer practices of American families. Mer- 
chandising practices as they affect the consumer. 
Organizations and laws in the interest of the con- 
sumer. (Churaman) 

FMCD 446. LIVING EXPERIENCES WITH 

FAMILIES (3-6) 
A. Domestic intercultural, B. International intercul- 
tural. Prerequisites, FMCD 330, ANTH 101; EMCD 
250; optional, language competence. An individual 
experience in living with families of a sub-culture 
within the United States or with families of another 
country, participating in family and community ac- 
tivities. A foreign student may participate and live 
with an American family. 

FMCD 485. INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY 

COUNSELING (3) 

Prerequisites, PSYC 100 and 235; FMCD 105 and 
431. Basic principles of counseling and its effect 
on family action. (Olson) 

FMCD 487. LEGAL ASPECTS OF FAMILY 

PROBLEMS (3) 
Laws and legal involvement that directly affect 
specific aspects of the family: adoption, marriage, 



126 / graduate school 



estate planning, property rights, wills, etc. Em- 
phasis will be given to the involvement of a pro- 
fessional lawyer; principles and interpretation of 
the law. 

FMCD 499. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3) 
A. Family studies, B. Community studies, C. Man- 
agement and consumer studies. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Stough 
Professors: Harrison, Hornbake, Luetkemeyer, Maley 
Associate Professors: Beatty, Mietus, Tierney 
Assistant Professors: Anderson, Gelina, Herschbach 

The graduate programs in Industrial Education are 
designed to prepare specialized personnel in all fields 
related to Industrial Education. These fields include 
programs both in education and in industry. Programs 
related to education prepare personnel for teaching, 
administration, and supervisory positions in local 
schools or in related state and federal agencies, as 
well as preparations for university teaching and re- 
search. Programs designed for industrial personnel 
are primarily in industrial training, supervision, and 
production. 

Every graduate program in the department is de- 
veloped on an individual basis to meet the personal 
needs of the graduate student. At the same time, 
however, the graduate student is expected to have 
achieved certain specified objectives upon comple- 
tion of his program. The student should exhibit: 
competence in a major field of Industrial Education; 
ability to analyze, conduct, and report research find- 
ings; and a broad understanding of the relationships 
of education and industry as social institutions in our 
technological culture. 

At the master's degree level (M.A. and M. Ed.) pro- 
grams are offered in four areas: Education for Indus- 
try, Industrial Arts Education, Vocational-Industrial 
Education, and Technical Education. The department 
has two separate doctoral programs (Ph.D. and Ed.D.) 
in the allied fields of Industrial Arts Education and 
Vocational-Industrial Education. The department also 
offers an Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in 
both fields. 

In addition to the extensive library and computer 
facilities available on the College Park Campus, other 
institutions located within the Washington area are 
also available for research and consultation services. 
These institutions include the Library of Congress, 
Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Office of Education, Am- 
erican Industrial Arts Association, American Vocation- 
al Association, and the National Medical Library. 

EDIN 409. EXPERIMENTAL ELECTRICITY AND 
ELECTRONICS (2) 

EDIN 415. RESEARCH AND EXPERIMENTATION IN 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) 
This is a laboratory-seminar course designed to 
develop persons capable of planning, directing and 
evaluating effective research and experimentation 
procedures with the materials, products and proc- 
esses of industry. 



EDIN 421. INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN 

EDUCATION (3) 

Four hours laboratory per week, 
Prerequisite, EDSP 470 and 471 
structor. This course provides 
technical and theoretical nature 
esses applicable for classroom 
placed on individual research in 
of one major interest in special 



SPECIAL 

one hour lecture, 
or consent of in- 
experiences of a 
in industrial proc- 
use. Emphasis is 
the specific area 
education. 



EDIN 425. INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN INDUSTRY 

I 0) 

An overview of the function of industrial training, 
type of programs, organization, development and 
evaluation. 

EDIN 426. INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN INDUSTRY 

II (3) 

Prerequisite, EDIN 425. Studies training programs 
in a variety of industries, including plant program 
visitation, training program development, and analy- 
sis of industrial training research. 

EDIN 443. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EDUCATION I (2) 
This course deals briefly with the history and de- 
velopment of effective safety programs in modern 
industry and treats causes, effects and values of 
industrial safety education inclusive of fire preven- 
tion and hazard controls. 

EDIN 444. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EDUCATION 

II (2) 

In this course exemplary safety practices are 
studied through conference discussions, group 
demonstration, and organized plant visits to se- 
lected industrial situations. Methods of fire pre- 
cautions and safety practices are emphasized. 
Evaluative criteria in safety programs are formulat- 
ed. 

EDIN 450. TRAINING AIDS DEVELOPMENT (3) 
Study of the aids in common use as to their source 
and application. Special emphasis is placed on 
principles to be observed in making aids useful to 
laboratory teachers. Actual construction and appli- 
cation of such devices will be required. 

EDIN 457. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS (3) 
The construction of objective tests for occupational 
and vocational subjects. 

EDIN 460. ESSENTIALS OF DESIGN (2) 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, EDIN 
101 and basic laboratory work. A study of the basic 
principles of design and practice in their application 
to the construction of laboratory projects. 

EDIN 461. PRINCIPLES OF VOCATIONAL 

GUIDANCE (3) 

This course identifies and applies the underlying 
principles of guidance to the problems of education- 
al and vocational adjustment of students. 

EDIN 462. OCCUPATION ANALYSIS AND COURSE 

CONSTRUCTION (3) 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and 
job analysis and applies the techniques in building 
and reorganizing courses of study for effective use 
in vocational and occupational schools. 



graduate school / 127 



EDIN 464. LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND 

MANAGEMENT (3) 
This course covers the basic elements of organizing 
and managing an industrial education program in- 
cluding the selection of equipment and the arrange- 
ment of the shop. 

EDIN 465. MODERN INDUSTRY (3) 
This course provides an overview of manufacturing 
industry in the American social, economic and cul- 
ture pattern. Representative basic industries are 
studied from the viewpoints of personnel and man- 
agement organization, industrial relations, produc- 
tion procedures, distributions of products, and the 
like. 

EDIN 466. EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS OF 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) 
A study of the factors which place industrial arts 
education in any well-rounded program of general 
education. 

EDIN 467. PROBLEMS IN OCCUPATIONAL 

EDUCATION (3) 
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, 
organize, and interpret data relative to the scope, 
character and effectiveness of occupational educa- 
tion. 

EDIN 471. HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF 

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3) 

An overview of the development of vocational edu- 
cation from primitive times to the present with spe- 
cial emphasis given to the vocational education 
movement with the American program of public 
education. 

EDIN 475. RECENT TECHNOLOGICAL 

DEVELOPMENTS IN PRODUCTS AND 

PROCESSES (3) 
This course is designed to give the student an un- 
derstanding of recent technological developments 
as they pertain to the products and processes of 
industry. The nature of the newer products and 
processes is studied as well as their effect upon 
modern industry and/or society. 

EDIN 487. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION (1-4) 
Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in edu- 
cation at the University of Maryland plus such 
other prerequisites as may be set by the major 
area in which the experience is to be taken. Planned 
field experience may be provided for selected stu- 
dents who have had teaching experience and whose 
application for such field experience has been ap- 
proved by the education faculty. Field experience 
is offered in a given area to both major and non- 
major students. Note: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDIN 487, 888, and 
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDIN 488. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

d-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDIN 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 
INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 



under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education 
(or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing; clinical experiences in pupil- 
testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy lab- 
oratories, and special education centers; institutes 
developed around specific topics or problems and 
intended for designated groups such as school 
superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDIN 607. PHILOSOPHY OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

EDUCATION (3) 
An overview of the development of the industrial 
arts movement and the philosophical framework 
upon which it was founded. Special emphasis is 
given to the contemporary movements in industrial 
arts and their theoretical foundations. 

EDIN 614. SCHOOL SHOP PLANNING AND 

EQUIPMENT SELECTION (3) 

Deals with the principles and problems of provid- 
ing the physical facilities for industrial education 
programs. The selection, arrangement and place- 
ment of equipment are covered as well as the deter- 
mination of laboratory space requirements, utility 
services and storage requirements for various types 
of industrial education programs. 

EDIN 616. SUPERVISION OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) 

Deals with the nature and function of the super- 
visory function in the industrial arts field. The ad- 
ministrative as well as the supervisory responsi- 
bilities, techniques, practices and personal quali- 
fications of the industrial arts supervisor are cover- 
ed. 

EDIN 620. ORGANIZATION, ADMINISTRATION AND 
SUPERVISION OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (3) 
An examination of the research principles, and 
practices in the administration of vocational educa- 
tion programs in the community college, technical 
institute, comprehensive high school, and area 
vocational school. 

EDIN 640. RESEARCH IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND 

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (2) 

Offered by arrangement for persons who are con- 
ducting research in the areas of industrial arts and 
vocational education. 

EDIN 641. CONTENT AND METHOD OF 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS (3) 
Various methods and procedures used in curriculum 
development are examined and those suited to the 
field of industrial arts education are applied. Meth- 
ods of and devices for industial arts instruction are 
studied and practiced. 

EDIN 642. COORDINATION IN WORK-EXPERIENCE 

PROGRAMS (3) 
Surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties 
of a teacher-coordinator in a work-experience 
program. Deals particularly with evolving patterns 
in city and county schools in Maryland, and is 
designed to help teacher-coordinators, guidance 



128 / graduate school 



counselors, and others in the supervisory and ad- 
ministrative personnel concerned with the func- 
tioning relationships of part-time cooperative educa- 
tion in a comprehensive educational program. 

EDIN 647. SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND 
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (2) 

EDIN 650. TEACHER EDUCATION IN INDUSTRIAL 

ARTS (3) 
This course is intended for the industrial arts teach- 
er educator at the college level. It deals with the 
function and historical development of industrial 
arts teacher education. Other areas of content 
include administration program and program devel- 
opment, physical facilities and requirements, staff 
organization and relationships, college-secondary 
school relationships, philosophy and evaluation. 

EDIN 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number Course card must have the 
title of the problem and the name of the faculty 
member under whom the work will be done. 

EDIN 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for master's thesis. 

EDIN 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students whose application for an 
apprenticeship has been approved by the educa- 
tion faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work 
for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent 
with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains 
a close working relationship with the apprentice 
and the other persons involved. Prerequisites, teach- 
ing experience, a Master's Degree in education, and 
at least six semester hours in education at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. Note: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDIN 489, 888, and 
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semes- 
ter hours. 

EDIN 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experi- 
ence. The following groups of students are eligible: 
(a) any student who has been advanced to can- 
didacy for the Doctor's Degree; and (b) any student 
who receives special approval by the education fac- 
ulty for an internship, provided that prior to taking 
an internship, such student shall have completed 
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, in- 
cluding at least six semester hours in education 
at the University of Maryland. Each intern is as- 
signed to work on a full-time basis for at least a 
semester with an appropriate staff member in a 
cooperating school, school system, or educational 
institution or agency. The internship must be taken 
in a school situation different from the one where 
the student is regularly employed. The intern's 
sponsor maintains a close working relationship 
with the intern and the other persons involved. 



Note: The total number of credits which a student 
may earn in EDIN 489, 888, and 889 is limited to 
a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDIN 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an EdD project and 
12-18 hours required for a Ph.D. dissertation. 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
MANAGEMENT COURSES 

IFSM 401. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING (3) 
Prerequisites, junior standing, MATH 111 or the 
equivalent. The electronic digital computer and its 
use as a tool in processing data. The course in- 
cludes the following areas: (1) organization of data 
processing systems, (2) environmental aspects of 
computer systems (3) management control prob- 
lems and potentials inherent in mechanized data 
processing systems. 

IFSM 402. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING 

APPLICATIONS (3) 

Prerequisites, IFSM 401 and BSAD 230, or consent 
of instructor. Intensive study of computer applica- 
tions using a problem-oriented language. Introduc- 
tion of computer methods for the solution of organi- 
zational problems. Laboratory exercises in program- 
ming and development of computer techniques. 

IFSM 410. INFORMATION PROCESSING 
PROBLEMS OF MODELS OF ADMINISTRATIVE, 
ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 141 or equivalent; EFSM 402, 
BSAD 230, and some familiarity with administrative, 
economic and/or political models. Prerequisites 
may be waived with the consent of instructor. Data 
processing requirements underlying the creation 
and maintenance of a data base to be used in 
estimating the parameters of socio-economic mod- 
els. An analysis of the structure and development 
of recent socio-economic models as relevant to 
data processing considerations. Extractions and 
preparation of data from the data base to facilitate 
the appropriate transformation necessary for model 
construction and also to minimize the processing 
cost of data in-put. The course draws upon a knowl- 
edge of models of administrative, economic and 
political systems. Case studies and experience 
with data processing for selected models are in- 
cluded. 

IFSM 420. INFORMATION PROCESSING AND 
COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEMS IN OPERATIONS 
ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 141 or equivalent; IFSM 402, 
and a course in statistics, such as BSAD 432, deal- 
ing with multivariate models. Prerequisites may be 
waived with the consent of the instructor. Imple- 
mentation of applications requiring the integration 
of data processing and analytical programming 
techniques. Such applications feature the calcula- 
tion of various statistical estimates of the para- 
meters in a multivariate model within the context 
of a file maintenance problem (e.g., the writing of a 
matrix inversion routine for revenue forecasting 
within a master updating program or sales fore- 



graduate school / 129 



casting ana/or sales performance evaluation within 
a sales transaction-master updating program). A 
universal, problem-oriented language such as 
COBOL will be used with strong emphasis on the 
use of the mathematical Fortran IV library sub- 
routines. Class projects include case studies and 
solutions of problems using real-world data. 

IFSM 436. INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS 
ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, IFSM 102, BSAD 330, MATH 141, or 
the equivalent. Prerequisites may be waived wjth 
consent of instructor. The use of the computer in 
the management and operation of organizations. 
The course includes the following areas: (1) the 
principles of systems analysis, (2) recent applica- 
tions and innovations of the systems concept, (3) 
design and implementation of computer systems, 
including such techniques as mathematical pro- 
gramming, simulation, business games and net- 
work analysis, and (4) laboratory use of a digital 
computer in the application of these techniques. 

IFSM 610. DESIGN OF LARGE-SCALE 
INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisites, IFSM 410 and 436 or consent of in- 
structor. Characteristics of large-scale information 
processing systems. Relationship of model-building 
and simulation to information processing system 
design. Design elements and phases. Programming 
techniques for large-scale information processing 
systems, including time sharing and real-time. Spe- 
cial projects include case studies and the design 
of a large-scale information processing system. 

IFSM 620. MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION 
PROCESSING SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, IFSM 436 or consent of instructor. 
Administrative uses and limitations of high-speed 
computers in an information processing system. 
Limitations as related to system structure and meth- 
ods used to originate and process data. Planning 
and installation of a total information processing 
system including conversion problems. Measures 
of information processing effectiveness. Documen- 
tation procedures. Data security, legal considera- 
tions and auditing the information processing sys- 
tem. Personnel requirements for an on-going sys- 
tem. The broad statement of the system require- 
ments is taken as given. 

IFSM 630. APPLICATION OF ADVANCED 
DEVELOPMENTS IN INFORMATION PROCESSING (3) 

Prerequisite, IFSM 610 or consent of instructor. A 
study and an evaluation of the operational and 
hardware characteristics of the computer and peri- 
pheral equipment available to meet the specifica- 
tion of the broad classes of information process- 
ing systems, including coding systems, error-dect- 
ing and software considerations. Data communi- 
cating devices, including the functional characteris- 
tics of long-line, telephone channel, transceiver and 
communication satellites. Case studies and exam- 
ples. 



JOURNALISM PROGRAM 

Professor and Dean: Hiebert 
Professors: Martin, Newsom 
Associate Professors: Brown, Grunig 
Assistant Professors: Lee, Petrick 

The Master of Arts degree in Journalism provides 
academic work both for the young person who wants 
a professional career in communication and for the 
student interested in mass communication theory and 
research methodology. The first type of student usually 
builds on a news-editorial background, adding in- 
depth work in a substantive minor field, as preparation 
for a career as a reporter or editor for the news media. 
The second type of student usually builds on a social 
science base coupled with the study of journalism or 
mass communication while preparing for a career 
in teaching, scholarship, or applied research in ad- 
vertising, public relations, opinion research, or similar 
areas concerned with mass communication. The Mas- 
ter's degree is a one-year program, with the typical 
student taking 12 hours of graduate work in the fall, 
12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis or thesis- 
option seminars in the summer. The program is best 
suited but not limited to students who have completed 
an undergraduate major in journalism, with a strong 
minor in the social sciences. 

Applicants seeking admission to the Master's 
program should hold a Bachelor's degree from a 
recognized institution of higher learning. Under- 
graduate study of journalism or professional experi- 
ence in journalistic fields are helpful but not required. 
Completion of the general aptitude portion of the 
Graduate Record Examination is required, and three 
letters of recommendation must be submitted. 

The College of Journalism offers a number of as- 
sistantships, varying in amounts from $2900 to 
$3500, usually including exemptions from tuition and 
fees. Students awarded such assistantships usually 
pursue full-time study while engaged in teaching or 
research assistance in journalism for 15 to 20 hours 
per week. 

The University of Maryland is in an advantageous 
location for the study of journalism. It is within easy 
reach of five of the nation's top newspapers: the 
Baltimore Sun, Baltimore News-American, The Wash- 
ington Post, The Evening Star, and Wall Street Journal. 
It is also near the Washington press corps, the large 
Washington bureaus of the Associated Press, United 
Press International, the New York Times, and most 
important American and foreign newspapers; NBC, 
CBS, and ABC, and other broadcasting news bureaus; 
and news magazines and major book publishing 
offices. It is at the doorstep of the nation's major 
newsmakers in the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of the Federal Government. 

Special facilities include photographic, news edit- 
ing, and advertising laboratories, as well as a reading 
room with daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, 
and files for miscellaneous clippings and bulletins. 

JOUR 400. LAW OF MASS COMMUNICATION (3) 
Study of the legal rights and constraints of mass 
media libel, privacy, copyright, monopoly, and 
contempt, and other aspects of the law applied to 
mass communication. Previous study of the law not 
required. Prerequisites, JOUR 200 and 201. 



130 / graduate school 



JOUR 410. HISTORY OF MASS COMMUNICATION 

(3) 
Study of the development of newspapers, maga- 
zines, radio, television, and motion pictures as 
media of mass communication. Analysis of the in- 
fluences of the media on the historical development 
of America. Prerequisites, JOUR 200 and 201. 

JOUR 420. GOVERNMENT AND MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 
Study of the relationship between the news and 
government. Analysis of media coverage of govern- 
ment and politics. Study of governmental and poli- 
tical information and persuasion techniques. Pre- 
requisites, JOUR 200 and 201. 

JOUR 430. COMPARATIVE MASS 

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (3) 
Survey of the history and status of the mass media 
throughout the world; comparative analysis of the 
role of the press in different societies. Prerequisites, 
JOUR 200 and 201 or consent of the instructor for 
non-majors. 

JOUR 440. PUBLIC OPINION AND MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 
Study of publics and their interrelationships in the 
formation of public opinion; measurement of public 
opinion and media habits; role of the mass media in 
the formation of public opinion. Prerequisites, JOUR 
200 and 201. 

JOUR 490. SEMINAR IN JOURNALISM (3) 

Seminar for journalism seniors in newsroom prob- 
lems and policies, emphasizing ethics and respon- 
sibilities; in cooperation with the Baltimore Sun, 
Baltimore News-American, and other area news 
media. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 

JOUR 497. SUPERVISED INTERNSHIP (1) 
Summer session. To be taken following junior year 
as major in this department, permission of in- 
structor. Ten weeks of organized, supervised study, 
experience, on-the-job training in journalism. 

JOUR 499. PROBLEMS IN JOURNALISM (1-3) 

Individual projects in journalism, including intern- 
ships. May be repeated to a maximum of three 
hours. 

JOUR 600. RESEARCH METHODS IN MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 

Introduction to the methods of empirical research 
on mass communications; the scientific method, 
elements of experimental design and survey tech- 
niques, content analysis, readership and readability 
studies, audience measurement, and analysis of 
quantitative data. Prior work in statistics recom- 
mended. Required of all graduate students. 

JOUR 610. SEMINAR IN MASS MEDIA AND 

SOCIETY (3) 
Analysis and discussion of the interrelationships 
between the mass media and society, including 
various social and cultural elements of modern 
society; responsibilities of the mass media and the 
mass communicator. 

JOUR 612. THEORIES OF MASS 
COMMUNICATION (3) 
Survey and evaluation of current theories of mass 



communication. Attention is given to the nature and 
function of scientific theory, models of communi- 
cation behavior, the nature of information, social 
functions of mass communications, attitude change 
and persuasive communication, and theories of lan- 
guage and meaning. 

JOUR 620. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

REPORTING (3) 
Washington, including the White House, Congress, 
Supreme Court, and Executive Departments, and 
city, county, and state government centers are 
used as laboratories for advanced study of and 
practice in depth reporting, investigation, and in- 
terpretation of public affairs. Students meet in 
seminar with news sources and newsmen, and 
participate in live news coverage. 

JOUR 621. INTERPRETATION OF CONTEMPORARY 

AFFAIRS (3) 

Advanced training in the preparation, researching, 
and writing of articles, backgrounders, columns, 
editorials, and documentaries for the mass media; 
press conferences with news sources; emphasis on 
thorough familiarity with subject matter and respon- 
sible interpretation. 

JOUR 630. SEMINAR IN CORPORATE 

COMMUNICATIONS (3) 

Study of communication problems of corporations 
within industrial society, including intraorganiza- 
tional communication and public communication 
with various publics. Evaluation of corporate com- 
munication tools used in public relations and ad- 
vertising. Special attention to corporate communi- 
cation problems such as pollution, community re- 
sponsibility, and economic education. 

JOUR 640. MASS CULTURE AND MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 
Study of the relationship of mass culture to mass 
communication; investigation of historical and em- 
pirical data concerning mass culture and the mass 
media. 

JOUR 700. SEMINAR IN MASS MEDIA LAW (3) 
Individual projects concerning legal problems in 
freedom and responsibilities of the mass media; 
problems of libel, privacy, censorship, contempt, 
and the relationship of media laws to current social 
standards and mores; trends in legal interpretations 
and standards of judgment. 

JOUR 710. SEMINAR IN MASS MEDIA HISTORY (3) 
Individual projects in mass communication history, 
including use of quantitative methods in historical 
research, analysis of historical literature of jour- 
nalism, and individual study of men, media, tech- 
nology, and trends in communication. 

JOUR 720. SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT AND 

MASS COMMUNICATION (3) 
Intensive study of and individual projects concern- 
ing the relationship between the mass media and 
governmental and political agencies; the role of 
the press in reporting government and politics; the 
process and effects of government information and 
political propaganda. 



graduate school / 131 



JOUR 721. SEMINAR IN URBAN MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 

Intensive study of and individual projects concern- 
ing the special problems of mass communication 
within the urban community, including the reporting 
of urban affairs by the mass media, and the effects 
of mass communication on urban problems. 

JOUR 730. SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE MASS 

COMMUNICATION (3) 

Study of world news communication systems, in- 
cluding news gathering agencies, the role of for- 
eign correspondents, the mass media in developing 
and developed nations, and factors determining the 
flow of world news and government international 
information. 

JOUR 731. CROSS-CULTURAL COMMUNICATION 

(3) 
Analysis discussion of cross-cultural communica- 
tion problems, including the role of social, cultural, 
psychological, semantic and psycholinguistic bar- 
riers to communication across cultures; effects of 
mass communications in cross-cultural situations. 
Consent of instructor required. 

JOUR 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

JOUR 800. SEMINAR IN CRITICAL ANALYSIS (3) 
Individual projects in appraising the mass media 
and their performance, including examination of 
personal values, societal values, media codes, 
ethics, and practices. 

JOUR 810. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 
COMMUNICATION (3) 
Topics and assignments to be arranged. 

JOUR 812. SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION 

THEORIES (3) 

Individual projects in the detailed examination of 
a particular area of communication theory. Evalua- 
tion of existing theory and research, suggesting 
hypotheses and formulating proposals for future 
research. 



LIBRARY AND INFORMATION 
SERVICES PROGRAM 

Professor and Dean: Chisholm 

Professors: Bundy, Heilprin, 1 Kidd, Olson, Reynolds, 

Wasserman 
Associate Professors: Dubester, Liesener, Soergel 
Assistant Professors: Bates, Kennelly, Kraft, Luken- 

bill 

1 joint appointment with Computer Science 

The goal of the program in Library and Information 
Services is to provide professional education at the 
graduate level within the university setting. It en- 
deavors to establish a position in the forefront of in- 
structional and theoretical inquiry to influence the 
vanguard of practice in librarianship. 

Although no specific undergraduate courses are 
required for admission to the program, those who 
seek admission must have completed a broad arts 
and sciences program with strength in the humanities, 
social sciences, and physical or biological sciences. 



Faculty advisors recommend courses they think 
most appropriate for each student. The required pro- 
seminar and introductory courses in the organization 
of knowledge and reference provide a base from 
which the student can build a purposeful program 
fitted to his personal needs and aspirations. Reflect- 
ing the multi-disciplinary nature of librarianship and 
its continuing need for reliance upon insights from 
supportive intellectual disciplines, students have a 
high degree of flexibility in the elective portions of 
their work. Their courses are not restricted to those 
within the program but can include relevant courses 
from other parts of the University. 

The Master of Library Science degree will be 
awarded to the student who successfully completes 
a program of 36 hours with an average or "B" within 
three years from his first registration in the program. 
Under a full-time program a student normally com- 
pletes 15 semester hours during the fall and spring 
semesters and 6 hours during the summer terms. A 
number of qualified part-time students are also ad- 
mitted to the program. Such students are expected 
to pursue a minimum of two courses during each 
semester. No thesis or comprehensive examination 
is required. 

The Ph.D. program requires the equivalent of three 
years of full-time work, normally divided into approx- 
imately two years of formal coursework (60 semester 
hours) and one year of research on the dissertation. 

LBSC 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 

INSTITUTES (1-9) 
Workshops, clinics, and institutes developed 
around specific topics or problems primarily for 
practicing librarians. Repeatable to a maximum of 
nine credit hours. 

LBSC 600. PROSEMINAR— THE DEVELOPMENT 
AND OPERATION OF LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION 
SERVICES (3) 

Background and orientation needed for advanced 
study in librarianship and information science. Cov- 
ers the major problems in the development and 
provision of information services; the structure, 
functions, and economics of information service 
organizations; and the processes by which change 
is brought about in the quality of information serv- 
ices. 

LBSC 610. INTRODUCTION TO REFERENCE AND 
BIBLIOGRAPHY (3) 

A systematic approach to bibliographic control of 
recorded knowledge and the methods of securing 
information from various types of sources. 

LBSC 613. LITERATURE AND RESEARCH IN THE 

SCIENCES (3) 
Bibliographic organization, information structure 
and trends in the direction of research in the prin- 
cipal scientific disciplines. 

LBSC 615. LITERATURE AND RESEARCH IN THE 

SOCIAL SCIENCES (3) 

Bibliographic organization, information structure 
and trends in the direction of research in the prin- 
cipal fields of the social sciences. 

LBSC 617. LITERATURE AND RESEARCH IN THE 
HUMANITIES (3) 
Bibliographic organization, information structure 



132 / graduate school 



and trends in the direction of research in the prin- 
cipal humanistic disciplines. 

LBSC 620. MEDICAL LITERATURE AND 

LIBRARIANSHIP (3) 

Introduction to medical literature and its reference 
sources, stressing those aspects of the field of 
medicine which lead to special characteristics in 
the organization and handling of its literature and 
innovations in medical librarianship and information 
services. Various kinds of health science library 
and information centers are discussed and bio- 
medical library networks are studied. Students will 
find it necessary to spend considerable time at the 
National Library of Medicine or another medical 
library. 

LBSC 624. LEGAL LITERATURE (3) 
Survey and evaluation of information sources in law, 
with emphasis upon the bibliographic organization 
of the field. 

LBSC 626. LITERATURE OF THE FINE ARTS (3) 
Consideration and evaluation of the resources of the 
fine arts, emphasizing bibliography and services 
contained in fine arts libraries. 

LBSC 627. GOVERNMENTAL INFORMATION 

SYSTEMS (3) 
Analysis of the organization of the information 
structure and the publication and dissemination 
programs of the U.S. Federal, state and municipal 
governments. 

LBSC 631. BUSINESS INFORMATION 

SERVICES (3) 
Survey and analysis of information sources in busi- 
ness, finance, and economics with emphasis upon 
their use in problem solving. 

LBSC 633. ADVANCED REFERENCE 

SERVICES (3) 
Theoretical and administrative considerations, an- 
alysis of research problems, and directed activity in 
bibliographic method and search techniques in 
large collections. 

LBSC 635. RESOURCES OF AMERICAN 

LIBRARIES (3) 

Considers distribution and extent of library re- 
sources, means of surveying collections, mechan- 
isms of inter-institutional cooperation in building 
collections, and means of developing research col- 
lections in special subject fields. 

LBSC 636. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND 

MATERIALS (3) 
A survey of literature and other media of com- 
munication and the criteria in evaluating such ma- 
terials as they relate to the needs, interests and 
capability of the child. 

LBSC 637. STORYTELLING MATERIALS AND 

TECHNIQUES (3) 

Literary sources are studied and instruction and 
practice in oral techniques are offered. 

LBSC 642. ORGANIZATION OF KNOWLEDGE IN 

LIBRARIES I (3) 
Principles of the organization of library materials 
for physical and intellectual access. Concepts and 



problems involved in subject cataloging, classifica- 
tion, and descriptive cataloging. Major systems and 
rules in use in current practice, particularly those 
systems popular in the United States. 

LBSC 644. ORGANIZATION OF KNOWLEDGE IN 

LIBRARIES II (3) 
Conceptual problems in the organization of knowl- 
edge, specific cataloging and classification systems, 
rules of entry, application of the systems, choice 
of system to suit particular institutional and patron 
characteristics. 

LBSC 647. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THE 

ORGANIZATION OF KNOWLEDGE (3) 

Seminar course in which students may take topics 
of special interest to them in the area of organiza- 
tion of knowledge and explore them in a research 
project/class discussion format. 

LBSC 650. FUNDAMENTALS OF DOCUMENTATION 

(3) 
The macro-organization of information services in 
the framework of the overall system of information 
transfer. The information transfer process is dis- 
cussed, as well as the fields of study concerned 
with that process, use and user studies, models of 
communication and formal and informal communi- 
cation channels, characteristics and behavior of the 
literative (bibliometrics), innovations in the com- 
munication system. 

LBSC 653. CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE 

OF INDEX LANGUAGES (3) 
Treats the making of classification schedules, sub- 
ject heading lists and thesauri and those considera- 
tions relating to the revision and extension of exist- 
ing ones. 

LBSC 656. INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION 
STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL (ISAR) SYSTEMS (3) 
Micro-organization of information services and basic 
principles underlying both manual and mechanized 
ISAR systems, including the conceptual structure 
of indexing languages and search strategies, file 
organization, typology of classifications, abstracting, 
and indexing. 

LBSC 657. TESTING AND EVALUATION OF IR 

SYSTEMS (3) 
A survey of recent developments in the processing, 
arrangement, and retrieval of the information, and 
the procedures used in their evaluation. 

LBSC 665. PROBLEMS OF SPECIAL MATERIALS (3) 
Discusses advanced principles and practices for 
all technical services, in particular, cataloging ap- 
plicable to maps, serials, music, audio-visual items, 
etc. 

LBSC 670. SEMINAR IN TECHNICAL SERVICES (3) 
Special issues of technical services in large libra- 
ries. Deals with such areas as acquisitions, cata- 
loging, serial control, cooperative programs, and 
managerial controls. 

LBSC 674. INTRODUCTION TO REPROGRAPHY (3) 
A survey of the processes and technology through 
which materials are made available in furthering 
library and information services, ranging from pho- 
tography to microforms. 



graduate school / 133 



LBSC 677. SEMINAR ON MANUSCRIPT 

COLLECTIONS (3) 
Analysis of the methods and philosophy of handling 
special papers and documentary materials in a re- 
search library. 

LBSC 700. INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING 

FOR LIBRARIES (3) 
Basic principles of data processing and the ways 
in which data processing systems have been ap- 
plied to library problems. Lectures cover the appli- 
cation of punched card processing to library opera- 
tions; an introduction to systems analysis and the 
methodology for establishing systems requirements; 
and the application of electronic data processing 
systems to library operations. In the laboratory, the 
fundamentals of computer programming are pro- 
vided for developing and running computer pro- 
grams designed to solve typical library problems. 

LBSC 705. ADVANCED DATA PROCESSING IN 

LIBRARIES (3) 
Analysis of retrieval systems and intensive study 
of machine applications in the acquisition, analysis, 
coding, retrieval and display of information. 

LBSC 711. PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS FOR 
INFORMATION HANDLING APPLICATIONS (3) 
The elements of programming system design and 
operation are studied with special emphasis on the 
influence of information handling and library re- 
quirements. 

LBSC 715. LIBRARY SYSTEMS ANALYSIS (3) 
Introduction to the total systems approach to library 
and information problems, emphasizing adminis- 
trative and managerial decision-making. Will give 
a scientific management framework, terms for de- 
fining a system, and its problems, and a set of 
tools, techniques, and methods to aid in analyzing 
and solving these problems. Topics to be covered 
include model building, flowcharting, motion and 
time study, cost analyses, systems design, manage- 
ment information, and cost-effectiveness and plan- 
ning-programming-budget systems. 

LBSC 721. SEMINAR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE (3) 
Introduction to the fundamentals in information sci- 
ence. The nature of messages in human and ma- 
chine communication are approached from the view- 
point of the physical, psychological, and logical 
transformations which they undergo in their paths 
from message sender to recipient. Cybernetic va- 
riety, basic constraints or variety in information 
systems, and classes in their uses in search and 
communications are studied, as well as models, 
and optimization and mechanization of access of 
messages for communication of data, information, 
knowledge. 

LBSC 726. SEMINAR IN INFORMATION 

TRANSFER (3) 

Prerequisite, LBSC 721, or permission of instructor. 
Discussion of significant problems in information 
science: topics include fundamental concepts, 
theory, methodology, current research. 

LBSC 731. LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION (3) 
An introduction to administrative theory and prin- 



ciples and their implications and applications to 
managerial activity in libraries. 

LBSC 736. ADVANCED ORGANIZATION AND 

ADMINISTRATION OF LIBRARIES AND 

INFORMATION SERVICES (3) 
The student's theoretical understanding of organi- 
zation and administration will be advanced by in- 
tensive study in the various sub-fields of contem- 
porary library and information developments. 

LBSC 740. SEMINAR IN LIBRARY AND 

INFORMATION NETWORK (3) 

Explores the inter-library cooperative phenomenon 
and analyzes critical issues in network planning, 
economics, organization, technology, and services. 

LBSC 743. SEMINAR IN THE ACADEMIC 

LIBRARY (3) 
A seminar on the academic library within the frame- 
work of higher education, treating problems of pro- 
grams, collections, support, planning and physical 
plant. 

LBSC 747. SEMINAR IN THE SPECIAL LIBRARY 

AND INFORMATION CENTER (3) 

A seminar on the development, the uses, the objec- 
tives, the philosophy and the particular systems 
employed in special library service. 

LBSC 754. SEMINAR IN THE SCHOOL LIBRARY (3) 

LBSC 757. LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SERVICE 

FACILITIES— OBJECTIVES AND PERFORMANCE (3) 

The aim of this course is to describe the context 

of demands and policies within which an IR or 

library service facility must operate. 

LBSC 804. COMMUNICATION AND LIBRARIES (3) 
Theory and research in the multi-discipline domain 
of communication. Inquiry is directed into such 
diverse matters as coding theory, linguistic analysis, 
decision theory, network concepts, etc. Connections 
are pointed out between communication research 
and library practice. 

LBSC 807. SCIENCE INFORMATION AND THE 
ORGANIZATION OF SCIENCE (3) 

LBSC 815. LIBRARY SYSTEMS (3) 

Evolution and current patterns of regional library 
development, considering the economic, legal, 
service and management problems associated with 
library systems as well as the significance of state 
and Federal programs and national information net- 
works. 

LBSC 817. PUBLIC LIBRARY IN THE POLITICAL 

PROCESS (3) 

Seminar on the principal influences which affect 
the patterns of organization, support and service 
patterns of public libraries based upon theoretical 
and case studies. 

LBSC 825. LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION 
SERVICES IN THE SOCIAL PROCESS (3) 
The focus is upon the policy process. Key elements 
in the societal political environment which influence 
decision-making in libraries and information serv- 
ice facilities are identified and interrelated, such 
as legislation, citizen participation, organized 



134 / graduate school 



groups, mass media, professional associations, 
technological changes, financial support. The signi- 
ficance of such contemporary issues as censor- 
ship, manpower, community control, and automation 
are considered in this context. 

LBSC 827. HISTORY OF LIBRARIES AND THEIR 

MATERIALS (3) 
The development of publication forms and insti- 
tutions set against the historical framework and 
the cultural forces within which such advances 
were made. 

LBSC 833. LIBRARY SERVICES TO THE 

DISADVANTAGED (3) 
Approaches, adaptations and potentials of the pub- 
lic library in relation to the problem of poverty. 
Includes field experience in the school's laboratory 
library. 

LBSC 837. SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL AND 
COMPARATIVE LIBRARIANSHIP AND INFORMATION 
SCIENCE (3) 

Compares and contrasts bibliographical systems, 
institutions, service arrangements, and professional 
patterns in developed and developing Cultures. 
Libraries, information organizations and internation- 
al information systems are viewed against the back- 
drop of national cultures, and the influence of the 
social, political and economic factors upon these 
forms are considered. 

LBSC 844. RESEARCH METHODS IN LIBRARY AND 

INFORMATION ACTIVITY (3) 
The techniques and strategies of research and their 
implications for the definition, investigation and 
evaluation of library problems. 

LBSC 852. SEMINAR IN RESEARCH METHODS 
AND DATA ANALYSIS (3) 

LBSC 855. SEMINAR IN THE ANALYSIS OF THE 

LIBRARY SERVICE PROCESS (3) 
Teams of students, librarians, and library school 
faculty investigate real problems in libraries on the 
basis of quantitative data, using analytical skills 
presented in the first five weeks of the semester. 

LBSC 858. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBRARY AND 

INFORMATION SERVICE (3) 

No student may earn more than 9 hours under LBSC 
858, more than 9 hours under LBSC 859, nor more 
than a total of 12 hours in both LBSC 858 and LBSC 
859. 

LBSC 859. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) 

Designed to permit intensive individual study, read- 
ing or research in an area of specialized interest 
under faculty supervision, registration is limited 
to the advanced student who has the approval of 
his advisors and of the faculty member involved. 
No student may earn more than 9 hours under LBSC 
858, more than 9 hours under LBSC 859, nor more 
than a total of 12 hours in both LBSC 858 and 859. 

LBSC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



LINGUISTICS COURSES 

LING 401. PHONETICS AND PHONEMICS (3) 
Training in the identification, description and sym- 
bolization of various sounds found in language. 
Study of scientific techniques for classifying sounds 
into units which are perceptually relevant for a 
given language. 

LING 402. MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX (3) 
A detailed study of language structure. No student 
may receive credit for both LING 402 and ENGL 
484. 

LING 403. HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS (3) 

Prerequisite. LING 401 and 402, or equivalent. A 
study of change in the phonological, grammatical 
and semantic structures of natural languages; lan- 
guage typology: reconstruction and various allied 
topics will be treated. 

LING 609. SEMINAR IN LINGUISTICS (3) 

Other programs also offer courses in linguistics 
that may be of interest to the student. Some of the 
most relevant are: ANTH 102, CMSC 723, 725, 
ENGL 484. PHIL 360. PSYC 671, and HESP 604. 

MATHEMATICS PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber 

Professors: Adams. Antman. Auslander, Benedetto. 
Brace. Chu. Cohen Correl, Douglis, Gulick, Edmund- 
son,' Ehrlich, Goldberg. Goldstein, Good, Gray, L. 
Greenberg, Horvath. Hummel. Jackson, Kirwan. 
Kleppner. Kubota, Lehner, Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, 
Maltese, Mikulski, Ortega.' Pearl, Reinhart, Rhein- 
boldt,' Schaefer, Stellmacher. Strauss, Syski. Vesen- 
tini, Zedek 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Berg, Bernstein, 
Cook, Cooper, Dancis. Ellis, Fey,- Green, Helzer, 
Henkelman,- Johnson, Lay, Markley, Neri, Osborn. 
Owings, Sather. Schafer. Schneider, Warner, Wolfe, 
Yang, Zalcman. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Currier, Davidson. - 
Fay, Fields. R. Greenberg. Halperin, Harris, Hemper- 
ly, Hill, Mucci, Niebur. Powell, Schmidt, Smith, Sweet 

' joint appointment with Computer Science 

- joint appoint with Secondary Education 

The Department of Mathematics offers strong pro- 
grams leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in the 
fields of Algebra and Number Theory, Complex Analy- 
sis, Geometry and Topology, Mathematical Logic, Real 
and Functional Analysis, Ordinary and Partial Differ- 
ential Equations, Probability and Statistics, and Ap- 
plied Mathematics. A student m'ay earn the Master's 
degree through thesis or non-thesis options. For the 
M.A. degree, in particular, broad options may be ar- 
ranged to satisfy different student interests. There are 
no language requirements for the M.A. degree. 

Admission is granted to applicants who demon- 
strate marked ability and interest in mathematics. 
While not required, results of the Advanced Graduate 
Record Examination in mathematics are requested 
if the student has taken the exam. 

The Ph.D. degree requires 36 credit hours of course- 
work. In addition, the student must pass a written 
qualifying and an oral comprehensive examination. 



graduate school / 135 



Translating ability in two foreign languages is also 
necessary. These requirements are minimal; major 
emphasis is placed on the preparation of a disserta- 
tion representing an original contribution to the exist- 
ing knowledge of mathematics. 

Excellent facilities are available for graduate study 
and research. These include the Engineering and 
Physical Sciences Library containing about 79,000 
volumes in mathematics, physics, and engineering. 
The library, conveniently located in the mathematics 
building, receives approximately 250 journals in pure 
and applied mathematics. The Library of Congress 
with its exhaustive collections of books and technical 
reports is only 30 minutes away from the campus. 

The Department of Mathematics cooperates closely 
with the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics. The facilities of the Computer Science 
Center are also available for the research needs of 
graduate students and faculty. 

MATHEMATICS 

MATH 400. VECTORS AND MATRICES (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 141 or 221. Algebra of vector 
spaces and matrices. Recommended for students 
interested in the applications of mathematics. (Not 
open to students who have had MATH 240 or 405) 

MATH 401. APPLICATIONS OF LINEAR ALGEBRA 

(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240, or 400, or consent of the 
instructor. Various applications of linear algebra: 
theory of finite games, linear programming, matrix 
methods as applied to finite Markov chains, ran- 
dom walk, incidence matrices, graphs and directed 
graphs, networks, transportation problems. 

MATH 402. ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or equivalent. The course 
is designed for students having only limited experi- 
ence with rigorous mathematical proofs, and paral- 
lels MATH 403. Students planning graduate work in 
mathematics should take MATH 403. Groups, rings, 
integral domains and fields; detailed study of sev- 
eral groups; properties of integers and polynomials. 
Emphasis is on the origin of the mathematical ideas 
studied and the logical structure of the subject. 
(Not open to mathematics graduate students.) 

MATH 403. INTRODUCTION TO ABSTRACT 
ALGEBRA (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. Integers; 

groups, rings, integral domains, fields. 

MATH 404. FIELD THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 403. Algebraic and transcen- 
dental elements, Galois theory, constructions with 
straight-edge and compass, solutions of equations of 
low degrees, insolubility of the quintic, Sylow theo- 
rems, fundamental theorem of finite abelian groups. 

MATH 405. INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR 

ALGEBRA (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 or consent of instructor. An 
abstract treatment of finite dimensional vector 
spaces. Linear transformations and their invariants. 

MATH 406. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER 
THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics. Ra- 



tional integers, divisibility, prime numbers, modules 
and linear forms, unique factorization theorem, 
Euler's function, Mobius' function, cyclotomic poly- 
nomial, congruences and quadratic residues, Le- 
gendre's and Jacobi's symbol, reciprocity law of 
quadratic residues, introductory explanation of the 
method of algebraic number theory. 

MATH 410. ADVANCED CALCULUS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 241. First semester of a year's 
course. Subjects covered during the year are: se- 
quences and series of numbers, continuity and 
differentiability of real valued functions of one vari- 
able, the Riemann integral, sequences of functions, 
and power series. Functions of several variables 
including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line 
and surface integrals. The implicit function theorem. 

MATH 411. ADVANCED CALCULUS (3) 
Prerequisite, Math 410, and Math 240 or Math 400. 
Continuation of Math 410. 

MATH 413. INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX 

VARIABLES (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. The algebra of complex 
numbers, analytic functions, mapping properties of 
the elementary functions. Cauchy's theorem and 
the Cauchy integral formula. Residues. (Credit will 
be given for only one of the courses, MATH 413 
or 463). 

MATH 414. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 410, and Math 240 or equivalent. 
Existence and uniqueness theorems for initial value 
problems. Linear theory: fundamental matrix solu- 
tions, variation of constants formula, Floquet theory 
for periodic linear systems. Asymptotic orbital and 
Lyapunov stability with phase plane diagrams. 
Boundary value theory and series solutions are 
optional topics. 

MATH 415. INTRODUCTION TO PARTIAL 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 410 or 462. Topics will include 
one dimensional wave equation; linear second order 
equations in two variables, separations of vari- 
ables and Fourier series; Sturm-Liouville theory. 

MATH 416. INTRODUCTION TO REAL 
VARIABLES (3) 

Prerequisite' MATH 410. The Lebesque integral. 

Fubini's theorem. The Lp spaces. 

MATH 417. INTRODUCTION TO FOURIER 
ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. Fourier series. Fourier and 

Laplace transforms. 

MATH 430. GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 240. Recommended for stu- 
dents in mathematics education. Important groups 
of geometric transformations, including the isome- 
tries and similarities of the plane. Geometries re- 
lated to transformation groups. 

MATH 431. FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics. Rec- 
ommended for students in mathematics education. 
The axiomatic foundations of geometry. Attention 
will be given to one or more axiomatic develop- 



136 / graduate school 



merits of Euclidean geometry and to the relation of 
Euclidean geometry to other geometric systems. 

MATH 432. INTRODUCTION TO POINT SET 

TOPOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410 or 450, or equivalent. Con- 
nectedness, compactness, transformations, homo- 
morphisms; application of these concepts to various 
spaces, with particular attention to the Euclidean 
plane. 

MATH 433. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC 
TOPOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 and 432, or equivalent. 

Chains, cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the 

fundamental group. 

MATH 436. INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENTIAL 

GEOMETRY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. The differ- 
ential geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature 
and torsion, moving frames, the fundamental differ- 
ential forms, intrinsic geometry of a surface. 

MATH 444. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND 

ALGORITHMS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. 
An elementary development of propositional logic, 
predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, 
with a discussion of Markov algorithms, Turing 
machines and recursive functions. Topics include 
Post productions, word pr'oblems, and formal lan- 
guages. (Also listed as CMSC 450.) 

MATH 446. AXIOMATIC SET THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 or 450 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Development of a system of axiomatic set 
theory, choice principles, induction principles, or- 
dinal arithmetic including discussion of cancella- 
tion laws, divisibility, canonical expansions, car- 
dinal arithmetic including connections with the 
axiom of choice, Hartog's theorem, Konig's theorem, 
properties of regular, singular, and inaccessible 
cardinals. 

MATH 447. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL 

LOGIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 or 410 or 450. Formal pro- 
positional logic, completeness, independence, de- 
cidability of the system, formal quantificational logic, 
first-order axiomatic theories, extended Godel com- 
pleteness theorem, Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, 
model-theoretical applications. 

MATH 450. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF 

MATHEMATICS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. 
Sets, relations, mappings. Construction of the real 
number system starting with Peano postulates; 
algebraic structures associated with the construc- 
tion; Archimedean order, sequential completeness 
and equivalent properties of ordered fields. Finite 
and infinite sets, denumerable and non-denumer- 
able sets. 

MATH 460. COMPUTATIONAL METHODS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241, and CMSC 110 or elemen- 
tary knowledge of computer programming or equiv- 
alent. Introduction to the analysis of numerical 
methods for solving linear systems of equations, 



nonlinear equations in one variable, interpolation 
and approximation problems and the solution of 
initial value problems for ordinary differential equa- 
tions. Emphasis on the theoretical foundations. In- 
tended primarily for students in Mathematics, Ap- 
plied Mathematics, and Computer Science. Not 
open to students who have passed MATH/CMSC 
460. (Listed also as CMSC 470.) 

MATH 462. ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND 

ENGINEERS I (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 240 or consent of instructor. Not 
open to students with credit for Math 241. Calculus 
of functions of several real variables; limits, con- 
tinuity, partial differentation, multiple integrals, line 
and surface integrals, vector-valued functions, the- 
orems of Green, Gauss and Stokes, physical appli- 
cations. (This course cannot be counted toward a 
major in mathematics.) 

MATH 463. COMPLEX VARIABLES FOR 

SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 241 or equivalent. The algebra 
of complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping 
properties of the elementary functions. Cauchy in- 
tegral formula. Theory of residues and application 
to evaluation of integrals. Conformal mapping. 
(Credit will be given for only one of the courses — 
Math 413 or Math 463.) 

MATH 464. INTRODUCTION TO THE METHODS OF 

MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, Math 463 or 413, and Math 246 or 
equivalent. Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace 
transforms. Evaluation of the complex version in- 
tegral by the theory of residues. Applications to or- 
dinary and partial differential equations of mathe- 
matical physics; solutions using transforms and 
separation of variables. Additional topics such as 
Bessel Functions and calculus of variations may be 
included. 

MATH 470. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241. Introduction to the analysis 
of numerical methods for solving linear systems of 
equations, nonlinear equations in one variable, in- 
terpolation and approximation problems and the 
solution of initial value problems for ordinary differ- 
ential equations. Stress is placed on providing the 
student with a good understanding of the theoretical 
foundations of the various methods. Intended pri- 
marily for students in mathematics, applied mathe- 
matics, and computet science. This course should 
not be taken by studegts who have passed MATH/ 
CMSC 460. (Listed also as CMSC 470.) 

MATH 472. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND 

NUMERICAL METHODS (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 110, and Math 410, and Math 
405 or Math 474. A general introduction to the 
theory of ordinary differential equations emphasiz- 
ing numerical methods for constructing approximate 
solutions. Topics included are existence and 
uniqueness theorems, Runge-Kutta method, sys- 
tems of linear differential equations, phase plane 
methods, and numerical solution of boundary value 
problems. 



graduate school / 137 



MATH 474. APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA (3) 
Prerequisite: Math 240 and Math 241, or equivalent. 
A treatment of finite dimensional linear spaces and 
linear transformations with an emphasis on appli- 
cations and computational aspects. 

MATH 475. COMBINATORICS AND GRAPH 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 240 or equivalent. General enu- 
meration methods, difference equations, generating 
functions. Elements of graph theory to transport 
networks, matching theory and g/aphical algorithms. 
(Listed also as CMSC 475.) 

MATH/STAT/CMSC 477. OPTIMIZATION (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 110 and Math 405 or Math 474. 
Linear programming including the simplex algo- 
rithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and 
elements of convex programming, combinatorial 
optimization, integer programming. (Listed also as 
Stat 477 and CMSC 477.) 

MATH 478. SELECTED TOPICS FOR TEACHERS 
OF MATHEMATICS (1-3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or 

consent of instructor. 

MATH 481. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. Elementary number theory 
and the development of the real numbers for teach- 
ers. (Not open to students majoring in mathematics 
or physical sciences.) 

MATH 482. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. Modern ideas in algebra 
and the theory of equations for teachers. (Not open 
to students majoring in mathematics or physical 
sciences.) 

MATH 483. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. A study of basic ideas from 
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry for teach- 
ers. (Not open to students majoring in mathematics 
or physical sciences.) 

MATH 484. INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. A study of the limit concept 
and the calculus for teachers. Previous knowledge 
of calculus is not required. (Not open to students 
majoring in mathematics or physical sciences.) 

MATH 488. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION 
SUMMER INSTITUTE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE 
AND MATHEMATICS. SEMINAR (1-3) 

Lectures and discussion to deepen the students 
appreciation of mathematics as a logical discipline 
and as a medium of expression. Special emphasis 
on topics relevant to current mathematical curri- 
culum studies and revisions. 

MATH 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 

(VARIABLE CREDIT) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Topics 
of special interest to advanced undergraduate stu- 
dents will be offered occasionally under the gen- 



eral guidance of the Departmental Committee on 
Undergraduate Studies. Honors students register 
for reading courses under this number. 

MATH 600. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 405 or equivalent. Groups with 
operators, homomorphism and isomorphism theor- 
ems, normal series, Sylow theorems, free groups, 
Abelian groups, rings, integral domains, fields, 
modules. If time permits, Horn (A,B), tensor prod- 
ucts, exterior algebra. 

MATH 601. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 600 or consent of instructor. 
Field theory, Galois theory, multilinear algebra. 
Further topics from: Dedekind domains, Noetherian 
domains, rings with minimum conditions, homologi- 
cal algebra. 

MATH 602. HOMOLOGICAL ALGEBRA (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 600. Projective and injective 
modules, homological dimensions, derived func- 
tions, spectral sequence of a composite functor. 
Applications. 

MATH 603. COMMUTATIVE ALGEBRA (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 600. Ideal theory of Noetherian 
rings, valuations, localizations, complete local rings, 
Dedekind domains. 

MATH 604. RING THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 601 or consent of instructor. 
Topics selected from the following: Ideal theory, 
structure theory of rings with or without minimum 
condition, division rings, algebras, non-associative 
rings. 

MATH 605. GROUP THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 601 or consent of instructor. 
Topics selected from the following: finite groups, 
abelian groups, free groups, solvable or nilpotent 
groups, groups with operators, groups with local 
properties, groups with clan conditions, extensions. 

MATH 606. ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY I (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 600 and MATH 601 or consent 
of instructor. Prime and primary ideals in Noeth- 
erian rings, Hilbert Nullstellensatz places and valua- 
tions, prevarieties (in the sense of Serre), dimen- 
sion, morphisms, singularities, varieties, schemes, 
rationality. 

MATH 607. ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY II (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 606. Topics in contemporary 
algebraic geometry chosen from among; theory 
of algebraic curves and surfaces, elliptic curves, 
abelian varieties, theory of schemes, theory of zeta 
functions, formal cohomology, algebraic groups, 
reduction theory. 

MATH 608. SELECTED TOPICS IN ALGEBRA (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

MATH 620. ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY I (3) 
Prerequisites. MATH 601 or consent of instructor. 
Algebraic numbers and algebraic integers, alge- 
braic number fields of finite degree, ideals and units, 
fundamental theorems of algebraic number theory, 
theory of residue classes: Minkowski's theorem on 
linear forms, class numbers, Dirichlet's theorem on 
units, relative algebraic number fields, decomposi- 



138 / graduate school 



tion group, inertia group and ramification group of 
prime ideals with respect to a relatively Galois ex- 
tension. 

MATH 621. ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY II (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 600, 620 or equivalent. Valua- 
tion of a field, algebraic function fields, completion 
of a valuation field, ramification exponent and resi- 
due class degree, ramification theory, elements, 
differents, discriminants, product formula and char- 
acterization of fields by the formula, Gauss sum, 
class number formula of cyclotomic fields. 

MATH 630. REAL ANALYSIS I (3) 

Prerequisite, . MATH 410 or equivalent. Lebesgue 
measure and integration on the line. Differentiation, 
absolute continuity, Lp spaces, Fubini's theorem. If 
time permits, some applications to Fourier series 
and transforms. 

MATH 631. REAL ANALYSIS II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 630. Set functions and integra- 
tion in general measure spaces, Lebesgue spaces, 
representation of bounded linear functionals on Lp, 
spaces of measures, Radon-Nikodym theorem, prod- 
uct measure spaces (Fubini and Tonelli theorems), 
differentiation of set functions, Riesz representation 
theorem. Selected topics; e.g., harmonic analysis, 
vector-valued measure, product measure of infinite- 
ly many measure spaces. 

MATH 632. FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS I (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 631, 660. Theory of linear 
spaces and linear operators, including spectral 
analysis and the concepts of duality and convexity. 
Applications to differential equations and distribu- 
tion theory. 

MATH 633. FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS II (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 631, 660. Introduction to ab- 
stract harmonic analysis, including Banach algebra, 
Fourier analysis, group representations and trans- 
formation groups. NOTE: 633 and 632 are inde- 
pendent courses, intended to introduce students 
to two distinct but related areas of functional analy- 
sis. 

MATH 634. LINEAR SPACES I (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 632. Linear topological spaces, 
locally convex spaces, inductive limits, duality 
theory, Baire spaces, barreled spaces, uniform 
boundedness principle, closed graph and open 
mapping theorems on Frechet spaces, distributions. 

MATH 635. LINEAR SPACES II (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 634. Topological tensor prod- 
ucts, nuclear spaces and mappings, general closed 
graph theorems. 

MATH 636. BANACH ALGEBRAS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 632. The Gelfand representa- 
tion; involution algebras, commutative and non- 
commutative representation theorems of Gelfand- 
Neumark; applications to spectral theory and ab- 
stract harmonic analysis. 

MATH 640. TOPOLOGICAL GROUPS I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 630 and 631 or 730, or consent 
of instructor. General nature of topological groups 
including homomorphism theorems, Haar measure, 
representations of compact groups and the Peter- 



Weyl theorem, Pontrjagin duality, Tanaka duality 
and the Plancherel theorem. 

MATH 641. TOPOLOGICAL GROUPS II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 640, or equivalent. The concept 
of Lie groups, the structure of compact groups, rela- 
tions between Lie groups and Lie algebras, the 
structure of compact Lie groups. Transformation 
groups. 

MATH 648. SELECTED TOPICS IN ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

MATH 654. NON-LINEAR ELASTICITY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 690. Fundamentals of non-linear 
elasticity. Finite deformations, rubber elasticity, 
small deformations superimposed on finite deforma- 
tions. 

MATH 660. COMPLEX ANALYSIS I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410 or equivalent. Linear trans- 
formations, analytic functions, conformal mappings, 
Cauchy's theorem and applications, power series, 
partial fractions and factorization, elementary Rie- 
mann surfaces, Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MATH 661. COMPLEX ANALYSIS II (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 630, 660. Topics in conformal 
mappings, normal families, Picard's theorem, classes 
of univalent functions, extremal properties, varia- 
tional methods, elliptic functions, Riemann sur- 
faces. 

MATH 664. INTERPOLATION AND APPROXIMATION 

—(COMPLEX DOMAIN) (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 660 or consent of instructor. 
Possibility of approximation by polynomials, lemni- 
scates. Interpolation by polynomials. Maximal con- 
vergence. Uniform distribution of points. Interpola- 
tion and approximation by rational functions. Ra- 
tional functions with some free poles. 

MATH 665. INTERPOLATION AND APPROXIMATION 

—(REAL FUNCTIONS) (3) 

Interpolation of real functions and remainder 
theory. Uniform and least square approximations, 
Chebychev oscillation theorems. Orthogonal poly- 
nomials. Degree of approximation. Abstract for- 
mulation of approximation theory. Constructive func- 
tion theory. 

MATH 666. SPECIAL FUNCTIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 660 or consent of instructor. 
Gamma function, Riemann zeta-function, hypergeo- 
metric functions, confluent hypergeometric func- 
tions, Bessel functions. 

MATH 668. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPLEX 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Material select- 
ed to suit interests and background of the students. 
Typical courses: Riemann, surfaces, automorphic 
functions, several complex variables, symmetric 
spaces. 

MATH 670. ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL 

EQUATIONS I (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent. 
Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually 
with Floquet theory for periodic systems, lineariza- 
tion and stability, planar systems usually with 
Poincare-Bendixson theorem. Extra topics may be 
covered. 



graduate school / 139 



MATH 671. ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL 

EQUATIONS II (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 630 and 670 or the equivalent. 
The content of this course varies with the interests 
of the instructor and the class. Stability theory, con- 
trol, time delay systems, Hamiltonian systems, bifur- 
cation theory, and boundary value problems and 
the like. 

MATH 673. PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 411 or consent of instructor. 
Gauss and Green formulas, the Cauchy problem 
for the wave equation method of descent and Huy- 
gens principle. The Dirichlet and Neumann problem 
for the Laplace equation, single and double layer 
potentials, Green's functions, the method of integral 
equations. 

MATH 674. PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 673. Introduction to modern 
theories in partial differential equations. Topics 
include: existence and uniqueness questions, con- 
cepts of weak and strong solutions, applications of 
functional analysis. 

MATH 676. NUMERICAL METHODS IN ORDINARY 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 405 and 414. Discrete variable 
methods for solving initial value and boundary value 
problems in ordinary differential equations. Stability 
theory. 

MATH 677. NUMERICAL METHODS IN PARTIAL 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 405 and 673. Approximation 
methods for boundary value, initial value, and eigen- 
value problems in partial differential equations, 
including finite differences and methods involving 
approximating functions. 

MATH 680. EIGENVALUE AND BOUNDARY VALUE 

PROBLEMS I (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 405 and 410. Linear analysis 
and applications to modern applied mathematics. 
The central theme of the course will be the theory 
of compact Operators on Hilbert space and its appli- 
cations to integral equations and eigenvalue and 
boundary value problems for ordinary differential 
equations. 

MATH 681. EIGENVALUE AND BOUNDARY 

VALUE PROBLEMS II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 680. Asymptotic behavior of 
eigenvalues and eigenfunctions for second-order 
ordinary and partial differential equations. Varia- 
tional formulation of boundary value problems. 
Upper and lower bounds for eigenvalues, isoperi- 
metric inequalities. 

MATH 682. VARIATIONAL METHODS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The Euler-La- 
grange equation, minimal principles in mathemati- 
cal physics, estimation of capacity, torsional rigidity 
and other physical quantities; symmetrization, 
isoperimetric inequalities, estimation of eigenvalues, 
the minimax principle. 



MATH 683. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, MATH 405, 
and 410. Perturbation theorems for linear equations 
and eigenvalue problems. Stability of solutions of 
ordinary differential equations. Discretization errors 
for ordinary differential equations. Rounding error 
for linear equations. Convergence theorems for 
iterative methods for linear and nonlinear equations. 
(Also listed as CMSC 670). 

MATH 684. ALGORITHMIC NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

(3) 

Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, and CMSC 
110. Detailed study of problems arising in the imple- 
mentation of numerical algorithms on a computer. 
Typical problems include rounding errors, their 
estimation and control; numerical stability consid- 
erations; stopping criteria for converging processes; 
parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, 
differential equations, minimization. (Also listed as 
CMSC 770.) 

MATH 690. INTRODUCTION TO CONTINUUM 

MECHANICS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Solid and fluid 
continua, general analysis of stress and strain, 
equilibrium of elastic bodies, equations of motion 
for fluid bodies, stress-strain relations, equations of 
perfect fluids and formulation of viscous flow prob- 
lems. 

MATH 692. FLUID DYNAMICS I (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A mathematical 
formulation and treatment of problems arising in the 
theory of incompressible, compressible and viscous 
fluids. 

MATH 693. FLUID DYNAMICS II (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A continuation 
of the topics studied in Fluid Dynamics I. 

MATH 694. ADVANCED LINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH/CMSC 470. Methods for the 
solution of linear systems of equations; in particular, 
iterative methods and their convergence theory. The 
numerical solution of the algebraic eigenvalue prob- 
lem. (Also listed as CMSC 770.) 

MATH 695. LINEAR ELASTICITY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 690. Linear elastic behavior of 
solid continuous media. Topics covered include 
torsion and flexure of beams, plane strain and plane 
stress, vibration and buckling problems, variational 
principles. Emphasis is placed on formulation and 
technique rather than on specific examples. 

MATH 696. ADVANCED NONLINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 670 and MATH 441. 
Iterative solution of nonlinear operator equations; 
in particular, nonlinear systems of equations. Exis- 
tence questions. Minimization methods and appli- 
cations to approximation problems. (Also listed as 
CMSC 772.) 

MATH 697. ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL 

PROGRAMMING (3) 
Prerequisites, STAT 411 and 470 or consent of in- 
structor. Non-linear programming methods. Dynamic 



140 / graduate school 



programming problems as they arise in Markov 
chain optimizations. Sequential analysis, search 
models, and inventory theory. Recent concepts and 
methods in discrete optimization problems. 

MATH 698. SELECTED TOPICS IN APPLIED 
MATHEMATICS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

MATH 699. PROSEMINAR IN RESEARCH (1) 

Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in 
mathematics. 

MATH 700. ADVANCED CLASSICAL ANALYSIS I (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 413. A basic course in those 
parts of analysis essential for applied mathematics. 
Topics covered: asymptotic analysis and special 
functions of mathematical physics. 

MATH 701. ADVANCED CLASSICAL ANALYSIS 

II (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 413. Further study in analysis 
essential for applied mathematics. Topics covered 
include Fourier series and integrals, and integral 
transforms. 

MATH 710. CONSISTENCY PROOFS IN SET 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 446 and 447. Consistency and 
independence of such fundamental principles of 
set theory as the laws of choice, of cardinal arith- 
metic of constructibility and regularity. Godel's 
model of constructible sets, inner models, Cohen's 
generic models. 

MATH 712. MATHEMATICAL LOGIC I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 447. The fundamentals for the 
theory of models, completeness and incomplete- 
ness in formal theories, decidable theories, unde- 
cidable theories. Topics include model-theoretical 
applications of the compactness theorem for formal 
languages, definability theorems, Lowenheim-Sko- 
lem theorems. Godel's incompleteness theorem, 
elimination-of-quantifier methods in decidable 
theories, the undecidability theorems of Church and 
Tarski. 

MATH 713. MATHEMATICAL LOGIC II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 447. Recursion theory and proof 
theory. Topics include enumeration and normal 
form theorems, the classification of recursively 
enumerable sets, degrees of unsolvability, the arith- 
metical hierarchy, consistency proofs within arith- 
metic, Godel's theorem on the unprovability of the 
consistency of certain theories within arithmetic, a 
consistency proof for Peano arithmetic. 

MATH 715. MODEL THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 712. Topics to be covered in- 
clude the compactness theorem and Lowenheim- 
Skolem theorems for first-order logic. "Omega" 
completeness theorems, ultra products, saturated 
and special models, definability results, categoricity 
in power, omitting types of elements, and applica- 
tions to algebra and analysis. 

MATH 716. RECURSIVE FUNCTION THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 713. Topics to be covered are 
formal definitions of computability and recursive 
functions, Kleene.s' enumeration and fixed-point 
theorems. Turing reducibility, the arithmetical hier- 



archy. Other topics are simple and hypersimple 
sets, truth-table reducibility, creative sets, Myhill's 
theorem in one-one reducibility, deficiency sets, 
Friedberg's solution of Post's problem, maximal 
sets, retraceable sets, major subsets, the analytical 
hierarchy, recursive ordinals, hyper arithmetical sets. 

MATH 718. SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL 
LOGIC (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

MATH 730. TOPOLOGY I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. Topological spaces, con- 
tinuous maps, homeomorphisms. Product and quo- 
tient spaces. Existence of real-valued functions. 
Metric and metrizable spaces. 

MATH 731. TOPOLOGY II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 730, some familiarty with ab- 
stract algebra. Spaces of mappings, fundamental 
group, covering spaces. Finite simplicial complexes 
and simplicial mappings. Simplicial homology, 
theory. Fixed point theorems. 

MATH 734. ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 731. Singular homology, unique- 
ness theorems, tensor products and homomorph- 
isms, the functors ext and tor. Universal coeffi- 
cient theorems, Kunneth and Eilenberg-Zilber, prod- 
ucts and duality. 

MATH 735. ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY II (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 734. Higher homotopy groups, 
CW complexes, obstruction theory, Eilenberg-Mac- 
Lane spaces, the Serre spectral sequences. 

MATH 737. POINT SET TOPOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 730. Characterization of paths, 
arcs, and the cantor set. Polyhedral Jordan curve 
and Schoenfliess theorems. Retracts and neighbor- 
hood retracts. Fixed point theorems. Dimension 
theory. General position theorems for mappings 
of polyhedra and metric spaces, with applications. 

MATH 740. DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 746 or consent of instructor. 
Connections, curvature, torsion, symplectic contact, 
and complex structures. 

MATH 742. DIFFERENTIAL TOPOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 746. Characteristic classes, co- 
bordism, differential structures on cells and spheres. 

MATH 744. LIE GROUPS I (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 403, 405, 411, and 432, their 
equivalents, or consent of instructor. An introduction 
to the fundamentals of Lie groups, including some 
material on groups of matrices and Lie algebras. 

MATH 745. LIE GROUPS II (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 744, or consent of instructor. 
A continuation of Lie Groups I in which some of 
the following topics will be emphasized: solvable 
Lie groups, compact Lie groups, classifications of 
semi-simple Lie groups, representation theory, 
homogeneous spaces. 

MATH 746. DIFFERENTIABLE MANIFOLDS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Differentiable 
manifolds, embeddings in Euclidean space, vector 
and tensor bundles, vector fields, differentiable 
fields. Riemann metrics. 



graduate school / 141 



MATH 748. SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 
AND TOPOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

MATH 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
MATH 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY 

STAT 400. APPLIED PROBABILITY AND 

STATISTICS I (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 141 or MATH 221. Random vari- 
able, common distributions, moments, law of large 
numbers and central limit theorem. Sampling meth- 
ods, estimation of parameters, testing of hypo- 
theses, analysis of variance, regression and corre- 
lation. 

STAT 401. APPLIED PROBABILITY AND 

STATISTICS II (3) 
Prerequisites, STAT 400 (MATH 241 recommended). 
Point estimation, sufficient unbiased, and consis- 
tent estimators. Minimum variance and maximum 
likelihood estimators. Interval estimation. Testing 
of hypotheses. Regression and linear hypotheses. 
Sampling distributions. Experimental designs. Se- 
quential tests, elements of nonparametric methods. 

STAT 410. INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241. Probability and its prop- 
erties. Random variables and distribution functions 
in one and several dimensions. Moments. Charac- 
teristic functions. Limit theorems. 

STAT 411. INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC 

PROCESSES (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 410, or MATH 410 and one of 
STAT 250 or STAT 400. Elementary stochastic 
processes. Renewal process, random walks, branch- 
ing process, discrete Markov chains, first passage 
times. Markov chains with a continuous parameter, 
birth and death processes. Stationary processes 
and their special properties. 

STAT 420. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS I (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or STAT 400 and MATH 410. 
Short review of probability concepts including sam- 
pling distributions. Interval estimation. Theory of 
order statistics. Tolerance limits. Limit distributions 
and stochastic convergence. Sufficient statistics. 
Completeness and stochastic independence. Rao- 
Blackwell theorem. 

STAT 421. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS II (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 420 or STAT 401 and MATH 410. 
Loss and risk functions. Statistical decisions. Opti- 
mally criteria. Uniformly minimum risk procedures. 
Bayesian risk, minimax principle. Point estimation 
theory. Statistical hypotheses and optimal tests. 
Likelihood ratio tests. Elements of linear hypo- 
theses, analysis of variance and sequential theory. 

STAT 450. REGRESSION AND VARIANCE 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 401 or 420. One, two, three and 
four-way layouts in analysis of variance, fixed effects 
models, linear regression in several variables, 
Gauss-Markov theorem, multiple regression analy- 
sis, experimental designs. 



STAT 464. INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, one semester of calculus and junior 
standing. Probabilistic models. Sampling. Some ap- 
plications of probability in genetics. Experimental 
designs. Estimation of effects of treatment. Com- 
parative experiments. Fisher-Irwin test. Wilcoxon 
tests for paired comparisons. 

STAT 477. OPTIMIZATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: CSMC 110 and MATH 405 or MATH 
474. Linear programming including the simplex al- 
gorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and 
elements of convex programming, combinatorial 
optimization, integer programming. (Listed also as 
Math 477 and CMSC 477.) 

STAT 600. PROBABILITY THEORY I (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 410 or MATH 410 with one 
semester of Probability. Probability space, classes 
of events, construction of probability measures, 
Random variables, convergence theorems, images 
of measures. Independence. Expectation and mo- 
ments, Lebesgue integration, Lp spaces, Radon- 
Nikodym theorem, singular and absolutely continu- 
ous measures. Conditional expectations, existence 
of regular distributions; applications. Probabilities 
on product spaces, Fubini theorem, Kolmogorov 
extension theorem, Tulcea product theorem. 

STAT 601. PROBABILITY THEORY II (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 600, MATH 413 recommended. 
Characteristic functions of distribution functions. 
Bochner's representation theorem. Helly's theorems 
and Levy's inversion formula. Application of 
Cauchy's residue theorem. Infinitely divisible dis- 
tributions. Kolmogorov's three-series theorem. Law 
of the iterated logarithm. Arc sine law. Central limit 
theorems for independent and dependent random 
variable Lindeberg-Feller theorem. Weak and 
strong laws of large numbers. Martingale conver- 
gence theorems (for sequences). 

STAT 610. STOCHASTIC PROCESSES I (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 601. Separability, measurability, 
and simple continuity of stochastic processes. Stop- 
ping times. Martingales; fundamental inequalities, 
convergence theorems and their applications, con- 
tinuity theorems, martingale times, sample function 
behavior. Processes with independent (orthogonal) 
increments, Brownian motion. Stationary processes, 
spectral analysis and ergodic theory. 

STAT 611. STOCHASTIC PROCESSES II (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 601. Definition and classifica- 
tion of Markov processes. Properties of transition 
probabilities, forward and backward equations 
(boundary conditions), absorption probabilities, 
strong Markov-property. Markovian semigroups, ex- 
tended infinitesimal operator. Sample function be- 
havior. Connections between semigroups approach 
and sample function approach. Diffusion theory, 
Ito equation. Potential theory. 

STAT 650. APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or MATH 410 with one se- 
mester of Probability. Basic concepts of stochastic 
processes. Renewal processes and random walks, 
fluctuation theory. Stationary processes, spectral 
analysis. Markov chains and processes (discrete 
and continuous parameters). Birth and death pro- 



142 / graduate school 



cesses, diffusion processes. Applications from 
theories of queueing, storage. Inventory, epidemics, 
noise, prediction and others. 

STAT 698. SELECTED TOPICS IN PROBABILITY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

STAT 700. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 410 or STAT 401 and MATH 410, 
or equivalent. Special distributions, expectations, 
moments, characteristic functions. Multivariate dis- 
tributions, sampling distributions, limit theorems. 
Transformations, order statistics, series representa- 
tions. Estimation, Cramer-Rao inequality, maximum 
likelihood. Gauss-Markov theorem, and Bayes esti- 
mates. 

STAT 701. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 700 or STAT 420. Tests of hypo- 
theses, Neyman-Pearson lemma, and likelihood ratio 
tests. Bayesian inference. Goodness-of-fit and con- 
tingency tables. Regression and analysis of vari- 
ance. Non-parametric tests, sequential analysis, 
multivariate analysis. 

STAT 710. ADVANCED STATISTICS I (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 421. Concurrent registration with 
STAT 600 recommended. Statistical decision theory. 
Neyman-Pearson lemma and its extensions. Uni- 
formly most powerful test. Monotone likelihood ratio. 
Exponential families of distributions, concepts of 
similarity, and tests with Neyman structure. Un- 
biased tests and applications to normal families. 

STAT 711. ADVANCED STATISTICS II (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 710. Invariance. almost invari- 
ance, and applications to analysis of variance and 
regression. Elements of asymptotic theory. Minimax 
principle and Hunt-Stein theorem. 

STAT 720. NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 710. Order statistics. Nonpara- 
metric point and set estimation. Stochastic approx- 
imation. Tolerance regions. Invariance principle and 
its applications. Large sample properties and opti- 
mality criteria, efficacy, Pitman efficiency. Rank 
tests and Kolmogorov-Smirnov type tests. U-statis- 
tics. 

STAT 750. MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 420 and MATH 400, or STAT 700. 
Multivariate normal, Wishart's and Hotelling's dis- 
tributions. Tests of hypotheses, estimation. Gen- 
eralized distance, discriminant analysis. Regression 
and correlation. Multivariate analysis of variance; 
distribution of test criteria. 

STAT 760. SAMPLING THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 420 or STAT 700. Simple random 
sampling. Sampling for proportions. Estimation of 
sample size. Sampling with varying probabilities of 
sampling. Sampling: stratified, systematic, cluster, 
double, sequential, incompleted. 

STAT 798. SELECTED TOPICS IN STATISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



APPLIED MATHEMATICS 
PROGRAM 

Professors: Almon (ECON), Antman (MATH), Aziz 
(MATH— UMBC). Babuska (IFDAM), Bhatia (MATH— 
UMBC), Banerjee (PHYS), Brill (PHYS), Cadman 
(CHE), Campolattaro (PHYS— UMBC), Cunniff (ME), 
Davidson (PHYS), DeClaris (EE, IFDAM), Dorfman 
(IFDAM). Douglis (MATH), Edmundson (CSC), Green- 
berg (PHYS), Gross (MATH— UMBC), Hubbard 
(IFDAM), Jones (IFDAM), Kanal (CSC), Karlovitz 
(IFDAM), Kellogg (IFDAM), Krall (PHYS), Lynn 
(MATH— UMBC), Melnick (AERO), Misner (PHYS), 
Newcomb (EE), Olver (IFDAM), Ortega (CSC), Pearl 
(MATH), Prange (PHYS), Rheinboldt (CSC), Stell- 
macher (MATH). Strauss (MATH), Sucher (PHYS), 
Weiss (EE, IFDAM), Yang (ME), Yorke (IFDAM), 
Zwanzig (IFDAM). 

Associate Professors: Cooper (MATH), Dragt (PHYS), 
Fivel (PHYS), Gentry (CHE), Hall (CE), Johnson 
(MATH), Kim (PHYS), Marks (ME), Murfno (CHE), 
Osborn (MATH), Plotkin (AERO), Sather (MATH), 
Schaeffer (AERO), Schneider (MATH), Seidman 
(MATH— UMBC), Sneaks (CHE), Sternberg (CE), 
Vandergraft (CSC), Wolfe (MATH), Woo (PHYS). 

Assistant Professors: Agrawala (CSC), Anderson, Jr. 
(MATH), Ephremides (EE), Kugelman (CHE), Mac- 
Rae (ECON), McCuen (CE), Scheffler (ME), Sweet 
MATH), Weisshaar (AERO). 

The Graduate Program in Applied Mathematics 
offers training in the modern applications of mathe- 
matics to students from both the College Park and 
Baltimore County Campuses. This interdisciplinary pro- 
gram is designed to permit the student to combine the 
study of mathematics with a chosen field of applica- 
tion. It emphasizes the development and 'jse of mathe- 
matics in analyzing specific problems. Students are 
expected to attain a definite level of competence in 
the chosen field of application as well as in the areas 
of applicable mathematics which are used therein. In 
addition, they are expected to attain a broad base in 
the related areas of mathematics, and in the modern 
computing techniques relevant to the field of applica- 
tion. Opportunities for thesis research exist in many 
areas within the physical, social, and life sciences as 
well as within the various engineering disciplines. 

Instruction is conducted by selected faculty in the 
Computer Science Center (CSC), the Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics (IFDAM), the De- 
partment of Mathematics (MATH), the Department of 
Physics (PHYS), the Department of Aerospace Engi- 
neering (AERO), the Department of Chemical Engi- 
neering (CHE), the Department of Civil Engineering 
(CE), the Department of Electrical Engineering (EE), 
the Department of Mechanical Engineering (ME), the 
Department of Economics (ECON), plus others on the 
College Park Campus, together with certain faculty in 
the Division of Mathematics at the Baltimore County 
Campus. These faculty constitute the graduate faculty 
in applied mathematics, which is coordinated by the 
graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics. Stu- 
dents may enter the Graduate Program in Applied 
Mathematics through either of the two cooperating 
campuses. Inquiries should be directed to the Chair- 



graduate school / 143 



man of the Executive Committee for Applied Mathe- 
matics. 

Because of the breadth of applied mathematics and 
the great variety of study options in this program, a 
small group of faculty is designated to draft a specific 
course of study for each student. Each student must 
take at least 24 hours of graduate instruction, of which 
at least 12 must be in areas of basic mathematics and 
at least 6 hours must be in areas of application plus 
thesis research to complete the M.S. degree. The Ph.D. 
degree demands thesis research plus a minimum of 36 
hours of graduate instruction, of which at least 18 
hours must be in basic mathematics and at least 9 
hours in graduate instruction in applications. Mathe- 
matical instruction is also offered through the program 
for students of other disciplines. Inquiries in such 
cases should be directed to the chairman of the de- 
partment in which the student will be working for a 
graduate degree. 

MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Giblette 

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard 

Associate Professors: Johnson, Sedlacek 

Assistant Professors: MacReady, Rogers, Schafer 

In the Department of Measurement and Statistics, 
programs are available at both the masters and doc- 
toral levels for persons desiring a major in research 
design, measurement and statistics in education. In 
addition, a doctoral minor is offered for students 
majoring in other areas. Each of these programs is 
designed to integrate the three areas of research 
design, measurement and statistics. 

The doctoral major program is primarily intended 
to produce individuals qualified to teach courses at 
the college level in educational research, measure- 
ment and statistics; conduct research studies in the 
field of education; advise in the conduct of research 
studies; and serve as measurement specialists in 
school systems, industry and government. The mas- 
ter's level program is designed to produce qualified 
individuals to serve as junior statisticians in various 
fields and to provide qualified test administration, 
scoring, and interpretation services (both the thesis 
and non-thesis option are offered). Courses within 
the program are selected from offerings of the College 
of Education and other departments of the University. 
A program for an individual student is planned to 
take into account his own background and future 
aims. About half the work within the major is elected 
to meet the needs and special interests of the individ- 
ual student. 

Persons planning a college teaching career will 
have opportunity to engage in supervised activities 
appropriate for future faculty members whose spe- 
cialization will be in these areas. Research experi- 
ence utilizing modern electronic data processing 
equipment will be obtained. 

EDMS 410. PRINCIPLES OF TESTING AND 

EVALUATION (3) 

Basic principles including the steps in the speci- 
fication of instructional objectives and subsequent 
development of teacher-made tests; problems in the 



use and interpretation of achievement and aptitude 
tests; introduction to the development and use of 
non-testing evaluation procedures; basic considera- 
tions in the assignment of marks and grades; intro- 
duction to computer technology as applied to meas- 
urement. 

EDMS 446. QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH 

METHODS (3) 
An introduction to research design principles and 
the scientific method as applied to behavioral 
phenomena. Instrumentation procedures including 
the planning and construction of simple data col- 
lection instruments and their analysis, and assess- 
ment of the reliability and validity of such instru- 
ments, statistical procedures appropriate to the 
analysis of data from simple research designs. 
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and re- 
search design are emphasized. 

EDMS 451. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL 

STATISTICS (3) 

Designed as a first course in statistics for students 
in education. Emphasis is upon educational appli- 
cations of descriptive statistics, including measures 
of central tendency, variability and association. 
Also included are inferential statistics through one- 
way anova. 

EDMS 465. ALGORITHMIC METHODS IN 

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (3) 

Introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in 
educational research. Instruction in a basic scien- 
tific computer source language as well as practical 
experience in program writing for solving statistical 
and educational research problems. 

EDMS 622. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF 

STANDARDIZED TESTING (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 410, 446 or 451. Study of group 
tests typically employed in school testing programs; 
discussion of evidence relating to the measurement 
of abilities; practice in standardized group test 
administrations. 

EDMS 626. MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR 

RESEARCH (3) 
Theory, development and applications of various 
measurement instruments and procedures used in 
educational research. Questionnaires, interviews, 
rating scales, attitude scales, observational proce- 
dures, ecological approaches, Q-sort, semantic- 
differential, sociometry and other approaches. Pre- 
requisite, EDMS 451 or 646. 

EDMS 646. QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH 

METHODS II (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 446. Special problems arising 
in the implementation of educational research de- 
signs. Instrumentation to measure attitudes and 
collection of questionnaire data. Additional statisti- 
cal procedures appropriate to the analysis of edu- 
cation research designs. Laboratory experiences in 
instrumentation and research design are empha- 
sized. 

EDMS 651. INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS IN 

EDUCATION (3) 

Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of con- 
tingency tables; analysis of variance; introduction 
to multiple correlation and regression. 



144 / graduate school 



EDMS 653. CORRELATION AND REGRESSION 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 651. Systematic development 
of simple regression, multiple regression, and non- 
linear regression as applied to educational research 
problems. Emphasis is on underlying theory of 
procedures and on analytical approaches which are 
amenable to computerization. 

EDMS 723. MEASUREMENT THEORY I (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 410, 451, or 646. Classical 
measurement theory dealing with the nature of 
measurement, principles and procedures concerning 
the accuracy of measurement and prediction, relia- 
bility, and validity theory. 

EDMS 724. MEASUREMENT THEORY II (3) 
Theoretical formulations of reliability, validity and 
scaling as related to problems in measurement 
theory and prediction. Prerequisites, EDMS 651, 
723. 

EDMS 726. PRACTICUM IN INDIVIDUAL 

TESTING I (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 622. The administration and 
interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and Wechsler 
scale of intelligence. 

EDMS 727. PRACTICUM IN INDIVIDUAL 

TESTING II (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 622 or consent of the instructor. 
Provides practicum experience in the administra- 
tion of and the interpretation of the results of in- 
dividual psychological tests. Designed to familiarize 
the student with alternate instruments to the Stan- 
ford-Binet and Wechsler scales of intelligence as 
well as to introduce the measurement of special 
abilities through the use of appropriate instruments. 

EDMS 738. SEMINAR IN SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 

MEASUREMENT (1-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An oppor- 
tunity for students with special interests to focus in 
depth on contemporary topics in measurement. 
Topics to be announced, but will typically be related 
to applied and theoretical measurement. 

EDMS 769. SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED 

STATISTICS IN EDUCATION (1-4) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 771 or equivalent, and consent 
of instructor. Designed primarily for students major- 
ing or minoring in measurement and statistics in 
education. Topics to be announced, but will typical- 
ly relate to the areas of advanced multivariate 
analysis and advanced design of experiments. 

EDMS 771. DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDMS 651 or equivalent. Primarily for 
the education student desiring more advanced work 
in statistical methodology. Survey of major types of 
statistical design in educational research; applica- 
tion of multivariate statistical techniques to educa- 
tion problems. 

EDMS 779. SEMINAR IN APPLIED STATISTICS (1-3) 
Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with a 
major or minor in measurement and statistics. 
Seminar topics will be chosen in terms of individual 
student interest. 



EDMS 780. RESEARCH METHODS AND 

MATERIALS (3) 
Research methodology for case studies, surveys, 
and experiments; measurements and statistical 
techniques. Primarily for advanced students and 
doctoral candidates. 

EDMS 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit 
under this number. 

EDMS 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for master's thesis. 

EDMS 879. DOCTORAL SEMINAR (1-3) 

Prerequisite, passing the preliminary examinations 
for a Doctor's Degree in education, or recommenda- 
tion of a doctoral advisor. Analysis of doctoral proj- 
ects and theses, and of other on-going research 
projects. A doctoral candidate may participate in 
the seminar during as many university sessions as 
he desires, but may earn no more than three semes- 
ter hours of credit accumulated one hour at a time 
in the seminar. An Ed.D. candidate may earn in 
total no more than nine semester hours, and a 
Ph.D. candidate, no more than eighteen semester 
hours, in the seminar and in EDMS 899. 

EDMS 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN MEASUREMENT 

AND STATISTICS (1-9) 

Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application 
for an apprenticeship has been approved by the 
education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to 
work for at least a semester full-time or the equiv- 
alent with an appropriate staff member of a co- 
operating school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice 
maintains a close working relationship with the 
apprentice and the other persons involved. Prere- 
quisites, teaching experience, a Master's degree in 
Education, and at least six semester hours in edu- 
cation at the University of Maryland. Note: The 
total number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDMS 489, 888 and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDMS 889. INTERNSHIP IN MEASUREMENT AND 

STATISTICS (3-16) 

Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the doctor's degree; and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the education faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester 
with an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken in a school 
situation different from the one where the student 
is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor main- 



graduate school / 145 



tains a close working relationship with the intern 
and the other persons involved. NOTE: The total 
number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDMS 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum 
of twenty (20) semester hours. 

EDMS 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an EdD project and 
12-18 hours required for a PhD dissertation. 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Dally 

Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Asimow, Berger, 

Cunniff, Hsu, Irwin, Jackson, Marcinkowski, Sayre, 

Shreeve, Talaat, Yang 
Associate Professors: Buckley, Fourney, Hayleck, 

Marks, Morse, Sallet, Walston 
Assistant Professors: Forsnes, Holloway, Kirk, Kobay- 

ashi, Owens, Sargent, Scheffler, Tsui 
Lecturers: Dawson, Seigel 

The Mechanical Engineering Department offers pro- 
grams which lead to the degrees of Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy. Programs are offered in 
four different areas of specialization including: 1) Ener- 
gy, 2) Fluid Mechanics, 3) Industrial and Systems En- 
gineering, and 4) Solid Mechanics. Each graduate stu- 
dent should select one of the areas of specialization 
at his first registration so that a suitable program lead- 
ing to a degree can be planned. 

1) Energy. This area of specialization treats the 
transformation, transportation and utilization of all 
types of energy. The area encompasses three main 
topics which include heat and mass transfer, ther- 
modynamics, and energy conversion. 

2) Fluid Mechanics. The programs of study in Fluid 
Mechanics are designed to provide a broad funda- 
mental base structured around a background of 
mathematical techniques applicable to a wide variety 
of fluid problems. The program provides for an in- 
depth theoretical study of the inviscid and viscous 
flow of compressible and incompressible fluids. 

3) Industrial and Systems Engineering. This area 
of specialization combines fields of science and 
technology for the purposes of analysis, synthesis, 
design and management of complex systems. In 
addition to traditional applications to communication, 
transportation and aerospace systems and production 
processes, this area of specialization finds increased 
application in economics, biomedical engineering and 
urban problems. The graduate program is organized 
to include a variety of courses in control systems, 
operations research, design, and industrial engineer- 
ing. 

4) Solid Mechanics. This area of specialization pro- 
vides an opportunity for preparation in advanced an- 
alytical and experimental methods in mechanics. In 
this area, the emphasis is usually placed on the de- 
velopment of methods and procedures with the appli- 
cation following the understanding of the fundamental 
principles. Areas of study include continuum mechan- 
ics, dynamics, vibrations, acoustics, stress waves, 



elasticity, plasticity, linear and non-linear mechanics, 
experimental mechanics, and fracture mechanics. 

Although there are minor variations in the general 
requirements for programs in the different technical 
areas, the requirements listed below can be used as 
a guide for initial planning. 

The degree requirements for the Master of Science 
program include 30 semester hours distributed as fol- 
lows: 12-15 semester hours of courses within the area 
of interest; 3-6 semester hours of mathematics (nor- 
mally selected from among MATH 463, 464, 415, 460, 
STAT 400, 401, EMME 700, or 701, according to needs 
and previous preparation); 6-9 semester hours in an- 
other area of interest of the Mechanical Engineering 
Department or from courses outside the department; 
and 6 semester hours of thesis or six additional course 
hours in the area of interest plus a paper on a topic 
selected in consultation with the student's committee. 

A Ph.D. program normally consists of 12 semester 
hours of dissertation research plus a suggested min- 
imum of 48 semester hours of course work (24 semes- 
ter hours beyond the M.S.), usually 24 semester hours 
as a major within one of the areas of interest in the 
Mechanical Engineering Department. Groups require 
9-18 hours of prescribed fundamental courses plus 
6-15 hours of advanced or specialized courses select- 
ed in consultation with an advisory committee. A total 
of 24 semester hours is allowed for a minor. This 
minor requirement is generally split between mathe- 
matics and one other area of specialization. Groups 
require 6-12 semester hours in mathematics (or statis- 
tics). The remaining semester hours would be devoted 
to a coherent group of courses from within or out- 
side of the Mechanical Engineering Department se- 
lected by the student in consultation with his advisory 
committee. 

Each candidate for the doctoral degree must sub- 
mit a dissertation on a topic selected from the stu- 
dent's major subject. Each candidate must satisfac- 
torily complete an oral and written examination. The 
oral examination normally consists of a "defense of 
thesis" and may include discussions of pertinent 
course material. 

ENME 400. MACHINE DESIGN (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, ENME 300, 360. Working stresses, 
stress concentration, stress analysis and repeated 
loadings. Design of machine elements. Kinematics 
of mechanisms. 

ENME 401. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (4) 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, senior standing in Mechanical En- 
gineering or consent of instructor. Engineering de- 
sign practice as illustrated by discussions of se- 
lected case studies. Design projects involving the 
application of technology to the solution of indus- 
trial and community problems. Legal and ethical 
responsibility of the designer. 

ENME 402. SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGINEERING 

DESIGN (3) 
Three lecture periods per week. Prerequisite, senior 
standing in Mechanical Engineering or consent of 
instructor. Creativity and innovation in design. Gen- 
eralized performance analysis, reliability and opti- 



146 / graduate school 



mization as applied to the design of components 
and engineering systems. Use of computers in de- 
sign. Design of multivariable systems. 

ENME 403. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENEE 300, 
senior standing. Hydraulic, electrical, mechanical 
and pneumatic automatic control systems. Open 
and closed loops. Steady state and transient opera- 
tion, stability criteria, linear and non-linear systems. 
Laplace transforms. 

ENME 410. OPERATIONS RESEARCH I (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing 
in Mechanical Engineering. Applications of linear 
programming, queueing model, theory of games and 
competitive models to engineering problems. 

ENME 411. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL 

ENGINEERING (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENME 300 
and ECON 205 or consent of instructor. This course 
is concerned with the design, improvement and in- 
stallation of integrated systems of men, materials 
and equipment. Areas covered include industrial 
activities, plant layout and design, value analysis, 
engineering economics, quality and production con- 
trol, methods engineering, industrial relations, etc. 

ENME 420. ENERGY CONVERSION (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 320. 
Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering. Chem- 
ical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy 
conversion processes, cycles and systems. Direct 
conversion processes of fuel cells, thermionics and 
magnetohydromechanics. 

ENME 421. ENERGY CONVERSION I (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 
ENME 342. Application of the principles of thermo- 
dynamics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer to 
chemical, thermal, mechanical, nuclear and elec- 
trical energy conversion processes, cycles and sys- 
tems. Reciprocating, turbine and rocket power 
plants using all types of heat and reaction sources. 
Environmental effects of energy conversion pro- 
cesses. 

ENME 422. ENERGY CONVERSION II (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 421. 
Advanced topics in energy conversion. Direct con- 
version processes of fuel cells, solar cells, ther- 
mionics, thermoelectrics and magnetohydrodynam- 
ics. 

ENME 423. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 
360, senior standing in Mechanical Engineering. 
Heating and cooling load computations. Therody- 
namics of refrigeration systems. Low temperature 
refrigeration. Problems involving extremes of tem- 
perature pressure, acceleration and radiation. 

ENME 424. THERMODYNAMICS II (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 
senior standing. Applications to special systems, 
change of phase, low temperature. Statistical con- 
cepts, equilibrium, heterogeneous systems. 

ENME 442. FLUID MECHANICS II (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 342, 



senior standing. Hydrodynamics with engineering 
applications. Stream function and velocity potential, 
conformal transformations, pressure distributions, 
circulation, numerical methods and analogies. 

ENME 450. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 

FOR THE OCEANIC ENVIRONMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Study of the charac- 
teristics of the marine environment which affect the 
design, operation and maintenance of mechanical 
equipment, effects of waves, currents, pressure, 
temperature, corrosion, and fouling. Study of design 
parameters for existing and proposed mechanical 
systems used in marine construction, on shipboard, 
in search and salvage operations. 

ENME 451. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS 

FOR UNDERWATER OPERATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENME 450 or consent of instructor. 
Study of propulsion, control and environmental sys- 
tems for submerged vehicles. Design of mechanical 
systems in support of diving and saturated living 
operations. 

ENME 452. PHYSICAL AND DYNAMICAL 

OCEANOGRAPHY (3) 

Prerequisites, consent of the instructor. Historical 
review of oceanography. Physical, chemical, strati- 
fication and circulation properties of the ocean; 
dynamics of frictionless, frictional, wind driven and 
thermohaline circulations; air-sea interactions. 

ENME 453. OCEAN WAVES, TIDES AND 

TURBULENCES (3) 

Prerequisite, METO 420 or consent of instructor. 
Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave motions, 
tides, wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, 
tsunamis, internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mix- 
ing and diffusion. 

ENME 460. ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY I (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 400. 
Analysis of plates and shells, thick walled cylinders, 
columns, torsion of non-circular sections, and rotat- 
ing dicks. 

ENME 461. DYNAMICS II (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ENME 360, 
differential equations, senior standing in mechanical 
engineering. Linear and non-linear plane and three- 
dimensional motion, moving axes, Lagrange's equa- 
tion, Hamilton's principle, non-linear vibration, 
gyroscope, celestial mechanics. 

ENME 462. INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING 

ACOUSTICS (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 380 
or equivalent. Study of the physical behavior of 
sound waves. Introduction to terminology and in- 
strumentation used in acoustics. Criteria for noise 
and vibration control. Some fundamentals underly- 
ing noise control and applications to ventilation 
systems, machine and shop quieting, office build- 
ings, jet noise, transportation systems and under- 
water sound. 

ENME 463. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

ANALYSIS (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, ENME 380, 
or MATH 246. Mathematical modeling of physical 



graduate school / 147 



situations. Solutions of problems expressed by par- 
tial differential equations. Application of Fourier ser- 
ies and integrals, Laplace transformation, Bessel 
functions, Legendre polynomials and complex vari- 
ables to the solution of engineering problems in 
mechanical vibrations, heat transfer, fluid mechan- 
ics and automatic control theory. 

ENME 465. INTRODUCTORY FRACTURE 

MECHANICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: senior stand- 
ing in Engineering. An examination of the concepts 
of fracture in members with pre-existing flaws. Em- 
phasis is primarily on the mechanics aspects with 
the development of the Griffith theory and the intro- 
duction of the stress intensity factor, K, associated 
with different types of cracks. Fracture phenomena 
are introduced together with critical values of the 
fracture toughness of materials. Testing procedures 
for characterizing materials together with applica- 
tions of fracture mechanics to design are tested. 

ENME 480. ENGINEERING EXPERIMENTATION (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, senior standing in Mechanical En- 
gineering. Theory of experimentation. Applications 
of the principles of measurement and instrumenta- 
tion systems to laboratory experimentation. Experi- 
ments in fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and 
energy conversion. Selected experiments or as- 
signed projects to emphasize planned procedure, 
analysis and communication of results, analogous 
systems and leadership. 

ENME 481. ENGINEERING EXPERIMENTATION (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, senior standing in Mechanical En- 
gineering. Theory of experimentation. Applications 
of the principles of measurement and instrumenta- 
tion systems of laboratory experimentation. Experi- 
ments in fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and ener- 
gy conversion. Selected experiments or assigned 
projects to emphasize planned procedure, analysis 
and communication of results, analogous systems 
and leadership. 

ENME 488. SPECIAL PROBLEMS (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, senior standing 
in Mechanical Engineering. Advanced problems in 
Mechanical Engineering with special emphasis on 
mathematical and experimental methods. 

ENME 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. May be taken 
for repeated credit up to a total of 6 credits, with 
the permission of the student's advisor. Selected 
topics of current importance in Mechanical En- 
gineering. 

ENME 600. ADVANCED MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING DESIGN (3) 
Three lectures per week. Synthesis of stress analy- 
sis and properties and characteristics of materials 
as related to design. Areas covered: combined 
stress designs, optimizations, composite structures, 
stress concentrations, design under various environ- 
mental conditions, metal working, limit analysis, etc. 
Review of design literature, design project. 



ENME 601. ADVANCED MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite, ENME 600. Three lectures per week. 
Synthesis of stress analysis and properties and 
characteristics of materials as related to design. 
Areas covered: combined stress designs, optimiza- 
tions, composite structures, stress concentrations, 
design under various environmental conditions, 
metal working, limit analysis, etc. Review of design 
literature, design project. 

ENME 602. CONTROL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND 

SYNTHESIS (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, undergraduate 
automatic control theory background. Linear con- 
trol systems analysis and synthesis using time fre- 
quency domain techniques: flow graphs, error co- 
efficients, sensitivity, stability, compensation to meet 
specifications, introduction to sampled data sys- 
tems. 

ENME 603. NON-LINEAR AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL 

SYSTEMS (3) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 602, 
ENME 660 or equivalent. Approximate analysis of 
non-linear systems using series, perturbation, and 
linearization techniques: introduction to state space 
formulation of differential equations: systems with 
stochastic inputs: stability, introduction to optimum 
switched systems; adaptive control systems. 

ENME 620, 621. ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS 

(3,3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 421. 
Advanced problems in therodynamics on compres- 
sion of gases and liquids, combustion and equilib- 
rium, humidification and refrigeration and availa- 
bility. Statistical thermodynamics, partition func- 
tions, irreversible processes. Transport phenomena. 

ENME 622, 623. ENERGY CONVERSION-SOLID 

STATE (3, 3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 421. 
Combustion, thermo-electric, thermionic fuel cells, 
reactors, magnetohydrodynamics, kinetics of reac- 
tors, fission and fusion. 

ENME 624, 625. ENERGY CONVERSIONS- 
PLASMA STATE (3, 3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 421. 

Design parameters in chemical, nuclear and direct 

conversion systems for the production of power, 

weight, efficiency and radiation. 

ENME 626, 627. ADVANCED HEAT TRANSFER (3, 3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENME 321, 
342, 343. Advanced problems covering effects of 
radiation, conduction, convection, evaporation and 
condensation. Study of research literature on heat 
transfer. 

ENME 640. ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENME 380. 
or MATH 246 and ENME 340. Potential flow theory, 
three-dimensional flow examples, application of 
complex variables to two-dimensional flow prob- 
lems, Blasius theorem, circulation and Joukowski 
hypothesis, engineering applications to cavitation 
and calculation of pressure distribution, viscous 
flow and boundary layer. 



148 / graduate school 



ENME 641. ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 640. 
Potential flow theory, three-dimensional flow ex- 
amples, application of complex variables to two- 
dimension flow problems, Blasius theorem, circula- 
tion and Joukowski hypothesis, engineering appli- 
cations to cavitation and calculation of pressure 
distribution, viscous flow and boundary layer. 

ENME 642. COMPRESSIBLE FLOW (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 341 
and MATH 246, or ENME 380. One dimensional 
subsonic and supersonic flow, similarity rules, nor- 
mal and oblique shock waves. 

ENME 643. COMPRESSIBLE FLOW (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 642. 
One dimensional subsonic and supersonic flow, 
similarity rules, normal and oblique shock waves. 

ENME 644. VISCOUS FLOW (3) 

Prerequisites, ENME 640, 641. Three lectures per 
week. Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some 
exact solutions. Boundary layer equations. Lami- 
nar flow-similar solutions, compressibility transfor- 
mations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- 
ods. Stability and transition to turbulent flow. Tur- 
bulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flow, free mixing flows. This course is equivalent 
to ENAE 675, 676. 

ENME 645. VISCOUS FLOW (3) 

Prerequisite, ENME 644. Three lectures per week. 
Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some exact 
solutions. Boundary layer equations. Laminar flow- 
similar solutions, compressibility transformations, 
analytic approximations, numerical methods. Stabil- 
ity and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow- 
isotropic turbulence, boundary layer flows, free 
mixing flows. This course is equivalent to ENAE 675, 
676. 

ENME 646. SPECIAL TOPICS IN UNSTEADY 

HYDRODYNAMICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, ENME 640, 
641. Treatment in depth of several topics in un- 
steady hydrodynamics such as sloshing in liquid 
tanks, seismic effects in liquids in large containers 
and reservoirs, and stationary surface wave phe- 
nomena during natural and forced oscillation. Ex- 
amination of the effects of non-linearities in surface 
boundary conditions, low gravity and rotation on 
fluid behavior. Emphasis on the use of theoretical 
fundamentals and techniques including numerical 
methods to solve practical problems. The use of 
high speed computers will be featured in numerical 
solutions wherever practicable. 

ENME 650. DESIGN OF TURBOMACHINERY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 422. 
Characteristics and design of turbines, pumps, com- 
pressors and torque convenors; cavitation, stall, 
and surge. 

ENME 660. INTERMEDIATE DYNAMICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Fundamentals of New- 
tonian dynamics which includes kinematics of a 
particle, dynamics of a particle and a system of 
particles, Hamilton's principle, Lagrange's equa- 



tions, basic concepts and kinematics of rigid body 
motion, dynamics of planar rigid body motion. Appli- 
cations to mechanical engineering problems. 

ENME 661. ADVANCED DYNAMICS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 660. 
Dynamics of three-dimensional rigid body motion. 
Application of Euler's angles to rigid body motion. 
Hamilton's equation. Dynamics of gyroscopic instru- 
ments. Vibration theory of linear lumped mass sys- 
tems. Satellite orbits and space vehicle motion. A 
review of current problems under investigation by 
research workers. 

ENME 662. LINEAR VIBRATIONS (3) 
Three lectures a week. Fourier and statistical analy- 
sis, transient, steady-state, and random behavior of 
linear lumped mass systems. Normal mode theory; 
shock spectrum concepts; mechanical impedance 
and mobility methods. Vibrations of continuous 
media including rods, beams, and membranes. 

ENME 663. NONLINEAR VIBRATIONS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 662. 
Geometrical and numerical analysis of non-linear 
systems. Stability, limit cycles. Theory of bifurca- 
tions. Perturbation method. Periodic solutions. Os- 
cillations in systems with several degrees of free- 
dom. Asymptotic methods. Non-linear resonance. 
Relaxation oscillations. Self-excited vibrations. 

ENME 666, 667. STRESS WAVES IN CONTINUOUS 

MEDIA (3, 3) 
Three lectures per week. Methods of characteristics 
applied to transient phenomena in solids and fluids. 
Elastic and plastic waves under impact. Shock for- 
mation and strain rate effects. 

ENME 670. CONTINUUM MECHANICS (3) 
Three lectures a week. The algebra and calculus 
of tensors in Riemannian space are developed with 
special emphasis on those aspects which are most 
relevant to mechanics. The geometry of curves and 
surfaces in E-3 is examined. The concepts are 
applied to the derivation of the field equations for 
the non-linear theory of continuous media and to 
various problems arising in classical dynamics. 

ENME 671. LINEAR THEORY OF ELASTICITY (3) 
Three lectures per week. The basic equations of 
the linear theory are developed as a special case 
of the non-linear theory. The first and second boun- 
dary value problems are discussed together with 
the problem of uniqueness. Solutions are construct- 
ed to problems of technical interest through semi-in- 
verse, transform and potential methods. Included 
are the study of plane problems, torsion, dynamic 
response of spherical shells and tubes, microstruc- 
ture and anisotropic materials. 

ENME 672. PLASTICITY (3) 

Three lectures per week. Yield criterion and associ- 
ated flow rules as related to the behavior of materi- 
als in the elastic-inelastic region for both perfectly 
plastic and strain hardenable materials. Plastic be- 
havior of members in the following areas including, 
instability, bending, torsion, cylinders, spheres, curv- 
ed members, limited analysis, analysis and metal 
working theory and applications. 



graduate school / 149 



ENME 673. PLASTICITY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 672. 
Yield criterion and associated flow rules as related 
to the behavior of materials in the elastic-inelastic 
region for both perfectly plastic and strain harden- 
able materials. Plastic behavior of members in the 
following areas including, instability, bending, tor- 
sion, cylinders, spheres, curved members, limit an- 
alysis and metal working theory and applications. 

ENME 674. NON-LINEAR ELASTICITY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 670. 
Treats those materials for which the stress at time 
T depends only on the local configuration at time 
T. The constitutive equations are developed for 
elastic and hyperelastic materials through the 
application of the various invariance requirements. 
Exact solutions for special nonlinear problems are 
developed. Plane problems, infinitesimal strain 
superimposed on a given finite strain, wave propa- 
gation and stability problems are considered. 

ENME 675. VISCOELASTICITY (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENME 670. 
Treats the behavior of solid materials which pos- 
sess fluid characteristics. Included within this group 
are Green-Revlin and hygrosteric materials. The 
study of objective tensor rates and other invariance 
requirements leads to the formulation of constituti- 
tive equation for variance viscoelastic materials. 
Steady shear flows, helical flow, viscoelastic tor- 
sion and problems arising from the linear visco- 
elastic theory are considered. 

ENME 676. LINEAR AND NONLINEAR ELASTIC 

SHELLS (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, knowledge 
of the equations of elasticity. Fundamental results 
from the theory of surfaces. Theories of shells com- 
posed of linear and non-linear elastic materials. 
Discussion of both infinitesimal and finite defor- 
mation states. Strain displacement relationships 
developed to include higher order terms. Deriva- 
tion of equilibrium equations and their use in static 
and dynamic stability studies. Constitutive equa- 
tions for the linear theory. Solutions to special 
shell problems. 

ENME 678. FRACTURE MECHANICS (3) 
An advanced treatment of fracture mechanics cov- 
ering in detail the analysis concepts for determin- 
ing the stress intensity factors for various types of 
cracks. Advanced experimental methods for evalua- 
tion of materials or structures for fracture tough- 
ness. Analysis of moving cracks and the statistical 
analysis of fracture strength. Finally, illustrative 
fracture control plans are treated to show the 
engineering applications of fracture mechanics. 

ENME 700. ADVANCED MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING ANALYSIS I (3) 
An advanced, unified approach to the solution of 
advanced mechanical engineering problems. Em- 
phasis is on the formulation and solution of equili- 
brium, eigenvalue and progagation problems. Re- 
view and extension of undergraduate material in 
applied mathematics with emphasis on problems 
in heat transfer, vibrations, fluid flow and stress 
analysis which may be formulated and solved by 
classical procedures. 



ENME 701. ADVANCED MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING ANALYSIS II (3) 

Formulation and solution of Mechanical Engineering 
problems. Analysis of oscillatory and non-oscilla- 
tory systems utilizing discrete parameter tech- 
niques including matrix methods, finite element 
methods, finite differences and numerical integra- 
tion. Study of non-linear vibration and control sys- 
tems with emphasis on perturbation theory and 
stability analysis. Engineering applications of statis- 
tical analysis. 

ENME 760, 761. ADVANCED STRUCTURAL 

DYNAMICS I (3, 3) 
Advanced topics in structural dynamics analysis: 
dynamic properties of materials, impact and contact 
phenomena, wave propagation, modern numerical 
methods for complex structural systems, analysis 
for wind and blast loads, penetration loads, and 
earthquake, non-linear systems, random vibrations 
and structural failure from random loads. 

ENME 788. SEMINAR (1-16) 
Credit in accordance with work outlined by Mech- 
anical Engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate 
standing in Mechanical Engineering. 

ENME 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENME 808. ADVANCED TOPICS IN MECHANICAL 
ENGINEERING (2-3) 

ENME 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



METEOROLOGY PROGRAM 

Research Professor and Chairman: Landsberg 
Associate Professors: Israel, 1 Rodenhuis, Thompson, 

Vernekar 
Research Professor: Faller 
Visiting Professor: Fritz 
Visiting Lecturer: Gerrity 
1 joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

The Graduate Program in Meteorology offers un- 
usually broad opportunities to students pursuing an 
advanced course of study due to close relationship 
between the activities of the program and the scienti- 
fic activities of various institutes and laboratories on 
and off Campus. 

The Graduate Program in Meteorology offers a 
course of study leading to the degrees of Mas- 
ter of Science and Doctor of Philosophy, and is open 
to students holding the Bachelor's degree in chemis- 
try, mathematics, physics, astronomy, engineering, or 
other programs with suitable emphasis in the sciences. 
Previous education in meteorology or related sciences 
will be favorably considered in a student's application 
for admission to the program; however, such edu- 
cation or experience is not a prerequisite. In excep- 
tional circumstances a student holding the bacca- 
laureate degree in other fields may be admitted sub- 
ject to satisfactory completion of prescribed back- 
ground courses. 

Courses in the major subject area may be selected 
from those courses listed under Meteorology. Courses 
to satisfy the minor requirements may be chosen in 
physics, astronomy, mathematics, applied mathema- 



150 / graduate school 



tics, fluid dynamics, engineering or in other areas of 
special interest. The student's program will be super- 
vised by a member of the Meteorology teaching facul- 
ty. Research problems in meteorology will be super- 
vised by members of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics 
and Applied Mathematics, or by a faculty member of 
another appropriate department. Under special cir- 
cumstances, the research may be conducted in an 
off-campus laboratory with professional supervision. 

The laboratories are well equipped and include 
elaborate apparatus for fluid dynamics experiments 
in rotating systems, a tank for studying the interaction 
of water waves and wind, continuous weather facsi- 
mile data, a complete solar radiation station on the 
roof of the building, several micro-meteorological 
field stations, and use of common shop facilities in 
the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe- 
matics. 

There is, within the meteorology office grouping, 
a specialized library with several hundred text and 
reference books in meteorology and allied sciences, 
many specialized series of research reports (i.e., con- 
tract reports, etc.) and many current journals in 
meteorology and related fields. Access to the vast 
holdings of the Atmospheric Sciences Library of 
NOAA at Silver Spring, Maryland, within about 20 
minutes of the Campus, has been arranged. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the 
University Corporation for Atmospheric Research and 
as such, enjoys the common facilities offered by the 
National Center for Atmospheric Research at Boulder. 
Colorado. The University has also signed Memoranda 
of Agreements with NOAA, Naval Research Labora- 
tory and the National Bureau of Standards. 

METO 410. DESCRIPTIVE AND SYNOPTIC 

METEOROLOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 241, PHYS 284 or equivalent. 
A survey of atmospheric phenomena, goals of re- 
search and techniques of study. This course would 
introduce the new student to the broad range of 
theoretical and applied studies in meteorology in 
order to acquaint him with the interaction of the 
physical and dynamical processes and the various 
scales of atmospheric phenomena. Some work in 
synoptic analysis and an introduction to methods of 
forecasting would be included. 

METO 411. DESCRIPTIVE AND SYNOPTIC 

METEOROLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, METO 410. A survey of atmospheric 
phenomena, goals of research and techniques of 
study. This course would introduce the new student 
to the broad range of theoretical and applied stud- 
ies in meteorology in order to acquaint him with 
the interaction of the physical and dynamical proc- 
esses and the various scales of atmospheric phe- 
nomena. Some work in synoptic analysis and an 
introduction to methods of forecasting would be 
included. 

METO 412. PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS OF 

THE ATMOSPHERE (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 241, PHYS 284 or equivalent. 
Optical phenomena, the radiation balance, intro- 
duction to cloud physics, atmospheric electrical 
phenomena, basic thermodynamic processes and 
their application to the atmosphere. 



METO 420. PHYSICAL AND DYNAMICAL 

OCEANOGRAPHY (3) 

Prerequisite, METO 410 or a basic course in fluid 
dynamics such as ENME 340. Historical review of 
oceanography; physical, chemical, stratification and 
circulation properties of the ocean; dynamics of 
frictionless, frictionai, wind driven and thermohaline 
circulation; air-sea interactions. 

METO 422. OCEANIC WAVES, TIDES AND 

TURBULENCE (3) 

Prerequisite, METO 420. Introduction to the theory 
of oceanic wave motions: tides, wind waves, swells, 
storm surges, seiches, tsunamis, internal waves, 
turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion; prob- 
ability, statistics and time series. 

METO 434. AIR POLLUTION (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing in science or engineer- 
ing or consent of the instructor. Three lectures per 
week. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and 
their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate 
receptors. Evaluation of source emissions and prin- 
ciples of air pollution control; meteorological fac- 
tors governing the distribution and removal of air 
pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollu- 
tion control legislation. 

METO 610. DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY I (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 411, METO 411 or equivalent. 
The equations of fluid motion; circulation and vor- 
ticity theorems; geostrophic. cyclostrophic and 
inertial motions: the thermal wind equations; boun- 
dary layer flow; potential vorticity and the Rossby 
wave speed equation; Perturbation Theory and an 
introduction to atmospheric turbulence; the momen- 
tum and energy balance of the general circulation. 

METO 611. DYNAMIC METEOROLOGY II (3) 

Prerequisite, METO 610 or equivalent. Barotropic 
and baroclinic instability: theories of the general 
circulation of the atmosphere; wave motions induc- 
ed by topography and thermal asymmetries; moun- 
tain waves, thermal convection and other selected 
topics. 

METO 612. ATMOSPHERIC TURBULENCE AND 

DIFFUSION (3) 
Prerequisites, METO 610 or equivalent. Statistical 
description of turbulence: the profiles of tempera- 
ture and wind near the ground; the vertical trans- 
port of momentum, heat and water vapor; spectra 
and scales of atmospheric turbulence; recent the- 
ories of turbulent shear flow and convection. 

METO 614. NUMERICAL WEATHER PREDICTION (3) 
Prerequisites, METO 611 or equivalent. Numerical 
techniques for the solution of partial differential 
equations; application to the equations of atmos- 
pheric motion; Eulerian, Lagrangian and Spectral 
methods; numerical models of the general cir- 
culation; current applications to research and fore- 
casting. 

METO 616. PLANETARY FLUID DYNAMICS (3) 
Prerequisites. METO 412, 610 or equivalent. The 
structure of the atmospheres of the earth and other 
planets; analytical, numerical and experimental 
models of the circulations of planetary atmospheres 
and oceans; tidal motions. 



graduate school / 151 



METO 630. STATISTICAL METHODS IN 

METEOROLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, METO 411, STAT 400 or equivalent. 
Distribution of scalers and vectors; sampling meth- 
ods; regression and correlation methods; tests of 
significance; time series analysis; statistical fore- 
casting methods. 

METO 634. AIR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisite, METO 434 or consent of instructor. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The 
theory and techniques utilized in the determination 
of gaseous and particulate atmospheric pollutants. 
Reduction and representation of data and consid- 
eration in sampling site selection. 

METO 640. MICRO-METEOROLOGY (3) 

Prerequisites, METO 410, 411 or equivalent. A study 
of energy balances at the earth-atmosphere inter- 
face; statistical and spectral analysis of turbulent 
transfer of energy and momentum; air motions in 
relation to terrain and landscape; the time and 
spatial variations of mechanical and thermodynami- 
cal quantities in the micro-layer of the atmosphere. 

METO 641. METEOROLOGY OF AIR POLLUTION (3) 
Prerequisites, METO 410, 411 or equivalent. Re- 
view of basic macro- and micro-meteorological con- 
siderations; the nature and behavior of atmospheric 
aerosols; the description and measurement of the 
distribution, dispersion, and other properties of air 
pollution; study of the meso-meteorology of cities 
and the climatological influences of air pollution. 

METO 658. SPECIAL TOPICS IN METEOROLOGY 

(1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Various special 
topics in meteorology are given intensive study. The 
topic of concentration varies from semester to se- 
mester and depends on student and faculty inter- 
ests. Often, specialists from other institutions are 
invited to the Campus on a visiting lectureship 
basis to conduct the course. 

METO 659. SPECIAL TOPICS IN METEOROLOGY (1) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Various special 
topics in meteorology are given intensive study. The 
topic of concentration varies from semester to se- 
mester and depends on student and faculty inter- 
ests. Often, specialists from other institutions are 
invited to the Campus on a visiting lectureship basis 
to conduct the course. 

METO 698, 699. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY (1, 1) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. This seminar 
will cover- selected topics of current meteorological 
interest. Presentations will be by staff members, ad- 
vanced graduate students and guest speakers. 

METO 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

METO 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

MICROBIOLOGY PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Young 
Professors: Colwell, Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus) Hetrick, 

Laffer, Pelczar 
Associate Professors: Cook, MacQuillan, Roberson 
Assistant Professors: Vaituzis, Voll, Weiner 
Lecturers: Janicki, Stadtman 



The graduate studies program of the Department 
of Microbiology offers to the prospective student op- 
portunities to extend his knowledge concerning 
microorganisms. Satisfactory performance in course- 
work is a necessary, but not sufficient, requisite for 
the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees. The department expects the student to ac- 
quire the ability to demonstrate originality in his re- 
search and to understand and communicate the signi- 
ficance of his endeavors both orally and in writing. 

Areas of specialization in the Department of Micro- 
biology include the disciplines of applied, pathogenic, 
marine microbiology and systematics, bacterial cytol- 
ogy, physiology, metabolism, virology, immunology, 
and the genetics of microorganisms. 

A student accepted for the M.S. program must have 
acquired, from an accredited college or university, a 
thorough foundation in the fundamental biological and 
physical sciences preliminary to pursuing graduate 
work in microbiology. In certain cases an applicant 
who has deficiencies may be admitted on a provision- 
al basis. The minimum entrance requirements for 
graduate study in the Department of Microbiology are: 
Biology, 16 credits; Mathematics, 6 credits; Physics, 
6 credits; Inorganic Chemistry, 8 credits and Organic 
Chemistry, 6 credits. 

Requirements for the M.S. degree include a min- 
imum of 24 semester hours, exclusive of research 
credits with a minimum grade of "B" in approved 
courses. 

The M.S. candidate must also pass a final oral ex- 
amination given by a committee of his major and 
minor professors. A written thesis is required of all 
degree recipients, and all candidates for graduate 
degrees are required to serve one semester as labora- 
tory teaching assistants. 

Candidates for the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the 
above-listed requirements, must successfully com- 
plete a written preliminary examination and an oral 
defense of their dissertation. 

Research facilities of the Department of Microbio- 
logy include electron, phase, darkfield, interference, 
and ultraviolet microscopes; animal quarters, cell cul- 
ture laboratories, photographic darkrooms, spectro- 
photometers, ultracentrifuges, gas chromatographic 
apparatus, and radioisotope counting equipment, as 
well as standard laboratory supplies and apparatus. 

MICB 400. SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits 
in microbiology. History of bacterial classification; 
genetic relationships; international codes of nomen- 
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classifica- 
tion. (Colwell) 

MICB 410. HISTORY OF MICROBIOLOGY (1) 
One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major 
or minor in microbiology or consent of instructor. 
History and integration of the fundamental discov- 
eries of the science. The modern aspects of cytol- 
ogy, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in rela- 
tion to early theories. (Doetsch) 

MICB 420. EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC 

HEALTH (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 200. 
History, characteristic features, and epidemiology 
of the important communicable diseases; public 



152 / graduate school 



health administration and responsibilities; vital stat- 
istics. (Faber) 

MICB 440. PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and 2 two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite. MICB 200. The role of bacteria 
and fungi in the diseases of man with emphasis 
upon the differentiation and culture of microorgan- 
isms, types of disease, modes of disease transmis- 
sion, prophylactic, therapeutic, and epidemiological 
aspects. (Vaituzis) 

MICB 450. IMMUNOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and 2 two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, MICB 440. Principles of immun- 
ity: hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of 
immunology. (Roberson) 

MICB 460. GENERAL VIROLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and 2 two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equivalent. Basic 
concepts regarding the nature of viruses and their 
properties, together with techniques for their char- 
acterization and identification. (Hetrick) 

MICB 470. MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and 2 two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, 8 credits in microbiology and 
CHEM 461, 462, or equivalent. Aspects of the 
growth, death, and energy transactions of micro- 
organisms are considered, as well as the effects of 
the physical and chemical environment on them. 

(MacQuillan) 

MICB 490. MICROBIAL FERMENTATIONS (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 470. 
Principles and practice in industrial fermentation 
processes, and the study of fermentative metabol- 
ism in microorganisms. (Cook) 

MICB 491. MICROBIAL FERMENTATIONS 

LABORATORY (2) 
Two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prere- 
quisite, MICB 490, or concurrent registration in 
MICB 490, and consent of instructor. Methods for 
the conduct, control and analysis of fermentation 
processes. (Cook) 

MICB 674. BACTERIAL METABOLISM (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits 
in microbiology and allied fields, including CHEM 
461 and 462. Bacterial nutrition, enzyme formation, 
metabolic pathways, and the dissimilation of car- 
bon and nitrogen substrates. (MacQuillan) 

MICB 688. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, twenty credits in microbiology. Pre- 
sentation and discussion of fundamental problems 
and special subjects in the field of microbiology. 

MICB 689. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, twenty credits in microbiology. Pre- 
sentation and discussion of fundamental problems 
and special subjects in the field of microbiology. 

MICB 704. MEDICAL MYCOLOGY (4) 
Two lectures and 2 two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, thirty credits in microbiology 
and allied fields. Primarily a study of fungi asso- 
ciated with disease and practice in the methods 
of isolation and identification. (Laffer) 



MICB 714. CYTOLOGY OF BACTERIA (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. A consideration of morphology, differ- 
entiation, and cytochemistry of the eubacterial or- 
ganism. (Doetsch) 

MICB 750. ADVANCED IMMUNOLOGY (2) 
Two lectures a week. Antigens, antibodies, and their 
interactions. Research fundamentals in immunology 
and immunochemistry. (Roberson) 

MICB 751. IMMUNOLOGY LABORATORY (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prere- 
quisite, consent of the instructor. Techniques in ex- 
perimental immunology and immunochemistry. 

(Roberson) 

MICB 760. VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 
440 or equivalent. Physical, chemical and biological 
properties of viruses; viral replication; major virus 
groups. (Hetrick) 

MICB 761. VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE 

LABORATORY (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prere- 
quisite, MICB 440 or equivalent. Registration only 
upon consent of instructor. Laboratory methods in 
virology with emphasis on cell culture techniques. 

(Hetrick) 

MICB 774. ADVANCED BACTERIAL 

METABOLISM (1) 
One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. A discussion of recent advances in 
the field of bacterial metabolism with emphasis on 
metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Stadtman) 

MICB 780. GENETICS OF MICROORGANISMS (2) 
Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. An introduction to genetic principles 
and methodology applicable to microorganisms. 
Cellular control mechanisms and protein biosyn- 
thesis. (Young) 

MICB 781. MICROBIAL GENETICS LABORATORY 

(2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, consent of the instructor. A laboratory 
course designed to acquaint students with the 
techniques employed in studying gene control of 
microbial activities. (Young) 

MICB 788. SEMINAR (1) 

MICB 789. SEMINAR (1) 

MICB 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

MICB 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 

(1-8) 

INSTITUTE FOR MOLECULAR PHYSICS 

Professor and Director: Benesch 

Professors: Benedict, Zwanzig 

Associate Professors: DeRocco, Ginter, Krisher, Seng- 

ers 
Assistant Professor: Gammon 

The Institute for Molecular Physics comprises a 
faculty interested in theoretical and experimental stud- 



graduate school / 153 



ies in the general area of molecular structure, ener- 
getic processes, and interactions. The Institute brings 
together physicists and chemists to work on problems 
of mutual interest to the advantage of both, and the 
faculty is made up of members from each of these dis- 
ciplines. Members of the institute teach both under- 
graduate and graduate courses in both the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry and the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy and supervise thesis research of graduate 
students in these departments. 

The Institute also participates in the graduate de- 
gree program in chemical physics which is jointly ad- 
ministered by the Institute, the Department of Chemis- 
try, and the Department of Physics and Astronomy. 
This program is open to graduate students in the De- 
partments of Chemistry and Physics and Astronomy 
and offers a course of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Enter- 
ing students are expected to have an undergraduate 
degree in either chemistry or physics with a strong 
background in the other discipline. However, a mathe- 
matics or engineering major may also be eligible. 

The course program will be adjusted to the needs of 
the individual student, who is required to pass a qual- 
ifying examination (a version of the Physics qualifier, 
modified to emphasize the atomic properties of mat- 
ter). The successful Ph.D. student should end with a 
mastery of quantum mechanics, and have taken ad- 
vanced courses in molecular structure (Phys. 723 or 
Chem. 685) and thermodynamics and intermolecular 
forces (Chem. 687 or 704). In keeping with the inter- 
disciplinary nature of the Program, 9 credits in Chem- 
istry are required from undergraduate Physics majors, 
and 9 credits in Physics from undergraduate Chem- 
istry majors. Research problems in chemical physics 
may be supervised by the faculty in the Department 
of Chemistry, the Department of Physics and Astron- 
omy or the Institute for Molecular Physics. The pro- 
gram is supervised by a committee from the above 
units. 



MUSIC PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Troth 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, deVermond, Gordon. 

Grentzer, 1 Heim, Helm, Hudson, Johnson, Moss, 

Taylor, 1 Traver, Ulrich 
Associate Professors: Blum, 1 Garvey, Head, Meyer, 

Montgomery, Pennington, Schumacher, Serwer, 

Snapp, True, Urban, Wakefield 
Assistant Professors: Davis, Gould, Kuhn, Wilson 
Instructor: Steinke 

1 joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Music offers specialized musical 
training of a highly professional nature which cul- 
minates in one of several graduate degrees. The Mas- 
ter of Music degree is offered in five areas of speciali- 
zation: music performance, music history and litera- 
ture, theory, composition, and conducting. The Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree is offered in two areas of 
specialization: musicology and theory. The Doctor 
of Musical Arts degree is offered in literature-perform- 
ance and in composition. Specializations in music 
education are offered in cooperation with the College 
of Education and culminate in Master of Arts, Master 



of Education, Doctor of Education, or Doctor of Phi- 
losophy degrees. Specific requirements and course of- 
ferings for those degrees are described under the 
program descriptions of that College. 

Admission to graduate programs in music is highly 
selective and based upon satisfactory completion of 
appropriate undergraduate preparations. Evidence of 
established musical proficiences must be demon- 
strated by audition, examination in music literature 
and theory, and/or original musical scores. A personal 
interview is sometimes requested of applicants. 

In addition to the requirements for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree, admission to candidacy for the 
Doctor of Musical Arts major in composition requires 
placement and qualifying examinations, presentation 
of a lecture recital and a program of the student's 
own compositions. The dissertation must be the stu- 
dent's original composition of major proportions. Ap- 
plicants for admission to candidacy in the Performance- 
Literature Program must satisfactorily complete place- 
ment and qualifying examinations, present a lecture 
recital and two full-length recitals. 

In addition to the superb library holdings of the 
Campus itself, the adjacent city of Washington, D.C., 
affords graduate students in music an unexcelled op- 
portunity for specialized research and musical expos- 
ure and development in a variety of private and 
public agencies, such as the Library of Congress, the 
Smithsonian Institution, and the John F. Kennedy Cen- 
ter for the Performing Arts. 

MUSIC 

MUSC 009. GRADUATE ENSEMBLE (1) 

Required of all master's and doctoral students in 
applied music. Participation in departmental en- 
sembles according to the student's major instru- 
ment, and as determined by the student's advisor. 

MUSC 400. MUSIC PEDAGOGY (3) 

Conference course. Prerequisite or corequisite, 
MUSC 418, or a more advanced course in applied 
music. A study of major pedagogical treatises in 
music, and an evaluation of pedagogical techniques, 
materials, and procedures. 

MUSC 406, 407. APPLIED MUSIC (2, 2) 
Courses for non-majors or majors electing a sec- 
ondary instrument. Half-hour lesson and six practice 
hours per week. Prerequisite, permission of de- 
partment chairman and the next lower course on the 
same instrument. (See Applied Music.) 

MUSC 408, 409. APPLIED MUSIC (2-4, 2-4) 

Courses for majors only. One-hour lesson and six 
practice hours per week if taken for two credits; 
or one-hour lesson and fifteen practice hours per 
week if taken for four credits. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of department chairman and the next lower 
course on the same instrument. (See Applied Music.) 

MUSC 416, 417. APPLIED MUSIC (2, 2) 
Courses for non-majors or majors electing a sec- 
ondary instrument. Half-hour lesson and six practice 
hours per week. Prerequisite, permisison of de- 
partment chairman and the next lower course on the 
same instrument. (See Applied Music.) 



154 / graduate school 



MUSC 418, 419. APPLIED MUSIC (2-4, 2-4) 
Courses for majors only. One-hour lesson and six 
practice hours per week if taken for two credits; 
or one-hour lesson and fifteen practice hours per 
week if taken for four credits. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of department chairman and the next lower 
course on the same instrument. (See Applied Music.) 

MUSC 430. MUSIC LITERATURE SURVEY FOR THE 

NON-MAJOR (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 130 or the equivalent. Open to 
all students except music and music education 
majors. Selected compositions are studied from the 
standpoint of the informed listener. Choral music, 
opera, and art song. 

MUSC 431. MUSIC LITERATURE SURVEY FOR THE 

NON-MAJOR (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 130 or the equivalent. Open 
to all students except music and music-education 
majors. Selected compositions are studied from 
the standpoint of the informed listener. Orchestral, 
chamber, and keyboard music. 

MUSC 432. MUSIC IN WORLD CULTURES I (3) 
Folk idioms of eastern and western Europe and 
the Americas; A/nerican Indian musics. Historical, 
social, and cultural context; musical instruments; 
theoretical systems, form, and aesthetics; major 
representative musical and theatrical genres. 

MUSC 433. MUSIC IN WORLD CULTURES II (3) 
Art musics of Asia, including China, Japan, India, 
Indonesia, and Arabia-Persia. Historical, social, and 
cultural context; musical instruments; theoretical 
systems, form, and aesthetics; major representative 
musical and theatrical genres. 

MUSC 439. COLLEGIUM MUSICUM (1) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Open to 
undergraduates and graduates, music majors and 
non-majors. Procurement, edition, and performance 
of music not belonging to a standard repertory: 
early music, compositions for unusual performing 
media, works which demand reconstruction of their 
original circumstances of performance. Outcome 
of a semester's work may be one or more perfor- 
mances for the public. May be repeated for credit 
five times. 

MUSC 440. KEYBOARD MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSIC 330, 331 or the equivalent. 
The history and literature of harpsichord, organ, 
and piano music from the Baroque period to the 
present. Suites, sonatas and smaller forms are 
studied with emphasis on changes of style and 
idiom. 

MUSC 441. CHAMBER MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. 
The history and literature of chamber music from 
the early Baroque period to the present. Music for 
trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and com- 
binations of piano and strings. 

MUSC 442. SYMPHONIC MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. The 
study of orchestral music from the Baroque period 
to the present. The concerto, symphony, overture, 
and other forms are examined. 



MUSC 443. SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331 or the equivalent. The 
study of solo vocal literature from the Baroque can- 
tata to the art song of the present. The lied, melodie, 
vocal chamber music, and the orchestral song are 
examined. 

MUSC 444. CHORAL MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. The 
history and literature of choral music from the 
Renaissance to the present, with discussion of re- 
lated topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal cham- 
ber music, etc. 

MUSC 445. SURVEY OF THE OPERA (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. A 
study of the music, librettos and composers of the 
standard operas. 

MUSC 446. CONTEMPORARY MUSIC (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. 
A study of music written in contemporary idioms 
since Debussy. Changes in form and performing 
media in the Twentieth Century. Electronic music 
and other experimental types. 

MUSC 448. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC (2-6) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Repeat- 
able to a maximum of six semester hours. 

MUSC 450. MUSICAL FORM (3) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 250, 251. A study of the or- 
ganizing principles of musical composition, their 
interaction in musical forms, and their functions in 
different styles. 

MUSC 460, 461. COUNTERPOINT (2, 2) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 250, 251. A course in Eigh- 
teenth-Century contrapuntal techniques. Study of 
devices of imitation in the invention and the chorale 
prelude. Original writing in the smaller contra- 
puntal forms. 

MUSC 462. MODAL COUNTERPOINT (2) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An intro- 
duction to the contrapuntal techniques of the Six- 
teenth Century: the structure of the modes, com- 
position of modal melodies, and contrapuntal writ- 
ing for two, three and four voices. 

MUSC 465. CANON AND FUGUE (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or the equivalent. Com- 
position and analysis of the canon and fugue in the 
styles of the Eighteenth, Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Centuries. 

MUSC 470. HARMONIC AND CONTRAPUNTAL 
PRACTICES OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (2) 
Prerequisites, MUSC 251 and 460 or the equivalents. 
A theoretical study of Twentieth-Century materials: 
scales, modes, intervals, chord structures, poly- 
harmony, and serial and twelve-tone organization. 

MUSC 479. COMPOSITION (2) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 250, 251. Principles of musical 
composition, and their application to the smaller 
forms. Original writing in Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Century musical idioms for various media. 

MUSC 479. COMPOSITION (2) 
Prerequisites, MUSC 250, 251. Principles of musical 
composition, and their application to the smaller 



graduate school / 155 



forms. Original writing in Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Century musical idioms for various media. 

MUSC 486, 487. ORCHESTRATION (2, 2) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 250, 251. A study of the ranges, 
musical functions, and technical characteristics of 
the instruments, and their color possibilities in va- 
rious combinations. Practical experience in orches- 
trating for small and large ensembles. 

MUSC 490, 491. CONDUCTING (2, 2) 
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instru- 
mental groups. Baton technique, score reading, re- 
hearsal techniques, tone production, style and in- 
terpretation. Music of all periods will be introduced. 

MUSC 495. ACOUSTICS FOR MUSICIANS (3) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 251 or the equivalent, and 
senior or graduate standing in music. The basic 
physics of music, acoustics of musical instruments 
and music theory, physiological acoustics, and 
musico-architectural acoustics. 

MUSC 608. CHAMBER MUSIC REPERTOIRE (1-3) 
Prerequisite, graduate standing as a major in per- 
formance. A study, through performance, of divers- 
fied chamber music for standard media. May be 
repeated for credit. 

MUSC 609. INTERPRETATION AND REPERTOIRE 
(2) 

Prerequisite, graduate standing in performance. 

(See Applied Music.) 

MUSC 610. GRADUATE PERFORMANCE (4) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 609. Recital course. (See Ap- 
plied Music.) 

MUSC 630. TEACHING THE THEORY, HISTORY, 

AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, graduate standing and consent of in- 
structor. A course in teaching methodology with 
emphasis on instruction at the college level. 

MUSC 635. AMERICAN MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 331 and graduate standing. A 
lecture course in the history of American art music 
from colonial times to the present. 

MUSC 638. ADVANCED STUDIES IN THE HISTORY 

OF MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331 and consent of in- 
structor. A critical study of one style period (Renais- 
sance, Baroque, etc.) will be undertaken. The 
course may be repeated for credit, since a different 
period will be chosen each time it is offered. 

MUSC 639. SEMINAR IN MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331 and consent of in- 
structor. The work of one major composer (Bach, 
Beethoven, etc.) will be studied. The course may be 
repeated for credit, since a different composer will 
be chosen each time it is offered. 

MUSC 648. PRO-SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY AND 

LITERATURE OF MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 331 and graduate standing. An 
introduction to graduate study in the history and 
literature of music. Bibliography and methodology 
of systematic and historical musicology. 



MUSC 649. SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 331 and graduate standing. An 
intensive course in one of the areas of musicology 
such as performance practices, history of music 
theory, history of notation, or ethnomusicology. 
Since a cycle of subjects will be studied the course 
may be repeated for credit. 

MUSC 650. THE CONTEMPORARY IDIOM (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or equivalent, and graduate 
standing. Composition and analysis in the Twentieth 
Century styles, with emphasis on techniques of 
melody, harmony, and counterpoint. 

MUSC 662. ADVANCED MODAL COUNTERPOINT 

(3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 461 or the equivalent, and grad- 
uate standing. An intensive course in the com- 
position of music in the style of the late Renaissance. 
Analytical studies of the music of Palestrina, Lasso, 
Byrd and others. 

MUSC 670. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 

(3) 
Prerequisite, graduate standing in music and consent 
of instructor. A seminar in which composer and 
theorist develop analytical facility in advanced 
Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century music and an in- 
clusive technique of analysis in music from the 
Renaissance to the present. 

MUSC 671. ADVANCED ANALYTICAL 

TECHNIQUES (3) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 670 or consent of instructor. 
A seminar in which composer and theorist develop 
analytical facility in advanced Nineteenth- and 
Twentienth-Century music and an inclusive tech- 
nique of analysis in music from the Renaissance 
to the present. 

MUSC 678. SEMINAR IN MUSICAL 

COMPOSITION (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 479 or equivalent, and grad- 
uate standing. An advanced course in musical com- 
position. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSC 688. ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 487 or the equivalent, and grad- 
uate standing. Orchestration projects in the styles 
of Debussy, Ravel, Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Bartok, 
and others. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSC 689. ADVANCED CONDUCTING (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 491 or the equivalent. A con- 
centrated study of the conducting techniques involv- 
ed in the repertoire of all historical periods. May 
be repeated for credit. 

MUSC 695. AESTHETICS OF MUSIC (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 331 or the equivalent and one 
course in aesthetics. A consideration of the princi- 
pal theories of aesthetics as they relate to music. 
A study of writings in the field from Pythagoras to 
the present. 

MUSC 696. FACTORS IN MUSICAL LEARNING (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 331 or the equivalent and at 
least one course in psychology. The psychology 
of intervals, scales, rhythms, and harmony. Musical 
hearing and creativity. The psychology of musical 
ability. The theory of functional music. 



156 / graduate school 



MUSC 699. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC (2-6) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Repeat- 
able to a maximum of six semester hours. 

MUSC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
MUSC 800, 801. ADVANCED SEMINAR IN MUSIC 
PEDAGOGY (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 400 or equivalent, doctoral 
standing and permission of instructor. A detailed 
study of historical and contemporary methods of 
pedagogy, and analysis of pedagogical problems. 
Sectioning by instrument. Required of all candidates 
for the D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance. 

MUSC 805. INTERPRETATION PERFORMANCE, 
AND PEDAGOGY (4) 

A seminar in pedagogy and the pedagogical litera- 
ture for the doctoral performer, with advanced in- 
struction at the instrument, covering appropriate 
compositions. Required of all candidates for the 
D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance. Prerequi- 
site, doctoral standing in performance. Recital 
course. 

MUSC 806. INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, 

AND PEDAGOGY (4) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 805. Recital course. (See Ap- 
plied Music.) 

MUSC 807. INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE 

AND PEDAGOGY (4) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 806. Recital course. (See Ap- 
plied Music.) 

MUSC 830. DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSIC 

LITERATURE (3) 

Prerequisite, at least twelve hours in music history 
and literature. An analytical survey of the literature 
of music: keyboard music; vocal music; string 
music; wind instrument music. Required of all can- 
didates for the D.M.A. Degree in literature-per- 
formance. 

MUSC 831. DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSIC 

LITERATURE (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 830 or consent of instructor. 
An analytical survey of the literature of music: key- 
board music; vocal music; string music; wind instru- 
ment music. Required of all candidates for the 
D.M.A. Degree in literature-performance. 

MUSIC 839. DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN 

MUSICOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisites, near completion of doctoral course 
work in musicology; or consent of instructor. Two 
semesters required of all candidates for the Ph.D. 
in musicology; a third semester optional. Intensive 
experience with the documents of musicology and 
the musicological synthesis. 

MUSC 878. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 678 or the equivalent, and per- 
mission of the instructor. Conference* course in 
composition in the larger forms. May be repeated 
for credit. 

MUSC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

A new student or one taking applied music for the 

first time at this university should register for MUSC 



099. He will receive the proper classification at the 
end of his first semester in the department. 
Instrument designation: each student taking an ap- 
plied music course must indicate the instrument 
chosen by adding a suffix to the proper course num- 
ber as: MUSC 609a Interpretation and Repertoire — 
Piano. 

SUFFIX INSTRUMENT 



A 


Piano 


H 


Oboe 


O 


Tuba 


B 


Voice 


I 


Clarinet 


P 


Euphonium 


C 


Violin 


J 


Bassoon 


Q 


Percussion 


D 


Viola 


K 


Saxophone 


R 


Organ 


E 


Cello 


L 


Horn 


S 


Conducting 


F 


Bass 


M 


Trumpet 






G 


Flute 


N 


Trombone 







MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 410. METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR 
CLASS INSTRUMENTAL INSTRUCTION (2) 

Prerequisite, previous or concurrent registration in 
MUSC 113-122, 213: Two one-hour laboratories and 
one lecture per week. Teaching techniques and 
rehearsal techniques for beginning and intermediate 
instrumental classes — winds, strings and percus- 
sion. 

MUED 420. BAND AND ORCHESTRA TECHNIQUES 

AND ADMINISTRATION (2-3) 

Prerequisites, MUSC 113-122, 213 and 491. Com- 
prehensive study of instructional materials, rehear- 
sal techniques, program planning, and band pagean- 
try for the high school instrumental program. Or- 
ganization, scheduling, budgeting and purchasing 
are included. 

MUED 438. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THE 
TEACHING OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC (2-3) 

Prerequisite,. MUSC 113-122, 213 or the equivalent. 
A study, through practice on minor instruments, of 
the problems encountered in public school teaching 
of orchestral instruments. Literature and teaching 
materials, minor repairs, and adjustment of instru- 
ments are included. The course may be taken for 
credit three times since one of four groups of in- 
struments: strings, woodwind, brass, or percussion, 
will be studied each time the course is offered. 

MUED 450. MUSIC IN EARLY CHILDHOOD 

EDUCATION (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 155 or equivalent. Creative ex- 
periences in songs and rhythms, correlation of 
music and everyday teaching with the abilities and 
development of each level; study of songs and 
materials; observation and teaching experience with 
each age level. 

MUED 460. CREATIVE ACTIVITIES IN THE 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2-3) 

Prerequisite, music methods or teaching experi- 
ence. A study of the creative approach to the de- 
velopment of music experiences for children in the 
elementary grades emphasizing contemporary 
music and contemporary music techniques. 

MUED 462. MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL SPECIALIST (2-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Teaching tech- 
niques and instructional materials for the music 



graduate school / 157 



program in the elementary schools. For the music 
specialist. 

MUED 470. MUSIC IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS (2-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the 
music program in the junior and senior high school 
with emphasis on objectives, organization of sub- 
ject matter, teaching techniques and materials for 
general music classes. 

MUED 472. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN 
VOCAL MUSIC FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS (2-4) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of 
repertoire and methods for teaching choral groups 
and voice classes. Diction, interpretation, tone pro- 
duction, intonation, phrasing, rehearsal techniques 
and style characteristics. 

MUED 480. THE VOCAL MUSIC TEACHER AND 

SCHOOL ORGANIZATION (2) 

Prerequisite, student teaching, previous or concur- 
rent. The role of the vocal music specialist in the 
implementation of the supervision and administra- 
tion of the music programs in the elementary and 
secondary schools. Open to graduate students by 
permission of instructor. 

MUED 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, INSTITUTES 

(2-6) 

Innovative and experimental dimensions of music 
education will be offered to meet the needs of music 
teachers and music supervisors and to allow stu- 
dents to individualize their programs. The maximum 
number of credits that may be earned under this 
course symbol toward any degree is six semester 
hours; the symbol may be used two or more times 
until six semester hours have been reached. 

MUED 635. ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION AND 

BAND ARRANGING (3) 
Prerequisite, MUSC 486 or the equivalent, or con- 
sent of instructor. A study of arranging and trans- 
scription procedures in scoring for the orchestra 
and band. Special attention is given to the arranging 
problems of the instrumental director in the public 
schools. 

MUED 637. ADVANCED STUDY — DEVELOPING 
MUSICALITY THROUGH INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC (3) 
Analysis of new and established methods and ma- 
terials for developing musicality. The study of the 
curriculum for large and small ensembles, and class 
instruction, and its adaptation to the diverse organi- 
zations of today's schools. 

MUED 662. ADVANCED STUDY — DEVELOPING 

MUSICALITY IN CHILDREN (3) 
Analysis of new and established methods and ma- 
terials including Orff and Kodaly. and their adapta- 
tion to teaching music in the diverse organizations of 
today's elementary schools. Emphasis on general 
musical experiences for all children. 

MUED 672. ADVANCED STUDY — DEVELOPING 

MUSICALITY IN THE ADOLESCENT (3) 
Analysis of new and established methods and ma- 
terials for developing musicality through classes in 
general music, music appreciation, music in the 
humanities, music theory, chorus, small ensembles, 
and class voice. 



MUED 680. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 
OF MUSIC IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS (3) 
The study of basic principles and practices of super- 
vision and administration with emphasis on curri- 
culum construction, scheduling, budgets, directing 
of in-service teaching, personnel problems, and 
school-community relationships. 

MUED 690. RESEARCH METHODS IN MUSIC AND 

MUSIC EDUCATION (3) 
The application of methods of research to prob- 
lems in the fields of music and music education. 
The preparation of bibliographies and the written 
exposition of research projects in the area of the 
student's major interest. 

MUED 692. FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC 

EDUCATION (3) 

Educational thought and its application to instruc- 
tion and evaluation in music education. 

MUED 698. CURRENT TRENDS IN MUSIC 

EDUCATION (2-8) 
A survey of current and emerging philosophies, 
methodologies and curricula in music education and 
their implementation. The influence of educational 
and social changes and the expanding musical 
scene upon the music programs for children of all 
ages and for teacher education. The maximum 
number of credits that may be earned under this 
course symbol (within established limits of pro- 
grams) toward any degree is eight semester hours. 
The symbol may be used two or more times until 
eight semester hours have been completed. 

MUED 890. HISTORY OF MUSIC EDUCATION IN 

THE UNITED STATES (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. The study 
of historical development of pedagogical practices 
in music education, their philosophical implications 
and educational values. 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Munno 
Professor: Duffey 

Associate Professors: Almenas. Roush, Sheaks 
Lecturer: Belcher 

The Nuclear Engineering program has as its primary 
objective the maintenance and extension of the ever 
increasing degree of engineering sophistication. The 
courses and research programs strive to create an 
atmosphere of originality and creativity that prepares 
the student for the engineering leadership of tomor- 
row. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with 
the student's interests and background is established 
between the student, his advisor and the department 
head. General areas of concentration include trans- 
port theory, reactor engineering, activation analysis, 
energy conversion, reactor physics, radiation engi- 
neering, reactor dynamics, radiation shielding and nu- 
clear core design. The general nuclear engineering 
program is focused toward energy conversion and 
power engineering with the additional specialty in 
radiation and polymer science. 



158 / graduate school 



The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees 
are open to qualitied students holding the B.S. degree. 
Full admission may be granted to students with de- 
grees in any of the engineering and science areas 
from accredited programs. In some cases it may be 
necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. 
The general regulations of the Graduate School apply 
in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of 
following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. 
The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study 
beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. de- 
gree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Nuclear 
Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630, 655 and 
440. In addition to the general rules of the Graduate 
School certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the Department in its departmental publica- 
tions. 

Special facilities available for graduate study in Nu- 
clear Engineering include the nuclear reactor, gamma 
and electron radiation equipment, neutron generator, 
and various analyzers and detectors. Activities in these 
areas are coordinated through the nuclear reactor fa- 
cility and the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer 
Science. The nuclear reactor is a 200 KW swimming 
pool type using enriched uranium. 

The Nuclear Engineering program is administered 
by the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

ENNU 430. RADIOISOTYPE POWER SOURCES (3) 
Prerequisite, ENNU 215 or permission of instructor. 
Principles and theory of radioisotype power sources. 
Design and use of nuclear batteries and small en- 
ergy conversion devices. 

ENNU 435. ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, ENNU 215 or permission of instructor. 
Principles and techniques of activation analysis in- 
volving neutrons, photons and charged particles. 
Emphasis placed upon application of this analytical 
technique to solving environmental and engineering 
problems. 

ENNU 440. NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY 

LABORATORY (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 240, PHYS 263. Techniques of 
detecting and making measurements of nuclear or 
high energy radiation. Radiation safety experiments. 
Both a sub-critical reactor and the swimming pool 
critical reactor are sources of radiation. 

ENNU 450. NUCLEAR REACTOR ENGINEERING I 

(3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 246 and PHYS 263 or consent 
of instructor. Elementary nuclear physics, reactor 
theory, and reactor energy transfer. Steady-state" 
and time-dependent neutron distributions in space 
and energy. Conduction and convective heat trans- 
fer in nuclear reactor systems. 

ENNU 455. NUCLEAR REACTOR ENGINEERING II 

(3) 

Prerequisite, ENNU 450. General plant design con- 
siderations including radiation hazards and health 
physics, shielding design, nuclear power econom- 
ics, radiation effects on reactor materials, and vari- 
ous types of nuclear reactor systems. 



ENNU 468. RESEARCH (2-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Investigation 
of a research project under the direction of one of 
the staff members. Comprehensive reports are re- 
quired. Repeatable to a maximum of six semester 
hours. 

ENNU 470. INTRODUCTION TO CONTROLLED 

FUSION (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The principles 
and the current status of research to achieve con- 
trolled thermonuclear power production. Properties 
of ionized gases relating to confinement and heat- 
ing. Concepts of practical fusion devices. 

ENNU 480. REACTOR CORE DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite, ENNU 450 or consent of instructor. 
Design of nuclear reactor cores based on a se- 
quence of standard computer codes. Thermal and 
epithermal cross sections, multi-group diffusion 
theory in one and two dimensions and fine structure 
flux calculations using transport theory. 

ENNU 609. SEMINAR IN NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 
d) 

ENNU 620. METHODS OF ENGINEERING 

ANALYSIS (3) 

Application of sele.cted mathematical techniques to 
the analysis and solution of engineering problems; 
included are the applications of matrices, vectors, 
tensors, differential equations, integral transforms, 
and probability methods to such problems as un- 
steady heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass 
transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical 
reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor 
physics. 

ENNU 630. NUCLEAR REACTOR PHYSICS I (3) 
Introduction to neutron physics. The theory of neu- 
tron detection instruments including the neutron 
chopper and solid state detectors. Elements of neu- 
tron slowing-down theory. The Boltzmann transport 
equation is developed together with approximations 
such as Pn, Sn, and Fermi age. Nuclear systems are 
theoretically treated utilizing the diffusion approxi- 
mation, the Fermi age method and the P-3 method. 
Elementary temperature and time dependence. 

ENNU 640. NUCLEAR REACTOR PHYSICS II (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 320. Mathematical treatment of 
nuclear reactor systems. The foundations of nuclear 
reactor kinetics, the multigroup treatment, reflected 
reactor theory, heterogeneous reactors, perturba- 
tion theory. Thermalization theory and the pulse and 
sine-wave techniques. Introduction to variational 
methods. 

ENNU 648. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN NUCLEAR 
ENGINEERING (1-6) 

ENNU 649. SELECTED TOPICS IN NUCLEAR 

ENGINEERING (2) 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. Topics of current interest and recent ad- 
vances in the nuclear engineering field. Because of 
the rapid advances in the field, information on spe- 
cial topics of much practical importance is contin- 
ually becoming available. Since the content 
changes, re-registration may be permitted. 



graduate school / 159 



ENNU 655, 656. RADIATION ENGINEERING (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An analysis 
of such radiation applications as synthesizing chem- 
icals, preserving foods, control of industrial pro- 
cesses, design of irradiation installations, e.g., co- 
balt 60 gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine 
arrangement, and chemonuclear reactors. 

ENNU 667. RADIATION EFFECTS LABORATORY (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Effect of mas- 
sive doses of radiation on the properties of matter 
for purposes other than those pointed toward nu- 
clear power. Radiation processing, radiation-in- 
duced chemical reactions, and conversion of radia- 
tion energy; isotope power sources. 

ENNU 671, 672. NUCLEAR REACTOR LABORA- 
TORY (3, 3) 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, permission of instructor. The Universi- 
ty of Maryland swimming pool reactor is employed 
in experiments on reactor start-up and operation, 
shielding, control, neutron flux distributions, neutron 
and gamma spectrum, cross section measurements. 

ENNU 720. NEUTRAL PARTICLE TRANSPORT 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, ENNU 630 or permission of instructor. 
Transport equations for neutrons and gamma rays. 
Infinite space and Milne problems. Spherical har- 
monic and variational methods. Special methods of 
solving transport equations. 

ENNU 730. RADIATION SHIELDING AND ENERGY 

DEPOSITION (3) 
Prerequisite, ENNU 630 or permission of instructor. 
A study of the interactions of nuclear radiations with 
matter. Includes electron, gamma and neutron at- 
tenuation, dose calculations, chemical changes, 
heat generation and removal in shields. 

ENNU 740. NUCLEAR REACTOR DYNAMICS (3) 
Prerequisite, ENNU 640. Principles of reactor con- 
trol and operation. Neutron kinetics, temperature 
and coolant flow effects, transfer function, stochas- 
tic processes. Stability analysis. Accident calcula- 
tions. Use of analog computer or simulation and 
problem solving. 

ENNU 761. NUCLEAR FUEL AND WASTE 

PROCESSING (3) 
Three lectures a week. Processing of nuclear fuel 
and treatment of nuclear waste. Includes: proces- 
sing of uranium, thorium, and other ores; chemical 
separation of plutonium, uranium, fission products 
and other elements from materials irradiated in nu- 
clear reactors; treatment of radioactive wastes; iso- 
topic separation of U235; and isotopic separation of 
heavy water and other materials. 

ENNU 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

ENNU 840. NUCLEAR REACTOR DESIGN (3) 

Prerequisite, ENNU 630 or consent of instructor. The 
design features of nuclear reactor systems. The pre- 
liminary design of a reactor is carried out by the 
student. Core design including heat transfer, con- 
trol system, safety systems and shielding. Standard 
computer programs are utilized throughout. 



ENNU 860. FAST REACTOR ENGINEERING (3) 
Prerequisite, ENNU 630. Engineering and physics 
problems of fast reactors. Neutron economy and 
breeding. Transport theory based on neutronic core 
design. Liquid metal and gaseous coolant heat 
transfer. Aspects of fast reactor plant design. 

ENNU 899. DOCTORAL THESIS RESEARCH (1-8) 

NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Keeney (Chemistry) 

Professors: Davis, King, Mattick, Vandersall, Williams 
(Dairy Science): Leffel, Young (Animal Science): 
Holmlund, Keeney, Rollinson, Veitch (Chemistry); 
Prather (Food, Nutrition, and Instituttion Administra- 
tion); Shaffner (Poultry Science) 

Associate Professors: Lakshmanan, Sampugna (Chem- 
istry); Ahrens, Butler, Cox. Eheart, Hopkins (Food, 
Nutrition, and Institution Administration): Thomas 
(Poultry Science) 

Assistant Professors: Debarthe (Animal Science); Bull 
(Dairy Science); Berdanier, Eheart. Sanford (Food, 
Nutrition, and Institution Administration): Soares 
(Poultry Science) 

The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers 
study leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. It is an interdepartmental pro- 
gram involving faculty in the Departments of Animal 
Science, Dairy Science, Chemistry, Food, Nutrition 
and Institution Administration, and Poultry Science. 
The student may undertake studies in any phase of 
nutrition. 

Students interested in the program should contact 
the Chairman of the program for information on spe- 
cific requirements. 

NUSC 402. FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION (3) 
Three lectures per week. A study of the fundamen- 
tal role of all nutrients in the body, including their 
digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- 
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of 
laboratory and farm animals and man will be con- 
sidered. This course will be for both graduate and 
undergraduate credit, with additional assignments 
given to the graduate students. (Soares) 

NUSC 403. APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 110, NUSC 402 or permission 
of instructor. A critical study of those factors which 
influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, 
swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and 
procedures used in formulation of economically 
efficient ratios will be presented. (Vandersall) 

NUSC 415. MATERNAL, INFANT AND CHILD 

NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. Nutritional needs of the mother, in- 
fant and child and the relation of nutrition to phy- 
sical and mental growth. (Butler) 

NUSC 425. INTERNATIONAL NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, course in basic 
nutrition. Nutritional status of world population and 



160 / graduate school 



local, national, and international programs for im- 
provement. 

NUSC 435. HISTORY OF NUTRITION (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition. A study of the development of the 
knowledge of nutrition and its interrelationship with 
social and economic development. 

NUSC 450. ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION (3) 
Two lectures and one 2-hour laboratory. Prere- 
quisites NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461, 462 or 
concurrent registration or permission of instructor. 
A critical study of the physiological and metabolic 
influences on nutrient utilization, particular empha- 
sis on current problems in human nutrition. 

(Ahrens) 

NUSC 460. THERAPEUTIC HUMAN NUTRITION (3) 
Prerequisite, NUSC 402 or NUTR 300. Two lectures 
and laboratory period per week. Modification of nor- 
mal adequate diet to meet human nutritional needs 
in pathological conditions. 

NUSC 600. RECENT PROGRESS IN HUMAN 

NUTRITION (3) 
Three lectures per week. Recent developments in 
the science of nutrition with emphasis on inter- 
pretation for application in health and disease. 

(Butler) 

NUSC 601. ADVANCED RUMINANT NUTRITION (2) 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, permission of department. Bio- 
chemical, physiological and bacteriological aspects 
of the nutrition of ruminants and other animals. 

(Vandersall) 

NUSC 603. MINERAL METABOLISM (3) 
Presentation of basic nutritional data on mineral 
metabolism with emphasis on interactions of min- 
erals. Trace elements will be given special attention. 
The role of minerals in metabolic regulation is 
stressed. Two one-hour lectures/one two-hour dis- 
cussion period. Also listed as ANSC 603. (Bull) 

NUSC 604. VITAMINS (2) (Soares) 

NUSC 610. READINGS IN NUTRITION (1-3) 
Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461 
or consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2-hour 
laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal ener- 
getics with quantitative descriptions of energy re- 
quirements and utilization. 



NUSC 612. ENERGY NUTRITION (2) 



(Leffel) 



NUSC 614. PROTEINS (2) 
One lecture and one 2-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, and CHEM 
461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of 
the roles of amino acids in nutrition and metabol- 
ism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism, cata- 
bolism and amino acid balance. (Leffel) 

NUSC 620. NUTRITION FOR COMMUNITY 

SERVICES (3) 
Three lectures per week. Application of the princi- 
ples of nutrition to community problems of specific 
groups. Students may select problems for indepen- 
dent study. 



NUSC 663. NUTRITION LABORATORY (2-3) 
One lecture and one laboratory period per week. 
To acquaint students with basic techniques in nutri- 
tion research. Feeding trials with animals as well 
as microbiological and chemical assays are per- 
formed. Independent study of an assigned nutrition 
problem required for 3 credits. (Soares) 

NUSC 670. INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM IN 

NUTRITION (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, NUSC 402 
or NUTR 300, CHEM 461 or 462. The major routes of 
carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism with par- 
ticular emphasis on metabolic shifts and their de- 
tection and significance in nutrition. (Ahrens) 

NUSC 680. HUMAN NUTRITIONAL STATUS (3) 
Methods of appraisal of human nutritional status, to 
include dietary, biochemical and anthropometric 
techniques. 

NUSC 698. SEMINAR IN NUTRITION (1-3) 
A study in depth of a selected phase of nutrition. 

NUSC 699. PROBLEMS IN NUTRITION (1-4) 

NUSC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Students will be required to pursue original re- 
search in some phase of nutrition, carrying the 
same to completion, and reporting the results in the 
form of a thesis. 

NUSC 898. COLLOQUIUM IN NUTRITION (1) 

Oral reports on special topics or recently published 
research in nutrition. Distinguished scientists are 
invited as guest lectures. A maximum of three cred- 
its allowed for the M.S. 

NUSC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-8) 

Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Students will be required to pursue original re- 
search in some phase of nutrition, carrying the 
same to completion, and reporting the results in the 
form of a dissertation. 



ORIENTAL AND HEBREW COURSES 

HEBREW 

HEBR 421. THE HEBREW BIBLE (3) 

Selected readings from the Torah and commen- 
taries. The Bible in the context of the civilizations of 
the ancient Middle East. Comparison of the essen- 
tial elements of Israelite religion and contemporary 
paganism. Major concepts of Jewish thought de- 
rived by traditional commentators from analysis of 
the Biblical text. Emphasis upon the ideas of the 
Bible, the human problems which it attempts to an- 
swer, and the institutions which embody those ideas. 

(Greenberg) 

HEBR 422. THE HEBREW BIBLE (3) 

Continuation of HEBR 421. (Greenberg) 

HEBR 431. MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY 

HEBREW LITERATURE (3) 
The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment and the 
period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). (Iwry) 



graduate school / 161 



HEBR 432. MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY 

HEBREW LITERATURE (3) 
Readings in problems facing modern man as re- 
flected in the writings of Agnon, Burla, Berkowitz. 
Mosensohn, etc. Training in literary criticism. Read- 
ing of periodicals dealing with modern literary 
criticism. (Iwry) 

HEBR 441. STUDIES IN CLASSICAL HEBREW (3) 
Linguistic peculiarities of classical Hebrew style 
from pre-Biblical epigraphic records to the Dead 
Sea Scrolls. Applies the method of literary form 
criticism to poetry and songs, cultic formulae, his- 
torical annals and narratives. Prerequisite, HEBR 
301. (Iwry) 

HEBR 442. STUDIES IN CLASSICAL HEBREW (3) 
Pentateuchal source analysis, prophetic oracles, 
Biblical law in comparison with other ancient codes, 
wisdom literature, the Apocalyptic form and the 
Manual of Discipline of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Pre- 
requisite, HEBR 301. (Iwry) 



CHINESE 

CHIN 401. READINGS FROM CHINESE HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, CHIN 302 or equivalent. Based on an- 
thology of historians from the Chou to the Ching 
Dynasties. 

CHIN 402. READINGS FROM CHINESE HISTORY (3) 
Prerequisite, CHIN 302 or equivalent. Based on an- 
thology of historians from the Chou to the Ching 
Dynasties. 



CHIN 403. CLASSICAL CHINESE I 

Prerequisite. CHIN 302 or equivalent. Introductory 
classical Chinese using literary and historical 
sources in the original language. 

CHIN 404. CLASSICAL CHINESE II 

Prerequisite. CHIN 302 or equivalent. Further clas- 
sical studies by various writers from famous ancient 
philosophers to prominent scholars before the New 
Culture Movement. 

CHIN 411. CHINESE CIVILIZATION (3) 
Ths course supplements GEOG 422; Cultural Geog- 
raphy of China and Japan. It deals with Chinese lit- 
erature, art, folklore, history, government, and great 
men. The course is given in English. 

CHIN 412. CHINESE CIVILIZATION (3) 

Developments in China since 1911. The course is 
given in English. 

CHIN 413. SURVEY OF CHINESE LITERATURE IN 

TRANSLATION I 

The background and development of Chinese litera- 
ture from the earliest philosophical writings through 
the poetry of the Sung Dynasty (13th century A.D.). 

CHIN 414. SURVEY OF CHINESE LITERATURE IN 

TRANSLATION II 

Yuan Dynasty drama through Ming and Ching novels 
and essays to the modern and revolutionary short 
stories, essays and poetry of the twentieth century 
China. 

CHIN 421. CHINESE LINGUISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite. CHIN 102 or equivalent. 

CHIN 422. CHINESE LINGUISTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent. 




TAPING A NATIONAL THEATRE OF JAPAN PERFORMANCE 
Department of Speech and Dramatic Art 



162 / graduate school 



PHILOSOPHY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Gorovitz 

Professors: Pasch, Perkins, Schlaretzki, Svenonius 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Lesher, Martin, 
Svenonius 

Assistant Professors: Johnson, Kress, Odell, Varnedoe 

The Department of Philosophy offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees, with 
emphasis on the methodology and problems of con- 
temporary British and American philosophy, espe- 
cially in theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and ethics. 
Programs of study in existentialism and phenomenol- 
ogy are not available. 

The student works closely with a committee having 
both advisory and tutorial functions, in arranging and 
pursuing a program leading to qualification for Ph.D. 
candidacy. There is considerable flexibility in the pro- 
grams of study available to the student, the primary 
requirement being that he qualify in two or three areas 
of philosophy. In order to qualify in a given area, the 
student must demonstrate to his committee an ade- 
quate breadth of knowledge in the area and the ability 
to write philosophical essays suitable for publication. 

Foreign language skills are required only insofar 
as demanded by the student's research. Knowledge of 
the language of symbolic logic is required of all stu- 
dents early in their course of study. 

An accelerated program for exceptionally promising 
and well-prepared students permits early concentra- 
tion on the dissertation subject. 

The student has seven semesters in which to com- 
plete his qualifications for candidacy. A maximum of 
four years thereafter is allowed for completion of the 
dissertation. In the accelerated program the disserta- 
tion must be accepted no later than five years after 
the student enters the program. 

M.A. students pursue the degree (on a thesis or 
nonthesis option) according to the same tutorial-ad- 
visory plan as Ph.D. students, but have different speci- 
fic qualification and course requirements. 

Students seeking admission should have completed, 
with a high grade average, at least eighteen semester 
hours (or the equivalent) of philosophy, including one 
course in logic, two courses in the history of philoso- 
phy, and two courses from the following areas: ethics, 
epistemology, and metaphysics. The Graduate Record 
Examination Aptitude Test (verbal and quantitative 
sections) is required. Applications must be supported 
by two or three letters of recommendation from pre- 
vious instructors, at least one of whom is familiar with 
the applicant's work in philosophy. The applicant is 
also requested to submit an example of his written 
work on a philosophic topic. The letters and paper, as 
well as the scores, should be sent directly to the De- 
partment of Philosophy. 

A brochure which describes the program in greater 
detail is available from the department. 

PHIL 408. TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY 
PHILOSOPHY (3) 
Prerequisite, PHIL 320. An intensive examination 



of contemporary problems and issues. Source ma- 
terial will be selected from recent books and arti- 
cles. May be repeated for credit when the topics 
dealt with are different. 

PHIL 412. THE PHILOSOPHY OF PLATO (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study 
of selected dialogues. (Lesher) 

PHIL 414. THE PHILOSOPHY OF ARISTOTLE (3) 
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study 
of selected portions of Aristotle's writings. 

(Lesher) 

PHIL 416. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 or 320. A history of philoso- 
phic thought in the West from the close of the 
classical period to the Renaissance. Based on read- 
ings of the Stoics, early Christian writers, Neo- 
platonists, later Christian writers, and Schoolmen. 

PHIL 421. THE CONTINENTAL RATIONALISTS 
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of 
the systems of some of the major 17th and 18th 
Century rationalists, with special reference to Des- 
cartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. 

PHIL 422. THE BRITISH EMPIRICISTS (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of 
selected writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. 

(Varnedoe) 

PHIL 423. THE PHILOSOPHY OF KANT (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of 
selected portions of Kant's writings. 

PHIL 428. TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF 

PHILOSOPHY (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320, or consent of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit when the 
topics dealt with are different. 

PHIL 440. ETHICAL THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 140. Contemporary problems 
having to do with the meaning of the principal 
concepts of ethics and with the nature of moral 
reasoning (Schlaretzki) 

PHIL 445. POLITICAL AND SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY (3) 
Prerequisite: PHIL 140 or 345. A systematic treat- 
ment of the main philosophical issues encountered 
in the analysis and evaluation of social (especially 
political) institutions. 

(Johnson, Schlaretzki) 

PHIL 447. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. Examination 
of fundamental concepts related to law, e.g., legal 
system, law and morality, justice, legal reasoning, 
responsibility. (Johnson) 

PHIL 455. PHILOSOPHY OF THE SOCIAL 

SCIENCES (3) 

Prerequisites, six hours in social science or con- 
sent of instructor. A discusion of several of the 
following topics: The nature of laws and explanation 
in the social sciences; the relation of the social 
sciences to mathematics, logic, and the natural sci- 
ences; the role of value judgments in the social 



graduate school / 163 



sciences; the relation of social science to social 
policy; problems of methodology. 

PHIL 457. PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY (3) 
An examination of the nature of historical knowl- 
edge and historical explanation, and of theories of 
the meaning of world history. (Martin) 

PHIL 458. TOPICS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF 

SCIENCE (3) 
Prerequisite, PHIL 250 or consent of instructor. De- 
tailed examination of some basic issues in the 
methodology and conceptual structure of scientific 
inquiry. To be investigated are such topics as con- 
firmation theory, structure and function of scientific 
theories, scientific explanation, concept formation. 
and theoretical reduction. (Suppe) 

PHIL 461. THEORY OF MEANING (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 170 or 271, and 320. A study of 
theories about the meaning of linguistic expressions, 
including the verification theory and the theory of 
meaning as use. Among topics to be considered 
are naming, referring, synonymy, intension and ex- 
tension, and ontological commitment. Such writers 
as Mill, Frege, Russell, Lewis, Carnap, Wittgenstein. 
Austin, and Quine will be discussed. (Kress, Odell) 

PHIL 462. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 271 is rec- 
ommended. The origin, nature, and validity of 
knowledge considered in terms of some philosophic 
problems about perceiving and thinking, knowledge 
and belief, thought and language, truth and con- 
firmation. (Brown, Kress, Odell, Pasch) 

PHIL 464. METAPHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 271 is recom- 
mended. A study of some central metaphysical con- 
cepts (such as substance, relation, causality, and 
time) and of the nature of metaphysical thinking. 

(Pasch) 

PHIL 466. PHILOSOPHY OF MIND (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 320. An inquiry into the nature 
of mind through the analysis of such concepts as 
consciousness, perception, understanding, imagina- 
tion, emotion, invention, and action. (Perkins) 

PHIL 471. SYMBOLIC LOGIC II (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 271 or consent of instructor. 
Axiomatic development of the propositional cal- 
culus and the first-order functional calculus, includ- 
ing the deduction theorem, independence of axioms, 
consistency, and completeness. (Svenonius) 

PHIL 474. INDUCTION AND PROBABILITY (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of in- 
ferential forms, with emphasis on the logical struc- 
ture underlying such inductive procedures as esti- 
mating and hypothesis-testing. Decision-theoretic 
rules relating to induction will be considered, as 
well as classic theories of probability and induction. 

PHIL 478. TOPICS IN SYMBOLIC LOGIC (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 471. May be repeated for credit 
when the topics dealt with are different. 

(Svenonius) 

PHIL 498. TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS (1-3) 

PHIL 499. TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS (1-3) 



PHIL 688. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN 
PHILOSOPHY (1-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 788. RESEARCH IN PHILOSOPHY (1-6) 

PHIL 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

PHIL 808. SEMINAR IN THE PROBLEMS OF 
PHILOSOPHY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 828. SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
PHILOSOPHY (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 838. SEMINAR IN ESTHETICS (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 848. SEMINAR IN ETHICS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 868. SEMINAR IN METAPHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 869. SEMINAR IN THE THEORY OF 
KNOWLEDGE (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

PHIL 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Husman 
Professors: Clarke, Eyler, Humphrey, Kramer 
Associate Professors: Church, Dotson, Hult, Ingram, 

Kelley, Love,' Santa Maria, Steel 
Assistant Professors: Fringer, Johnson, Tyler, Vander- 

Velden, Wrenn • 

' joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The graduate student majoring in Physical Educa- 
tion may pursue the degrees of Master of Arts, Doc- 
tor of Education, or Doctor of Philosophy. The two 
major objectives of these programs are: (1) to study 
the discipline of physical education, that is, to study 
the effects of physical activity on man from a histori- 
cal, physiological, kinesiological, philosophical, social 
and psychological point of view; (2) to acquaint the 
student with the pedagogy of physical education, to 
improve the quality of teaching, and to offer the stu- 
dent ways to improve the administration and super- 
vision of programs in schools and colleges. 

A student may pursue study in exercise physiology, 
kinesiology, motor learning, sport sociology, sport his- 
tory and philosophy, or elementary or secondary cur- 
riculum-supervision-administration. 

In addition to the minimum requirements of The 
Graduate School, adequate preparation in physical 
education from an accredited institution is required. 
This preparation should include, but not be limited 
to, such upper division requirements as kinesiology, 
exercise physiology, measurement and evaluation, 
history and philosophy of physical education. In addi- 
tion, a background in mathematics, physical and/or 
biological sciences, and the behavioral sciences is 
required. 



164 / graduate school 



All students are required to take a preliminary ex- 
amination, the Graduate Diagnostic Examination, dur- 
ing the first regular semester or summer session of a 
student's enrollment. This examination includes six 
sections: tests and measurement, kinesiology, phy- 
siology of exercise, adapted physical education, psy- 
chology of learning and history of physical education. 
Competency must be attained in each of these areas 
by course work, independent study, or reexamination. 

All Master of Arts students are required to take 
courses in methods of research and in statistics and 
to write and successfully defend a thesis. 

The department maintains a modern research lab- 
oratory for physical education, including, but not 
limited to, cinematographic analysis, cardio-vascular 
measurement, strength and other motor fitness assess- 
ment, analysis of motion, and motor learning research. 
The department also possesses several of the most 
modern computers and a direct teletype link to the 
University Computer Science Center. 

PHED 400. KINESIOLOGY (4) 
Three lectures and two laboratory hours a week. 
Prerequisites, ZOOL 101, 201, and 202 or the equi- 
valent. The study of human movement and the phy- 
sical and physiological principles upon which it 
depends. Body mechanics, posture, motor efficien- 
cy, sports, the performance of atypical individuals, 
and the influence of growth and development upon 
motor performance are studied. 

PHED 420. PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR THE 

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) 
Orientation of the general elementary teacher to 
physical education. Principles and practices in ele- 
mentary physical education are discussed and a 
variety of appropriate activities are considered. 

PHED 450. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORTS (3) 
Three hours a week. An exploration of the per- 
sonality factors, including, but not limited to mo- 
tivation, aggression and emotion, as they affect 
sports participation and motor skill performance. 

PHED 455. PHYSICAL FITNESS OF THE 

INDIVIDUAL (3) 
A study of the major physical fitness problems con- 
fronting the adult in modern society. Consideration 
is given to the scientific appraisal, development, 
and maintenance of fitness at all age levels. Such 
problems as obesity, weight reduction, chronic fati- 
gue, posture, and special exercise programs are 
explored. Open to persons outside the profession 
of physical education. 

PHED 460. PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE (3) 
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. 
Prerequisites, ZOOL 101, 201 and 202; PHED 400 or 
equivalent. A study of the physiology of exercise, 
including concepts of work, muscular contraction, 
energy transformation, metabolism, oxygen debt, 
and nutrition and athletic performance. Emphasis 
is placed on cardiovascular and respiratory func- 
tion in relation to physical activity and training. 

PHED 480. MEASUREMENT IN PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION (3) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, MATH 105 or 110. A study of the prin- 



ciples and techniques of educational measurement 
as applied to teaching of physical education; study 
of the functions and techniques of measurement in 
the evaluation of student progress toward the ob- 
jectives of physical education and in the evalua- 
tion of the effectiveness of teaching. 

PHED 485. MOTOR LEARNING AND SKILLED 

PERFORMANCE (3) 

Prerequisites, PHED 480 and PSYC 100. A study 
of the research dealing with motor learning and 
motor performance. Major topics discussed are 
scientific methodology, individual differences, spe- 
cificity, proprioceptive control of movement, motiva- 
tion, timing, transfer, and retention. 

PHED 487. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT IN 

CONTEMPORARY CULTURES (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 
equivalent. A study of the cultural impact of physical 
education activities in the United States and se- 
lected countries. Individual research on selected 
topics is required. 

PHED 489. FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND 

WORKSHOP (1-6) 
Workshops and research projects in special areas 
of knowledge not covered by regularly structured 
courses. NOTE: The maximum total number of cred- 
its that may be earned toward any degree in Phy- 
sical Education is six. 

PHED 490. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 
The application of the principles of administration 
and supervision to physical education. Students are 
normally enrolled during the student teaching se- 
mester. 

PHED 491. THE CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 
Techniques, planning and construction are consid- 
ered from a standpoint of valid criteria for the 
selection of content in elementary school physical 
education. Desirable features of cooperative cur- 
riculum planning in providing for learning experi- 
ences will be presented and discussed. 

PHED 493. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF 
SPORT AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 

History and philosophical implications of sport and 
physical education through Ancient, Medieval, and 
contemporary periods in Western civilization. 

PHED 495. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 
OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION 
(3) 
Prerequisite, PHED 420. Studies the procedures 
basic to satisfactory organization of all phases of 
the elementary school physical education program. 
Emphasis is placed on the organizational and ad- 
ministrative factors necessary for the successful 
operation of the program in various types of elemen- 
tary schools. 

PHED 496. QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3) 
Statistical techniques most frequently used in re- 
search pertaining to physical education. Effort is 
made to provide the student with the necessary 



graduate school / 165 



skills, and to acquaint him with the interpretations 
and applications of these techniques. 

PHED 600. SEMINAR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1) 

PHED 602. STATUS AND TRENDS IN ELEMENTARY 

SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 
Analyzes the current status and implications for 
future trends in physical education at the elemen- 
tary school level. Open to experienced persons in 
all phases of education. 

PHED 604. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHILD (3) 
Analyzes the place of physical education in meet- 
ing the growth and developmental needs of children 
of elementary school age. 

PHED 606. PERCEPTUAL-MOTOR DEVELOPMENT 

THROUGH PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 

A study of the development of perceptual-motor 
skills through directed physical activities. An in- 
vestigation of the growth and development of per- 
ceptual-motor programs. Analysis of common fac- 
tors and differences between selected programs 
and philosophies. Evaluation in perceptual-motor 
development. 

PHED 610. METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF 

RESEARCH (3) 
Studies methods and techniques of research used 
in physical education; an analysis of examples of 
their use and practice in their application to prob- 
lems of interest to the student. 

PHED 612. RESEARCH LITERATURE (3) 
Studies the research literature of physical educa- 
tion, plus research in one specific problem. 

PHED 615. PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES OF 

EVALUATION (3) 

Prerequisite, an introductory course in measurement 
or permission of the instructor. A study of currently 
used means of evaluating the performances of stu- 
dents and the effectiveness of programs of physical 
education in schools and colleges. Specific prob- 
lems concerning evaluation, brought in by members 
of the class, will be analyzed. 

PHED 620. ANALYSIS OF CONTEMPORARY 

ATHLETICS (3) 
Studies current problems, practices, and national 
issues of permanent importance to the conduct of 
athletic competition in a democracy. 

PHED 630. SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT IN 

CONTEMPORARY PERSPECTIVE (3) 
Studies social organization and the role of individ- 
uals and groups in sport situations; the interrelation- 
ship of sport with traditional social institutions; 
sport as a sub-system and its structure; and sport 
and social problems. 

PHED 640. SUPERVISORY TECHNIQUES IN 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 
Studies current concepts, principles and techniques 
of supervision and of their application; observation 
of available supervising programs, including visits 
with local supervisors; and practice in the use of 
selected techniques. 



PHED 642. ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTION OF 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 
Analyzes administrative problems in the light of 
sound educational practice. Students concentrate 
their efforts upon their own on-the-job administra- 
tive problems and contribute to the solution of other 
class members' problems. 

PHED 644. CURRICULUM CONSTRUCTION IN 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) 

Studies the principles underlying curticulum con- 
struction in physical education and the practical 
applications of these principles to the construction 
of a curriculum. 

PHED 650. MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL ASPECTS 

OF SPORTS AND RECREATION (3) 

Prerequisites, Psychology and/or Human Develop- 
ment. An exploration of psychological aspects of 
physical education, sports and recreation, including 
personality dynamics in relation to exercise and 
sports. A study is made of the psychological factors 
in athletic performance and coaching. 

PHED 660. PHILOSOPHY OF PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION (3) 
Studies five important philosophical disciplines and 
their impact on modern physical education and 
sport; and an exploration of the valid philosophical 
approaches and processes to formulation of a per- 
sonal philosophy of physical education. 

PHED 662. HISTORY OF SPORT IN WESTERN 

CULTURE (3) 

Prerequisites, PHED 493 or equivalent and 12 hours 
in upper division level courses involving Western 
culture. A history of sport of the early and Medieval 
periods. 

PHED 663. HISTORY OF SPORT IN WESTERN 

CULTURE (3) 

Prerequisites, PHED 493 or equivalent and 12 hours 
in upper division level courses involving Western 
culture. A history of sport of the Renaissance and 
modern periods. 

PHED 688. SEMINAR IN MOTOR LEARNING AND 

PERFORMANCE (3) 
Prerequisites, PHED 485 and 496. Discussion of re- 
search dealing with advanced topics in motor 
learning and skilled performance. Recent develop- 
ments concerning individual differences, refrac- 
toriness, anticipation and timing, transfer, retention, 
and work inhibition are emphasized. May be re- 
peated for a total of 6 hours. 

PHED 689. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION (1-6) 
Master's or Doctoral candidates who desire to pur- 
sue special research problems under the direction 
of their advisor may register for 1-6 hours of credit 
under this number. 

PHED 690. SCIENTIFIC BASES OF EXERCISE (3) 
Prerequisites, Anatomy, Physiology, PHED 400, 460, 
or equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of phy- 
sical exercise in modern society with attention given 
to such topics as the need for physical exercise, 
its chronic effects, the role of exercise in attaining 
good physical condition and fitness, factors deter- 



166 / graduate school 



mining championship performances, and physical 
fatigue. 

PHED 775. ADVANCED ANALYSIS OF HUMAN 

MOTION (3) 

Prerequisites, PHED 400, 460, college algebra or 
equivalent or by permission of instructor. A re- 
search oriented kinesiological analysis of human 
movement as it relates to sports and the activities 
of daily living. The analysis is accomplished by 
means of various measurement procedures includ- 
ing cinematography, electronic timing devices and 
similar instruments. 

PHED 789. ADVANCED SEMINAR (1-3) 

Studies the current problems and trends in selected 
fields of physical education. 

PHED 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

PHED 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



PHYSICS PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Laster 

Professors: Alley, Banerjee, Bhagat, Brill, Day, David- 
son, Dorfman,' 5 Ferrell, Friedman, Glasser, 1 Glover, 
Greenberg, Griem, Griffin, Hayward, Holmgren, 
Hornyak, Koch, Krall, Levinson, MacDonald, Marion, 
McDonald, Misner, Myers, Oneda, Pati, Prange, 
Pugh, Rado, Reiser,- Slawsky, Snow, Sucher, Trivel- 
piece, Wall, Weber, Yodh, G. T. Zorn. 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Bardasis, Beall, Ben- 
nett, Currie, De Silva, Dixon, Dragt, Earl, Falk, Fivel, 
Glick, Gloeckler, Kacser, H. Kim,- Y. S. Kim, Koren- 
man, Minkiewicz, Roos, Roush/' Steinberg, Stephen- 
son, Woo, B. S. Zorn 

Assistant Professors: Brayshaw, C. Y. Chang, Chant, 
Connors, Drew, Ellsworth, Glosser, Greene, Gowdy, 
Hill, Korenman, Layman, 4 Martin, Mead, O'Gallagher, 
Pechacek, Redish, Richard 

1 joint appointment with Computer Science 
-joint appointment with Electrical Engineering 

3 joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Mathematics 

4 joint appointment with Secondary Education 
•"■ joint appointment with Chemical Engineering 

Because of the large number of qualified applicants, 
the Department of Physics and Astronomy has had to 
restrict formal admission to The Graduate School to 
those who have shown particularly outstanding work 
in their undergraduate records, or who have already 
done satisfactory work in key senior- level courses 
at the University of Maryland. Students who have less 
outstanding records but who, because of exceptional 
circumstances, show special promise may be given 
provisional admission, with regular admission pend- 
ing the satisfactory completion of existing deficien- 
cies. Each student so admitted will be informed by 
an assigned departmental advisor what background 
he is lacking, and what he must accomplish to achieve 
regular admission. The University of Maryland hopes 
in this way to offer an opportunity for advanced study 
in Physics and Astronomy to all qualified students. 

Entering graduate students are normally expected 
to have strong backgrounds in physics, including 



courses in the intermediate level in mechanics, elec- 
tricity and magnetism, thermodynamics, physical op- 
tics, and modern physics. A student with deficiences 
in one or more of these areas may be admitted, but 
will be expected to remedy such deficiencies as soon 
as possible. 

The department offers both thesis and non-thesis 
M.S. programs. The departmental requirements for 
the non-thesis option include at least four courses 
of the general physics sequence, PHYS 601, 602, 604, 
606, 622 and 623, plus the graduate lab, PHYS 621, 
unless specifically exempted; a research paper as 
evidence of ability to organize and present a scholar- 
ly report on contemporary research; the passing at 
an appropriate level of one section of the Ph.D. quali- 
fying exam; and the passing of a final oral examina- 
tion. 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy has ac- 
tive programs in several areas of current research. 
Those in astronomy are listed under the heading of 
Astronomy. Those in the physics program include: 
astrophysics, atomic physics, chemical physics, ele- 
mentary particle theory, fluid dynamics, general 
relativity, high energy physics, many-body theory, 
molecular physics, nuclear physics, particle accelerator 
research, plasma physics, quantum electronics and 
optics, quantum field theory, solid state physics, space 
physics, and statistical mechanics. 

The requirements for the Master of Science degree 
with thesis include at least four courses of the gen- 
eral physics sequence plus, for students presenting a 
theoretical thesis, the graduate laboratory unless spe- 
cially exempted; and the passing of an oral examina- 
tion including a defense of thesis. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. in Physics are set in 
general terms to allow the individual student as much 
freedom as possible in preparing a course of study 
suited to individual needs. These requirements are: 
competence in basic physics indicated by satisfac- 
tory performance on a Qualifying Examination and 
in the Graduate Laboratory; advanced course study 
outside the student's field of specialization consisting 
of at least two courses (6 credits) in physics at the 
700 or 800 level and two courses (6 credits) recogniz- 
ed for graduate credit given outside the physics pro- 
gram (this may include astronomy); and research com- 
petence through active participation in at least two 
hours of seminar, 12 hours of thesis research and the 
presentation and defense of an original dissertation. 

The University of Maryland is located within the 
metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., where it en- 
joys the proximity of a large number of outstanding 
institutions such as NASA's Goddard Space Flight 
Center, the Naval Research Laboratory, the Naval Ord- 
nance Laboratory, the National Bureau of Standards, 
the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory, the 
Atomic Energy Commission, the National Institutes of 
Health, the Library of Congress, and other Federal in- 
stitutions. The department has close ties with certain 
research groups at some of these institutions. 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers 
off-campus courses at convenient times and places 
so as to accommodate the greatest number of stu- 
dents. In order to facilitate graduate study in the 
Washington area, the department has part-time pro- 
fessors in certain government laboratories. All Mas- 
ter of Science candidates must take at least three 



graduate school / 167 



credits of their graduate work on the College Park 
campus; for the Doctor of Philosophy degree, stu- 
dents must complete on the College Park campus at 
least 18 credits. Normally, students will complete a 
much greater proportion of their graduate study on 
the College Park campus. At government agencies 
where there is no part-time professor, employees de- 
siring to do graduate work in physics should contact 
a member of the graduate faculty in the department. 

For complete information, students should write to 
the Graduate Entrance Committee, Department of 
Physics and Astronomy. 

PHYS 400. BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHYSICS I (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing. A primarily descriptive 
course in two semesters, intended mainly for those 
students in the liberal arts who have not had any 
other course in physics. This course does not serve 
as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics 
courses. The main emphasis is on the concepts of 
physics, their evolution and their relation to other 
branches of human endeavor. 

PHYS 401. BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHYSICS II (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 400 or consent of instructor. 

PHYS 404. INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL 

MECHANICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 271 and 321, or 284 or 263; 
MATH 241 previously or concurrently. Fundamentals 
and selected advanced topics of physical mech- 
anics. Vector differential calculus will be used. For 
students starting physics without calculus, this 
course serves as part of the series of PHYS 271, 
321, 404, 405, to provide terminal courses in gen- 
eral physics for physical science majors. 

PHYS 405. INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL 

ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 284, or 263 or 321; MATH 241. 
After MATH 241 this course may be taken concur- 
rently with PHYS 404. Intermediate electricity and 
magnetism and electromagnetic waves (optics). 
Vector differential calculus is used throughout. 

PHYS 406. OPTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 263 or 284; and MATH 240; or 
consent of the instructor. Geometrical optics, optical 
instruments, wave motion, interference and diffrac- 
tion, and other phenomena in physical optics. 

PHYS 407. SOUND (3) 
(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Prere- 
quisite, PHYS 122, 142 or 263, MATH 240 is to be 
taken concurrently. 

PHYS 410. ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS 

—MECHANICS (4) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 263, 284, 404 and 405; also 
MATH 241; or consent of instructor. A study of the 
theoretical foundations of mechanics, with extensive 
application of the methods. Also various mathema- 
tical tools of theoretical physics. 

PHYS 411. ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS 

—ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM (4) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the foundations of electromagnetic 
theory, with extensive application of the methods. 



Thorough treatment of wave properties of solutions 
of Maxwell's equations. 

PHYS 412. KINETIC THEORY OF GASES (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 404 and 405 or PHYS 410 and 
MATH 240 or equivalent. Dynamics of gas particles, 
Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, diffusion, Brownian 
motion, etc. 

PHYS 414. INTRODUCTION TO 

THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

(3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 240, PHYS 284 or 404 or con- 
sent of the instructor. Introduction of basic concepts 
in thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. 

PHYS 420. MODERN PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS (3) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 263 or 284 or 404 and 405; 
MATH 241 or consent of instructor. A survey of 
atomic and nuclear phenomena and the main trends 
in modern physics. This course is appropriate for 
students in engineering and other physical sciences. 
It should not be taken in addition to PHYS 421. 

PHYS 421. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN 

PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 284 or equivalent; MATH 241 
including some knowledge of ordinary differential 
equations. Introductory discussion of special rela- 
tivity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom, wave 
mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra. 

PHYS 422. MODERN PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 421. This course uses the basic 
ideas of quantum mechanics and special relativity 
to discuss the characteristics of many diverse sub- 
jects including complex atoms, molecules, solids, 
nuclei and elementary particles. 

PHYS 423. ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 420 or 421; MATH 246; and a 
level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to 
that of a student who has taken PHYS 410 and 411, 
or ENEE 380 and 382. The quantum theory is pre- 
sented in a rigorous way including the concepts of 
operators, measurements and angular momentum. 
These concepts together with the Schroedinger 
Equation are then applied to some basic problems 
in atomic and molecular physics. 

PHYS 429. ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS 
LABORATORY (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 365 and consent of instructor. 

Classical experiments in atomic physics and more 

sophisticated experiments in current techniques in 

nuclear physics. 

PHYS 431. PROPERTIES OF MATTER (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 420 or 421. 
Introduction to solid state physics. Electromagnetic, 
thermal, and elastic properties of metals, semicon- 
ductors and insulators. 

PHYS 441. NUCLEAR PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 420, or 421. An introduction to 
nuclear physics at the prequantum-mechanics level. 
Properties of nuclei; radioactivity; nuclear systema- 
tics; nuclear moments; the shell model, interaction 
of charged particles and gamma rays with matter; 
nuclear detectors; accelerators; nuclear reactions; 
beta decay; high energy phenomena. 



168 / graduate school 



PHYS 443. NEUTRON REACTOR PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 371 or 421 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Various related topics in neutron reactor phy- 
sics. 

PHYS 451. INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY 

PARTICLES (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. 
Properties of elementary particles. Production and 
detection of particles, relativistic kinematics, in- 
variance principles and conservation laws. 

PHYS 461. INTRODUCTION TO FLUID 

DYNAMICS (3) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 404 and MATH 240, Kinematics 
of fluid flow, properties of incompressible fluids, 
complex variable methods of analysis, wave mo- 
tions. 

PHYS 463. INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS 

(3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 404 or 410. Orbit theory, mag- 
netohydrodynamics, plasma heating and stability, 
waves and transport processes. 

PHYS 465. MODERN OPTICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 406 and 420 or 421, and 411 
or consent of the instructor. Designed for students 
with a background in fundamental optics, this 
course deals with topics in modern optics such as 
coherence, holography, principles of laser action, 
electron optics, and non-linear optics. 

PHYS 471. INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC 

AND SPACE PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 263 or 284. Motions of charged 
particles in magnetic fields, aspects of plasma phy- 
sics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts, 
atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodyna- 
mics and dynamics of the atmosphere. Students who 
have not done A or B work in their previous physics 
courses would be well advised to take another 
upper level physics course before proceeding to 
this course. 

PHYS 483. INTRODUCTION TO BIOPHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, Senior level standing in physics, or 
consent of the instructor (open to students outside 
physics). A topical introduction to problems in bio- 
physics: cell structure; intermolecular forces; photo- 
synthesis; control processes including enzyme func- 
tion, allosterism, cooperative transitions in biopoly- 
mers and the regulation of protein synthesis; biolo- 
gical rhythms; membranes including bioelectric 
potentials and the Hodgkin-Huxley equations; mus- 
cle contraction. 

PHYS 485. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (4) 
Three hours of lecture and two of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites, PHYS 365 and concurrent en- 
rollment in PHYS 405 or 411. Theory of semi-con- 
ductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application in ex- 
perimental physics. 

PHYS 487. PARTICLE ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL 

AND ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 142, 284 or PHYS 263. Sources 
of charged particles, methods of acceleration and 
focusing of electron and ion beams in electromag- 
netic fields; electrostatic accelerators; constant- 



gradient cyclotrons and synchrotrons; betatrons and 
microtrons; the alternating-gradient and sector- 
focusing principles; isochronous cyclotrons and al- 
ternating-gradient synchrotrons: linear accelerators. 
This course is also listed as ENEE 487. 

PHYS 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS (1-6) 
Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of ad- 
visor. Research or special study. Credit according 
to work done. 

PHYS 601. THEORETICAL DYNAMICS (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or equivalent. Lagrangian 
and Hamiltonian mechanics; two-body central force 
problem, rigid body motion, small oscillations, con- 
tinuous systems. 

PHYS 602. STATISTICAL PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or equivalent. Statistical 
mechanics, thermodynamics, kinetic theory. 

PHYS 604. METHODS OF MATHEMATICAL 

PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, advanced calculus, PHYS 410 and 411, 
or equivalent. Ordinary and partial differential 
equations of physics, boundary value problems, 
Fourier series, Green's functions, complex variables 
and contour integration. 

PHYS 606. ELECTRODYNAMICS (4) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 604 or equivalent. Classical elec- 
tromagnetic theory, electro- and magnetostatics, 
Maxwell Equations, waves and radiation, special 
relativity. 

PHYS 621. GRADUATE LABORATORY (3) 
Six hours of laboratory per week. Design and per- 
formance of advanced experiments in modern and 
classical physics. 

PHYS 622. INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 

MECHANICS I (4) 
Prerequisite, an outstanding undergraduate back- 
ground in physics. A study of the Schroedinger 
Equation, matrix formulations of quantum mech- 
anics, approximation methods, scattering, etc., and 
applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear phy- 
sics. 

PHYS 623. INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 

MECHANICS II (3) 

Prerequisite, an outstanding undergraduate back- 
ground in physics. A study of the Schroedinger 
Equation, matrix formulations of quantum mech- 
anics, approximation methods, scattering theory, 
etc., and applications to solid state, atomic, and 
nuclear physics. Continuation of PHYS 622. 

PHYS 624. ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 623. Relativistic wave equations, 
second quantization in many body problems and 
relativistic wave equations, Feynman-Dyson Per- 
turbation Theory, applications to many body prob- 
lems, application to quantum electrodynamics, ele- 
ments of renormalization. 

PHYS 686. CHARGED PARTICLE DYNAMICS, 

ELECTRON AND ION BEAMS (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 410, 411 or PHYS 271, 321 or 
consent of instructor. Three hours per week. Gen- 
eral principles of single-particle dynamics; analyti- 



graduate school / 169 



cal and practical methods of mapping electric and 
magnetic fields; equations of motion and special 
solutions; Liouville's Theorem; electron optics; 
space charge effects in high current beams; design 
principles of special electron and ion beam devices. 
This course is also listed as ENEE 686. 

PHYS 703. THERODYNAMICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 602. The first and second hws 
of thermodynamics are examined and applied to 
homogeneous and non-homogeneous systems, cal- 
culations of properties of matter, the derivation of 
equilibrium conditions and phase transitions, the 
theory of irreversible processes. 

PHYS 704. STATISTICAL MECHANICS (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 422 and 602. A study of the 
determination of microscopic behavior of matter 
from microscopic models. Microcanonical, canoni- 
cal, and grand canonical models. Applications to 
solid state physics and the study of gases. 

PHYS 708. SEMINAR IN TEACHING COLLEGE 
PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 709. SEMINAR IN GENERAL PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 711. SYMMETRY PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 623. A study of general methods 
of classification of physical systems by their sym- 
metries and invariance properties, especially in 
quantum field theory applications. 



SEMINAR IN GENERAL 



PHYS 718, 719. 
PHYSICS (1, 1) 

PHYS 721. THEORY OF ATOMIC SPECTRA (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 622. A study of atomic spectra 
and structure: one and two electron spectra, fine 
and hyperfine structure, line strengths, line widths, 
etc. 

PHYS 722. THEORY OF MOLECULAR SPECTRA (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 721. The structure and proper- 
ties of molecules as revealed by rotational, vibra- 
tional and electronic spectra. 

PHYS 723. MOLECULAR PHYSICS I (2) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 623. The fundamentals of the 
interpretation of the spectra of simple molecules 
with particular attention to quantitative considera- 
tions. Emphasis on topics generally regarded as 
falling outside the domain of molecular structure, 
notably the measurement and analysis of mole- 
cular spectroscopic line intensities. 

PHYS 724. MOLECULAR PHYSICS II (2) 
See PHYS 723 for description. 

PHYS 728. SEMINAR IN ATOMIC AND 
MOLECULAR PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 729. SEMINAR IN GENERAL QUANTUM 
MECHANICS AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS (1) 

PHYS 731. SOLID STATE PHYSICS (3) 
A variety of topics such as crystal structure, mech- 
anical, thermal, electrical, and magnetic properties 
of solids, band structure, the Fermi-surface, and 
superconductivity will be treated. Although the em- 
phasis will be on the phenomena, the methods of 
quantum mechanics are freely employed in this 
description. 



PHYS 738. SEMINAR IN EXPERIMENTAL SOLID 
STATE PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 739. SEMINAR IN THEORETICAL SOLID 
STATE PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 741. NUCLEAR STRUCTURE PHYSICS I (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 441 or equivalent; co-requisite, 
PHYS 622-623 or consent of instructor. Nuclear 
structure and nuclear reactions. Two-body scatter- 
ings; nucleon-nucleon forces and the deuteron. 
Neutron scattering; the optical model. Resonance 
reactions, phase-shift analysis, positions and prop- 
erties of energy levels; the shell model. Direct re- 
actions. Electromagnetic transitions. Photoreactions. 
The design of experiments; the extraction of para- 
meters from experimental data and the comparison 
with nuclear models. 

PHYS 742. NUCLEAR STRUCTURE PHYSICS II (3) 
See PHYS 741 for description. 

PHYS 748. SEMINAR IN EXPERIMENTAL 
NUCLEAR PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 749. SEMINAR IN THEORETICAL NUCLEAR 
PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 751. HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS (3) 
Three lectures a week. Co-requisite, PHYS 624 or 
consent of the instructor. Nuclear forces are studied 
by examining interactions at high energies. Meson 
physics, scattering processes, and detailed analysis 
of high energy experiments. 

PHYS 752. ELEMENTARY PARTICLES (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 624 and 751 or consent of the 
instructor. Survey of elementary particles and their 
properties, quantum field theory, meson theory, 
weak interactions, possible extensions of elemen- 
tary particle theory. 

PHYS 758, 759. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY 
PARTICLES AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY (1, 1) 

PHYS 761. PLASMA PHYSICS (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 604, 606 or consent of instructor. 
A detailed study of plasma physics. The first semes- 
ter treats particle orbit theory, magnetohydrodynam- 
ics, plasma waves, and transport phenomena. 

PHYS 762. PLASMA PHYSICS (3) 
Continuation of PHYS 761. Vlasov theory, including 
waves, stability, and weak turbulence, kinetic equa- 
tion theories of correlations and radiative processes. 

PHYS 768. SEMINAR IN FLUID DYNAMICS (1) 

PHYS 769. SEMINAR IN PLASMA PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 771. COSMIC RAY PHYSICS (3) 
Pre- or co-requisite, PHYS 601 or consent of in- 
structor. Interaction of cosmic rays with matter, geo- 
magnetic cutoffs, origin and propagation of cosmic 
rays, the electron component and its relationship 
to cosmic radio noise; experimental methods. 

PHYS 778. SEMINAR IN SPACE AND COSMIC RAY 
PHYSICS (1) 

PHYS 779. SEMINAR IN GENERAL RELATIVITY (1) 

PHYS 788. SEMINAR IN APPLIED PHYSICS (1) 



170 / graduate school 

PHYS 789. SEMINAR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY 
PROBLEMS (1) 

PHYS 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED 
PHYSICS (1-3) 
Projects or special study in advanced physics. 

PHYS 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

PHYS 808, 809. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
PHYSICS (1-4, 1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 818. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 819. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 828. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ATOMIC AND 
MOLECULAR PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 829. SPECIAL TOPICS IN QUANTUM 
MECHANICS AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 832. THEORY OF SOLIDS I (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 623, co-requisite, PHYS 624. 
Advanced topics in the quantum theory of solids 
from such fields as band structure calculations, 
optical properties, phonons, neutron scattering, the 
dynamics of electrons in one-band theory, the 
Landau-Fermi liquid theory, charged Fermi liquids, 
the Fermi surface (surface impedance, cyclotron 
resonance, the de Haas-van Alphen effect, etc.). 

PHYS 833. THEORY OF SOLIDS II (3) 
Continuation of PHYS 832. Covers special topics 
such as magnetism, superconductivity and electron- 
phonon interactions. 

PHYS 838. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPERIMENTAL 

SOLIDS STATE PHYSICS (1-4) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit accord- 
ing to work done. 

PHYS 839. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORETICAL 
SOLID STATE PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 843. THEORETICAL NUCLEAR PHYSICS I (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 624. Three lectures a week. 
Nuclear properties and reactions, nuclear forces, 
two, three, and four body problems, nuclear spec- 
troscopy, beta decay, and related topics. 

PHYS 844. THEORETICAL NUCLEAR PHYSICS II (3) 
Continuation of PHYS 843. Nuclear properties and 
reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body 
problems, nuclear spectroscopy, beta decay, and 
related topics. 



PHYS 848. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPERIMENTAL 
NUCLEAR PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 849. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORETICAL 
NUCLEAR PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 851. ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 624. Renormalizations of La- 
grangian Field Theories, Lamb Shift, Positronium 
fine structure, T. C. P. invariance, connection be- 
tween spin and statistics, broken symmetries in 
many body problems, soluble models, analyticity 
in perturbation theory, simple applications of dis- 
persion relations. 

PHYS 852. THEORETICAL METHODS IN 
ELEMENTARY PARTICLES (3) 
Prerequisite or co-requisite, PHYS 851. 

PHYS 853. QUANTUM FIELD THEORY (3) 
Co-requisite, PHYS 851. Introduction to Hilbert 
space, general postulates of relativistic quantum 
field theory, asymptotic conditions, examples of 
local field theory. Jost-Lehmann-Dyson representa- 
tion and applications, generalized free field theory, 
general results of local field theory-TCP theorem, 
spin statistics connections. Borchers' theorems, 
Reeh-Schlieder theorem. 

PHYS 858. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELEMENTARY 
PARTICLES AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY (1-4) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 851 and 752. First semester. 

PHYS 859. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELEMENTARY 
PARTICLES AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 868. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FLUID DYNAMICS 
(1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 869. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PLASMA 
PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 875. THEORY OF RELATIVITY (3) 
Prerequisite, PHYS 601. A brief survey of Einstein's 
special theory of relativity followed by a solid intro- 
duction to general relativity and its applications. 

PHYS 878. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPACE AND 
COSMIC RAY PHYSICS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 879. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
RELATIVITY (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 888. SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED 
PHYSICS (2) 



graduate school / 171 




RECORDING MINIATURE EYE MOVEMENTS 
Department of Psychology 



172 / graduate school 




DOPING A SILICON WAFER IN THE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY 
Department of Electrical Engineering 



graduate school / 173 



PHYS 889. SPECIAL TOPICS IN 
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROBLEMS (1-4) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Credit according 

to work done. 

PHYS 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

POULTRY SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Thomas 

Professor: Shaffner 

Associate Professor: Bigbee 

Assistant Professors: Heath, Pollard, Carter, Soares 

Coursework and research activities leading to the 
Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees are offered by the Department of Poultry Sci- 
ence. The student may pursue work with major em- 
phasis in either nutrition: physiology, physiological 
genetics, or the technology of eggs and poultry. 

Departmental requirements, supplementary to those 
of The Graduate School, have been formulated for the 
guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies 
of these requirements may be obtained from the De- 
partment of Poultry Science. 

Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere 
under the headings Animal Science, Nutritional Sci- 
ences, and Food Science, as appropriate. 



PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Bartlett 

Professors: Anderson. Crites. Fretz. Goldstein, Gollub. 

Hodos, Horton. Levinson. Locke. 1 Magoon. 1 Martin, 

Mclntyre, D. Mills, J. Mills, Pumroy, 1 Scholnick, 

Steinman, Taylor. Tyler. Waldrop 
Associate Professor: Brown, Dies, Freeman. 1 Larkin. 

McKenzie, 1 Pavey, Schneider, Sigall, Smith, Stern- 

heim, Teitelbaum, Ward 
Assistant Professors: Barrett. Carroll. Claiborn, Cour- 

sey, Dachler, Fretz. Gelso. 1 Holmgren. Johnson. 

Meltzer, Osterhouse, Specter 

1 joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services 

2 joint appointment with Business Administration 

The Department of Psychology offers programs 
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts. Master of 
Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. By departmental 
ruling, the number of graduate students is limited 
to a ratio of four resident students per member of the 
Graduate Faculty, insuring close and intimate contact 
in research and seminars. 

The programs for the Master of Arts and Master 
of Science degrees differ in the relative emphasis 
on content in the social and biological sciences. Pro- 
grams leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are 
offered in the areas of Clinical, Counseling, Experi- 
mental, Industrial. Quantitative and Social Psychology. 
The Experimental area is further subdivided into three 
fields of study: bio-psychology: language and cogni- 
tion: and sensation and perception. Many have a range 
of subspecialties (e.g.. Personality and Developmental. 
Engineering Psychology) in which the student may con- 
centrate. The department's doctoral programs in both 



Clinical and Counseling Psychology have been ap- 
proved by the American Psychological Association. 

The department accepts as graduate students only 
those who have demonstrated superior aptitude and 
appear capable of completing the requirements for 
the doctoral degree. 

The department gives financial aid to almost all 
incoming students. A graduate assistant is permitted 
to register for 10 semester hours. The Department of 
Psychology does not offer a part-time program. Stu- 
dents are required to attend classes, take part in re- 
search and teach as graduate assistants. Each of 
these assignments is considered a critical part of 
the graduate training program. It is not possible to 
obtain this type of education on a part-time basis. 
Thus, students are not permitted to hold off-campus 
jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of 
the faculty. 

The department moved into a new building during 
the Summer of 1971, and new facilities were designed 
by the faculty of the Department of Psychology for 
the training of graduate students. In addition, its geog- 
raphic location in a suburb of Washington, D.C. makes 
accessible a wide variety of laboratory and training 
facilities in governmental and other agencies, as 
well as many psychologists prominent in the profes- 
sion. 

PSYC 400. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- 
LEARNING AND MOTIVATION (4) 
Two lectures and four 1-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Stu- 
dents who have taken PSYC 301 need consent of 
instructor. Primarily for students who major in psy- 
chology. The experimental analysis of behavior 
with emphasis on conditioning, learning and moti- 
vational processes. Experiments are conducted on 
the behavior of animals. 

PSYC 402. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 410 or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to research on the physiological 
basis of human behavior, including considerations 
of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emo- 
tion, drives, and the neurological basis of learning. 

PSYC 403. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 400 or consent of instructor. A 
study of animal behavior, including considerations 
of social interactions, learning, sensory processes, 
motivation, and experimental methods, with a major 
emphasis on mammals. 

PSYC 410. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- 
SENSORY PROCESSES I (4) 
Three lectures and one 2-hour laboratory/demon- 
stration period per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 
or equivalent. Primarily for students who major in 
psychology. A systematic survey of the content, 
models, and methodotogies of sensory and per- 
ceptual research. 

PSYC 412. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- 
SENSORY PROCESSES II (4) 
Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise 
and research per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 410 or 
consent of instructor. Primarily for psychology 
majors and majors in biological sciences with a 
special interest in sensory processes. Lectures and 



174 / graduate school 

laboratory exercises will emphasize contemporary 
problems in sensory process research. Sufficient 
latitude will be provided so the exceptional student 
may conduct original research based on findings 
reported in the current literature. 

PSYC 420. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- 
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR (4) 
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 and 221 or equiv- 
alent. A laboratory course dealing with methods of 
studying behavior in the social context. Topics will 
include social perception and motivation, small 
groups, communication and persuasion. Considera- 
tion will be given to the techniques involved in 
laboratory experimentation, field studies, attitude 
scale construction, and opinion surveys. 

PSYC 422. LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL 

COMMUNICATION (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 and 221 or equivalent, and 
consent of instructor. The nature and significance 
of verbal and nonverbal communication in social 
psychological processes including examination of 
relevant theoretical approaches to symbolic be- 
havior. 

PSYC 423. ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 420. A systematic review of 
research and points of view in regard to major 
problems in the field of social psychology. 

PSYC 431. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 100 and 200 or equivalent. 
Theory of behavior deviation and positive mental 
health; experimental psychopathology; research 
methodology in psychopathology; psychopathology 
with neuropathology; theory and research asso- 
ciated with major syndromes of deviant behavior, 
assessment, diagnosis, and treatment. A student 
may not receive credit for both PSYC 331 and 
PSYC 431. 

PSYC 433. ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHILD 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. The growth 
and transformation of basic psychological proc- 
esses from birth to maturity. Emphasis is on re- 
search data and methodological issues, especially 
as they relate to other aspects of psychology. A stu- 
dent may not receive credit for both PSYC 333 and 
433. 

PSYC 435. PERSONALITY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Major per- 
sonality theories, their postulates and evidence: 
assessment and research methodology in person- 
ality; major areas of personality research, their 
methodologies, findings, implications, and relation- 
ships to the field of psychology. A student may 
not receive credit for both PSYC 335 and 435. 

PSYC 436. INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisites, PSYC 335 or 435, and 431, senior 
standing. Psychology majors only. Survey and criti- 
cal analysis of clinical psychology, with emphasis 
on current developments and trends. Topic areas 
include, in part, historical and theoretical analyses 



of trends in clinical psychology; trends in diagnostic 
assessment; principles underlying various ap- 
proaches to individual and group psychotherapy; 
psychotherapy research. 

PSYC 441. PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN LEARNING 

(3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Review and 
analysis of the major phenomena and theories of 
human learning, including an introduction to the 
fields of problem solving, thinking and reasoning. 

PSYC 451. PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL 

TESTING (3) 

Three lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. A sur- 
vey of the basic concepts and theories of psy- 
chological measurement illustrated through demon- 
stration of principal approaches to psychological 
testing. 

PSYC 452. PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL 

DIFFERENCES (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 451. Problems, theories' and re- 
searches related to psychological differences among 
individuals and groups. 

PSYC 453. MATHEMATICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent, and consent 
of instructor. A survey of mathematical formulations 
in psychology, including measurement and scaling 
models, statistical and psychometric models, and 
elementary mathematical representations of psy- 
chological processes in learning, choice, psycho- 
physics, and social behavior. 

PSYC 461. PERSONNEL AND ORGANIZATIONAL 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent, and one other 
200 level course. For majors. Intensive examination 
of issues in personnel psychology (recruitment, se- 
lection and classification, job satisfaction) and or- 
ganizational psychology (motivation, morale, group 
processes including leadership, organization theory). 
Emphasis is on theories of behavior in organizations 
and research results regarding behavior in on- 
going human systems. Where appropriate, relations 
between theory and practice are discussed. 

PSYC 462. ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY AND 

TRAINING MODELS (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent, and one other 
200 level course. For majors. An examination of the 
theories and research regarding human perform- 
ance capabilities and skills (information process- 
ing, decision-making, environmental constraints, 
automation), training procedures (traditional meth- 
ods, programmed learning, computer-assisted in- 
struction) and models and procedures for evaluating 
training programs in industry, education, and serv- 
ice organizations. 

PSYC 467. VOCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Survey and critical analysis of theory and research 
on vocational choice and vocational adjustment. 
Definition and correlates of vocational aspirations, 
preferences, choices, motivation, success, and sat- 
isfaction. Developmental trends in career decision- 
making and career patterns. 



graduate school / 175 



PSYC 478. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN 

PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) 
Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student 
who wishes to take independent research study 
must have completed 12 hours of psychology with at 
least a 2.5 average. Integrated reading under direc- 
tion leading to the preparation of an adequately 
documented report on a special topic. (In special 
cases, a student who may need to repeat this course 
in order to complete his independent study, will 
make a formal request, including a research pro- 
posal, through his advisor to the departmental 
honors committee.) 

PSYC 479. SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN 

PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) 
Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student 
who wishes to take independent research study 
must have completed 12 hours of psychology with 
at least a 2.5 average. An individual course design- 
ed to allow the student to pursue a specialized re- 
search topic under supervision. (In special cases, 
a student who may need to repeat this course in 
order to complete his research, will make a formal 
request, including a research proposal, through his 
advisor to the departmental honors committee.) 

PSYC 488-H. ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY I 

(HONORS) (3) 

Usually taken during junior year. Prerequisites, 
PSYC 200 and permission of department honors 
committee. Seminar covering topics in sensation, 
perception, learning, and motivation. 

PSYC 489. SENIOR SEMINAR (3) 

PSYC 498-H. ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY II 

(HONORS) (3) 
Usually taken during senior year. Prerequisite, 
PSYC 488-H. Semester covering topics in measure- 
ment, social processes and other subject matter of 
current interest. 

PSYC 499-H. HONORS THESIS RESEARCH (3) 

Usually taken during last semester in residence. 
Prerequisite, permission of thesis advisor. 

PSYC 601, 602. QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. A basic 
course in mathematical formulations and quantita- 
tive analysis in psychology, with an emphasis on 
measurement, probability, statistical inference and 
estimation, regression, and correlation. 

PSYC 611. ADVANCED DEVELOPMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Empirical, experimental and theoretical literature re- 
lated to developmental processes. 

PSYC 612. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY (3) 
Scientific requirements for a personality theory. 
Postulates and relevant research literature for sev- 
eral current personality theories. 

PSYC 619. CLINICAL RESEARCH TEAM (1-3) 
Discussion of research topics; presentation and 
critique of original research proposals in clinical 
psychology. May be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits. 



PSYC 641. PERSUASION AND ATTITUDE 

CHANGE (3) 

Consideration of the communication process and 
the various media of mass communication. Factors 
related to the effectiveness of communication and 
persuasion are analyzed in the light of experimental 
evidence, and various strategies and techniques of 
persuasion are reviewed. 

PSYC 642. SEMINAR IN SMALL GROUP 

BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Review of 
current approaches to small group behavior, includ- 
ing problem-solving, communication, leadership, 
and conformity. 

PSYC 648. SEMINAR IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Analysis and discussion of contemporary system- 
atic positions in social psychology. Review of re- 
search methods in the area as well as theories and 
problems of current importance. 

PSYC 651, 661. ADVANCED GENERAL 
PSYCHOLOGY (3, 3) 

PSYC 671. VERBAL BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 471 and 622. Analysis of such 
topics as verbal learning, psycholinguistics, concept 
formation, and thinking. 

PSYC 687. HISTORICAL VIEWPOINTS AND 
CURRENT THEORIES IN PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

PSYC 688. HISTORICAL VIEWPOINTS AND 
CURRENT THEORIES IN PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

PSYC 701. MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS I (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602, or permisison of instructor. 
Fundamentals of matrix algebra, multivariate distri- 
butions, multivariate estimation problems and test 
of hypotheses, general linear model. 

PSYC 702. MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS II (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 701 or permission of instructor. 
Component and factor analysis with emphasis on 
the appropriateness of the models to psychological 
data. Both theoretical issues and research implica- 
tions will be discussed. The course will treat the 
factor analytic model, the three indeterminant prob- 
lems of communalities, factor loadings, and factor 
scores, extraction algorithms, rotational algorithms, 
and the principal component model. 

PSYC 703. SCALING TECHNIQUES AND THEORY 

(3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. 
Theory of measurement as applied to psychology; 
and the associated experimental techniques needed 
to construct measurement scales. The principal 
psychophysical and psychometric scaling models 
are discussed. 

PSYC 704. TEST THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. 
A survey of theories of test construction with em- 
phasis on reliability, validity, and criteria problems. 
Covers measurement in differential psychology, 
item analysis, reliability, validity, reliability of differ- 
ence scores, prediction and the construction of 
test batteries, and factor theory. 



176 / graduate school 

PSYC 705. MATHEMATICAL MODELS OF 

LEARNING AND MEMORY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. 
Topics to be covered include a review of basic 
probability theory; matrix operations and difference 
equations; stochastic models of learning, memory 
and attention; stimulus sampling theory; computer 
simulations of learning processes. 

PSYC 706. SEMINAR IN PREDICTION (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. 
In depth review of techniques for prediction in the 
behavioral sciences. Emphasis on both theoretical 
rationale and research implications. 

PSYC 707. THEORY OF DECISION AND CHOICE (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. A 
study of algebraic and probabilistic models for de- 
cision and choice behavior, and related experi- 
mental procedures. Topics include: measurement 
of preference, utility and subjective likelihood mod- 
els for certain and uncertain outcomes, normative 
strategies, competitive strategies, and group deci- 
sion making. 

PSYC 708. SEMINAR IN PSYCHOMETRIC 
THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. 

Study of the current practices, trends, or recent 

developments in psychometric theory. Repeatable 

to a maximum of nine hours. 

PSYC 709. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICAL 

MODELS (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. 
Special topics in mathematical psychology. A dis- 
cussion of quantitative representations of psycholo- 
gical processes in one or more substantive areas 
of psychology. Repeatable to a maximum of nine 
hours. 

PSYC 711. INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Introduction 
to the professional field, examination of pertinent 
scientific and philosophical backgrounds, and sur- 
vey of the major theories, principles, and training 
models in counseling. Correlated laboratory analo- 
gue experiences in dyadic and group interrelation- 
ships. 

PSYC 712. PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES OF 

COUNSELOR FUNCTIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 711. Specific functions and areas 
of specialization of the counseling psychologist in- 
cluding vocational psychology, use of tests in coun- 
seling, and student ecology. Principles of consulta- 
tion, interprofessional relations, and ethical stand- 
ards. Concurrent correlated laboratory experiences 
for all topics. 

PSYC 713. FUNDAMENTALS OF CLINICAL 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Analysis of 
clinical psychology as a scientist — professional 
paradigm, its historical roots and its scientific and 
professional evolution; selected coverage of current 
major research topics, e.g., psychotherapy, psycho- 
pathology, community; current nature of clinical psy- 
chology and evolving trends. 



PSYC 718. RESEARCH ISSUES IN CLINICAL, 
COUNSELING, AND COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Issues and 
strategies in conceptual systems, designs and 
methodologies of current research in these areas; 
critical analysis of current research. May be repeat- 
ed to a maximum of nine credits. 

PSYC 719. SEMINAR IN CLINICAL COUNSELING, 

AND COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced 
selected topics in areas such as psychotherapy, 
consultation, assessment, psychopathology, student 
ecology, etc. May be repeated to a maximum of nine 
credits. 

PSYC 721. SEMINAR AND LABORATORY IN 

BEHAVIORAL ASSESSMENT I (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. PSYC 721 and 
722 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a 
broad range of assessment approaches, issues, 
theories and research. Emphasis formulation and 
evaluation of strategies for information gathering 
and problem solving in a variety of clinical situa- 
tions and includes behavorial observations, rating 
procedures and standardized tests. 

PSYC 723. 724. SEMINAR AND LABORATORY IN 

BEHAVIORAL ASSESSMENT II (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. PSYC 723 and 
724 must be taken concurrently. Introduction to a 
broad range of assessment approaches, issues, 
theories and research. Emphasizes formulation and 
evaluation of strategies for information gathering 
and problem solving in a variety of clinical situations 
and includes behavioral observations, rating proce- 
dures and standardized tests. 

PSYC 727. INTRODUCTORY COUNSELING 

PRACTICUM (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 711 and 712. Supervised train- 
ing in application of methods relevant to behavior 
change through counseling. 

PSYC 728. INTRODUCTORY DIDACTIC-PRACTICUM 
IN PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTION (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Introduction 
to concepts and skills of psychological intervention 
emphasizing the relationship to the behavioral sci- 
ence foundation theories, methods and research 
findings with the development and utilization of in- 
tervention skills. The course includes supervised 
experience in intervention skills as designated by 
the subtopics of the course. May be repeated to a 
maximum of nine credits. 

PSYC 729. ADVANCED DIDACTIC-PRACTICUM IN 

PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTION (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor and PSYC 727 or 
728. Concept, research and supervised experience 
in intervention skills in advanced specialized areas, 
e.g., college student counseling, child evaluation, 
parent and school consultation, psychoevaluation, 
behavioral therapy, individual psychotherapy. May 
be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. 

PSYC 730. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Advanced survey of industrial-organizational psy- 
chology, including selection, training, human en- 



graduate school / 177 



gineering, motivation, group processes, leadership, 
organizational psychology, and some topics in re- 
search methods including philosophy of science. 
Readings stressed and seminar time will be used 
for discussion and integration of the reading ma- 
terials. Various faculty members will serve as con- 
tent experts. 

PSYC 731. TRAINING PROCEDURES AND 
EVALUATION IN ORGANIZATIONAL SETTINGS (3) 
Psychological principles and methods in the devel- 
opment and evaluation of training procedures in 
business and industry, government and military, and 
educational and service institutions. Included are 
discussions of learning foundations, and training 
methodology (simulators, programmed instruction, 
computer-assisted instruction). The focus of the 
course is the design of evaluation research in social 
settings. 

PSYC 732. SELECTION AND CLASSIFICATION 

ISSUES IN ORGANIZATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 730. PSYC 601-602 or the equiv- 
alents, or permission of the instructor. Consideration 
of societal, organizational and individual demands 
for appropriate use of individual differences in 
(primarily) initial placement of employees. Recruit- 
ment and selection issues, the role of governmental 
regulations, and the role of individual factors in 
individual behavior are considered. Extensive cov- 
erage given to fundamental psycho-metric problems 
and the development of individual and organiza- 
tional criteria of effectiveness. 

PSYC 733. ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 730, PSYC 601-602 or their 
equivalents or permission of the instructor. Em- 
phasis theories and data regarding the impact of 
environmental factors on individual, group, and or- 
ganizational behavior. Group dynamics, leadership 
and power, motivation and satisfaction, and organi- 
zation structure and environment are examined as 
correlates of behavior. 

PSYC 734. MOTIVATION AND ATTITUDES IN 

ORGANIZATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Major 
theories of human motivation in organizational con- 
texts. Included will be theories concerning some 
determinants of performance, satisfaction and dis- 
satisfaction, the relationship between satisfaction 
and performance, determinants of boredom and 
fatigue, and the functions and effects of incentives. 

PSYC 735. SEMINAR IN HUMAN PERFORMANCE 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. An ex- 
amination of man-machine interaction with empha- 
sis on the theories and research which focus on 
human performance capabilities and skills. Some of 
the topics covered are information processing and 
communications, decision-making, environmental 
constraints and automation. 

PSYC 738. SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL 

PSYCHOLOGY (3) 
An advanced seminar covering specialized topics 
such as: morale and motivation, labor relations, con- 
sumer motivations, man-machine systems, quantita- 
tive and qualitative personnel requirements inven- 



tory, job evaluation, environment conditions and 
safety, occupational choice and classification, and 
the interview. 

PSYC 740. INTERVIEW AND QUESTIONNAIRE 

TECHNIQUES (3) 

Psychological concepts and methods in the use of 
interview, questionnaire, and inventory procedures 
for the measurement, prediction and alteration of 
behavior. 

PSYC 761. ADVANCED LABORATORY 

TECHNIQUES (1-3) 

Methodology of the automatization of research 
techniques and apparatus; apparatus design and 
construction; telemetric and digital techniques; 
logical block circuitry. 

PSYC 762. COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 661. The experimental litera- 
ture on the behavior of infra-human organisms. 
Special topics. 

PSYC 763. ADVANCED PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY (3) 

PSYC 765. SEMINAR IN PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 

(3) 

Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in psy- 
chology and consent of the instructor. A critical 
review and detailed analysis of the literature and 
problems related to the effects of drugs on animal 
and human behavior. Designed for advanced grad- 
uate students in experimental psychology and clini- 
cal psychology. 

PSYC 768. CONDITIONING AND LEARNING (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 622. The literature on the experi- 
mental analysis of behavior, with examination of 
basic experiments and contemporary theories re- 
lated to them. 

PSYC 788, 789. SPECIAL RESEARCH 

PROBLEMS (1-4) 
Supervised research on problems selected from the 
area of experimental, industrial, social, quantitative, 
or mental health psychology. 

PSYC 798. GRADUATE SEMINAR (2) 

PSYC 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

PSYC 818. RESEARCH ISSUES IN PERSONALITY 

OR DEVELOPMENT (3) 

Prerequisites, PSYC 601, 602 and either 611 or 612 
or their equivalents, depending on course content. 
Experimental design and methodology and statis- 
tical treatment of data appropriate to personality 
or developmental research; critical analysis of 
major current areas of research including metho- 
dologies, findings and implications. The course will 
focus on either personality research or develop- 
mental research in a given semester. May be re- 
peated to a maximum of nine hours. 

PSYC 819. SEMINAR IN PERSONALITY AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

An advanced seminar covering specialised topics. 

Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits. 

PSYC 858. SENSORY AND PERCEPTUAL 
PROCESSES (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 402 and 651. The contemporary 



178 / graduate school 



experimental theoretical literature on selected prob- 
lems in sensation and perception. 

PSYC 888. RESEARCH METHODS IN 
PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) 

PSYC 889. RESEARCH METHODS IN 
PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) 

PSYC 898. GRADUATE SEMINAR (2) 

PSYC 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

RECREATION PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Harvey 
Associate Professors: Churchill, Strobell 

The Department of Recreation offers programs of 
study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy seeking to further assist the 
practitioner, to prepare teachers for institutions of 
higher learning, and to advance the knowledge in and 
of the field through research activities and projects. 

Present areas of specialization consist of adminis- 
tration, outdoor recreation, program planning, resource 
planning and management, and therapeutic recrea- 
tion. 

Students are required to present Graduate Record 
Examination scores and evidence of any experience in 
addition to fulfilling the regular admission require- 
ments of The Graduate School. 

A diagnostic examination is required of all non- 
Maryland graduates, from the results of which the 
need for specific prerequisite coursework may be 
established. Doctoral students must complete either 
a language requirement or an approved research sub- 
stitute. A thesis or dissertation is required of all stu- 
dents. 

Recreation students have access to the University's 
McKeldin Library, the College's Research Laboratory 
and statistical resources, the Computer Science Cen- 
ter, the almost unlimited facilities and subjects of the 
metropolitan areas of Baltimore, Washington, D.C., 
and to the headquarters and offices of appropriate 
national organizations, agencies and federal govern- 
mental units in the nation's capitol. 

RECR 415. QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3) 
A course covering the statistical techniques most 
frequently used in research pertaining to recreation. 
An effort will be made to provide the student with 
the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the 
interpretations and practical applications of these 
techniques. 

RECR 420. PROGRAM PLANNING (3) 

Prerequisite, RECR 130 or 325. Study of the various 
aspects, problems and practices of agency, military, 
"exceptional" and government recreation pro- 
grams (with particular emphasis on park, play- 
ground, community center plans and procedures). 
Observations will be required. 

RECR 426. INDUSTRIAL RECREATION (3) 
An introductory study of the philosophy of and 
practices and problems in industrial recreation. 



Where possible the course will include opportuni- 
ties for observation and for meeting visiting spe- 
cialists. 

RECR 432. PHILOSOPHY OF RECREATION (3) 
A study of the meanings, relationships, and services 
of recreation as expressed by past and present 
authorities and leaders. This course should be of 
interest to people active in education, social work, 
and related fields. 

RECR 450. CAMP MANAGEMENT (3) 

Prerequisite, RECR 150 or experience. An advanced 
camping course for those students with previous 
training and experience; organization, administra- 
tion, programming, current trends, evaluation, and 
special problems. Whenever possible, visiting spe- 
cialists and field trips will be included. 

RECR 454. OUTDOOR EDUCATION (6) 

Field experience and resident camping in an out- 
door setting will be used to present the activities 
and techniques recommended for modern outdoor 
education practice. Where possible groups of par- 
ticipants will be utilized as subjects for practice 
instructional work. Activity will emphasize not only 
the subject matter of science and outdoor education 
but also the broad concepts of conservation, worthy 
use of leisure time' education for democratic living, 
etc. 

RECR 460. LEADERSHIP TECHNIQUES AND 

PRACTICES (3) 
Prerequisite, RECR 130 or 325. A study of the va- 
rious kinds and levels of leadership exerted by pro- 
fessional and volunteer workers, some of the diffi- 
culties and probable weaknesses to be met, and 
some of the tangible techniques to be used with 
personnel, staff and in public relationships. The 
group work approach will be emphasized and used, 
insofar as possible, in the solution of particular prob- 
lems that grow out of the required field experience 
in directing on or off campus groups. 

RECR 463. SUPERVISORY TECHNIQUES IN 

RECREATION (3) 
A study of the principles, methods, and techniques 
as well as an analysis of the functions of supervision 
in the recreation and parks environment. This 
course is designed to advance the student's under- 
standing of the art of building human relationships, 
and to apply the emerging concepts and principles 
of modern supervision to practical situations in 
which administrators, supervisors, leaders (both 
professional and paraprofessional) and volunteers 
are working. 

RECR 476. HOSPITAL RECREATION (3) 

An introductory study of the philosophy of and prac- 
tices in hospital and institutional recreation. Where 
possible the course will include opportunities for 
observation and for meeting visiting specialists. 

RECR 489. FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND 

WORKSHOP (1-6) 

A course designed to meet the needs of persons 
in the field with respect to workshops and research 
projects in special areas of knowledge not covered 
by regularly structured courses. 



graduate school / 179 



RECR 490. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

OF RECREATION (3) 
A study of the organizational patterns and adminis- 
trative problems involved in the various types of 
operating recreation departments and agencies; 
forms of organization; finance and budget; person- 
nel; public relations. 

RECR 495. PLANNING, DESIGN AND 
MAINTENANCE OF PARK AND RECREATIONAL 
AREAS AND FACILITIES (3) 
Prerequisites, RECR 130 or 325. A study of the rela- 
tion of the park and recreation system to the total 
community planning process; area layout, design 
and maintenance of facilities. Field experience will 
include the conduct of community surveys and pre- 
paration of site plans as requested by community 
groups. The development of such studies will in- 
clude inspection of areas, site analysis, prepara- 
tion of plans, and their presentation to the com- 
munity where possible. 

RECR 600. SEMINAR IN RECREATION (1) 

Presentation, discussion and defense of student 
thesis proposals and outlines and/or of appropriate 
faculty projects and research activities. 

RECR 610. METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF 

RESEARCH (3) 
A study of appropriate research methodology in- 
cluding experimental, historical, philosophical, so- 
ciological and case study techniques, examples 
and problems. Each student is required to develop 
a specimen thesis or dissertation proposal and 
outline. 

RECR 613. SOURCE MATERIAL SURVEY (3) 
Study and use of library resources and biblio- 
graphical materials of all types through their appli- 
cation to varieties of research problems and inter- 
ests. Each student carries out special projects of 
his own initiation. 

RECR 633. FOUNDATIONS OF RECREATION (3) 
A broad study of the sociological, psychological 
and economic forces that historically have struc- 
tured attitudes toward leisure and the development 
of recreation. 

RECR 634. MODERN TRENDS IN RECREATION (3) 
A broad study and overview of the recent advances 
in the several sub areas of recreation: public sector 
(local, state, Federal and international government 
involvements); therapeutic (for special groups, such 
as ill, delinquent, aging, etc.); employee; voluntary 
agencies; religious organizations; family, school, 
camping areas; private and commercial sector. 
Each student will carry out special projects accord- 
ing to his interests. 

RECR 687. ADVANCED SEMINAR (1-3) 

Prerequisite; consent of instructor. Advanced topics 
in the various areas of recreation. May be taken 
for repeated credits, up to a total of 3. 

RECR 688. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN RECREATION 
(1-6) 

RECR 690. ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTION OF 
RECREATION (3) 
This course is concerned with analyzing various 



problems in the administration of leisure services 
in parks and other recreational settings. Students 
concentrate on simulated situations and their own 
on-the-job problems to enhance their understand- 
ing of sound administrative practice and to improve 
their problem-solving and decision-making abilities. 

RECR 700. ADVANCED DOCTORAL SEMINAR (1) 
Presentation, discussion and defense of doctoral 
dissertation proposals and outlines and/or of appro- 
priate faculty projects and research activities. 

RECR 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

RECR 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

SECONDARY EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Risinger 

Professors: Campbell, Gardner,' Grambs, Grentzer,- 
Lockard, : ' Walbesser, Woolf 

Associate Professors: Adkins, Anderson, Blum,- Brig- 
ham, 4 Carr, Davidson,' 1 Farrell,"' Fey," Funaro, Hen- 
kelman,' ; Lemmon, 7 Longley,* Love," McWhinnie, ,K 
Peters, Taylor - 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione," Croft, Davey, 4 
DeLorenzo, 1 - Green, James," Layman, 1 " McArthur, 
Pfister,'"' Ricci, Wrenn ,J 

1 joint appointment with Chemistry 

-joint appointment with Music 

:! joint appointment with Botany 

4 joint appointment with Early Childhood-Elementary 
Education 

■"'joint appointment with History 

'■joint appointment with Mathematics 

7 joint appointment with General Home Economics 

"joint appointment with Art 

'•'joint appointment with Physical Education 

'" joint appointment with Housing and Applied Design 

11 joint appointment with Geography 

'-'joint appointment with Spanish and Portuguese 

1:1 joint appointment with Physics and Astronomy 

14 joint appointment with English 

'"'joint appointment with Germanic and Slavic languages 

The Department of Secondary Education offers pro- 
grams leading to the Master of Arts and Master of 
Education, the Advanced Graduate Specialist, and the 
Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education. The 
department offers a variety of programs emphasizing 
specialized areas of competency appropriate to sec- 
ondary education. Among the areas of emphasis are: 
art education, business education, English (language 
arts) education, foreign language education, home eco- 
nomics education, mathematics education, music edu- 
cation, reading education, science education, social 
studies education, and speech education. For specific 
information concerning the requirements for the various 
degree programs students should contact the depart- 
ment. 

EDSE 402. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN 
TEACHING BOOKKEEPING AND RELATED 
SUBJECTS (3) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery 
of bookkeeping and related office knowledge and 



180 / graduate school 



the skills including a consideration of materials and 
teaching procedures. 

EDSE 403. PROBLEMS IN TEACHING OFFICE 

SKILLS (3) 

Problems in development of occupational compet- 
ency, achievement tests, standards of achievement, 
instructional materials, transcription, and the inte- 
gration of office skills. 

EDSE 404. BASIC BUSINESS EDUCATION IN THE 

SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Includes consideration of course objectives; sub- 
jectives; subject matter selection; and methods of 
organization and presenting business principles, 
knowledge and practices. 

EDSE 415. FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC 

EDUCATION I (3) 
Problems of teaching courses in personal finance 
and economics in the public schools, including ma- 
terials and resources. 

EDSE 416. FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC 
EDUCATION II (3) 
Continuation of EDSE 415. 

EDSE 420. ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION 
OF DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3) 
This course deals specifically with such areas as 
the organization of a cooperative distributive edu- 
cation program; the development on an effective 
cooperative relationship between coordinator and 
training sponsor; the selection, orientation, and 
training of sponsors; analysis of training opportuni- 
ties, reports and records; the evaluation and selec- 
tion of students for part-time cooperative work as- 
signments; and the evaluation of the program. 

EDSE 421. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN 

DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION (3) 
This course covers basic methods and materials 
needed to teach the preparatory classroom related 
instruction of a one or two year distributive educa- 
tion program. It deals specifically with the organi- 
zation of special supplementary materials for in- 
dividual and group instruction-youth club programs, 
organization and administration. 

EDSE 423. FIELD EXPERIENCES IN VOCATIONAL 

AREAS (3) 
A. Home Economics Education, B. Business Educa- 
tion, C. Distributive Education. Supervised work 
experience in an occupation related to vocational 
education. Application of theory to work situations 
as a basic for teaching in vocational education pro- 
grams. By individual arrangement with advisor. 

EDSE 425. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN HOME 

ECONOMICS (3) 
Bases for curriculum decisions; tools for planning 
and evaluating curriculum; methodology of concep- 
tual teaching. 

EDSE 426. EVALUATION OF HOME ECONOMICS 
(3) 

The meaning and function of evaluation in educa- 
tion; the development of a plan for evaluating a 
homemaking program with emphasis upon types of 
evaluation devices, their construction and use. 



EDSE 430. CORRECTIVE-REMEDIAL READING 
INSTRUCTION (3) 

EDSE 431. LABORATORY PRACTICES IN READING 
(2-4) 

EDSE 432. THE JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL (2-3) 
A general overview of the junior high school. Pur- 
poses, functions and characteristics of this school 
unit; a study of its population, organization, pro- 
gram of studies, methods, staff, and other topics, 
together with their implications for prospective 
teachers. 

EDSE 440. METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH IN 
SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

EDSE 441. PRACTICUM IN ART EDUCATION (3) 
One 2-hour lecture discussion period and two, 2- 
hour laboratory sessions per week. Instruction will 
be aimed at reviewing experiences in a chosen med- 
ium of art and assembling a workable procedure to 
present the content to secondary school students. 
The course will provide a studio setting in which the 
student will assemble materials for an in-depth study 
of the practical work involved and attempt to de- 
velop a total concept in a particular area of art. 

EDSE 442. TEACHING THE AUDIO-LINGUAL 
SKILLS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES (3) 

EDSE 444. METHODS OF TEACHING MATHE- 
MATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

EDSE 446. METHODS OF TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

EDSE 447. METHODS OF TEACHING SOCIAL 
STUDIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS (2-3) 

EDSE 450. SPEECH METHODS OND RESOURCES 
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

EDSE 453. THE TEACHING OF READING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (3) 

EDSE 460. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION (3) 
Two lecture-discussion periods and one 3-hour lab- 
oratory-field experience session per week. An inter- 
disciplinary course covering the literature, tech- 
niques and strategies of environmental education. 
Emphasis is upon the study of environmental educa- 
tion programs and the development of a specific 
program which is designed to implement the solu- 
tion of an environmental problem. The laboratory- 
field experience is provided as a model for future 
activities of students. Open to any student who 
wishes to become actively involved in the process 
of environmental education program development. 



EDSE 470. TEACHING OF ART CRITICISM IN 

PUBLIC SCHOOLS (3) 

Introduction to various alternative theories 
aesthetics as related to the teaching of art. 



of 



EDSE 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION (1-4) 
Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in educa- 
tion at the University of Maryland plus such other 
prerequisites as may be set by the secondary educa- 
tion department. Planned field experience may be 
provided for selected students who have had teach- 
ing experience and whose application for such field 



graduate school / 181 



experience has been approved by the secondary 
education faculty. Field experience is offered in a 
given area to both major and non-major students. 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a student 
may earn in EDSE 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a 
maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDSE 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. 

EDSE 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 

INSTITUTES (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education 
(or developed cooperatively with other colleges and 
universities) and not otherwise covered in the pres- 
ent course listing; clinical experiences in pupil-test- 
ing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy labora- 
tories, and special education centers; institutes de- 
veloped around specific topics or problems and in- 
tended for designated groups such as school super- 
intendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDSE 600. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 

OF BUSINESS EDUCATION (3) 
Major emphasis on departmental organization and 
its role in the school program, curriculum, equip- 
ment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, place- 
ment and follow-up, school-community relationships, 
qualifications and selection of teaching staff, visual 
aids, and in-service programs for teacher develop- 
ment. For administrators, supervisors, and teachers. 

EDSE 605. PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF 

BUSINESS EDUCATION (2-3) 
Principles, objectives, and practices in business 
education; occupation foundations; current attitudes 
of business, labor and school leaders; general busi- 
ness education relation to consumer business edu- 
cation and to education in general. 

EDSE 606. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN 

BUSINESS EDUCATION (2-3) 
This course is especially designed for graduate stu- 
dents interested in a concentrated study of curricu- 
lum planning in business education. Emphasis will 
be placed on the philosophy and objectives of the 
business education program, and on curriculum re- 
search and organization of appropriate course con- 
tent. 

EDSE 625 INTRODUCTION TO FIELD METHODS IN 

SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Applies se- 
lected field methods to problems of professional 
practice. Issues pertaining to the role and responsi- 
bilities of the field investigator, working in schools 
and other service agencies. Students will design 
one or more field studies utilizing quantitative field 
techniques. 



EDSE 626. PROBLEMS IN TEACHING READING IN 

SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) 

Problems in the teaching of reading in the second- 
ary school. Implications of current theory and the 
results of research for the teaching of reading in the 
secondary school. Attention is given to all areas of 
development reading instruction, with special em- 
phasis on persistent problems. 

EDSE 630. DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION OF 

READING DISABILITIES (3) 

Prerequisites, EDEL 325 and 430. For those who 
wish to become corrective and remedial reading 
specialists. Concerned with clinical techniques, in- 
structional materials, and remedial procedures use- 
ful to the reading specialist in (1) diagnosing serious 
reading difficulties and (2) planning programs of in- 
dividual and small-group instruction. The work in- 
cludes the writing of diagnostic and progress re- 
ports. 

EDSE 631. ADVANCED LABORATORY EXPERI- 
ENCES IN READING INSTRUCTION (3) 

Prerequisite, at least 21 credits applicable to the 
Master's program in corrective and remedial read- 
ing. The first semester of the course deals with 
diagnostic techniques. Each participant will assist 
in diagnosing reading disabilities and in recom- 
mending instructional programs for individual pupils. 
The second semester deals with instruction of pupils 
with reading disabilities. Each participant will plan 
and execute a program of instruction for an individ- 
ual or a small group, applying findings of the pre- 
liminary diagnosis. 

EDSE 632. ADVANCED LABORATORY EXPERI- 
ENCES IN READING INSTRUCTION (3) 

Prerequisites, at least 21 credits applicable to the 
Master's program in corrective and remedial read- 
ing. The first semester of the course deals with 
diagnostic techniques. Each participant will assist 
in diagnosing reading disabilities and in recom- 
mending instructional programs for individual pu- 
pils. The second semester deals with instruction of 
pupils with reading disabilities. Each participant 
will plan and execute a program of instruction for 
an individual or a small group, applying findings of 
the preliminary diagnosis. 

EDSE 637. SEMINAR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 
(3) 

EDSE 640. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— GENERAL (3) 
Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum. 

EDSE 641. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— ART (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in art 
education. 

EDSE 642. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— BUSINESS (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in 
business education. 



182 / graduate school 



EDSE 643. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICULUM— DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION (3) 
Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in dis- 
tributive education. 

EDSE 644. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— ENGLISH (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in Eng- 
lish education. 

EDSE 645. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICULUM— FOREIGN LANGUAGE (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking ana 
practice which have affected the curriculum in for- 
eign language education. 

EDSE 646. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— GEOGRAPHY (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in 
geography. 

EDSE 647. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— MATHEMATICS (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in 
mathematics. 

EDSE 650. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— SCIENCE (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in sci- 
ence education. 

EDSE 651. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— SOCIAL STUDIES (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in social 
studies. 

EDSE 652. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— SPEECH (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in 
speech. 

EDSE 653. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— URBAN SCHOOLS (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice which have affected the curriculum in urban 
schools. 

EDSE 654. TRENDS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 

CURRICULUM— READING (3) 

Prerequisites, EDSE 453, EDMS 446. Recent devel- 
opments in educational thinking and practice which 
have affected the curriculum in reading. 

EDSE 700. HISTORY OF ART EDUCATION (3) 
A study of the growth of the art curriculum in Amer- 
ican schools. Perspective on art education phi- 
losophy as viewed through a historical survey be- 
ginning with the United States colonial period to 
the present. 

EDSE 701. THE TEACHING OF ART CRITICISM (3) 
The aesthetic foundations of art education. Devel- 
opment of skills necessary for critical investigation 
of works of art, and identification of curriculum im- 



plications resulting from various aesthetic and psy- 
chological approaches to art. 

EDSE 705. TRENDS IN THE TEACHING AND 
SUPERVISION OF HOME ECONOMICS (3) 
Study of home economics programs and practices 
in light of current educational trends. Interpretation 
and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, 
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 

EDSE 740. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION— GENERAL (1-3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of re- 
search techniques; consideration of relevant instruc- 
tional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern 
teaching methods and techniques. 

EDSE 741. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SEC- 
ONDARY EDUCATION— ART (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 742. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SEC- 
ONDARY EDUCATION— BUSINESS (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 743. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 744. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— ENGLISH (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 745. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— FOREIGN LANGUAGE (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 746. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— HOME ECONOMICS (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 747. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— MATHEMATICS (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 750. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— MUSIC (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 751. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— READING (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 752. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— SCIENCE (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 753. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— SOCIAL STUDIES (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 754. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— SPEECH (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 755. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN SECOND- 
ARY EDUCATION— URBAN EDUCATION (1-3) 
See EDSE 740 for description. 

EDSE 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 

(1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the di- 
rection of their advisers may register for credit un- 



graduate school / 183 



der this number. Course card must have the title of 
the problem and the name of the faculty member 
under whom the work will be done. 

EDSE 799. MASTERS THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for master's thesis. 

EDSE 820. SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 821. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 822. SEMINAR IN COMPUTER ASSISTED 
INSTRUCTION (3) 

EDSE 823. SEMINAR IN DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 
(3) 

EDSE 824. SEMINAR IN ENGLISH EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 825. SEMINAR IN FOREIGN LANGUAGE 
EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 826. SEMINAR IN HOME ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 827. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS EDUCA- 
TION (3) 

EDSE 830. SEMINAR IN READING EDUCATION (3) 
Prerequisite, EDSE 751. Exploration of major issues 
of theory, research and program development of 
concern to those in positions of advanced profes- 
sional leadership. Interinstitutional and interdisci- 
plinary factors will be considered. 

EDSE 831. SEMINAR IN SCIENCE EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 832. SEMINAR IN SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCA- 
TION (3) 

EDSE 833. SEMINAR IN SPEECH EDUCATION (3) 

EDSE 834. SEMINAR IN URBAN EDUCATION (3) 
EDSE 835. SEMINAR IN BEHAVIORAL OBJECTIVES 
(3) 

EDSE 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students whose application for an 
apprenticeship has been approved by the education 
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at 
least a semester fulltime or the equivalent with an 
appropriate staff member of a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution or agency. 
The sponsor of the apprenticeship maintains a close 
working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex- 
perience, a Master's Degree in education, and at 
least six semester hours in education at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. Note: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888 and 
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours. 

EDSE 889. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATION (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are available 
to selected students who have teaching experience. 
The following groups of students are eligible: (a) 
any student who has been advanced to candidacy 
for the Doctor's Degree; and (b) any student who 
receives special approval by the education faculty 
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an 
internship, such student shall have completed at 
least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including 



at least six semester hours in education at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work 
on a fulltime basis for at least a semester with an 
appropriate staff member in a cooperating school, 
school system, or educational institution or agency. 
The internship must be taken in a school situation 
different from the one where the student is regularly 
employed. The intern's sponsor maintains a close 
working relationship with the intern and the other 
persons involved. Note: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888, and 
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours. 

EDSE 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH 

(1-8) 

Six to nine hours required for an Ed.D. project and 
12-18 hours required for a PhD. dissertation. 



SOCIOLOGY PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Lengermann 

Professors: Dager, Janes, Lejins 

Associate Professors: Cussler, Henkel, Hirzel, Mc- 
Intyre, Meeker, Pease 

Assistant Professors: Finsterbusch. Franz, Greisman, 
Harper, Hornung, Hunt, L.. Kruegel, Mortimer, Sch- 
wartz 

The graduate program in Sociology offers course- 
work leading to M.A. and Ph.D. degrees but is prim- 
arily designed for students who wish to obtain the 
Ph.D However, entrance to the Ph.D. program requires 
completion of requirements for the M.A. at this uni- 
versity or another. 

Admission to the graduate program is based upon 
letters of recommendation, GRE scores, student's 
prior academic record, and other information relevant 
to the applicant's chances of successfully completing 
the program. Additionally, students are considered to 
be properly prepared for graduate work in sociology if 
they have had the following undergraduate courses: 
mathematics through college algebra, elementary sta- 
tistics, introduction to sociological theory, research 
methods, and philosophy of science or symbolic logic. 
Students deficient in any of these areas may be ad- 
mitted to the program but must satisfy the require- 
ments either before or upon entering the program. 

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the Master's 
degree. Five courses are required and are intended 
to give students a sound grounding in theory, meth- 
ods, and statistics. In addition, the student is required 
to complete six hours of research credit and nine 
hours of electives, the latter usually chosen in the 
student's area of specialization. A final oral exam is 
held centering on the research paper or thesis but 
including other subsidiary substantive and theoretical 
issues emerging from the research. Usually, this phase 
of the program can be completed in two years. 

On completion of all requirements for the M.A., and 
independent of its conferral, each student is evaluated 
by a committee of the faculty for admission to the 
doctoral program. On admission to the doctoral pro- 
gram, the student, in consultation with his advisor and 
committee, pursues a plan of study in his area of spe- 
cialization. Required courses are held to a minimum 



184 / graduate school 



(six hours) to enable the student to create a program 
most suited to his or her needs. 

The student must successfully complete compre- 
hensive examinations in three areas: Social Psychol- 
ogy, Social Organization, and the chosen area of 
specialization. The foreign language requirement can 
be satisfied by passing a language exam or making 
a "B" or better in one of eleven other tool courses. 

SOCY 401. INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR 

SOCIOLOGISTS (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 201 or equivalent and six ad- 
ditional credits in sociology. Intermediate correla- 
tion techniques, analysis of variance, sampling, ad- 
ditional non-parametric techniques, additional top- 
ics in inferential statistics. Required of all candi- 
dates for the A. A. degree. 

SOCY 410. POPULATION (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Population distribu- 
tion and growth in the United States and the world; 
population characteristics of the United States; re- 
sulting population problems and policies. 

SOCY 411. POPULATION (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 201 and 410 or equivalent sta- 
tistical training. Trends in fertility and mortality, 
migrations, population estimates, and the resulting 
problems and policies. 

SOCY 421. INTERCULTURAL SOCIOLOGY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 200. On the basis of a com- 
parative study of customs, individual and group be- 
havior patterns and institutions, this course studies 
the ideologies of America and other modern socie- 
ties. 

SOCY 423. ETHNIC MINORITIES (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Basic social proc- 
esses in the relations of ethnic groups; immigra- 
tion groups and the Negro in the United States: 
ethnic minorities in Europe. 

SOCY 424. SOCIOLOGY OF RACE RELATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Race as a focus of 
social relations. Political and collective action cen- 
tering on race relations. New myths of race. Trends 
in assimilation of racial groups. 

SOCY 426. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Varieties and sources 
of religious experience. Religious institutions and 
the role of religion in social life. 

SOCY 427. DEVIANT BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Current theories of 
the genesis and distribution of deviant behavior. 
Definitions of deviance, labeling theory, secondary 
deviance. Theories of specific forms of deviant 
behavior will be examined for their implications for 
a general theory of deviant behavior. 

SOCY 430. SOCIOLOGY OF PERSONALITY (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Development of 
human nature and personality in contemporary so- 
cial life; processes of socialization; attitudes, in- 
dividual differences and social behavior. 

SOCY 431. FORMAL AND COMPLEX 
ORGANIZATIONS (3) 
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 or 200. The concept of for- 



mal organization. The study of functioning and con- 
trol in the operation of bureaucracies such as cor- 
porations and in large-scale organizations such as 
military, religious and educational hierarchies. 
Forms of recruitment, internal mobility and organi- 
zational personality. Relations between large-scale 
organizations and with the larger society. 

SOCY 432. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Social interaction 
in mass behavior; communication processes; struc- 
ture and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, 
mass movements, and the public. 

SOCY 433. SOCIAL CONTROL (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Forms, mechanisms, 
and techniques of group influence on human be- 
havior; problems of social control in contemporary 
society. 

SOCY 441. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 credits of sociology. An introduction 
to the sociology of social stratification. Considera- 
tion of the basic concepts and major findings in the 
field. The relationship of social stratification to the 
institutional orders of the society. 

SOCY 443. THE FAMILY AND SOCIETY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Study of the family 
as a social institution; its biological and cultural 
foundations, historic development, changing struc- 
ture, arid function; the interactions of marriage and 
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors 
in present day trends. 

SOCY 445. SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Functions of the arts 
as a social institution. Social role of the artist. Re- 
cruitment to and organizational structure of artistic 
professions. Art forms and social characteristics 
of audiences. Changing technology and social 
values as reflected in artistic expression. 

SOCY 447. SMALL GROUP ANALYSIS (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Analysis of small 
group structure and dynamics. Review of research 
on small groups in factories, military service, schools 
and communities. Presentation of techniques used 
in the study of small groups. 

SOCY 457. SOCIOLOGY OF LAW (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Law as a form of 
social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions, and 
methods of securing conformity; law as an integral 
part of the culture of groups; factors and processes 
operative in the formation of legal norms as deter- 
minants of human behavior. 

SOCY 460. SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND 

CAREERS (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. The sociology of 
work and occupational life in modern society. 
Changing occupational ideologies, values and 
choices. Occupational status systems and occupa- 
tional mobility. The social psychology of career 
success. 

SOCY 462. INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. The sociology of 
human relations in American industry and business. 



graduate school / 185 



Complex industrial and business organization as 
social systems. Social relationships wthin and be- 
tween industry, business, community, and society. 

SOCY 466. SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICS (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 credits of sociology. An introduction 
to the sociology of political phenomena. Considera- 
tion of the basic concepts and major findings in the 
field; the relationship of the polity to other insti- 
tutional orders of the society; the relationship of 
political activity in America to the theory of democ- 
racy. 

SOCY 470. RURAL-URBAN RELATIONS (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. The ecology of 
population and the forces making for change in 
rural and urban life migration, decentralization and 
regionalism as methods of studying individual and 
national issues. Applied field problems. 

SOCY 471. THE RURAL COMMUNITY (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. A detailed study of 
rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the 
family, school, and church and organizational ac- 
tivities in the fields of health, recreation, welfare, 
and planning. 

SOCY 473. THE CITY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. The rise of urban 
civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological 
process and structure; the city as a center of dom- 
inance; social problems, control and planning. 

SOCY 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100 or 200. Topics of special 
interest to advanced undergraduates in sociology. 
Such courses will be offered in response to student 
request and faculty interest. No more than 6 credits 
may be taken by a student in selected topics. 

SOCY 600. SOCIOLOGY METHODOLOGY (3) 

Second semester. Logic and method of sociology 
in relation to the general theory of scientific meth- 
od; principal issues and points of view. 

SOCY 601. ADVANCED STATISTICS FOR 

SOCIOLOGISTS (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 401 or equivalent. Advanced 
treatment of inferential statistics; sampling; re- 
search design; nonparametric techniques; scaling. 

SOCY 602. INTERMEDIATE PROCEDURES OF 

DATA ANALYSIS (3) 
Prerequisites, undergraduate training in sociological 
research methods, statistics, and theory or equiva- 
lent. This course is designed to provide the grad- 
uate student with practical experience in analyzing 
data. Extensive use of "canned" computer programs 
is made to analyze available data. Knowledge of 
computer systems, languages, or applications is 
not a prerequisite. However, the student is required 
to have completed an introductory course in re- 
search methods and have a basic grasp of multi- 
variate statistics. 

SOCY 603. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 

SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in the history of develop- 
ment of sociological theory. Analysis of contem- 
porary schools of sociological theory such as func- 
tionalism, positivism, conflict, sociology of knowl- 



edge, etc. Examination of issues involved in differ- 
ing theoretical viewpoints. Study of critical prob- 
lems involved in a value-free sociology and in the 
application of sociological knowledge. Assumptions 
underlying theory construction and present trends 
in theory development. 

SOCY 606. SEMINAR IN FIELD WORK URBAN 

RESEARCH (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 623. Methods of research in 
sociology applied to the urban and metropolitan 
community; review of needed research; reviews of 
contemporary research; the design and execution 
of field studies. 

SOCY 609. PRACTICUM IN DATA ANALYSIS IN 

FIELD RESEARCH (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 401 and one course in methods. 
Field training in the conduct of research in an or- 
ganized research setting. Supervised instruction in 
the sequence of a total research project including 
preparation of research design, data collection, 
data coding, scaling, tabulation, and report writing. 

SOCY 618. COMPUTER METHODS FOR 

SOCIOLOGISTS (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 400, 401 or equivalents and 
elementary knowledge of a programming language, 
CMSC 103, 110 or equivalent and consent of in- 
structor. Designed to present the potential of the 
computer as a tool in sociological research. Proj- 
ects involving programming and running of data 
manipulation techniques, statistical techniques, and 
simple simulations. 

SOCY 620. DEVELOPMENT OF EUROPEAN AND 

AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 203 or equivalent. Review of 
systematic sociological theories (such as Positivism, 
Organicism, Conflict, etc.) from the early 19th Cen- 
tury to the present. A review of the emerging self- 
evaluation of sociology. 

SOCY 621. SEMINAR— SOCIOLOGICAL 

THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 203 or equivalent. Systematic 
examination of contemporary sociological theories 
such as structural functionalism and social action. 
Special reference is given to the relevance of each 
theory to the conduct of sociological investigation. 

SOCY 622. THE SOCIOLOGY OF KNOWLEDGE (3) 
Analysis of the relation of types of knowledge to 
social structure. Role of social class and social 
organization in the development of science, politi- 
cal ideology, belief systems and social values. So- 
cial roles associated with production of knowledge. 

SOCY 623. SURVEY OF URBAN THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 120, 473 or equivalent. Theore- 
tical approaches of sociology and other social sci- 
ences to urbanism, urbanization, and urban pheno- 
mena. Selected approaches: Chicago school; 
metropolitan region; demography; institutions. 

SOCY 624. THEORY OF SOCIAL INTERACTION (3) 
Positions of major sociologists and social psycholo- 
gists as to how the individual interacts with various 
groups and the issues involved. Trends in recent 
interaction theory. 



186 / graduate school 



SOCY 625. RESEARCH LITERATURE IN SOCIAL 

STRATIFICATION (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 441 or equivalent. A compre- 
hensive review and detailed examination of the 
major theoretical and research problems in the so- 
ciology of social stratification. A critical review of 
the study of social stratification in American sociol- 
ogy. A detailed examination of the forms and func- 
tions, and the characteristics, correlates, and con- 
sequences of class and status stratification. The 
distribution of power. The relationship of social 
stratification to ideology and the institutional orders 
of the society. 

SOCY 626. HUMAN ECOLOGY (3) 

Review of research and theory in human ecology. 
Assessment of the ecological complex (population, 
organization, environment, technology). 

SOCY 630. POPULATION AND SOCIETY (3) 

Second semester. Selected problems in the field of 
population; quantitative and qualitative aspects; 
American and world problems. 

SOCY 631. COMPARATIVE SOCIOLOGY (3) 

Second semester, Comparison of the social in- 
stitutions, organizations, patterns of collective be- 
havior, and art manifestations of societal values of 
various countries. 

SOCY 632. PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL 

STRUCTURE (3) 

Comparative analysis of the development of human 
nature, personality, and social traits in select social 
structures. 

SOCY 633. SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND 

PROFESSIONS (3) 

An analysis of the occupational and professional 
structure of American society, with special empha- 
sis on changing roles, functions, ideologies, and 
community relationships. 

SOCY 634. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA 

(3) 
Processes involved in the formation of mass atti- 
tudes; agencies and techniques of communication; 
quantitative measurement of public opinion. 

SOCY 635. SOCIOLOGY OF LAW (3) 
Prerequisite' SOCY 457. The interrelationship of 
legal phenomena with other socio-cultural reality. 

SOCY 640. SOCIAL CHANGE AND SOCIAL 

POLICY (3) 

Emergence and development of social policy as 
related to social change, policy-making factors in 
social welfare and social legislation. 

SOCY 641. FAMILY STUDIES (3) 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies 
of family trends, methods of investigation and analy- 
sis. 

SOCY 642. THE SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL 

HEALTH (3) 
A study of the sociological factors that condition 
mental health together with an appraisal of the 
group dynamics of its preservation. 

SOCY 643. COMMUNITY STUDIES (3) 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community 



development and growth, social structure, social 
stratification, social mobility and social institutions; 
analysis of particular communities. 

SOCY 660. THEORIES OF SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

(3) 
Prerequisites, undergraduate training in sociological 
research methods, statistics, and theory or equiva- 
lent. An introduction to some of the theories in so- 
cial psychology that are particularly useful to sociol- 
ogists. Topics to be covered include theories of 
cognitive consistency, social exchange, symbolic 
interaction, role theory, group processes, and col- 
lective behavior. 

SOCY 661. THEORIES OF SOCIAL 

STRATIFICATION (3) 

Prerequisites, undergraduate training in sociological 
research methods, statistics, and theory or equiva- 
lent. A critical examination of the major theoretical 
approaches developed for understandnig societal 
stratification and social mobility. Consideration will 
be given to the writings, as well as the pertinent 
research literature, of Marx, Weber, Parsons, Davis, 
Moore, Dahrendorf, and Lenski. The works of other 

theorists, such as Blau and Duncan, Cooley, Mc- 
Clelland, Ossowski, Sorokin, Toennies, and Veblen, 
will be considered in accordance with the interests 
of students in the course. 

SOCY 662. THEORIES OF FORMAL ORGANIZATION 

(3) 
An introduction to the study of organization, the 
nature of organizations, types of organizations, 
determinants and consequences of organizational 
growth, determinants and consequences of growth 
for administrative staff, determinants of effective- 
ness and research in organizations. 

SOCY 663. THEORIES OF SOCIAL SYSTEMS (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 603 or equivalent. Study of sys- 
tems models — logical, social-psychological and so- 
cial; types of social systems — ecological, functional, 
formal, consensual, and historical; levels of social 
systems — group, complex organization, collectivity 
and community; methods of study — analytical and 
empirical, qualitative and quantitative; examples of 
specific systems — professions, science, politics, 
cities. 

SOCY 699. SPECIAL SOCIAL PROBLEMS (1-16) 

SOCY 700. THEORY CONSTRUCTION (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 603; at least one course each 
in statistics and research methods (may be under- 
graduate courses); symbolic logic or philosophy of 
science. The course will emphasize the logical 
bases of sociological theories, and will provide 
practice in the analysis and construction of theo- 
ries. Topics to be covered include: review of sym- 
bolic logic and the meaning of prediction and ex- 
planation; the nature of concepts, propositions, and 
axiomatic systems; the use of models; the nature 
of causality and causals analysis; fundamental as- 
sumptions and variables commonly used in sociolo- 
gical theory. Examples from current sociological 
theories will be used. 



graduate school / 187 



SOCY 701. ISSUES IN QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

(3) 
Prerequisites, SOCY 401 or 601 or equivalent, and 
instructor's permission. An examination of current 
issues and problems in the application and inter- 
pretation of mathematical and statistical techniques 
in social research. 

SOCY 702. INTERMEDIATE PROCEDURES FOR 

DATA COLLECTION (3) 
Prerequisites, SOCY 602 or equivalent. This will in- 
clude experimental design and use of quasi-experi- 
mental designs; measurement problem; reliability 
and validity; questionnaire construction; the use of 
accounting schemes; an introduction to scaling; in- 
terviewing; the problem of nonresponse; the pro- 
cessing and coding of data; and the preparation 
of IBM cards and-tapes. 

SOCY 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

SOCY 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 



SPANISH LANGUAGE AND 
LITERATURE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Hesse 

Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg. Marra-Lopez, Men- 

deloff, Nemes 
Associate Professors: Rovner, Sosnowski 
Assistant Professor: Natella 

The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers 
graduate programs leading to the degrees of Mas- 
ter of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The 
department's offerings are designed to provide the 
required advanced training in language, literature, and 
linguistics for achieving professional excellence in 
high school and college teaching and for undertaking 
creative research in related fields of inquiry. 

Candidates for both the Master of Arts and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees may elect to do their work in one 
of two complementary areas: Spanish literature or 
Spanish-American literature. Spanish literature em- 
braces four fields: Medieval Literature; The Golden 
Age; Enlightenment, Romanticism, and Realism; and 
The Contemporary Period. Spanish-American litera- 
ture also embraces four fields: Colonial Literature; 
National Literatures; Modernism; and Present-Day 
Literature. 

In pursuing an M.A. program in Spanish, the stu- 
dent may choose between the two areas mentioned 
above. Two different programs are available in either 
area: the thesis program and the non-thesis program. 

Minimum requirements in the thesis program are 3 
semester hours in teaching techniques (SPAN 605); 3 
semester hours in linguistics (SPAN 470 or 610); 18 
semester hours in literature, at least 15 of which must 
be distributed as evenly as possible through the four 
fields of a single area, and at least 9 of which must be 
in courses numbered 600 or above; and 6 semester 
hours of research (SPAN 799), taken while writing 
a thesis. 

Minimum course requirements in the non-thesis 
program are 3 semester hours in teaching techniques 
(SPAN 605); 3 semester hours in linguistics (SPAN 470 



or 610); and 24 semester hours in literature, at least 
21 of which must be distributed as evenly as possible 
among the four fields of a single area and at least 15 
of which must be numbered 600 or above. 

As in the M.A. program, the doctoral student may 
work in either the Spanish or the Spanish-American 
area. The Ph.D. is a research degree. Coursework 
taken for the Ph.D is intended as a preparation for the 
fundamental work of the doctorate, which is the dis- 
sertation. The only required courses are in the field of 
linguistics, where two courses must be taken on the 
600-700 level, one of which must be the History of the 
Spanish Language. Supporting courses may be taken 
in related fields depending on the dissertation topic. 

The department maintains a special research and 
reference library for graduate students of Spanish 
in honor of one of its former instructors, the late 
Pedro F. Entenza. 



SPANISH 

SPAN 401, 402. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3, 3) 
Exercises in practical stylistics, with special em- 
phasis on idiomatic and syntactic structures. Grad- 
uate credit in the College of Education only. 

SPAN 404. ORAL PRACTICE FOR NON-NATIVE 

TEACHERS OF SPANISH (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Development of 
fluency in Spanish with stress on correct sentence 
structure, pronunciation and idiomatic expression. 
Graduate credit in College of Education only. 

SPAN 408, 409. GREAT THEMES OF THE HISPANIC 

LITERATURES (3, 3) 

Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or Span- 
ish-America. Each theme will be announced when 
the course is offered. 

SPAN 410. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES (3) 
Spanish literary history from the Eleventh through 
the Fifteenth Century. Reading of representative 
texts. This course covers until 1350. 

SPAN 411. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES (3) 
Spanish literary history from the Eleventh through 
the Fifteenth Century. Reading of representative 
texts. This course covers from 1350 to 1500. 

SPAN 412. THE ROMANCERO (3) 

Origin, nature and influence. Extensive reading in 
each of the respective sub-genres. 

SPAN 420. 421. PROSE AND POETRY OF THE 
SIXTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Selected readings and literary analysis. 

SPAN 424. DRAMA OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY 

(3) 

From the earliest autos and pasos, the development 
of Spanish drama anterior to Lope de Vega, includ- 
ing Cervantes. 

SPAN 425, 426. SPANISH CIVILIZATION (3, 3) 
A survey of two thousand years of Spanish history, 
outlining the cultural hertiage of the Spanish people, 
their great men, traditions, customs, art, and litera- 
ture, with special emphasis on the interrelationship 
of social and literary history. Conducted in Spanish. 
Graduate credit in College of Education only. 



188 / graduate school 



SPAN 430, 431. CERVANTES— DON QUIXOTE 
AND NOVELAS EJEMPLARES (3, 3) 

SPAN 434. 435. PROSE AND POETRY OF THE 

SEVENTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion 
of the outstanding prose and poetry of the period, 
in the light of the historical background. 

SPAN 436. DRAMA OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY (3, 3) 

Devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic theory and the 

Spanish stage. 

SPAN 437. DRAMA OF THE SEVENTEENTH 

CENTURY (3) 

Drama after Lope de Vega to Calderon de la Barca 
and the decline of the Spanish theater. 

SPAN 440, 441. LITERATURE OF THE 

EIGHTEENTH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Traditionalism, Neo-Classicism, and Pre-Romantic- 
ism in prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and 
poetics of the Enlightenment. 

SPAN 446, 447. LATIN-AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

(3, 3) 
A survey of the cultural heritage of the Latin Ameri- 
can peoples from the pre-Columbian period to the 
present. Hispanic and other European influences. 
Conducted in Spanish. Graduate credit in College of 
Education only. 

SPAN 448. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LATIN 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION (3) 

An intensive study of a selected topic related to 
Latin American civilization. This course may be 
taken no more than twice. Conducted in Spanish. 
Graduate credit in College of Education only. 

SPAN 452. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT IN 
SPAIN (3) 

Poetry, prose and drama of the Romantic and 

Post-R'omantic Periods. 

SPAN 454. NINETEENTH CENTURY FICTION (3) 
Significant novels of the Nineteenth Century. 

SPAN 456. NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA AND 

POETRY (3) 
Significant dramas and poetry of the Realistic pe- 
riod. 

SPAN 460, 461. THE GENERATION OF 1898 AND 

ITS SUCCESSORS (3, 3) 
Authors and works of all genres of the generation of 
1898 and those of the immediately succeeding gen- 
eration. 

SPAN 462. TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA (3) 
Significant plays of the Twentieth Century. 

SPAN 464. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY (3) 
Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to the 
present. 

SPAN 466. THE CONTEMPORARY SPANISH 

NOVEL (3) 
The novel and the short story from 1940 to the pres- 
ent. 



SPAN 468, 469. MODERNISM AND POST- 
MODERNISM IN SPAIN AND SPANISH-AMERICA (3, 3) 
A study of the most important works and authors 
of both movements in Spain and Spanish-America. 

SPAN 470. APPLIED LINGUISTICS (3) 

Nature of applied linguistics and its contribution 
to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Com- 
parative study of English and Spanish with em- 
phasis upon points of divergence. 

SPAN 480. SPANISH-AMERICAN ESSAY (3) 
A study of the socio-poltical contents and aesthetic 
qualities of representative works from the Colonial 
to the contemporary period. 

SPAN 481. SPANISH-AMERICAN ESSAY (3) 

A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic 
qualities of representative works from the Colonial 
to the contemporary period, with emphasis on the 
essay of the Twentieth Century. 

SPAN 488, 489. SPANISH-AMERICAN 

FICTION (3, 3) 

Representative novels and/or short stories from the 
wars of independence to the present or close analy- 
sis of major contemporary works. Subject will be 
announced each time course is offered. 

SPAN 491-H. HONORS READING COURSE- 
POETRY (3) 
Supervised reading to be taken by students ad- 
mitted to the honors program or upon consultation 
with the instructor. 

SPAN 492-H. HONORS READING COURSE- 
NOVEL (3) 
Supervised reading to be taken by students ad- 
mitted to the honors program or upon consultation 
with the instructor. 

SPAN 493-H. HONORS READING COURSE- 
DRAMA (3) 
Supervised reading to be taken by students ad- 
mitted to the honors program or upon consultation 
with the instructor. 

SPAN 496-H. HONORS SEMINAR (3) 

Required of all students in the honors program. 
Other students will be admitted on special recom- 
mendation. Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a 
central theme with related investigation by students. 

SPAN 498. SPANISH-AMERICAN POETRY (3) 

Main trends, authors and works from the conquest 
to Ruben Dario. 

SPAN 600. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN 
SPANISH LITERATURE (3) 

SPAN 601. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN 
SPANISH LITERATURE (3) 

SPAN 602. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN 
SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) 

SPAN 603. READING COURSE FOR MINORS IN 
SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) 

SPAN 605. TEACHING SPANISH IN INSTITUTIONS 

OF HIGHER LEARNING (3) 

Required of all graduate students, teaching assist- 
ants, and new instructors. Instruction, demonstra- 



graduate school / 189 



tion, and classroom practice under supervision, of 
modern procedures in the presentation of first 
year Spanish. 

SPAN 608, 609. MEDIEVAL SPANISH 
LITERATURE (3, 3) 

Specific authors, genres, and literary periods 

studied in depth. 

SPAN 610. THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH 
LANGUAGE (3) 

SPAN 612. COMPARATIVE ROMANCE 
LINGUISTICS (3) 

SPAN 618, 619. POETRY OF THE GOLDEN 

AGE (3, 3) 
Analyses and studies in depth of specific works of 
specific poets in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth 
Centuries. 

SPAN 628, 629. SEMINAR— THE GOLDEN AGE IN 

SPANISH LITERATURE (3, 3) 
Specific authors, genres, literary movements and 
literary periods of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth 
Centuries studied in depth. 

SPAN 699. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) 
To provide graduate students an opportunity to pur- 
sue independent study under the supervision of 
a member of the department. Repeatable to a max- 
imum of three credits. 

SPAN 708, 709. THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY (3. 3) 
Specific authors, genres, and literary movements 
studied in depth. 

SPAN 718, 719. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY (3. 3) 
Specific authors, genres, and literary movements 
studied in depth. 

SPAN 728, 729. THE TWENTIETH CENTURY (3, 3) 
Specific authors, genres and literary movements 
studied in depth. 

SPAN 738. THE DRAMA OF THE TWENTIETH 
CENTURY (3) 
Specific authors and movements studied in depth. 

SPAN 798. OPEN SEMINAR (3) 

SPAN 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

SPAN 808. COLONIAL SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE (3) 

Didactic and narrative prose and epic, dramatic 
and lyric poetry; principal works and authors. 

SPAN 809. COLONIAL SPANISH-AMERICAN 
LITERATURE (3) 

Didactic and narrative prose; dramatic and lyric 

poetry. 

SPAN 818, 819. NATIONAL SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE (3, 3) 

Characteristics of the national literatures. Romantic 
and Costumbrista literature, Gauchismo and Indi- 
genismo. Principal works and authors. 

SPAN 828, 829. HISPANIC POETRY OF THE 
NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES (3, 3) 

Specific authors, genres and literary movements 

studied in depth. 



SPAN 898. OPEN SEMINAR (3) 

SPAN 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 
RESEARCH (1-8) 

PORT 478. THEMES AND MOVEMENTS OF LUSO- 
BRAZILIAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3) 
A study of specific themes and movements in 
Luso-Brazilian literature, as announced. Designed 
for students to whom the literature would be inacces- 
sible in Portuguese. Repeatable to six credits. 

PORT 699. INDEPENDENT STUDY OF 

PORTUGUESE (1-3) 
To provide graduate students an opportunity to 
pursue independent study under the supervision 
of a member of the department. 



SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Hebeler 
Professors: Ashcroft, Simms 
Associate Professor: Seidman 
Assistant Professor: Jacobs 



Graduate studies in the Department of Special Edu- 
cation include programs leading to Master of Arts 
and Master of Education degrees, Advanced Graduate 
Specialist certificates, and Doctor of Education and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of specialization 
include: integrated special education, educational 
diagnosis and prescription, mental retardation, educa- 
tion of the gifted, education of the mentally disturbed, 
and learning disabilities. 

Graduate work in special education includes the de- 
velopment of the basic skills necessary for improving 
instruction of children with learning problems. Grad- 
uate study may be used by a student to develop and 
extend competencies in related areas such as admin- 
istration and supervision, and educational diagnosis. 
At advanced graduate study levels programs in teach- 
er education are also available. 

Graduate programs are planned individually by the 
student with his advisor. Each program reflects the 
individual student's background, his goals and the 
level of competency being sought. There is no one 
program of study which all graduate students follow. 
Individual programming by student and advisor allows 
wide latitude of career direction within the field of 
special education upon completion of graduate study. 

Prospective graduate students are requested to con- 
sult the appropriate document of the following which 
are available in the College of Education graduate 
office: Graduate Studies in Education, Statement of 
Policies and Procedures for the Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Program in Education, or Statement of 
Policies and Procedures for Doctoral Degrees in 
Education. 

Graduate study in Special Education requires ad- 
vanced competencies in the education of children 
with learning problems. Students without graduate or 
undergraduate preparation in special education 
should expect more extensive graduate programs so 
that they might develop the necessary levels of com- 
petence. 

Students pursuing the Master's degree program in 
Special Education may earn the Master of Arts degree 



190 / graduate school 



or the Master of Education degree. Specific basic 
course requirements in Special Education are the 
same for either program. Students should refer to 
the Statement of Policies and Procedures for the 
Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees for 
differentiation of thesis requirements. The following 
courses are required for completion of the master's 
level program: EDMS 446, EDMS 646, and EDHD 721. 

The minimum number of graduate hours for the 
Master's degree program is 30. The student generally 
takes a minimum of 9 to 15 hours in Special Educa- 
tion. Specific programs and the number of credit 
hours required will be determined with the student's 
advisor according to the student's background and 
career plans. 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in 
Special Education is available to students wishing 
to take increased graduate work beyond the Masters 
level. A student pursuing an A.G.S. certificate in 
Special Education is required to take the following 
courses if they have not been part of his Master's 
program: EDMS 446, EDMS 646, and EDHD "72T. The 
minimum number of graduate hours for the A.G.S. is 
60. The core of the program should be made up of 
Special Education courses and other work within the 
College of Education or other Colleges of the Univer- 
sity as approved by the student's advisor and the 
Special Education Graduate Faculty. 

Students pursuing the doctoral program in Special 
Education may elect to work for either the Ed.D or 
Ph.D. degree. A student in the doctoral program will 
generally complete a minimum of 90 hours of graduate 
study of which 30-40 hours will be in his major field. 
A candidate will be expected to develop doctoral level 
competencies in the declared areas of his professional 
goals. These goals may include instructional com- 
petencies, supervision and administration of special 
programs, educational diagnosis, teacher education, 
etc. 

EDSP 470. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL 

EDUCATION (3) 

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of 
all types of exceptional children, stressing preven- 
tive and remedial measures. 

EDSP 471. CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED (3) 
Prerequisite, EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the 
diagnosis, etiology, physical, social and emotional 
characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 472. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL 
CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers prac- 
tical and specific methods of teaching exceptional 
children. Selected observation of actual teaching 
may be arranged. 

EDSP 473. CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the 
principles and objectives guiding curriculum for ex- 
ceptional children; gives experience in developing 
curriculum; studies various curricula currently in 
use. 



EDSP 475. EDUCATION OF THE SLOW LEARNER 

(3) 
Studies the characteristics of the slow learner and 
those educational practices which are appropriate 
for the child who is functioning as a slow learner. 

EDSP 481. CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— GIFTED (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the 
diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional 
characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 482. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— GIFTED (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practi- 
cal and specific methods of teaching exceptional 
children. Selected observation of actual teaching 
may be arranged. 

EDSP 483. CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— GIFTED (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the 
principles and objectives guiding current curricu- 
lum for exceptional children; gives experience in 
developing curriculum; studies various curricula 
currently in use. 

EDSP 489. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL 

EDUCATION (1-4) 

Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in special 
education at the University of Maryland plus such 
other prerequisites as may be set by the special 
education department. Planned field experience may 
be provided for selected students who have had 
teaching experience and have been approved by 
the special education faculty. Note: The total num- 
ber of credits which a student may earn in EDSP 
489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 se- 
mester hours. 

EDSP 491. CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL 
CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING PROBLEMS (3) 
Prerequisite. EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the 
diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional 
characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 492. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING 

PROBLEMS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 491 or equivalent. Offers practi- 
cal and specific methods of teaching exceptional 
children. Selected observation of actual teaching 
may be arranged. 

EDSP 493. CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL 

CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING 

PROBLEM (3) 
Prerequisite, EDSP 492 or equivalent. Examines the 
principles and objectives guiding curriculum for ex- 
ceptional children; gives experience in developing 
curriculum; studies various curricula currently in 
use. 

EDSP 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SPECIAL 

EDUCATION (1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only 
to mature students who have definite plans for in- 
individual study of approved problems. 



graduate school / 191 



EDSP 499. WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND 
INSTITUTES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (1-6) 
The maximum number of credits that may be earned 
under this course symbol toward any degree is six 
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or 
more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enter- 
prise may be scheduled under this course head- 
ing: workshops conducted' by the Special Education 
Department (or developed cooperatively with other 
departments, colleges and universities) and not 
otherwise covered in the present course listing. Lab- 
oratories, and special education centers; institutes 
developed around specific topics or problems and 
intended for designated groups such as school 
superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDSP 600. EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN AND 

YOUTH (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 hours in special education and con- 
sent of instructor. Deals primarily with research 
relevant to the intellectual, psychological, physical, 
and emotional characteristics of exceptional chil- 
dren. 

EDSP 601. EMOTIONALLY HANDICAPPED 

CHILDREN AND YOUTH (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. 
Deals with epidemiology, etiology, classification, 
diagnostic procedures, behavioral characteristics, 
treatment and prevention of child and adolescent 
disturbances. 

EDSP 605. THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND 

SOCIETY (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Re- 
lationship of the role and adjustment of the child 
with an exceptionality to societal characteristics. 

EDSP 610. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 
OF SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. 
Consideration of the determination, establishment 
and function of educational programs to exceptional 
children for administrative and supervisory person- 
nel. 

EDSP 615. EVALUATION AND MEASUREMENT OF 
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN AND YOUTH (3) 

Prerequisites, EDMS 446, 646, and EDSP 600. Deals 
with the understanding and interpretation of the re- 
sults of psychological and educational tests ap- 
plicable for use with exceptional children. 

EDSP 620. EDUCATIONAL DIAGNOSIS AND 
PLANNING FOR EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN AND 
YOUTH (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 615. Deals with the identification 
of learning characteristics of exceptional children 
and the planning of appropriate programs. 

EDSP 621. PSYCHO-EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM- 
MING WITH EMOTIONALLY HANDICAPPED 
CHILDREN AND YOUTH (3) 

Prerequisite, EDSP 600, 601 and consent of instruc- 
tor. Deals with factors pertinent to therapeutic edu- 
cation of disturbed children and adolescents in spe- 
cial treatment settings. 



EDSP 625. PROBLEMS IN THE EDUCATION OF 

THE MENTALLY RETARDED (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 hours EDSP including EDSP 600 or 
consent of instructor. Consideration of the pertinent 
psychological, educational, medical, sociological 
and other research and theoretical material relevant 
to the determination of trends, practices, regarding 
the mentally retarded. 

EDSP 630. PROBLEMS IN THE EDUCATION OF THE 

GIFTED (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 hours EDSP including 600 or consent 
of instructor. Consideration of the pertinent psycho- 
logical, educational, medical, sociological and other 
relevant research and theoretical material relevant 
to the determination of trends, practices, regarding 
the gifted. 

EDSP 635. PROBLEMS IN THE EDUCATION OF 
CHILDREN WITH EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES (3) 
Prerequisite, 9 hours EDSP including EDSP 600 or 
consent of instructor. Consideration of the pertinent 
psychological, educational, medical, sociological 
and other research and theoretical material relevant 
to the determination of trends, practices, regarding 
the emotionally disturbed. 

EDSP 640. PROBLEMS IN THE EDUCATION OF 
CHILDREN WITH PERCEPTUAL IMPAIRMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite, 6 hours in education of the perceptual- 
ly impaired, EDSP 615 and 620 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Consideration of the pertinent psychological, 
educational, medical, sociological and other re- 
search and theoretical material relevant to the de- 
termination of trends, practices, regarding the per- 
ceptually impaired. 

EDSP 678. SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (2) 
EDSP 798. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION 
(1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire 
to pursue special research problems under the di- 
rection of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number. 

EDSP 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 
Six hours registration required for master's thesis. 

EDSP 888. APPRENTICESHIP IN SPECIAL 

EDUCATION (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in special education are available 
to selected students whose application for an ap- 
prenticeship has been approved by the special edu- 
cational faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to 
work for at least a semester full-time or the equiva- 
lent with an appropriate staff member of a co- 
operating school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The sponsor of the apprentice 
maintains a close working relationship with the ap- 
prentice and the other persons involved. Prerequi- 
sites, teaching experience, a Master's Degree in 
education, and at least six semester hours in special 
education at the University of Maryland. Note: The 
total number of credits which a student may earn in 
EDSP 489, 888 and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
20 semester hours. 

EDSP 889. INTERNSHIP IN SPECIAL EDUCATION 
(3-16) 

Internships in special education are available to se- 



192 / graduate school 



lected students who have teaching experience. The 
following groups of students are eligible: (a) any 
student who has been advanced to candidacy for 
the Doctor's Degree; and (b) any student who re- 
ceives special approval by the special education 
faculty for an internship, provided that prior to tak- 
ing an internship, such student shall have completed 
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, includ- 
ing at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to 
work on a full-time basis for at least a semester 
with an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution or 
agency. The internship must be taken in a school 
situation different from the one where the student is 
regularly employed. The intern's sponsor maintains 
a close working relationship with the intern and the 
other persons involved. Note: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in EDSP 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester 
hours. 

EDSP 899. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH (1-8) 
Six to nine hours required for an Ed.D. project and 
12-18 hours required for a Ph.D. dissertation. 



SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 
PROGRAM 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Linkow 

Professors: Aylward, Pugliese 

Associate Professors: Kirkley, Meersman, O'Leary, 

Vaughan, Weiss, Wolvin 
Assistant Professors: Falcione, Jamieson, Kolker, On- 

der 

The Department of Speech and Dramatic Art offers 
the Master of Arts degree under thesis or non-thesis 
options in each area of the department: dramatic arts, 
radio-television-film, and speech communication. In 
the thesis option, an oral defense pertaining to the 
thesis is required of all candidates. In the non-thesis 
option, thirty hours of coursework is required. In ad- 
dition, a formal research paper and comprehensive 
examinations are required. 

The department cooperates with the Department of 
Secondary Education in offering the Doctor of Philos- 
ophy degree in speech education. 

Departmental requirements supplementary to the 
Graduate School requirements have been formulated 
in each of the areas for the guidance of students. 
Within each area opportunities for typical specializa- 
tion exist. Copies of the program objectives and re- 
quirements may be obtained from the Department. 

DRAMATIC ART 

DART 420. STYLES AND THEORIES OF ACTING (3) 
Prerequisite, DART 120 or consent of instructor. The 
study and application of historical styles and 
theories of acting. 

DART 430. PLAY DIRECTING (3) 

DART 440. CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS (3) 
Principles and methods necessary for staging chil- 
dren's productions on the elementary school level. 



Major emphasis on creative dramatics, the appli- 
cation of creative dramatics in the schoolroom, and 
the values gained by the child in this activity. Stu- 
dents will conduct classes in formal and creative 
dramatics which will culminate in children's pro- 
grams. For dramatic art majors only. 

DART 451. ADVANCED SCENIC DESIGN (3) 
Prerequisite, DART 330, 375, 480 or permission of 
instructor. Design of stage settings, and of one total 
production. Study of stage design of the main his- 
torical periods and in the contemporary theatre. 

DART 476. PRINCIPLES AND THEORIES OF STAGE 

LIGHTING (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 375. A study of composition, 
control, and instrumentation in theatrical lighting. 

DART 479. THEATER WORKSHOP (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 120 or 170. A laboratory course 
designed to provide the student with practical ex- 
perience in all phases of theatre production. 

DART 480. STAGE COSTUMING I (3) 
Prerequisite, DART 252. Basic principles of stage 
costuming. 

DART 481. STAGE COSTUMING II (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 480. The advanced study of 
stage costuming through the development of style 
as a design consideration in theatrical productions. 
Designing costumes for various forms of drama, in- 
cluding period-styles. 

DART 490. HISTORY OF THE THEATER (3) 
A survey of dramatic production from early origin 
to 1800. 

DART 491. HISTORY OF THE THEATER (3) 
A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the 
present. 

DART 499. SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of in- 
structor. Present-day drama research. 

DART 600. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE 
STUDY IN THEATRE (3) 

DART 669. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) 

DART 678. THEORY OF VISUAL DESIGN FOR THE 

PERFORMING ARTS (3) 
Prerequisite, DART 375 or consent of instructor. 
An historical and theoretical study of design prac- 
tices in the performing arts. 

DART 688. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DRAMA (3) 
The preparation of adaptations and other projects in 
dramaturgy. 

DART 689. THEORIES OF THE DRAMA (3) 
Advanced study of the identification and develop- 
ment of dramatic form from the early Greek drama 
to contemporary forms; the aesthetics of theatre 
arts; and dramatic criticism. 

DART 698. SEMINAR— STUDIES IN THEATRE (3) 
Research projects adapted to individual back- 
grounds and special work. 



graduate school / 193 



DART 699. THE THEORY OF PRE-MODERN 
DRAMATIC PRODUCTION (3) 
An historical survey of production styles. 

DART 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

SPEECH 

SPCH 400. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH 
METHODOLOGIES IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION (3) 
Prerequisite, speech communication major or minor 
or consent of the instructor. An introductory sur- 
vey of empirical and historical-critical research 
methodologies in speech communication. The 
course is designed to prepare the student to under- 
stand and to conduct basic research in the field. 

SPCH 420. ADVANCED GROUP DISCUSSION (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 220 or consent of the instructor. 
An examination of current research and techniques 
in the discussion and conference, including exten- 
sive practice in various types of discussions. Em- 
phasis is upon small group leadership and dynam- 
ics. 

SPCH 422. INTERVIEWING (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Speech prin- 
ciples and practices basic to recognized types of 
interview, giving special attention to behavioral ob- 
jectives and communication variables involved in 
the process of interviewing. 

SPCH 423. COMMUNICATION PROCESSES IN 

CONFERENCES (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in speech communication 
or consent of the instructor. Group participation 
in conferences, methods of problem solving, se- 
mantic aspects of language, and the function of con- 
ferences in business, industry and government set- 
tings. 

SPCH 424. BUSINESS, INDUSTRIAL AND 

GOVERNMENT COMMUNICATION (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Structure, 
methodology and application of communication 
theory in the industrial setting will be emphasized. 

SPCH 440. ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 240. A study of the advanced 
theories and techniques employed in the interpre- 
tation of prose, poetry and drama. Attention is given 
to selections, analyses, cuttings, script compilations, 
and the planning of programs and performances 
in oral interpretation. 

SPCH 441. READERS THEATRE (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 240 or consent of the instructor. 
Theories and techniques of Readers Theatre will be 
analyzed to enhance the interpreting and directing 
abilities of students. Special attention will be given 
to interpretation and direction of prose, drama, and 
script compilation. 

SPCH 450. CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL 

RHETORICAL THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. 
The theories of speech-making and speech com- 
position as propounded by the classical rhetori- 
cians. Special attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, 
Socrates, Cicero, Quintilian, and St. Augustine. 



SPCH 451. RENAISSANCE AND MODERN 

RHETORICAL THEORY (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. 
A study of the development of modern rhetorical 
theories in Europe and America with considera- 
tion of the application of the theories to public ad- 
dress. Special attention is given to Thomas Sheri- 
dan, John Walker, George Campbell, Hugh Blair, 
Richard Whately, James A. Winans, Charles Wool- 
bert, I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke. 

SPCH 455. SPEECHWRITING (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. 
Intensive study of rhetorical principles of speech 
composition through study of model speeches and 
through a practicum in speech writing. Emphasis 
will be placed on the application of research in 
speech writing to various forms and styles of 
speeches. 

SPCH 460. AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS 

1635-1900 (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. 
Course examines the rhetorical development of 
major historical movements and influential spokes- 
men from 1635-1900. Emphasis on the Reign of 
Theocracy, the American Revolution, the President- 
ial Inaugural as a rhetorical type, the Compromise 
of 1850, the Lincoln-Douglas debates, the Civil War 
rhetoric and the Populist movement. 

SPCH 461. AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS IN THE 

20TH CENTURY (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. 
Course examines the rhetorical development of maj- 
or historical movements and influential spokesmen 
from 1900 to the present. Focus on the progressive 
movement, the rise of labor, women's suffrage, Mc- 
Carthyism and the evolution of pro- and anti-war 
rhetoric. 

SPCH 462. BRITISH PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. 
A biographical, textual and critical-rhetorical study 
of great British speakers and their influences. Spe- 
cial attention will be devoted to the 'Golden Age' 
of British oratory and to the forms and styles of 
contemporary speakers. 

SPCH 470. MATERIALS AND PROGRAMS FOR THE 

DEVELOPMENT OF LISTENING (3) 
The study of research findings, listening tests, ma- 
terials, equipment, and programs which can be used 
to develop listening skills. 

SPCH 474. COMMUNICATION THEORY AND 

PROCESS (3) 
A general survey of introductory material in com- 
munication theory. 

SPCH 475. PERSUASION IN SPEECH (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases 
of persuasion with emphasis on recent experiment- 
al developments in persuasion. 

SPCH 476. FOUNDATIONS OF SPEECH BEHAVIOR 

(3) 
This course will provide a study of the acquisition of 
speech, the elements that influence speech be- 
havior, the influences of speech behavior, and a 



194 / graduate school 



theoretical framework for the analysis of communi- 
cation situations. Students will apply the theory to 
analysis of specific communication situations. 

SPCH 488. SPEECH COMMUNICATION INTERN- 
SHIP (1-6) 

Registration by permission of adviser only. This in- 
dependent internship is designed to give the speech 
communication student practical career experience 
with a speech communication professional in the 
Washington metropolitan area. Limited to a maxi- 
mum of six credits. 

SPCH 489. SPEECH COMMUNICATION WORKSHOP 

(1-6) 
Workshops devoted to special, in-depth study in 
speech communication. Course may be repeatable 
to a maximum of six semester hours. 

SPCH 498. SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of in- 
structor. Present-day speech research. 

SPCH 499-H. HONORS SEMINAR (3) 

Readings, symposiums, visiting lectures, discus- 
sions. 

SPCH 600. EMPIRICAL RESEARCH IN SPEECH 
COMMUNICATION (3) 

SPCH 601. HISTORICAL-CRITICAL RESEARCH IN 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION (3) 

Intense study in critical and historical methodology 
as applicable to research in speech communication. 
Emphasis will be placed on the composition and the 
evaluation of historical-critical studies of signifi- 
cance in the field of rhetorical communication 
scholarship. 

SPCH 680. SPEECH AND DRAMA PROGRAMS IN 
HIGHER EDUCATION (3) 

A study of current theories and practices in speech 

education. 

SPCH 698. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SPEECH 
COMMUNICATION (3) 

SPCH 720. SEMINAR IN SMALL GROUP 

COMMUNICATION (3) 
The seminar will explore the variables involved in 
small group communication (formation and mem- 
bership, leadership, functions, and current research 
problems). The focus of the course will be two-fold: 
(1) to give the student a survey of small group com- 
munication theory, and (2) to provide some in-depth 
analysis of current problems in small group com- 
munication. 

SPCH 724. SEMINAR IN ORGANIZATIONAL 

COMMUNICATION (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Theories 
and problems of human communication within, be- 
tween, and/or among formal organizations will be 
emphasized. 

SPCH 755. SEMINAR IN RHETORICAL THEORY (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 460, 461 or 450. Examination of 
selected theories of style drawn from the fields of 
rhetoric and literature, and analysis of model 
speeches. 



SPCH 760. SEMINAR IN POLITICAL COMMUNICA- 
TION (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 601 or consent of the instructor. 
A blend of theory and practice to integrate rhetori- 
cal-critical theory and empirical methods with poli- 
tics. Practitioners in political communication will be 
drawn in as resource persons. Students will map the 
communication strategy for candidates and analyze 
actual campaign strategies. 

SPCH 762. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC ADDRESS (3) 
An in-depth study of national and international 
speakers and issues throughout the history of the 
spoken word. Emphasis will be placed upon the ap- 
plication of rhetorical principles to the analysis of 
world speakers and their speeches. 

SPCH 775. SEMINAR IN PERSUASION AND 

ATTITUDE CHANGE (3) 

This seminar will concentrate on the problem of 
making message strategy decisions. Course con- 
tent will consist of study of both theoretical and 
empirical research on attitude and attitude change 
in persuasive communication. 

SPCH 776. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (3) 
Problems and processes of symbolic representation 
in speech, the effects of language on communica- 
tion, semantic redundancy, and interaction between 
meaning and the structure of oral language. 

SPCH 798. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An individual 
course designed for intensive study or research of 
problems in any one of the three areas of drama, 
general speech, or radio/TV. 

SPCH 799. MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH (1-6) 

RADIO-TELEVISION-FILM 

RTVF 411. SEMINAR (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of in- 
structor. Present day radio-television-film research. 

RTVF 413. THE HISTORY OF THE FILM (3) 
An advanced survey of the film as an art form. 
Cinema pre-history, actualities and the lumiere tra- 
dition, Melies, Griffith, and their contemporaries, the 
silent film (1920-29); Germany, Russia, and the 
U.S.A., screen comedy, the sound film (1926-pres- 
ent); American and foreign master directors, recent 
and current trends. Recommended prior to this 
course: RTVF 314. 

RTVF 414. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN CINEMA 

(3) 
An analysis of trends and major social issues in 
American culture as they are expressed through the 
film medium. Emphasis on "New Wave," experi- 
mental, underground, independent, and cinema Ver- 
ite motion pictures. 

RTVF 415. CONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN CINEMA 

(3) 
A comparative and critical analysis of the European 
motion picture both as a distinct art form reflecting 
the national character of a particular country and as 
a medium for mass communications demonstrating 
the universality of the human condition. 



graduate school / 195 



RTVF 417. DRAMATIC WRITING FOR BROADCAST- 
ING AND FILM (3) 
Prerequisite, RTVF 317 or consent of instructor. An 
introduction to the principles, methods and limita- 
tions of writing comedy, drama, and the documen- 
tary for radio, television, and film. 

RTVF 420. THE DOCUMENTARY FILM (3) 
Growth, implication, and the use of the international 
nonfiction film as propaganda, public service, pro- 
motion, education, and entertainment. Case studies 
from representative documentaries will be analyzed. 

RTVF 425. TELEVISION AND POLITICS (3) 
Critical review of studies of the effects of political 
broadcasts; legal and social issues; surveys and 
media campaigns. 

RTVF 440. TELEVISION DIRECTION (3) 
Two-hour lecture, two-hour laboratory. Prerequisite, 
RTVF 340. Principles of television direction, includ- 
ing analysis of script, casting, rehearsing, produc- 
tion, audio and video control. 

RTVF 449. TELEVISION WORKSHOP (3) 
Two-hour lecture, four-hour laboratory. Prerequ